Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1704/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1704/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:01:51 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:01:51 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1704/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1704/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1704/ thebookvoice.com no Prof. Daron Hudson bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1704/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656395 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dunkle Psychologie – Manipulation im Alltag & Beruf: Wie Sie sich effektiv vor Manipulationstechniken schützen, Ihre Mitmenschen überzeugen und die Kontrolle über Ihr Leben erlangen Author: Dominik Ziegler Narrator: Lucas Blasius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Entdecken Sie die Macht der dunklen Psychologie und befreien Sie sich erfolgreich von Manipulationen im Alltag & Beruf! Kommen Ihnen folgende Szenen bekannt vor: Ihr Kalender ist vollkommen ausgebucht und Ihr Kollege fragt Sie, ob Sie ihm einen Gefallen tun können? Ehe Sie es sich versehen, sagen Sie ihm zu - obwohl Sie ihm eigentlich absagen wollten. Oder Sie diskutieren mit Ihrem Partner, welchen Ausflug Sie als Nächstes machen wollen. Das Ergebnis am Ende: Sie machen immer das, was Ihr Partner vorschlägt, obwohl Sie eigentlich etwas anderes machen wollten. Und besonders häufig: Ein windiger Finanzberater erzählt Ihnen von den neuesten Investmentmöglichkeiten, die angeblich 100 % sicher seien. Sie investieren, obwohl Ihnen Ihr Gewissen stark davon abrät. In all diesen Szenarien ist eine Sache geschehen: Sie wurden manipuliert. Das passiert jedem Menschen mal. Vielen auch immer wieder. Doch es gibt geniale Techniken, mit denen Sie effektiv Manipulation erkennen, blockieren und sich erfolgreich dagegen zur Wehr setzen. Und das Beste: Sie können den Manipulateur mit seinen eigenen Waffen schlagen. Die in diesem Buch enthaltenen Strategien sind leicht verständlich und einfach in der Praxis umzusetzen. So behalten Sie im beruflichen wie im privaten Alltag stets die psychologische Oberhand. Sie erkennen sogar subtilste Manipulationsversuche und wehren diese erfolgreich ab. Sie können diese anschließend bei der nächsten Gelegenheit selbst nutzen, um Ihren Willen durchzusetzen. Kurz gesagt: Sie werden nicht mehr an den Marionettenfäden anderer Menschen hängen, sondern übernehmen Verantwortung und Kontrolle für Ihr eigenes Leben. Damit Sie im Dating, Berufs und Familienleben das erreichen, was Sie sich schon immer vorgenommen haben - ohne, dass Ihnen jemand mit Manipulationsversuchen dazwischenfunkt. Seien Sie den Manipulatoren endlich einen Schritt voraus und befreien Sie sich durch die Methoden der dunklen Psychologie! Ihr neues Leben beginnt jetzt. Dominik Ziegler Wed, 11 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656395 thebookvoice.com 4:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dunkle Psychologie – Manipulation im Alltag & Beruf: Wie Sie sich effektiv vor Manipulationstechniken schützen, Ihre Mitmenschen überzeugen und die Kontrolle über Ihr Leben erlangen Author: Dominik Ziegler Narrator: Lucas Blasius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Entdecken Sie die Macht der dunklen Psychologie und befreien Sie sich erfolgreich von Manipulationen im Alltag & Beruf! Kommen Ihnen folgende Szenen bekannt vor: Ihr Kalender ist vollkommen ausgebucht und Ihr Kollege fragt Sie, ob Sie ihm einen Gefallen tun können? Ehe Sie es sich versehen, sagen Sie ihm zu - obwohl Sie ihm eigentlich absagen wollten. Oder Sie diskutieren mit Ihrem Partner, welchen Ausflug Sie als Nächstes machen wollen. Das Ergebnis am Ende: Sie machen immer das, was Ihr Partner vorschlägt, obwohl Sie eigentlich etwas anderes machen wollten. Und besonders häufig: Ein windiger Finanzberater erzählt Ihnen von den neuesten Investmentmöglichkeiten, die angeblich 100 % sicher seien. Sie investieren, obwohl Ihnen Ihr Gewissen stark davon abrät. In all diesen Szenarien ist eine Sache geschehen: Sie wurden manipuliert. Das passiert jedem Menschen mal. Vielen auch immer wieder. Doch es gibt geniale Techniken, mit denen Sie effektiv Manipulation erkennen, blockieren und sich erfolgreich dagegen zur Wehr setzen. Und das Beste: Sie können den Manipulateur mit seinen eigenen Waffen schlagen. Die in diesem Buch enthaltenen Strategien sind leicht verständlich und einfach in der Praxis umzusetzen. So behalten Sie im beruflichen wie im privaten Alltag stets die psychologische Oberhand. Sie erkennen sogar subtilste Manipulationsversuche und wehren diese erfolgreich ab. Sie können diese anschließend bei der nächsten Gelegenheit selbst nutzen, um Ihren Willen durchzusetzen. Kurz gesagt: Sie werden nicht mehr an den Marionettenfäden anderer Menschen hängen, sondern übernehmen Verantwortung und Kontrolle für Ihr eigenes Leben. Damit Sie im Dating, Berufs und Familienleben das erreichen, was Sie sich schon immer vorgenommen haben - ohne, dass Ihnen jemand mit Manipulationsversuchen dazwischenfunkt. Seien Sie den Manipulatoren endlich einen Schritt voraus und befreien Sie sich durch die Methoden der dunklen Psychologie! Ihr neues Leben beginnt jetzt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dunkle Psychologie – Manipulation im Alltag & Beruf: Wie Sie sich effektiv vor Manipulationstechniken schützen, Ihre Mitmenschen überzeugen und die Kontrolle über Ihr Leben erlangen Author: Dominik Ziegler Narrator: Lucas Blasius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Entdecken Sie die Macht der dunklen Psychologie und befreien Sie sich erfolgreich von Manipulationen im Alltag & Beruf! Kommen Ihnen folgende Szenen bekannt vor: Ihr Kalender ist vollkommen ausgebucht und Ihr Kollege fragt Sie, ob Sie ihm einen Gefallen tun können? Ehe Sie es sich versehen, sagen Sie ihm zu - obwohl Sie ihm eigentlich absagen wollten. Oder Sie diskutieren mit Ihrem Partner, welchen Ausflug Sie als Nächstes machen wollen. Das Ergebnis am Ende: Sie machen immer das, was Ihr Partner vorschlägt, obwohl Sie eigentlich etwas anderes machen wollten. Und besonders häufig: Ein windiger Finanzberater erzählt Ihnen von den neuesten Investmentmöglichkeiten, die angeblich 100 % sicher seien. Sie investieren, obwohl Ihnen Ihr Gewissen stark davon abrät. In all diesen Szenarien ist eine Sache geschehen: Sie wurden manipuliert. Das passiert jedem Menschen mal. Vielen auch immer wieder. Doch es gibt geniale Techniken, mit denen Sie effektiv Manipulation erkennen, blockieren und sich erfolgreich dagegen zur Wehr setzen. Und das Beste: Sie können den Manipulateur mit seinen eigenen Waffen schlagen. Die in diesem Buch enthaltenen Strategien sind leicht verständlich und einfach in der Praxis umzusetzen. So behalten Sie im beruflichen wie im privaten Alltag stets die psychologische Oberhand. Sie erkennen sogar subtilste Manipulationsversuche und wehren diese erfolgreich ab. Sie können diese anschließend bei der nächsten Gelegenheit selbst nutzen, um Ihren Willen durchzusetzen. Kurz gesagt: Sie werden nicht mehr an den Marionettenfäden anderer Menschen hängen, sondern übernehmen Verantwortung und Kontrolle für Ihr eigenes Leben. Damit Sie im Dating, Berufs und Familienleben das erreichen, was Sie sich schon immer vorgenommen haben - ohne, dass Ihnen jemand mit Manipulationsversuchen dazwischenfunkt. Seien Sie den Manipulatoren endlich einen Schritt voraus und befreien Sie sich durch die Methoden der dunklen Psychologie! Ihr neues Leben beginnt jetzt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656327 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Terapia familiar paso a paso Author: Virginia Satir Narrator: Martha Juárez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sólida formación profesional, profunda sensibilidad, capacidad de adaptación, audacia y observación son solo algunas de las cualidades que esta afamada profesional recomienda a quienes deseen sondear su camino. Un libro para disfrutar y aprender. Ideal para psicólogos, sociólogos e interesados en el estudio de las relaciones humanas. Virginia Satir Tue, 24 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656327 thebookvoice.com 7:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Terapia familiar paso a paso Author: Virginia Satir Narrator: Martha Juárez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sólida formación profesional, profunda sensibilidad, capacidad de adaptación, audacia y observación son solo algunas de las cualidades que esta afamada profesional recomienda a quienes deseen sondear su camino. Un libro para disfrutar y aprender. Ideal para psicólogos, sociólogos e interesados en el estudio de las relaciones humanas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Terapia familiar paso a paso Author: Virginia Satir Narrator: Martha Juárez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sólida formación profesional, profunda sensibilidad, capacidad de adaptación, audacia y observación son solo algunas de las cualidades que esta afamada profesional recomienda a quienes deseen sondear su camino. Un libro para disfrutar y aprender. Ideal para psicólogos, sociólogos e interesados en el estudio de las relaciones humanas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Bases biológicas de la conducta Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Beatriz Vázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Con sencillez y contundencia, la especialista en neuropsicología explica cómo es que este centro de mando controla las funciones que nos mantienen vivos, procesa la información que llega del medio externo generando pensamientos, aprendizajes, recuerdos y emociones, e interviene en las reacciones que tenemos frente a nuestro entorno. Esta obra, que forma parte de la colección Fundamentos de Neuropsicología, se ha convertido en lectura obligada para profesionales y estudiantes de las distintas ramas de las ciencias de la salud, asó como para todas las personas interesadas en el tema. Mireya Frausto Tue, 24 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656326 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Bases biológicas de la conducta Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Beatriz Vázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Con sencillez y contundencia, la especialista en neuropsicología explica cómo es que este centro de mando controla las funciones que nos mantienen vivos, procesa la información que llega del medio externo generando pensamientos, aprendizajes, recuerdos y emociones, e interviene en las reacciones que tenemos frente a nuestro entorno. Esta obra, que forma parte de la colección Fundamentos de Neuropsicología, se ha convertido en lectura obligada para profesionales y estudiantes de las distintas ramas de las ciencias de la salud, asó como para todas las personas interesadas en el tema. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Bases biológicas de la conducta Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Beatriz Vázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Con sencillez y contundencia, la especialista en neuropsicología explica cómo es que este centro de mando controla las funciones que nos mantienen vivos, procesa la información que llega del medio externo generando pensamientos, aprendizajes, recuerdos y emociones, e interviene en las reacciones que tenemos frente a nuestro entorno. Esta obra, que forma parte de la colección Fundamentos de Neuropsicología, se ha convertido en lectura obligada para profesionales y estudiantes de las distintas ramas de las ciencias de la salud, asó como para todas las personas interesadas en el tema. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Trastornos neurológicos Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Dalia De La Peña Wing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Los trastornos neurológicos son alteraciones fisiológicas del sistema nervioso que repercuten en la salud física y emocional de las personas que lo padecen, además de interferir en su desempeño social, escolar o profesional, por lo que su pronta detección, evaluación y tratamiento puede significar un incremento en su calidad de vida. Mireya Frausto Tue, 24 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656322 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Trastornos neurológicos Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Dalia De La Peña Wing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Los trastornos neurológicos son alteraciones fisiológicas del sistema nervioso que repercuten en la salud física y emocional de las personas que lo padecen, además de interferir en su desempeño social, escolar o profesional, por lo que su pronta detección, evaluación y tratamiento puede significar un incremento en su calidad de vida. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Trastornos neurológicos Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Dalia De La Peña Wing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Los trastornos neurológicos son alteraciones fisiológicas del sistema nervioso que repercuten en la salud física y emocional de las personas que lo padecen, además de interferir en su desempeño social, escolar o profesional, por lo que su pronta detección, evaluación y tratamiento puede significar un incremento en su calidad de vida. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656187 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scattered Minds: The Origins and Healing of Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller! From renowned mental health expert and speaker Dr. Gabor Maté, Scattered Minds explodes the myth of attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD) as genetically based—and offers real hope and advice for children and adults who live with the condition. In this breakthrough guide to understanding, treating, and healing Attention Deficit Disorder, Dr. Gabor Maté, bestselling author of The Myth of Normal, and himself diagnosed with ADD: - Demonstrates that the condition is not a genetic “illness” but a response to environmental stress - Explains that in ADD, circuits in the brain whose job is emotional self-regulation and attention control fail to develop in infancy – and why - Shows how ‘distractibility’ is the psychological product of life experience - Allows parents to understand what makes their ADD children tick, and adults with ADD to gain insights into their emotions and behaviors - Expresses optimism about neurological development even in adulthood - Presents a program of how to promote this development in both children and adults Whereas other books on the subject describe the condition as inherited, Dr. Maté believes that our social and emotional environments play a key role in both the cause of and cure for this condition. In Scattered Minds, he describes the painful realities of ADD and its effect on children as well as on career and social paths in adults. While acknowledging that genetics may indeed play a part in predisposing a person toward ADD, Dr. Maté moves beyond that to focus on the things we can control: changes in environment, family dynamics, and parenting choices. He draws heavily on his own experience with the disorder, as both an ADD sufferer and the parent of diagnosed children. Providing a thorough overview of ADD and its treatments, without blaming anyone, Scattered Minds is essential and life-changing reading for the millions of ADD sufferers in North America today. Gabor Maté Tue, 07 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656187 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scattered Minds: The Origins and Healing of Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller! From renowned mental health expert and speaker Dr. Gabor Maté, Scattered Minds explodes the myth of attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD) as genetically based—and offers real hope and advice for children and adults who live with the condition. In this breakthrough guide to understanding, treating, and healing Attention Deficit Disorder, Dr. Gabor Maté, bestselling author of The Myth of Normal, and himself diagnosed with ADD: - Demonstrates that the condition is not a genetic “illness” but a response to environmental stress - Explains that in ADD, circuits in the brain whose job is emotional self-regulation and attention control fail to develop in infancy – and why - Shows how ‘distractibility’ is the psychological product of life experience - Allows parents to understand what makes their ADD children tick, and adults with ADD to gain insights into their emotions and behaviors - Expresses optimism about neurological development even in adulthood - Presents a program of how to promote this development in both children and adults Whereas other books on the subject describe the condition as inherited, Dr. Maté believes that our social and emotional environments play a key role in both the cause of and cure for this condition. In Scattered Minds, he describes the painful realities of ADD and its effect on children as well as on career and social paths in adults. While acknowledging that genetics may indeed play a part in predisposing a person toward ADD, Dr. Maté moves beyond that to focus on the things we can control: changes in environment, family dynamics, and parenting choices. He draws heavily on his own experience with the disorder, as both an ADD sufferer and the parent of diagnosed children. Providing a thorough overview of ADD and its treatments, without blaming anyone, Scattered Minds is essential and life-changing reading for the millions of ADD sufferers in North America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scattered Minds: The Origins and Healing of Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller! From renowned mental health expert and speaker Dr. Gabor Maté, Scattered Minds explodes the myth of attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD) as genetically based—and offers real hope and advice for children and adults who live with the condition. In this breakthrough guide to understanding, treating, and healing Attention Deficit Disorder, Dr. Gabor Maté, bestselling author of The Myth of Normal, and himself diagnosed with ADD: - Demonstrates that the condition is not a genetic “illness” but a response to environmental stress - Explains that in ADD, circuits in the brain whose job is emotional self-regulation and attention control fail to develop in infancy – and why - Shows how ‘distractibility’ is the psychological product of life experience - Allows parents to understand what makes their ADD children tick, and adults with ADD to gain insights into their emotions and behaviors - Expresses optimism about neurological development even in adulthood - Presents a program of how to promote this development in both children and adults Whereas other books on the subject describe the condition as inherited, Dr. Maté believes that our social and emotional environments play a key role in both the cause of and cure for this condition. In Scattered Minds, he describes the painful realities of ADD and its effect on children as well as on career and social paths in adults. While acknowledging that genetics may indeed play a part in predisposing a person toward ADD, Dr. Maté moves beyond that to focus on the things we can control: changes in environment, family dynamics, and parenting choices. He draws heavily on his own experience with the disorder, as both an ADD sufferer and the parent of diagnosed children. Providing a thorough overview of ADD and its treatments, without blaming anyone, Scattered Minds is essential and life-changing reading for the millions of ADD sufferers in North America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ACT with Love, Second Edition: Stop Struggling, Reconcile Differences, and Strengthen Your Relationship with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Author: Russ Harris Narrator: Russ Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture-perfect storybook romances don't exist in real life. Couples fight. Feelings of love wax and wane through the years. And the stress and tedium of everyday life and work can often drive a wedge between even the most devoted couples. So, how can you reignite passion and intimacy in your relationship, cultivate greater understanding and compassion between yourself and your partner, and bring the joy back to your love life? In this fully revised edition of ACT with Love, therapist and world-renowned ACT expert Russ Harris shows how developing psychological flexibility—the ability to be in the present moment with openness, awareness, and focus, and to take effective action in line with one's values—can help you and your partner strengthen your relationship. Also included is new information on attachment theory, mindfulness and self-compassion techniques, and assertiveness and boundary-setting skills. You'll learn how to: let go of conflict, open up, and live fully in the present; use mindfulness to increase intimacy, connection, and understanding; resolve painful conflicts and reconcile long-standing differences; and act on your values to build a meaningful relationship. If you're looking to increase feelings of intimacy, love, and connection with your partner, this book has everything you need to get started—together. Russ Harris Thu, 01 Jun 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655996 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ACT with Love, Second Edition: Stop Struggling, Reconcile Differences, and Strengthen Your Relationship with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Author: Russ Harris Narrator: Russ Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture-perfect storybook romances don't exist in real life. Couples fight. Feelings of love wax and wane through the years. And the stress and tedium of everyday life and work can often drive a wedge between even the most devoted couples. So, how can you reignite passion and intimacy in your relationship, cultivate greater understanding and compassion between yourself and your partner, and bring the joy back to your love life? In this fully revised edition of ACT with Love, therapist and world-renowned ACT expert Russ Harris shows how developing psychological flexibility—the ability to be in the present moment with openness, awareness, and focus, and to take effective action in line with one's values—can help you and your partner strengthen your relationship. Also included is new information on attachment theory, mindfulness and self-compassion techniques, and assertiveness and boundary-setting skills. You'll learn how to: let go of conflict, open up, and live fully in the present; use mindfulness to increase intimacy, connection, and understanding; resolve painful conflicts and reconcile long-standing differences; and act on your values to build a meaningful relationship. If you're looking to increase feelings of intimacy, love, and connection with your partner, this book has everything you need to get started—together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ACT with Love, Second Edition: Stop Struggling, Reconcile Differences, and Strengthen Your Relationship with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Author: Russ Harris Narrator: Russ Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture-perfect storybook romances don't exist in real life. Couples fight. Feelings of love wax and wane through the years. And the stress and tedium of everyday life and work can often drive a wedge between even the most devoted couples. So, how can you reignite passion and intimacy in your relationship, cultivate greater understanding and compassion between yourself and your partner, and bring the joy back to your love life? In this fully revised edition of ACT with Love, therapist and world-renowned ACT expert Russ Harris shows how developing psychological flexibility—the ability to be in the present moment with openness, awareness, and focus, and to take effective action in line with one's values—can help you and your partner strengthen your relationship. Also included is new information on attachment theory, mindfulness and self-compassion techniques, and assertiveness and boundary-setting skills. You'll learn how to: let go of conflict, open up, and live fully in the present; use mindfulness to increase intimacy, connection, and understanding; resolve painful conflicts and reconcile long-standing differences; and act on your values to build a meaningful relationship. If you're looking to increase feelings of intimacy, love, and connection with your partner, this book has everything you need to get started—together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewire Your Brain 2.0: Five Healthy Factors to a Better Life, 2nd Edition Author: John B. Arden PhD ABPP Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Not long ago, it was thought that the brain you were born with was the brain you would die with, and that the brain cells you had at birth were the most you would ever possess. Your brain was thought to be hardwired to function in predetermined ways. It turns out that's not true. Your brain is not hardwired; it's 'softwired' by experience. This book shows you how you can rewire parts of the brain to feel more positive about your life, remain calm during stressful times, and improve your social relationships. Written by a leader in the field of Brain-Based Therapy, it teaches you how to activate the parts of your brain that have been underactivated and calm down those areas that have been hyperactivated, so that you feel positive about your life and remain calm during stressful times. You will also learn to improve your memory, boost your mood, have better relationships, and get a good night's sleep. Rewire Your Brain reveals how cutting-edge developments in neuroscience and evidence-based practices can be used to improve your everyday life. Explaining exciting new developments in neuroscience and their applications to daily living, this audiobook will guide you through the process of changing your brain so you can change your life and be free of self-imposed limitations. John B. Arden PhD ABPP Tue, 18 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655963 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewire Your Brain 2.0: Five Healthy Factors to a Better Life, 2nd Edition Author: John B. Arden PhD ABPP Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Not long ago, it was thought that the brain you were born with was the brain you would die with, and that the brain cells you had at birth were the most you would ever possess. Your brain was thought to be hardwired to function in predetermined ways. It turns out that's not true. Your brain is not hardwired; it's 'softwired' by experience. This book shows you how you can rewire parts of the brain to feel more positive about your life, remain calm during stressful times, and improve your social relationships. Written by a leader in the field of Brain-Based Therapy, it teaches you how to activate the parts of your brain that have been underactivated and calm down those areas that have been hyperactivated, so that you feel positive about your life and remain calm during stressful times. You will also learn to improve your memory, boost your mood, have better relationships, and get a good night's sleep. Rewire Your Brain reveals how cutting-edge developments in neuroscience and evidence-based practices can be used to improve your everyday life. Explaining exciting new developments in neuroscience and their applications to daily living, this audiobook will guide you through the process of changing your brain so you can change your life and be free of self-imposed limitations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewire Your Brain 2.0: Five Healthy Factors to a Better Life, 2nd Edition Author: John B. Arden PhD ABPP Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Not long ago, it was thought that the brain you were born with was the brain you would die with, and that the brain cells you had at birth were the most you would ever possess. Your brain was thought to be hardwired to function in predetermined ways. It turns out that's not true. Your brain is not hardwired; it's 'softwired' by experience. This book shows you how you can rewire parts of the brain to feel more positive about your life, remain calm during stressful times, and improve your social relationships. Written by a leader in the field of Brain-Based Therapy, it teaches you how to activate the parts of your brain that have been underactivated and calm down those areas that have been hyperactivated, so that you feel positive about your life and remain calm during stressful times. You will also learn to improve your memory, boost your mood, have better relationships, and get a good night's sleep. Rewire Your Brain reveals how cutting-edge developments in neuroscience and evidence-based practices can be used to improve your everyday life. Explaining exciting new developments in neuroscience and their applications to daily living, this audiobook will guide you through the process of changing your brain so you can change your life and be free of self-imposed limitations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ego and Archetype: Individuation and the Religious Function of the Psyche Author: Edward F. Edinger Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A medical psychiatrist and founding member of the Jung Foundation explores a pivotal part of analytical psychology: encountering the self through individuation This book is about the individual's journey to psychological wholeness, known in analytical psychology as the process of individuation. Edward Edinger traces the stages in this process and relates them to the search for meaning through encounters with symbolism in religion, myth, dreams, and art. For contemporary men and women, Edinger believes, the encounter with the self is equivalent to the discovery of God. The result of the dialogue between the ego and the archetypal image of God is an experience that dramatically changes the individual's worldview and makes possible a new and more meaningful way of life. Edward F. Edinger Tue, 28 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655946 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ego and Archetype: Individuation and the Religious Function of the Psyche Author: Edward F. Edinger Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A medical psychiatrist and founding member of the Jung Foundation explores a pivotal part of analytical psychology: encountering the self through individuation This book is about the individual's journey to psychological wholeness, known in analytical psychology as the process of individuation. Edward Edinger traces the stages in this process and relates them to the search for meaning through encounters with symbolism in religion, myth, dreams, and art. For contemporary men and women, Edinger believes, the encounter with the self is equivalent to the discovery of God. The result of the dialogue between the ego and the archetypal image of God is an experience that dramatically changes the individual's worldview and makes possible a new and more meaningful way of life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ego and Archetype: Individuation and the Religious Function of the Psyche Author: Edward F. Edinger Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A medical psychiatrist and founding member of the Jung Foundation explores a pivotal part of analytical psychology: encountering the self through individuation This book is about the individual's journey to psychological wholeness, known in analytical psychology as the process of individuation. Edward Edinger traces the stages in this process and relates them to the search for meaning through encounters with symbolism in religion, myth, dreams, and art. For contemporary men and women, Edinger believes, the encounter with the self is equivalent to the discovery of God. The result of the dialogue between the ego and the archetypal image of God is an experience that dramatically changes the individual's worldview and makes possible a new and more meaningful way of life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Theory: Revised and Expanded, 2nd Edition Author: Jan E. Stets, Peter J. Burke Narrator: Rebecca Lam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The concept of identity has become widespread within the social and behavioral sciences, cutting across disciplines from psychiatry and psychology to political science and sociology. Introduced more than fifty years ago, identity theory is a social psychological theory that attempts to understand person's identities, their sources in interaction and society, their processes of operation, and their consequences for interaction and society from a sociological perspective. In this fully updated second edition of Identity Theory, Peter J. Burke and Jan E. Stets expand and refine their discussion of identity theory. Each chapter has been significantly revised and chapters have been added to address new theoretical developments and empirical research in the field. They cover identity characteristics, the processes and outcomes of identity verification, and the operation of identities to detail in particular the role of emotional, behavioral, and cognitive processes. In addition, they explore the multiple identities individuals hold from their multiple positions in society and organizations as well as the multiple identities activated by many people interacting in groups and organizations. Written in an accessible style, this revised edition of Identity Theory continues to make the full range of this powerful theory understandable to listeners at all levels. Jan E. Stets, Peter J. Burke Tue, 21 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655932 thebookvoice.com 15:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Theory: Revised and Expanded, 2nd Edition Author: Jan E. Stets, Peter J. Burke Narrator: Rebecca Lam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The concept of identity has become widespread within the social and behavioral sciences, cutting across disciplines from psychiatry and psychology to political science and sociology. Introduced more than fifty years ago, identity theory is a social psychological theory that attempts to understand person's identities, their sources in interaction and society, their processes of operation, and their consequences for interaction and society from a sociological perspective. In this fully updated second edition of Identity Theory, Peter J. Burke and Jan E. Stets expand and refine their discussion of identity theory. Each chapter has been significantly revised and chapters have been added to address new theoretical developments and empirical research in the field. They cover identity characteristics, the processes and outcomes of identity verification, and the operation of identities to detail in particular the role of emotional, behavioral, and cognitive processes. In addition, they explore the multiple identities individuals hold from their multiple positions in society and organizations as well as the multiple identities activated by many people interacting in groups and organizations. Written in an accessible style, this revised edition of Identity Theory continues to make the full range of this powerful theory understandable to listeners at all levels. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Theory: Revised and Expanded, 2nd Edition Author: Jan E. Stets, Peter J. Burke Narrator: Rebecca Lam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The concept of identity has become widespread within the social and behavioral sciences, cutting across disciplines from psychiatry and psychology to political science and sociology. Introduced more than fifty years ago, identity theory is a social psychological theory that attempts to understand person's identities, their sources in interaction and society, their processes of operation, and their consequences for interaction and society from a sociological perspective. In this fully updated second edition of Identity Theory, Peter J. Burke and Jan E. Stets expand and refine their discussion of identity theory. Each chapter has been significantly revised and chapters have been added to address new theoretical developments and empirical research in the field. They cover identity characteristics, the processes and outcomes of identity verification, and the operation of identities to detail in particular the role of emotional, behavioral, and cognitive processes. In addition, they explore the multiple identities individuals hold from their multiple positions in society and organizations as well as the multiple identities activated by many people interacting in groups and organizations. Written in an accessible style, this revised edition of Identity Theory continues to make the full range of this powerful theory understandable to listeners at all levels. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - La Favola del Montone Cosmico Author: Simone Terigi Narrator: Simone Terigi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Questa favola fa parte della collana 'Il Regno delle Menti Unite' . Queste fiabe hanno lo scopo di suscitare nel lettore la formazione della coscienza e lo sviluppo della consapevolezza. Adatte per adulti e bambini. Un seme piantato con cura potrà germogliare negli anni a venire. Simone Terigi Fri, 03 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655490 thebookvoice.com 0:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - La Favola del Montone Cosmico Author: Simone Terigi Narrator: Simone Terigi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Questa favola fa parte della collana 'Il Regno delle Menti Unite' . Queste fiabe hanno lo scopo di suscitare nel lettore la formazione della coscienza e lo sviluppo della consapevolezza. Adatte per adulti e bambini. Un seme piantato con cura potrà germogliare negli anni a venire. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - La Favola del Montone Cosmico Author: Simone Terigi Narrator: Simone Terigi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Questa favola fa parte della collana 'Il Regno delle Menti Unite' . Queste fiabe hanno lo scopo di suscitare nel lettore la formazione della coscienza e lo sviluppo della consapevolezza. Adatte per adulti e bambini. Un seme piantato con cura potrà germogliare negli anni a venire. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Elleren Gibbs, Sidney Morris Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Language of Emotions and Handbook of Emotions Over the years, there’s been so much emphasis placed on the role IQ plays in professional success, that EQ has been relatively ignored. But, now people are starting to take notice, simply because emotional intelligence has such a powerful impact in the business world. Not only can it aid happiness, but it allows relationships to form, reduces conflict, and increases productivity. People with low emotional intelligence suffer from a disconnect between what they feel and how the other people perceive them. This bundle will teach you about emotional intelligence and how understanding and mastering your emotions can make significant positive changes that will help you achieve more with your life. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Language of Emotions: Learn the Secrets of How to Understand and Manage Your Emotions and Discover Why Emotional Intelligence is Your Key to Success 2. Handbook of Emotions: Discover How Mastering Your Emotions Will Help You Achieve More in Life! Improving your emotional intelligence can have a massive impact on your life and all for the better. If you want to learn more, download your copy of Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader 2 in 1 Bundle today! Elleren Gibbs, Sidney Morris Tue, 03 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655412 thebookvoice.com 1:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Elleren Gibbs, Sidney Morris Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Language of Emotions and Handbook of Emotions Over the years, there’s been so much emphasis placed on the role IQ plays in professional success, that EQ has been relatively ignored. But, now people are starting to take notice, simply because emotional intelligence has such a powerful impact in the business world. Not only can it aid happiness, but it allows relationships to form, reduces conflict, and increases productivity. People with low emotional intelligence suffer from a disconnect between what they feel and how the other people perceive them. This bundle will teach you about emotional intelligence and how understanding and mastering your emotions can make significant positive changes that will help you achieve more with your life. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Language of Emotions: Learn the Secrets of How to Understand and Manage Your Emotions and Discover Why Emotional Intelligence is Your Key to Success 2. Handbook of Emotions: Discover How Mastering Your Emotions Will Help You Achieve More in Life! Improving your emotional intelligence can have a massive impact on your life and all for the better. If you want to learn more, download your copy of Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Elleren Gibbs, Sidney Morris Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Language of Emotions and Handbook of Emotions Over the years, there’s been so much emphasis placed on the role IQ plays in professional success, that EQ has been relatively ignored. But, now people are starting to take notice, simply because emotional intelligence has such a powerful impact in the business world. Not only can it aid happiness, but it allows relationships to form, reduces conflict, and increases productivity. People with low emotional intelligence suffer from a disconnect between what they feel and how the other people perceive them. This bundle will teach you about emotional intelligence and how understanding and mastering your emotions can make significant positive changes that will help you achieve more with your life. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Language of Emotions: Learn the Secrets of How to Understand and Manage Your Emotions and Discover Why Emotional Intelligence is Your Key to Success 2. Handbook of Emotions: Discover How Mastering Your Emotions Will Help You Achieve More in Life! Improving your emotional intelligence can have a massive impact on your life and all for the better. If you want to learn more, download your copy of Emotional Intelligence for the Modern Leader 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Emotions are Made Author: Sam Spencer Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How Emotions are Made: A Guide on How to Understand and Improve Your Emotional Intelligence so You Can Maximize Your Potential and Achieve More! Emotional intelligence seems pretty straightforward. However, it has very important components that we need to seriously examine instead of just automatically assume. This is the big danger of emotional intelligence. Since we get along with other people and have some level of experience as far as social interactions are concerned, it's too easy to gloss over the intricacies and fine details of this skill. That's precisely what emotional intelligence is. It is a skill. This audiobook will give you a better understanding of what emotional intelligence is and how it really works and how it significantly impacts your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - Emotional Awareness and Emotional Understanding - Emotional Control and Empathy - The Ability Model for Emotional Intelligence - And many more! Believe it or not, emotional management plays a very big role in whether a person is going to reach the pinnacle of success. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Sam Spencer Sun, 18 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655413 thebookvoice.com 0:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Emotions are Made Author: Sam Spencer Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How Emotions are Made: A Guide on How to Understand and Improve Your Emotional Intelligence so You Can Maximize Your Potential and Achieve More! Emotional intelligence seems pretty straightforward. However, it has very important components that we need to seriously examine instead of just automatically assume. This is the big danger of emotional intelligence. Since we get along with other people and have some level of experience as far as social interactions are concerned, it's too easy to gloss over the intricacies and fine details of this skill. That's precisely what emotional intelligence is. It is a skill. This audiobook will give you a better understanding of what emotional intelligence is and how it really works and how it significantly impacts your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - Emotional Awareness and Emotional Understanding - Emotional Control and Empathy - The Ability Model for Emotional Intelligence - And many more! Believe it or not, emotional management plays a very big role in whether a person is going to reach the pinnacle of success. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Emotions are Made Author: Sam Spencer Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How Emotions are Made: A Guide on How to Understand and Improve Your Emotional Intelligence so You Can Maximize Your Potential and Achieve More! Emotional intelligence seems pretty straightforward. However, it has very important components that we need to seriously examine instead of just automatically assume. This is the big danger of emotional intelligence. Since we get along with other people and have some level of experience as far as social interactions are concerned, it's too easy to gloss over the intricacies and fine details of this skill. That's precisely what emotional intelligence is. It is a skill. This audiobook will give you a better understanding of what emotional intelligence is and how it really works and how it significantly impacts your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - Emotional Awareness and Emotional Understanding - Emotional Control and Empathy - The Ability Model for Emotional Intelligence - And many more! Believe it or not, emotional management plays a very big role in whether a person is going to reach the pinnacle of success. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655414 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with Emotional Intelligence Author: Richard Menk Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Working with Emotional Intelligence: Understand How Emotional Intelligence Plays a Crucial Part in the Success of Businesses Today! Emotional intelligence plays a significant role in the professional success of a person. It is directly linked to performance and serves a powerful purpose in enabling you to focus your energy in a single direction to produce massive results. Emotional intelligence is believed to be the best indicator of workforce success when compared to other important workplace skills. This audiobook will teach you about emotional intelligence and how it relates to a person’s ability to achieve success and how it can affect the success of businesses these days. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - Why is EQ Important? - Why is EQ Important in Business? - How to Improve Your EQ - And many more! Fortunately, even if you weren’t naturally born with a high EQ, you will be able to manage your emotions productively and healthily with some practice. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Richard Menk Sun, 18 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655414 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with Emotional Intelligence Author: Richard Menk Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Working with Emotional Intelligence: Understand How Emotional Intelligence Plays a Crucial Part in the Success of Businesses Today! Emotional intelligence plays a significant role in the professional success of a person. It is directly linked to performance and serves a powerful purpose in enabling you to focus your energy in a single direction to produce massive results. Emotional intelligence is believed to be the best indicator of workforce success when compared to other important workplace skills. This audiobook will teach you about emotional intelligence and how it relates to a person’s ability to achieve success and how it can affect the success of businesses these days. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - Why is EQ Important? - Why is EQ Important in Business? - How to Improve Your EQ - And many more! Fortunately, even if you weren’t naturally born with a high EQ, you will be able to manage your emotions productively and healthily with some practice. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with Emotional Intelligence Author: Richard Menk Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Working with Emotional Intelligence: Understand How Emotional Intelligence Plays a Crucial Part in the Success of Businesses Today! Emotional intelligence plays a significant role in the professional success of a person. It is directly linked to performance and serves a powerful purpose in enabling you to focus your energy in a single direction to produce massive results. Emotional intelligence is believed to be the best indicator of workforce success when compared to other important workplace skills. This audiobook will teach you about emotional intelligence and how it relates to a person’s ability to achieve success and how it can affect the success of businesses these days. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - Why is EQ Important? - Why is EQ Important in Business? - How to Improve Your EQ - And many more! Fortunately, even if you weren’t naturally born with a high EQ, you will be able to manage your emotions productively and healthily with some practice. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Improve Your Working Memory Author: Gregory Albert Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Improve Your Working Memory: Discover Useful and Proven Tricks to Improve Your Memory and Fight Memory Loss Memory is far and away the most remarkable of all your mental functions. Were your mind unable to store up an enormous part of all the information fed to it by your senses, each new moment of existence would bring with it the necessity of “starting from scratch” in everything you think and do. Everything you do is made easier for you by your memory ... each activity is simpler because in the past you’ve had experiences which told your mind and body what to expect and how to act in certain situations. But it’s common that as we grow older, our memory becomes a little bit rusty. Many factors can be the reason but it doesn’t mean that it is a situation that you just simply accept and move on. There are many ways you can improve your memory and this audiobook will show you how. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Memory Facets - All In The Mind - Memorize Or Minimize - Memory Tricks - Association - When Forgetting Occurs - And many more! Make your memory your hobby, watch it work, teach it new tricks, carry it around with you and show it off, and pretty soon it’ll be taking fine care of itself! To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Gregory Albert Tue, 03 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655408 thebookvoice.com 0:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Improve Your Working Memory Author: Gregory Albert Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Improve Your Working Memory: Discover Useful and Proven Tricks to Improve Your Memory and Fight Memory Loss Memory is far and away the most remarkable of all your mental functions. Were your mind unable to store up an enormous part of all the information fed to it by your senses, each new moment of existence would bring with it the necessity of “starting from scratch” in everything you think and do. Everything you do is made easier for you by your memory ... each activity is simpler because in the past you’ve had experiences which told your mind and body what to expect and how to act in certain situations. But it’s common that as we grow older, our memory becomes a little bit rusty. Many factors can be the reason but it doesn’t mean that it is a situation that you just simply accept and move on. There are many ways you can improve your memory and this audiobook will show you how. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Memory Facets - All In The Mind - Memorize Or Minimize - Memory Tricks - Association - When Forgetting Occurs - And many more! Make your memory your hobby, watch it work, teach it new tricks, carry it around with you and show it off, and pretty soon it’ll be taking fine care of itself! To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Improve Your Working Memory Author: Gregory Albert Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Improve Your Working Memory: Discover Useful and Proven Tricks to Improve Your Memory and Fight Memory Loss Memory is far and away the most remarkable of all your mental functions. Were your mind unable to store up an enormous part of all the information fed to it by your senses, each new moment of existence would bring with it the necessity of “starting from scratch” in everything you think and do. Everything you do is made easier for you by your memory ... each activity is simpler because in the past you’ve had experiences which told your mind and body what to expect and how to act in certain situations. But it’s common that as we grow older, our memory becomes a little bit rusty. Many factors can be the reason but it doesn’t mean that it is a situation that you just simply accept and move on. There are many ways you can improve your memory and this audiobook will show you how. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Memory Facets - All In The Mind - Memorize Or Minimize - Memory Tricks - Association - When Forgetting Occurs - And many more! Make your memory your hobby, watch it work, teach it new tricks, carry it around with you and show it off, and pretty soon it’ll be taking fine care of itself! To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Language of Emotions Author: Sidney Morris Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Language of Emotions: Learn the Secrets of How to Understand and Manage Your Emotions and Discover Why Emotional Intelligence is Your Key to Success You’ve probably heard this old saying: if you don’t love yourself, why should you expect others to do what you can’t do for yourself. There’s a lot of truth to that. Let’s put it this way, if you are conflicted or confused about your emotions, there's a high chance you are not sending the right signals to people around you. They want to help, and they care and love you, but they can’t quite seem to reach you. I know it hurts but the truth is, it’s all your fault. People with low emotional intelligence suffer from a disconnect between what they feel and how the other people perceive them. This audiobook will teach you about emotional intelligence and how understanding and mastering can make significant positive changes in your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Can you really improve your emotional intelligence? - Why emotional intelligence is as crucial as IQ for personal success - How important is honesty in dealing with your emotions? - Effectively cope with toxic emotions with this one simple change - Are your emotional coping skills preventing you from being a happy person? - Are your emotional coping skills preventing you from achieving career success? - How much importance should you place on others' reading of your emotions? - What you think your feeling may not be accurate - Lack of emotional clarity might be holding you back for more fulfilling relationships - And many more! Emotional intelligence is crucial to life's success. It’s high time that you make your emotions work for you instead of against you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Sidney Morris Tue, 03 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655410 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Language of Emotions Author: Sidney Morris Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Language of Emotions: Learn the Secrets of How to Understand and Manage Your Emotions and Discover Why Emotional Intelligence is Your Key to Success You’ve probably heard this old saying: if you don’t love yourself, why should you expect others to do what you can’t do for yourself. There’s a lot of truth to that. Let’s put it this way, if you are conflicted or confused about your emotions, there's a high chance you are not sending the right signals to people around you. They want to help, and they care and love you, but they can’t quite seem to reach you. I know it hurts but the truth is, it’s all your fault. People with low emotional intelligence suffer from a disconnect between what they feel and how the other people perceive them. This audiobook will teach you about emotional intelligence and how understanding and mastering can make significant positive changes in your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Can you really improve your emotional intelligence? - Why emotional intelligence is as crucial as IQ for personal success - How important is honesty in dealing with your emotions? - Effectively cope with toxic emotions with this one simple change - Are your emotional coping skills preventing you from being a happy person? - Are your emotional coping skills preventing you from achieving career success? - How much importance should you place on others' reading of your emotions? - What you think your feeling may not be accurate - Lack of emotional clarity might be holding you back for more fulfilling relationships - And many more! Emotional intelligence is crucial to life's success. It’s high time that you make your emotions work for you instead of against you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Language of Emotions Author: Sidney Morris Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Language of Emotions: Learn the Secrets of How to Understand and Manage Your Emotions and Discover Why Emotional Intelligence is Your Key to Success You’ve probably heard this old saying: if you don’t love yourself, why should you expect others to do what you can’t do for yourself. There’s a lot of truth to that. Let’s put it this way, if you are conflicted or confused about your emotions, there's a high chance you are not sending the right signals to people around you. They want to help, and they care and love you, but they can’t quite seem to reach you. I know it hurts but the truth is, it’s all your fault. People with low emotional intelligence suffer from a disconnect between what they feel and how the other people perceive them. This audiobook will teach you about emotional intelligence and how understanding and mastering can make significant positive changes in your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Can you really improve your emotional intelligence? - Why emotional intelligence is as crucial as IQ for personal success - How important is honesty in dealing with your emotions? - Effectively cope with toxic emotions with this one simple change - Are your emotional coping skills preventing you from being a happy person? - Are your emotional coping skills preventing you from achieving career success? - How much importance should you place on others' reading of your emotions? - What you think your feeling may not be accurate - Lack of emotional clarity might be holding you back for more fulfilling relationships - And many more! Emotional intelligence is crucial to life's success. It’s high time that you make your emotions work for you instead of against you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook of Emotions Author: Elleren Gibbs Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Handbook of Emotions: Discover How Mastering Your Emotions Will Help You Achieve More in Life! Over the years, there’s been so much emphasis placed on the role IQ plays in professional success, that EQ has been relatively ignored. But, now people are starting to take notice, simply because emotional intelligence has such a powerful impact in the business world. Not only can it aid happiness, but it allows relationships to form, reduces conflict, and increases productivity. Improving your emotional intelligence can have a massive impact on your life and all for the better. This audiobook will teach you all about emotional intelligence and how you can improve so you can achieve more with your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - What’s the Difference Between IQ and EQ? - 5 Benefits of Emotional Intelligence - 3 Ways to Improve Your EQ - Why Emotional Intelligence is Important in Business - 5 Reasons Why People with High EQ Easily Adapt to Change - How to Make a Good First Impression Using EQ - How EQ Makes You More Productive - 5 Ways Getting Out of Your Comfort Zone Can Improve EQ - Using Mindfulness as a Tool to Cultivate EQ - And many more! Plenty of people are still unaware of what emotional intelligence even is, despite its importance. Not to worry, though, because we’re here to inform you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Elleren Gibbs Tue, 03 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655411 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook of Emotions Author: Elleren Gibbs Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Handbook of Emotions: Discover How Mastering Your Emotions Will Help You Achieve More in Life! Over the years, there’s been so much emphasis placed on the role IQ plays in professional success, that EQ has been relatively ignored. But, now people are starting to take notice, simply because emotional intelligence has such a powerful impact in the business world. Not only can it aid happiness, but it allows relationships to form, reduces conflict, and increases productivity. Improving your emotional intelligence can have a massive impact on your life and all for the better. This audiobook will teach you all about emotional intelligence and how you can improve so you can achieve more with your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - What’s the Difference Between IQ and EQ? - 5 Benefits of Emotional Intelligence - 3 Ways to Improve Your EQ - Why Emotional Intelligence is Important in Business - 5 Reasons Why People with High EQ Easily Adapt to Change - How to Make a Good First Impression Using EQ - How EQ Makes You More Productive - 5 Ways Getting Out of Your Comfort Zone Can Improve EQ - Using Mindfulness as a Tool to Cultivate EQ - And many more! Plenty of people are still unaware of what emotional intelligence even is, despite its importance. Not to worry, though, because we’re here to inform you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook of Emotions Author: Elleren Gibbs Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Handbook of Emotions: Discover How Mastering Your Emotions Will Help You Achieve More in Life! Over the years, there’s been so much emphasis placed on the role IQ plays in professional success, that EQ has been relatively ignored. But, now people are starting to take notice, simply because emotional intelligence has such a powerful impact in the business world. Not only can it aid happiness, but it allows relationships to form, reduces conflict, and increases productivity. Improving your emotional intelligence can have a massive impact on your life and all for the better. This audiobook will teach you all about emotional intelligence and how you can improve so you can achieve more with your life. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What is Emotional Intelligence - What’s the Difference Between IQ and EQ? - 5 Benefits of Emotional Intelligence - 3 Ways to Improve Your EQ - Why Emotional Intelligence is Important in Business - 5 Reasons Why People with High EQ Easily Adapt to Change - How to Make a Good First Impression Using EQ - How EQ Makes You More Productive - 5 Ways Getting Out of Your Comfort Zone Can Improve EQ - Using Mindfulness as a Tool to Cultivate EQ - And many more! Plenty of people are still unaware of what emotional intelligence even is, despite its importance. Not to worry, though, because we’re here to inform you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Le moi et le çà Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Denis Podalydes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2006 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sigmund Freud, le père de la psychanalyse, expose dans les Essais de psychanalyse ses théories concernant la structure psychique humaine. Après avoir posé l'existence de l'inconscient, il s'interroge sur le Moi conscient, et ce qui en lui émane des mécanismes de refoulement : le ça. Le ça et le Moi est la dernière partie des Essais. Tout l'édifice psychanalytique est ainsi érigé dès 1923, à travers ce texte théorique et accessible, qui n'en finit pas de questionner notre fonctionnement de pensée. Sigmund Freud Wed, 06 Dec 2006 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655035 thebookvoice.com 1:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Le moi et le çà Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Denis Podalydes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2006 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sigmund Freud, le père de la psychanalyse, expose dans les Essais de psychanalyse ses théories concernant la structure psychique humaine. Après avoir posé l'existence de l'inconscient, il s'interroge sur le Moi conscient, et ce qui en lui émane des mécanismes de refoulement : le ça. Le ça et le Moi est la dernière partie des Essais. Tout l'édifice psychanalytique est ainsi érigé dès 1923, à travers ce texte théorique et accessible, qui n'en finit pas de questionner notre fonctionnement de pensée. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Le moi et le çà Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Denis Podalydes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: December 6, 2006 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sigmund Freud, le père de la psychanalyse, expose dans les Essais de psychanalyse ses théories concernant la structure psychique humaine. Après avoir posé l'existence de l'inconscient, il s'interroge sur le Moi conscient, et ce qui en lui émane des mécanismes de refoulement : le ça. Le ça et le Moi est la dernière partie des Essais. Tout l'édifice psychanalytique est ainsi érigé dès 1923, à travers ce texte théorique et accessible, qui n'en finit pas de questionner notre fonctionnement de pensée. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Raucherentwöhnung mit Hypnose Author: Rieke Kuhlmann Narrator: Rieke Kuhlmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 16, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Du möchtest mit dem Rauchen aufhören. Dein Wille ist da, aber du weißt nicht, wie du es anstellen sollst? Hole dir Unterstützung von deinem Unterbewusstsein. Mit dieser Hypnose erlebst du neue Glaubenssätze zum Nicht-Rauchen, die es dir leicht machen, auf Zigaretten zu verzichten. Genieße diese entspannende Hypnose und höre gleichzeitig mit dem Rauchen auf. Verabschiede dich vom Rauchen mit einer letzten Zigarette und beseitige alle Rauchutensilien und Restzigaretten. Dann hörst du diese Hypnose und wirst schnell merken, wie einfach es ist, statt zu rauchen neue Verhaltensweisen in dein Leben zu integrieren. Rieke Kuhlmann Mon, 16 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654323 thebookvoice.com 0:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Raucherentwöhnung mit Hypnose Author: Rieke Kuhlmann Narrator: Rieke Kuhlmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 16, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Du möchtest mit dem Rauchen aufhören. Dein Wille ist da, aber du weißt nicht, wie du es anstellen sollst? Hole dir Unterstützung von deinem Unterbewusstsein. Mit dieser Hypnose erlebst du neue Glaubenssätze zum Nicht-Rauchen, die es dir leicht machen, auf Zigaretten zu verzichten. Genieße diese entspannende Hypnose und höre gleichzeitig mit dem Rauchen auf. Verabschiede dich vom Rauchen mit einer letzten Zigarette und beseitige alle Rauchutensilien und Restzigaretten. Dann hörst du diese Hypnose und wirst schnell merken, wie einfach es ist, statt zu rauchen neue Verhaltensweisen in dein Leben zu integrieren. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Raucherentwöhnung mit Hypnose Author: Rieke Kuhlmann Narrator: Rieke Kuhlmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 16, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Du möchtest mit dem Rauchen aufhören. Dein Wille ist da, aber du weißt nicht, wie du es anstellen sollst? Hole dir Unterstützung von deinem Unterbewusstsein. Mit dieser Hypnose erlebst du neue Glaubenssätze zum Nicht-Rauchen, die es dir leicht machen, auf Zigaretten zu verzichten. Genieße diese entspannende Hypnose und höre gleichzeitig mit dem Rauchen auf. Verabschiede dich vom Rauchen mit einer letzten Zigarette und beseitige alle Rauchutensilien und Restzigaretten. Dann hörst du diese Hypnose und wirst schnell merken, wie einfach es ist, statt zu rauchen neue Verhaltensweisen in dein Leben zu integrieren. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Trips: The New Reality of Psychedelics Author: Andy Mitchell Narrator: Andy Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Psychedelics have made a comeback, but the truth is they remain a mystery. In this daring, profound and wildly entertaining investigation, clinical neuropsychologist Andy Mitchell tests the claims being made for these substances by taking ten different psychedelics in ten different settings. Journeying from a neuroimaging lab in London to the Colombian Amazon via Silicon Valley and his friend’s basement kitchen, his encounters with scientists and gangsters, venture capitalists and con men, psychonauts and shamans, and above all with the drugs themselves, take us beyond the hype and reveal the reality of psychedelics in all their strangeness, darkness and wonder. ‘An original and thrilling investigation into psychedelics and the claims that currently surround them, achieving profound insights’ Mike Jay, author of Psychonauts ‘Canny and somewhat sceptical . . . rigorous and penetrating . . . This is a wonderful book, a journey into the nature and potential of consciousness itself’ Literary Review 'An incisive, deeply personal and beautifully written account of the power, the uses and the modern misuses of psychedelics. Highly recommended' Anil Seth, author of Being You ‘Utterly compelling. Some books are in a category of their own and this is one them. Reading it is like having an out of body experience’ Mark Miodownik, author of Stuff Matters ‘Superb . . . brilliant’ TLS © Andy Mitchell 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Andy Mitchell Thu, 21 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654120 thebookvoice.com 12:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Trips: The New Reality of Psychedelics Author: Andy Mitchell Narrator: Andy Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Psychedelics have made a comeback, but the truth is they remain a mystery. In this daring, profound and wildly entertaining investigation, clinical neuropsychologist Andy Mitchell tests the claims being made for these substances by taking ten different psychedelics in ten different settings. Journeying from a neuroimaging lab in London to the Colombian Amazon via Silicon Valley and his friend’s basement kitchen, his encounters with scientists and gangsters, venture capitalists and con men, psychonauts and shamans, and above all with the drugs themselves, take us beyond the hype and reveal the reality of psychedelics in all their strangeness, darkness and wonder. ‘An original and thrilling investigation into psychedelics and the claims that currently surround them, achieving profound insights’ Mike Jay, author of Psychonauts ‘Canny and somewhat sceptical . . . rigorous and penetrating . . . This is a wonderful book, a journey into the nature and potential of consciousness itself’ Literary Review 'An incisive, deeply personal and beautifully written account of the power, the uses and the modern misuses of psychedelics. Highly recommended' Anil Seth, author of Being You ‘Utterly compelling. Some books are in a category of their own and this is one them. Reading it is like having an out of body experience’ Mark Miodownik, author of Stuff Matters ‘Superb . . . brilliant’ TLS © Andy Mitchell 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Trips: The New Reality of Psychedelics Author: Andy Mitchell Narrator: Andy Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Psychedelics have made a comeback, but the truth is they remain a mystery. In this daring, profound and wildly entertaining investigation, clinical neuropsychologist Andy Mitchell tests the claims being made for these substances by taking ten different psychedelics in ten different settings. Journeying from a neuroimaging lab in London to the Colombian Amazon via Silicon Valley and his friend’s basement kitchen, his encounters with scientists and gangsters, venture capitalists and con men, psychonauts and shamans, and above all with the drugs themselves, take us beyond the hype and reveal the reality of psychedelics in all their strangeness, darkness and wonder. ‘An original and thrilling investigation into psychedelics and the claims that currently surround them, achieving profound insights’ Mike Jay, author of Psychonauts ‘Canny and somewhat sceptical . . . rigorous and penetrating . . . This is a wonderful book, a journey into the nature and potential of consciousness itself’ Literary Review 'An incisive, deeply personal and beautifully written account of the power, the uses and the modern misuses of psychedelics. Highly recommended' Anil Seth, author of Being You ‘Utterly compelling. Some books are in a category of their own and this is one them. Reading it is like having an out of body experience’ Mark Miodownik, author of Stuff Matters ‘Superb . . . brilliant’ TLS © Andy Mitchell 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Maestría en Hipnosis: 2 en 1: ¿Cómo usar la autohipnosis y las afirmaciones guiadas para superar el miedo y el insomnio? Incluye: Hipnosis para la ansiedad e Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Edición especial Audiolibro 1: Hipnosis para la ansiedad Sufrir de ansiedad es algo horripilante. Te sientes perdido y sofocado por la angustia la mayor parte del tiempo, no puedes disfrutar del presente, pensando repetidamente en hechos del pasado que te dañaron o en sucesos futuros que estás seguro te van a volver a lastimar. Si estás harto de sufrir ansiedad y estás desesperado por poder librarte de ella, pues está paralizando tu vida, drenando tu energía y casi está provocando que pierdas la cabeza, estás en el sitio correcto. La solución que se propone para la ansiedad es la hipnosis. La intención es que por medio de la hipnosis tú y solo tú puedas controlar la manera en que piensas, siendo capaz de guiar tus propios pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos. Se trata de que logres entrar deliberadamente a un estado hipnótico que te permite deshacerte de la ansiedad a la cual te enfrentas en un estado consciente, logrando que tu cerebro sea capaz de descansar de las ideas obsesivas, catastróficas, pesimistas y destructivas que lo invaden la mayoría del tiempo y que reciben el nombre de ansiedad. Audiolibro 2: Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño El descanso es necesario para la productividad y la buena salud mental, pero cada vez son más las personas que necesitan recurrir a medicación para dormir. ¡Y eso no tiene que ser así! Los medicamentos tienen un alto costo para la salud y eventualmente dejan de funcionar, pero con las técnicas de hipnosis y meditación guiada aquí propuestas, es posible conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia únicamente con un celular y unos auriculares. ¡Y realmente descansar! La hipnosis es una forma de sugestión de la mente, que aplicada en conjunto con las técnicas de meditación guiada aquí propuestas, permite la total relajación del cuerpo y lograr la mejor noche de sueño. Tanto para expertos como para principiantes, hipnosis con meditaciones únicas, diseñadas exclusivamente para lograr el mejor de los descansos. Leticia Caballero Thu, 22 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653991 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Maestría en Hipnosis: 2 en 1: ¿Cómo usar la autohipnosis y las afirmaciones guiadas para superar el miedo y el insomnio? Incluye: Hipnosis para la ansiedad e Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Edición especial Audiolibro 1: Hipnosis para la ansiedad Sufrir de ansiedad es algo horripilante. Te sientes perdido y sofocado por la angustia la mayor parte del tiempo, no puedes disfrutar del presente, pensando repetidamente en hechos del pasado que te dañaron o en sucesos futuros que estás seguro te van a volver a lastimar. Si estás harto de sufrir ansiedad y estás desesperado por poder librarte de ella, pues está paralizando tu vida, drenando tu energía y casi está provocando que pierdas la cabeza, estás en el sitio correcto. La solución que se propone para la ansiedad es la hipnosis. La intención es que por medio de la hipnosis tú y solo tú puedas controlar la manera en que piensas, siendo capaz de guiar tus propios pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos. Se trata de que logres entrar deliberadamente a un estado hipnótico que te permite deshacerte de la ansiedad a la cual te enfrentas en un estado consciente, logrando que tu cerebro sea capaz de descansar de las ideas obsesivas, catastróficas, pesimistas y destructivas que lo invaden la mayoría del tiempo y que reciben el nombre de ansiedad. Audiolibro 2: Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño El descanso es necesario para la productividad y la buena salud mental, pero cada vez son más las personas que necesitan recurrir a medicación para dormir. ¡Y eso no tiene que ser así! Los medicamentos tienen un alto costo para la salud y eventualmente dejan de funcionar, pero con las técnicas de hipnosis y meditación guiada aquí propuestas, es posible conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia únicamente con un celular y unos auriculares. ¡Y realmente descansar! La hipnosis es una forma de sugestión de la mente, que aplicada en conjunto con las técnicas de meditación guiada aquí propuestas, permite la total relajación del cuerpo y lograr la mejor noche de sueño. Tanto para expertos como para principiantes, hipnosis con meditaciones únicas, diseñadas exclusivamente para lograr el mejor de los descansos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Maestría en Hipnosis: 2 en 1: ¿Cómo usar la autohipnosis y las afirmaciones guiadas para superar el miedo y el insomnio? Incluye: Hipnosis para la ansiedad e Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Edición especial Audiolibro 1: Hipnosis para la ansiedad Sufrir de ansiedad es algo horripilante. Te sientes perdido y sofocado por la angustia la mayor parte del tiempo, no puedes disfrutar del presente, pensando repetidamente en hechos del pasado que te dañaron o en sucesos futuros que estás seguro te van a volver a lastimar. Si estás harto de sufrir ansiedad y estás desesperado por poder librarte de ella, pues está paralizando tu vida, drenando tu energía y casi está provocando que pierdas la cabeza, estás en el sitio correcto. La solución que se propone para la ansiedad es la hipnosis. La intención es que por medio de la hipnosis tú y solo tú puedas controlar la manera en que piensas, siendo capaz de guiar tus propios pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos. Se trata de que logres entrar deliberadamente a un estado hipnótico que te permite deshacerte de la ansiedad a la cual te enfrentas en un estado consciente, logrando que tu cerebro sea capaz de descansar de las ideas obsesivas, catastróficas, pesimistas y destructivas que lo invaden la mayoría del tiempo y que reciben el nombre de ansiedad. Audiolibro 2: Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño El descanso es necesario para la productividad y la buena salud mental, pero cada vez son más las personas que necesitan recurrir a medicación para dormir. ¡Y eso no tiene que ser así! Los medicamentos tienen un alto costo para la salud y eventualmente dejan de funcionar, pero con las técnicas de hipnosis y meditación guiada aquí propuestas, es posible conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia únicamente con un celular y unos auriculares. ¡Y realmente descansar! La hipnosis es una forma de sugestión de la mente, que aplicada en conjunto con las técnicas de meditación guiada aquí propuestas, permite la total relajación del cuerpo y lograr la mejor noche de sueño. Tanto para expertos como para principiantes, hipnosis con meditaciones únicas, diseñadas exclusivamente para lograr el mejor de los descansos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653990 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis Fuerza de Voluntad: Cómo aumentar tu confianza y Amor Propio como un León con Sesión de Hipnosis, Meditaciones Guiadas y Afirmaciones. Incluye: Hipnosis para la autoestima e Hipnosis para perder peso Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Ayelen Almirón, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Edición especial Audiolibro 1: Hipnosis para la autoestima La autoestima es nuestra gran estructura en la cual ponemos todo el peso de nuestra existencia. Si está bien cimentada y es de hierro, el edificio de nuestra vida podrá construirse sin gran problema y el peso no será tal. Pero si no es así, si un cimiento o una viga, o un muro de carga falla, todo lo que nos forma puede venirse al suelo y es así como la vida se vuelve realmente un peso. La autoestima es un asunto delicado debido a la suprema importancia que tiene, así que debemos actuar en consecuencia si queremos hacer algo por ella. La hipnosis ha demostrado ser de gran ayuda para la inmersión y reparación de nuestro inconsciente. Aquí ofrecemos en audiolibro las mismas técnicas con las cuales podrás, desde los primeros minutos, sumergirte en un estado de vigilia medianamente inconsciente en el comenzarás a reparar tu autoestima sin mayores complicaciones. Audiolibro 2: Hipnosis para perder peso Has sentido que con tu día a día es imposible adelgazar? ¿Recuerdas la impotencia y la frustración de no poder llegar a tu peso ideal? Si como a la gran mayoría de la población, a ti te cuesta perder peso, puedes llegar a pensar que se trata de un problema inconmensurable del que solo son capaces de salir ciertas personas que, desde tu punto de vista, deben tener cierta virtud de la cual tú careces. Las instrucciones son sencillas. Este audiolibro sirve de complemento a cualquier rutina o alimentación especial que estés llevando a cabo en este momento. Bajar de peso no es algo sencillo, pero no tienes que matarte para lograrlo. Solo necesitas poner tu mente a trabajar en el asunto y usar este libro a tu conveniencia. Leticia Caballero Fri, 23 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653990 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis Fuerza de Voluntad: Cómo aumentar tu confianza y Amor Propio como un León con Sesión de Hipnosis, Meditaciones Guiadas y Afirmaciones. Incluye: Hipnosis para la autoestima e Hipnosis para perder peso Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Ayelen Almirón, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Edición especial Audiolibro 1: Hipnosis para la autoestima La autoestima es nuestra gran estructura en la cual ponemos todo el peso de nuestra existencia. Si está bien cimentada y es de hierro, el edificio de nuestra vida podrá construirse sin gran problema y el peso no será tal. Pero si no es así, si un cimiento o una viga, o un muro de carga falla, todo lo que nos forma puede venirse al suelo y es así como la vida se vuelve realmente un peso. La autoestima es un asunto delicado debido a la suprema importancia que tiene, así que debemos actuar en consecuencia si queremos hacer algo por ella. La hipnosis ha demostrado ser de gran ayuda para la inmersión y reparación de nuestro inconsciente. Aquí ofrecemos en audiolibro las mismas técnicas con las cuales podrás, desde los primeros minutos, sumergirte en un estado de vigilia medianamente inconsciente en el comenzarás a reparar tu autoestima sin mayores complicaciones. Audiolibro 2: Hipnosis para perder peso Has sentido que con tu día a día es imposible adelgazar? ¿Recuerdas la impotencia y la frustración de no poder llegar a tu peso ideal? Si como a la gran mayoría de la población, a ti te cuesta perder peso, puedes llegar a pensar que se trata de un problema inconmensurable del que solo son capaces de salir ciertas personas que, desde tu punto de vista, deben tener cierta virtud de la cual tú careces. Las instrucciones son sencillas. Este audiolibro sirve de complemento a cualquier rutina o alimentación especial que estés llevando a cabo en este momento. Bajar de peso no es algo sencillo, pero no tienes que matarte para lograrlo. Solo necesitas poner tu mente a trabajar en el asunto y usar este libro a tu conveniencia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis Fuerza de Voluntad: Cómo aumentar tu confianza y Amor Propio como un León con Sesión de Hipnosis, Meditaciones Guiadas y Afirmaciones. Incluye: Hipnosis para la autoestima e Hipnosis para perder peso Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Ayelen Almirón, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Edición especial Audiolibro 1: Hipnosis para la autoestima La autoestima es nuestra gran estructura en la cual ponemos todo el peso de nuestra existencia. Si está bien cimentada y es de hierro, el edificio de nuestra vida podrá construirse sin gran problema y el peso no será tal. Pero si no es así, si un cimiento o una viga, o un muro de carga falla, todo lo que nos forma puede venirse al suelo y es así como la vida se vuelve realmente un peso. La autoestima es un asunto delicado debido a la suprema importancia que tiene, así que debemos actuar en consecuencia si queremos hacer algo por ella. La hipnosis ha demostrado ser de gran ayuda para la inmersión y reparación de nuestro inconsciente. Aquí ofrecemos en audiolibro las mismas técnicas con las cuales podrás, desde los primeros minutos, sumergirte en un estado de vigilia medianamente inconsciente en el comenzarás a reparar tu autoestima sin mayores complicaciones. Audiolibro 2: Hipnosis para perder peso Has sentido que con tu día a día es imposible adelgazar? ¿Recuerdas la impotencia y la frustración de no poder llegar a tu peso ideal? Si como a la gran mayoría de la población, a ti te cuesta perder peso, puedes llegar a pensar que se trata de un problema inconmensurable del que solo son capaces de salir ciertas personas que, desde tu punto de vista, deben tener cierta virtud de la cual tú careces. Las instrucciones son sencillas. Este audiolibro sirve de complemento a cualquier rutina o alimentación especial que estés llevando a cabo en este momento. Bajar de peso no es algo sencillo, pero no tienes que matarte para lograrlo. Solo necesitas poner tu mente a trabajar en el asunto y usar este libro a tu conveniencia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Superior Author: John M. Collins Narrator: Michael Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK ARE NOT NATURAL, unlike hierarchies and the dominance behaviors that are common within them. True leaders are those who've experienced the critical transformations needed to develop a naturally high capacity for influencing the members of a team in a way that inspires collaboration. If they haven't, their efforts to influence are awkward, careless, and damaging. The good news, however, is that this transformation is always within reach, no matter how much or how little leadership experience you have. But it begins by confronting centuries-old attitudes about what it means to be....a superior. THE NEW SUPERIOR is a bold but heartfelt tutorial on the fundamentals of contemporary high-stakes leadership, drawn from the unique experiences and insights of one of America's most respected forensic laboratory executives who reminds us that urgency is what energizes teams in the face of existential threats. Unfortunately, momentum is often sacrificed by toxic influencers whose need to dominate suppresses collaboration, even in matters of life and death. From the bombing of the 1996 Olympics to the brutal slaying of a young fashion model near Chicago, John M. Collins takes you inside of pressure-packed situations where two opposing styles of leadership confront each other in a primitive and dangerous struggle. In this struggle you will learn that both styles live within you, but only one will allow you to become the leader that people trust when everything is on the line. John M. Collins Thu, 22 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653987 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Superior Author: John M. Collins Narrator: Michael Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK ARE NOT NATURAL, unlike hierarchies and the dominance behaviors that are common within them. True leaders are those who've experienced the critical transformations needed to develop a naturally high capacity for influencing the members of a team in a way that inspires collaboration. If they haven't, their efforts to influence are awkward, careless, and damaging. The good news, however, is that this transformation is always within reach, no matter how much or how little leadership experience you have. But it begins by confronting centuries-old attitudes about what it means to be....a superior. THE NEW SUPERIOR is a bold but heartfelt tutorial on the fundamentals of contemporary high-stakes leadership, drawn from the unique experiences and insights of one of America's most respected forensic laboratory executives who reminds us that urgency is what energizes teams in the face of existential threats. Unfortunately, momentum is often sacrificed by toxic influencers whose need to dominate suppresses collaboration, even in matters of life and death. From the bombing of the 1996 Olympics to the brutal slaying of a young fashion model near Chicago, John M. Collins takes you inside of pressure-packed situations where two opposing styles of leadership confront each other in a primitive and dangerous struggle. In this struggle you will learn that both styles live within you, but only one will allow you to become the leader that people trust when everything is on the line. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Superior Author: John M. Collins Narrator: Michael Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK ARE NOT NATURAL, unlike hierarchies and the dominance behaviors that are common within them. True leaders are those who've experienced the critical transformations needed to develop a naturally high capacity for influencing the members of a team in a way that inspires collaboration. If they haven't, their efforts to influence are awkward, careless, and damaging. The good news, however, is that this transformation is always within reach, no matter how much or how little leadership experience you have. But it begins by confronting centuries-old attitudes about what it means to be....a superior. THE NEW SUPERIOR is a bold but heartfelt tutorial on the fundamentals of contemporary high-stakes leadership, drawn from the unique experiences and insights of one of America's most respected forensic laboratory executives who reminds us that urgency is what energizes teams in the face of existential threats. Unfortunately, momentum is often sacrificed by toxic influencers whose need to dominate suppresses collaboration, even in matters of life and death. From the bombing of the 1996 Olympics to the brutal slaying of a young fashion model near Chicago, John M. Collins takes you inside of pressure-packed situations where two opposing styles of leadership confront each other in a primitive and dangerous struggle. In this struggle you will learn that both styles live within you, but only one will allow you to become the leader that people trust when everything is on the line. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653980 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño: Meditaciones guiadas y técnicas de relajación para conciliar el sueño rápidamente, aliviar el estrés y liberar la mente Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 21, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El descanso es necesario para la productividad y la buena salud mental, pero cada vez son más las personas que necesitan recurrir a medicación para dormir. ¡Y eso no tiene que ser así! Los medicamentos tienen un alto costo para la salud y eventualmente dejan de funcionar, pero con las técnicas de hipnosis y meditación guiada aquí propuestas, es posible conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia únicamente con un celular y unos auriculares. ¡Y realmente descansar! La hipnosis es una forma de sugestión de la mente, que aplicada en conjunto con las técnicas de meditación guiada aquí propuestas, permite la total relajación del cuerpo y lograr la mejor noche de sueño. ¡Y realmente descansar! Tanto para expertos como para principiantes, hipnosis con meditaciones únicas, diseñadas exclusivamente para lograr el mejor de los descansos. Con estas visualizaciones diseñadas para sugestionar la mente, aprenderás como: - Alcanzar un SUEÑO PROFUNDO y reparador - ¡Conciliar el sueño de manera fácil y rápida! - Dominar la ansiedad de manera efectiva y poder conciliar el sueño - Sugestionar la mente para no depender de medicamentos para dormir - Conciliar el sueño en cualquier momento del día y lograr un descanso intenso en cortos periodos - Volver a dormir cuando despiertas antes de que suene el despertador ¡y terminar con esas horas perdidas de descanso! - Descansar durante periodos de enfermedad, aumentando la capacidad de recuperación del cuerpo - ¡También aprenderás a usar técnicas de programación neurolingüística para lograr tu objetivo de dormir y descansar mejor! Dormirás mejor, lograrás conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia y te sentirás descansado y con mayor claridad mental. Si quieres descansar bien todas las noches, acabar con la ansiedad u otros problemas que te impiden dormir y aprender a terminar para siempre con el insomnio, desliza hacia abajo y haz clic en “Agregar al Carrito”. Leticia Caballero Wed, 21 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653980 thebookvoice.com 3:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño: Meditaciones guiadas y técnicas de relajación para conciliar el sueño rápidamente, aliviar el estrés y liberar la mente Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 21, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El descanso es necesario para la productividad y la buena salud mental, pero cada vez son más las personas que necesitan recurrir a medicación para dormir. ¡Y eso no tiene que ser así! Los medicamentos tienen un alto costo para la salud y eventualmente dejan de funcionar, pero con las técnicas de hipnosis y meditación guiada aquí propuestas, es posible conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia únicamente con un celular y unos auriculares. ¡Y realmente descansar! La hipnosis es una forma de sugestión de la mente, que aplicada en conjunto con las técnicas de meditación guiada aquí propuestas, permite la total relajación del cuerpo y lograr la mejor noche de sueño. ¡Y realmente descansar! Tanto para expertos como para principiantes, hipnosis con meditaciones únicas, diseñadas exclusivamente para lograr el mejor de los descansos. Con estas visualizaciones diseñadas para sugestionar la mente, aprenderás como: - Alcanzar un SUEÑO PROFUNDO y reparador - ¡Conciliar el sueño de manera fácil y rápida! - Dominar la ansiedad de manera efectiva y poder conciliar el sueño - Sugestionar la mente para no depender de medicamentos para dormir - Conciliar el sueño en cualquier momento del día y lograr un descanso intenso en cortos periodos - Volver a dormir cuando despiertas antes de que suene el despertador ¡y terminar con esas horas perdidas de descanso! - Descansar durante periodos de enfermedad, aumentando la capacidad de recuperación del cuerpo - ¡También aprenderás a usar técnicas de programación neurolingüística para lograr tu objetivo de dormir y descansar mejor! Dormirás mejor, lograrás conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia y te sentirás descansado y con mayor claridad mental. Si quieres descansar bien todas las noches, acabar con la ansiedad u otros problemas que te impiden dormir y aprender a terminar para siempre con el insomnio, desliza hacia abajo y haz clic en “Agregar al Carrito”. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis profunda para conciliar el sueño: Meditaciones guiadas y técnicas de relajación para conciliar el sueño rápidamente, aliviar el estrés y liberar la mente Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 21, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El descanso es necesario para la productividad y la buena salud mental, pero cada vez son más las personas que necesitan recurrir a medicación para dormir. ¡Y eso no tiene que ser así! Los medicamentos tienen un alto costo para la salud y eventualmente dejan de funcionar, pero con las técnicas de hipnosis y meditación guiada aquí propuestas, es posible conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia únicamente con un celular y unos auriculares. ¡Y realmente descansar! La hipnosis es una forma de sugestión de la mente, que aplicada en conjunto con las técnicas de meditación guiada aquí propuestas, permite la total relajación del cuerpo y lograr la mejor noche de sueño. ¡Y realmente descansar! Tanto para expertos como para principiantes, hipnosis con meditaciones únicas, diseñadas exclusivamente para lograr el mejor de los descansos. Con estas visualizaciones diseñadas para sugestionar la mente, aprenderás como: - Alcanzar un SUEÑO PROFUNDO y reparador - ¡Conciliar el sueño de manera fácil y rápida! - Dominar la ansiedad de manera efectiva y poder conciliar el sueño - Sugestionar la mente para no depender de medicamentos para dormir - Conciliar el sueño en cualquier momento del día y lograr un descanso intenso en cortos periodos - Volver a dormir cuando despiertas antes de que suene el despertador ¡y terminar con esas horas perdidas de descanso! - Descansar durante periodos de enfermedad, aumentando la capacidad de recuperación del cuerpo - ¡También aprenderás a usar técnicas de programación neurolingüística para lograr tu objetivo de dormir y descansar mejor! Dormirás mejor, lograrás conciliar el sueño en cualquier circunstancia y te sentirás descansado y con mayor claridad mental. Si quieres descansar bien todas las noches, acabar con la ansiedad u otros problemas que te impiden dormir y aprender a terminar para siempre con el insomnio, desliza hacia abajo y haz clic en “Agregar al Carrito”. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis para la ansiedad: Técnicas de relajación para calmar la mente, superar los ataques de pánico y detener la depresión, para lograr un cambio significativo en la vida Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sufrir de ansiedad es algo horripilante. Te sientes perdido y sofocado por la angustia la mayor parte del tiempo, no puedes disfrutar del presente, pensando repetidamente en hechos del pasado que te dañaron o en sucesos futuros que estás seguro te van a volver a lastimar. Podrá parecer un lugar común, un cliché, pero muchas veces al sufrir de ansiedad solo se desea encerrarse en un rincón de la habitación y olvidarse del mundo que nos rodea. Si estás harto de sufrir ansiedad y estás desesperado por poder librarte de ella, pues está paralizando tu vida, drenando tu energía y casi está provocando que pierdas la cabeza, estás en el sitio correcto. En Hipnosis para la ansiedad encontrarás herramientas para: - Dar batalla a la depresión. - Conquistar el fracaso. - Poner fin a los ataques de pánico. - Disfrutar de lugares repletos de personas. - Adoptar una crianza positiva. La solución que se propone para la ansiedad es la hipnosis. Como todo empieza en el cerebro, tiene que terminar en el mismo órgano. La ansiedad es la respuesta automática inconsciente que nuestro cerebro produce ante el miedo que invade nuestro pensamiento, ya sea porque recordamos lo mal que nos hemos sentido, o porque imaginamos todo lo malo que nos puede ocurrir dentro de poco tiempo. Sufrir ansiedad es estar atorado en un bucle obsesivo, que no tiene piedad con nosotros, que nos dice que aquello a lo que tenemos se va a volver real. La intención es que por medio de la hipnosis tú y solo tú puedas controlar la manera en que piensas, siendo capaz de guiar tus propios pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos. Se trata de que logres entrar deliberadamente a un estado hipnótico que te permite deshacerte de la ansiedad a la cual te enfrentas en un estado consciente, logrando que tu cerebro sea capaz de descansar de las ideas obsesivas, catastróficas, pesimistas y destructivas que lo invaden la mayoría del tiempo y que reciben el nombre de ansiedad. Leticia Caballero Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653975 thebookvoice.com 3:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis para la ansiedad: Técnicas de relajación para calmar la mente, superar los ataques de pánico y detener la depresión, para lograr un cambio significativo en la vida Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sufrir de ansiedad es algo horripilante. Te sientes perdido y sofocado por la angustia la mayor parte del tiempo, no puedes disfrutar del presente, pensando repetidamente en hechos del pasado que te dañaron o en sucesos futuros que estás seguro te van a volver a lastimar. Podrá parecer un lugar común, un cliché, pero muchas veces al sufrir de ansiedad solo se desea encerrarse en un rincón de la habitación y olvidarse del mundo que nos rodea. Si estás harto de sufrir ansiedad y estás desesperado por poder librarte de ella, pues está paralizando tu vida, drenando tu energía y casi está provocando que pierdas la cabeza, estás en el sitio correcto. En Hipnosis para la ansiedad encontrarás herramientas para: - Dar batalla a la depresión. - Conquistar el fracaso. - Poner fin a los ataques de pánico. - Disfrutar de lugares repletos de personas. - Adoptar una crianza positiva. La solución que se propone para la ansiedad es la hipnosis. Como todo empieza en el cerebro, tiene que terminar en el mismo órgano. La ansiedad es la respuesta automática inconsciente que nuestro cerebro produce ante el miedo que invade nuestro pensamiento, ya sea porque recordamos lo mal que nos hemos sentido, o porque imaginamos todo lo malo que nos puede ocurrir dentro de poco tiempo. Sufrir ansiedad es estar atorado en un bucle obsesivo, que no tiene piedad con nosotros, que nos dice que aquello a lo que tenemos se va a volver real. La intención es que por medio de la hipnosis tú y solo tú puedas controlar la manera en que piensas, siendo capaz de guiar tus propios pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos. Se trata de que logres entrar deliberadamente a un estado hipnótico que te permite deshacerte de la ansiedad a la cual te enfrentas en un estado consciente, logrando que tu cerebro sea capaz de descansar de las ideas obsesivas, catastróficas, pesimistas y destructivas que lo invaden la mayoría del tiempo y que reciben el nombre de ansiedad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis para la ansiedad: Técnicas de relajación para calmar la mente, superar los ataques de pánico y detener la depresión, para lograr un cambio significativo en la vida Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Hot Ghost Productions, Begonya Ferrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sufrir de ansiedad es algo horripilante. Te sientes perdido y sofocado por la angustia la mayor parte del tiempo, no puedes disfrutar del presente, pensando repetidamente en hechos del pasado que te dañaron o en sucesos futuros que estás seguro te van a volver a lastimar. Podrá parecer un lugar común, un cliché, pero muchas veces al sufrir de ansiedad solo se desea encerrarse en un rincón de la habitación y olvidarse del mundo que nos rodea. Si estás harto de sufrir ansiedad y estás desesperado por poder librarte de ella, pues está paralizando tu vida, drenando tu energía y casi está provocando que pierdas la cabeza, estás en el sitio correcto. En Hipnosis para la ansiedad encontrarás herramientas para: - Dar batalla a la depresión. - Conquistar el fracaso. - Poner fin a los ataques de pánico. - Disfrutar de lugares repletos de personas. - Adoptar una crianza positiva. La solución que se propone para la ansiedad es la hipnosis. Como todo empieza en el cerebro, tiene que terminar en el mismo órgano. La ansiedad es la respuesta automática inconsciente que nuestro cerebro produce ante el miedo que invade nuestro pensamiento, ya sea porque recordamos lo mal que nos hemos sentido, o porque imaginamos todo lo malo que nos puede ocurrir dentro de poco tiempo. Sufrir ansiedad es estar atorado en un bucle obsesivo, que no tiene piedad con nosotros, que nos dice que aquello a lo que tenemos se va a volver real. La intención es que por medio de la hipnosis tú y solo tú puedas controlar la manera en que piensas, siendo capaz de guiar tus propios pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos. Se trata de que logres entrar deliberadamente a un estado hipnótico que te permite deshacerte de la ansiedad a la cual te enfrentas en un estado consciente, logrando que tu cerebro sea capaz de descansar de las ideas obsesivas, catastróficas, pesimistas y destructivas que lo invaden la mayoría del tiempo y que reciben el nombre de ansiedad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis para la autoestima: Técnicas guiadas de meditación y relajación para arreglar los patrones de pensamiento negativo de tu mente, incrementar tu seguridad y elevar tu vitalidad Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Ayelen Almirón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La autoestima es nuestra gran estructura en la cual ponemos todo el peso de nuestra existencia. Si está bien cimentada y es de hierro, el edificio de nuestra vida podrá construirse sin gran problema y el peso no será tal. Pero si no es así, si un cimiento o una viga, o un muro de carga falla, todo lo que nos forma puede venirse al suelo y es así como la vida se vuelve realmente un peso. La autoestima es un asunto delicado debido a la suprema importancia que tiene, así que debemos actuar en consecuencia si queremos hacer algo por ella. Nuestro tesoro más preciado es nuestra vida, pero todo tesoro lo es porque así lo consideramos. ¿Qué hacer cuando no consideramos nuestro tesoro como tal? Es entonces cuando debemos tomar un paso atrás, contemplar lo que ocurre, hacer una planeación y tomar acciones. La hipnosis ha demostrado ser de gran ayuda para la inmersión y reparación de nuestro inconsciente. Ésta consiste en una dinámica en la que el paciente hace el propio trabajo gracias a su disposición y ganas de cambio, siempre de la mano del terapeuta que lo lleva paso por paso en un progresivo y enfocado camino. El paciente por sí mismo imagina lo que ve, escudriña lo que siente y de ahí crea alternativas para su propia sanación, siempre de la mano del terapeuta. Aquí ofrecemos en audiolibro las mismas técnicas con las cuales podrás, desde los primeros minutos, sumergirte en un estado de vigilia medianamente inconsciente en el comenzarás a reparar tu autoestima sin mayores complicaciones. Abordaremos diversos temas, desde el cómo tener un ego fuerte y sano hasta cómo reparar y superar hábitos autodestructivos, pasando por temas como la actuación por asertividad o el ejercicio de la creatividad, y demás. Aquí puliremos cada uno de los aspectos que implican la adquisición de una autoestima saludable, lista para salir al mundo a exigir lo que por derecho merece. Leticia Caballero Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653974 thebookvoice.com 2:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis para la autoestima: Técnicas guiadas de meditación y relajación para arreglar los patrones de pensamiento negativo de tu mente, incrementar tu seguridad y elevar tu vitalidad Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Ayelen Almirón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La autoestima es nuestra gran estructura en la cual ponemos todo el peso de nuestra existencia. Si está bien cimentada y es de hierro, el edificio de nuestra vida podrá construirse sin gran problema y el peso no será tal. Pero si no es así, si un cimiento o una viga, o un muro de carga falla, todo lo que nos forma puede venirse al suelo y es así como la vida se vuelve realmente un peso. La autoestima es un asunto delicado debido a la suprema importancia que tiene, así que debemos actuar en consecuencia si queremos hacer algo por ella. Nuestro tesoro más preciado es nuestra vida, pero todo tesoro lo es porque así lo consideramos. ¿Qué hacer cuando no consideramos nuestro tesoro como tal? Es entonces cuando debemos tomar un paso atrás, contemplar lo que ocurre, hacer una planeación y tomar acciones. La hipnosis ha demostrado ser de gran ayuda para la inmersión y reparación de nuestro inconsciente. Ésta consiste en una dinámica en la que el paciente hace el propio trabajo gracias a su disposición y ganas de cambio, siempre de la mano del terapeuta que lo lleva paso por paso en un progresivo y enfocado camino. El paciente por sí mismo imagina lo que ve, escudriña lo que siente y de ahí crea alternativas para su propia sanación, siempre de la mano del terapeuta. Aquí ofrecemos en audiolibro las mismas técnicas con las cuales podrás, desde los primeros minutos, sumergirte en un estado de vigilia medianamente inconsciente en el comenzarás a reparar tu autoestima sin mayores complicaciones. Abordaremos diversos temas, desde el cómo tener un ego fuerte y sano hasta cómo reparar y superar hábitos autodestructivos, pasando por temas como la actuación por asertividad o el ejercicio de la creatividad, y demás. Aquí puliremos cada uno de los aspectos que implican la adquisición de una autoestima saludable, lista para salir al mundo a exigir lo que por derecho merece. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipnosis para la autoestima: Técnicas guiadas de meditación y relajación para arreglar los patrones de pensamiento negativo de tu mente, incrementar tu seguridad y elevar tu vitalidad Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Ayelen Almirón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La autoestima es nuestra gran estructura en la cual ponemos todo el peso de nuestra existencia. Si está bien cimentada y es de hierro, el edificio de nuestra vida podrá construirse sin gran problema y el peso no será tal. Pero si no es así, si un cimiento o una viga, o un muro de carga falla, todo lo que nos forma puede venirse al suelo y es así como la vida se vuelve realmente un peso. La autoestima es un asunto delicado debido a la suprema importancia que tiene, así que debemos actuar en consecuencia si queremos hacer algo por ella. Nuestro tesoro más preciado es nuestra vida, pero todo tesoro lo es porque así lo consideramos. ¿Qué hacer cuando no consideramos nuestro tesoro como tal? Es entonces cuando debemos tomar un paso atrás, contemplar lo que ocurre, hacer una planeación y tomar acciones. La hipnosis ha demostrado ser de gran ayuda para la inmersión y reparación de nuestro inconsciente. Ésta consiste en una dinámica en la que el paciente hace el propio trabajo gracias a su disposición y ganas de cambio, siempre de la mano del terapeuta que lo lleva paso por paso en un progresivo y enfocado camino. El paciente por sí mismo imagina lo que ve, escudriña lo que siente y de ahí crea alternativas para su propia sanación, siempre de la mano del terapeuta. Aquí ofrecemos en audiolibro las mismas técnicas con las cuales podrás, desde los primeros minutos, sumergirte en un estado de vigilia medianamente inconsciente en el comenzarás a reparar tu autoestima sin mayores complicaciones. Abordaremos diversos temas, desde el cómo tener un ego fuerte y sano hasta cómo reparar y superar hábitos autodestructivos, pasando por temas como la actuación por asertividad o el ejercicio de la creatividad, y demás. Aquí puliremos cada uno de los aspectos que implican la adquisición de una autoestima saludable, lista para salir al mundo a exigir lo que por derecho merece. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedtime Stories for Adults Author: Lilly Jones Narrator: Janna Erikson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 10, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Would you like to get rid of daily stress, anxiety and negative thoughts? Or maybe, you already recognized your problem and you are looking for the best possible solution? If at least one of these questions got your attention, then keep reading... You probably already know that there are so many people out there who suffer from mental problems daily and insomnia seems to be one of the most common consequences for most of them. Some people neglect it and think that it is not an issue, not a big deal, but within time they realize that it doesn't go away automatically. So what is the solution? Is it drugs? Nowadays, there is a pill for every problem. Is it psychological therapy? You really have to spend a lot of time on it, and most of the time it doesn't help as much as you would like to. There is a way better and simpler solution. Have you ever read a bedtime story for a child? Even if you have never done it to yourself, you definitely heard that some parents do that for their child before sleep? So what are you going to do? You are also going to read stories, but for yourself, specific stories with scientific proof to their effectiveness... Take a look at only a few things you are going to learn out of this book: - How to manage stress and anxiety - 25 late night stories to get rid of insomnia - An instructive thought next to each one - Effortless fall in sleep every time you read a story And much much more... I think there is nothing left to say. It is your turn now to start using this approach and fix your problem. Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now' and start reading! Lilly Jones Sat, 10 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653930 thebookvoice.com 3:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedtime Stories for Adults Author: Lilly Jones Narrator: Janna Erikson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 10, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Would you like to get rid of daily stress, anxiety and negative thoughts? Or maybe, you already recognized your problem and you are looking for the best possible solution? If at least one of these questions got your attention, then keep reading... You probably already know that there are so many people out there who suffer from mental problems daily and insomnia seems to be one of the most common consequences for most of them. Some people neglect it and think that it is not an issue, not a big deal, but within time they realize that it doesn't go away automatically. So what is the solution? Is it drugs? Nowadays, there is a pill for every problem. Is it psychological therapy? You really have to spend a lot of time on it, and most of the time it doesn't help as much as you would like to. There is a way better and simpler solution. Have you ever read a bedtime story for a child? Even if you have never done it to yourself, you definitely heard that some parents do that for their child before sleep? So what are you going to do? You are also going to read stories, but for yourself, specific stories with scientific proof to their effectiveness... Take a look at only a few things you are going to learn out of this book: - How to manage stress and anxiety - 25 late night stories to get rid of insomnia - An instructive thought next to each one - Effortless fall in sleep every time you read a story And much much more... I think there is nothing left to say. It is your turn now to start using this approach and fix your problem. Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now' and start reading! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedtime Stories for Adults Author: Lilly Jones Narrator: Janna Erikson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 10, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Would you like to get rid of daily stress, anxiety and negative thoughts? Or maybe, you already recognized your problem and you are looking for the best possible solution? If at least one of these questions got your attention, then keep reading... You probably already know that there are so many people out there who suffer from mental problems daily and insomnia seems to be one of the most common consequences for most of them. Some people neglect it and think that it is not an issue, not a big deal, but within time they realize that it doesn't go away automatically. So what is the solution? Is it drugs? Nowadays, there is a pill for every problem. Is it psychological therapy? You really have to spend a lot of time on it, and most of the time it doesn't help as much as you would like to. There is a way better and simpler solution. Have you ever read a bedtime story for a child? Even if you have never done it to yourself, you definitely heard that some parents do that for their child before sleep? So what are you going to do? You are also going to read stories, but for yourself, specific stories with scientific proof to their effectiveness... Take a look at only a few things you are going to learn out of this book: - How to manage stress and anxiety - 25 late night stories to get rid of insomnia - An instructive thought next to each one - Effortless fall in sleep every time you read a story And much much more... I think there is nothing left to say. It is your turn now to start using this approach and fix your problem. Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now' and start reading! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿Ansiedad? ¡No me hables de Ansiedad! Author: Daniel N Magna Narrator: Miguel Pardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: December 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Te sorprendería saber que existe una forma efectiva de acabar con la ansiedad para siempre? ¿Me creerías si te dijera que todo ese sufrimiento que te trae la ansiedad te lo estás generando tú mism@? ¿Y que tú puedes ser capaz de superarla y dejarla atrás en poco tiempo? Quizás hasta ahora nadie te lo ha dicho y sigues esperando y esperando... Esperando ese medicamento, esa pastilla mágica, esa pareja o vida ideal... Esperando que la solución venga desde el exterior... Pero no es así. La solución para salir de la ansiedad está más cerca de lo que crees, tan cerca que quizás aún no la puedes ver. Viví durante años con esta condición y sé todo lo que se siente. Busqué la voz que me dijera que esto funciona así, que esto tiene cura, pero la encontré en muy pocas partes. Tuve que armar mi puzzle y sacar mis propias conclusiones. Sé de todos los síntomas y de todos los malestares porque viví y sufrí cada uno de ellos, pero no estoy aquí para recordártelos ya que tú también los debes de saber muy bien. Este manual, esta guía, va enfocada en las soluciones. En el camino que tienes que recorrer para salir de allí. Aquí va un poco de lo que puedes encontrar dentro: Aprenderás que la ansiedad es una condición natural del ser humano, sólo que en tu caso, por alguna razón que tenemos que descubrir, se salió de control. Te enseñaré el proceso biológico que ocurre detrás de este mecanismo, para que al entenderlo y comprenderlo como parte de la vida, le vayas perdiendo el miedo. Aprenderás formas de indagar en ti mism@ para que puedas descubrir la o las causas que te producen ansiedad. Comprenderás porqué la solución no está afuera, sino más cerca de lo que piensas. Tendrás nuevas herramientas no sólo para superar la ansiedad, sino también para lograr ser la persona que siempre quisiste ser. Asi que te espero dentro de estos audios, para que a traves de ellos, puedas ir encontrando tu verdad. Daniel N Magna Fri, 09 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653921 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿Ansiedad? ¡No me hables de Ansiedad! Author: Daniel N Magna Narrator: Miguel Pardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: December 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Te sorprendería saber que existe una forma efectiva de acabar con la ansiedad para siempre? ¿Me creerías si te dijera que todo ese sufrimiento que te trae la ansiedad te lo estás generando tú mism@? ¿Y que tú puedes ser capaz de superarla y dejarla atrás en poco tiempo? Quizás hasta ahora nadie te lo ha dicho y sigues esperando y esperando... Esperando ese medicamento, esa pastilla mágica, esa pareja o vida ideal... Esperando que la solución venga desde el exterior... Pero no es así. La solución para salir de la ansiedad está más cerca de lo que crees, tan cerca que quizás aún no la puedes ver. Viví durante años con esta condición y sé todo lo que se siente. Busqué la voz que me dijera que esto funciona así, que esto tiene cura, pero la encontré en muy pocas partes. Tuve que armar mi puzzle y sacar mis propias conclusiones. Sé de todos los síntomas y de todos los malestares porque viví y sufrí cada uno de ellos, pero no estoy aquí para recordártelos ya que tú también los debes de saber muy bien. Este manual, esta guía, va enfocada en las soluciones. En el camino que tienes que recorrer para salir de allí. Aquí va un poco de lo que puedes encontrar dentro: Aprenderás que la ansiedad es una condición natural del ser humano, sólo que en tu caso, por alguna razón que tenemos que descubrir, se salió de control. Te enseñaré el proceso biológico que ocurre detrás de este mecanismo, para que al entenderlo y comprenderlo como parte de la vida, le vayas perdiendo el miedo. Aprenderás formas de indagar en ti mism@ para que puedas descubrir la o las causas que te producen ansiedad. Comprenderás porqué la solución no está afuera, sino más cerca de lo que piensas. Tendrás nuevas herramientas no sólo para superar la ansiedad, sino también para lograr ser la persona que siempre quisiste ser. Asi que te espero dentro de estos audios, para que a traves de ellos, puedas ir encontrando tu verdad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿Ansiedad? ¡No me hables de Ansiedad! Author: Daniel N Magna Narrator: Miguel Pardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: December 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Te sorprendería saber que existe una forma efectiva de acabar con la ansiedad para siempre? ¿Me creerías si te dijera que todo ese sufrimiento que te trae la ansiedad te lo estás generando tú mism@? ¿Y que tú puedes ser capaz de superarla y dejarla atrás en poco tiempo? Quizás hasta ahora nadie te lo ha dicho y sigues esperando y esperando... Esperando ese medicamento, esa pastilla mágica, esa pareja o vida ideal... Esperando que la solución venga desde el exterior... Pero no es así. La solución para salir de la ansiedad está más cerca de lo que crees, tan cerca que quizás aún no la puedes ver. Viví durante años con esta condición y sé todo lo que se siente. Busqué la voz que me dijera que esto funciona así, que esto tiene cura, pero la encontré en muy pocas partes. Tuve que armar mi puzzle y sacar mis propias conclusiones. Sé de todos los síntomas y de todos los malestares porque viví y sufrí cada uno de ellos, pero no estoy aquí para recordártelos ya que tú también los debes de saber muy bien. Este manual, esta guía, va enfocada en las soluciones. En el camino que tienes que recorrer para salir de allí. Aquí va un poco de lo que puedes encontrar dentro: Aprenderás que la ansiedad es una condición natural del ser humano, sólo que en tu caso, por alguna razón que tenemos que descubrir, se salió de control. Te enseñaré el proceso biológico que ocurre detrás de este mecanismo, para que al entenderlo y comprenderlo como parte de la vida, le vayas perdiendo el miedo. Aprenderás formas de indagar en ti mism@ para que puedas descubrir la o las causas que te producen ansiedad. Comprenderás porqué la solución no está afuera, sino más cerca de lo que piensas. Tendrás nuevas herramientas no sólo para superar la ansiedad, sino también para lograr ser la persona que siempre quisiste ser. Asi que te espero dentro de estos audios, para que a traves de ellos, puedas ir encontrando tu verdad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653916 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Animal Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Diane Helter, Drew Culby Narrator: Steven Myles, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: November 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Social Animal Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Better Small Talk Techniques and How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life Many dread small talk and shy away from it as much as possible. But whether we like it or not, there’s no way we can escape small talk because it is part of everyday interactions. Humans are social creatures and we use conversation as our way to emotionally connect with each other. If you are one of them, worry not because you are about to learn the techniques to gracefully jumpstart a conversation with anyone in any situation. Another way to improve your social intelligence and skills is to master the art of reading people. This means reading their body language. This way, you understand not just what is actually spoken but their inherent meaning as well. In this bundle, you will learn ways to improve not just your communication skills but also your social skills through the art and science of small talk. It will help you improve your communication and social skills through the art of small talk. It will also teach you how to read other people's body language, learn their motivations, and uncover their true intentions. You will learn the true power of reading and analyzing other people and how it can help you create more meaningful relationships in your life. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Better Small Talk Techniques: The Essential Guide on the Art of Small Tall. Discover Small Talk Techniques That Can Help You Master Conversations in Any Situation! 2. How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life: Learn Tips on How to Read People's Body Language to Understand Better and Build Stronger Connections If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Social Animal Bundle today! Diane Helter, Drew Culby Wed, 30 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653916 thebookvoice.com 1:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Animal Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Diane Helter, Drew Culby Narrator: Steven Myles, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: November 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Social Animal Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Better Small Talk Techniques and How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life Many dread small talk and shy away from it as much as possible. But whether we like it or not, there’s no way we can escape small talk because it is part of everyday interactions. Humans are social creatures and we use conversation as our way to emotionally connect with each other. If you are one of them, worry not because you are about to learn the techniques to gracefully jumpstart a conversation with anyone in any situation. Another way to improve your social intelligence and skills is to master the art of reading people. This means reading their body language. This way, you understand not just what is actually spoken but their inherent meaning as well. In this bundle, you will learn ways to improve not just your communication skills but also your social skills through the art and science of small talk. It will help you improve your communication and social skills through the art of small talk. It will also teach you how to read other people's body language, learn their motivations, and uncover their true intentions. You will learn the true power of reading and analyzing other people and how it can help you create more meaningful relationships in your life. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Better Small Talk Techniques: The Essential Guide on the Art of Small Tall. Discover Small Talk Techniques That Can Help You Master Conversations in Any Situation! 2. How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life: Learn Tips on How to Read People's Body Language to Understand Better and Build Stronger Connections If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Social Animal Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Animal Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Diane Helter, Drew Culby Narrator: Steven Myles, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: November 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Social Animal Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Better Small Talk Techniques and How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life Many dread small talk and shy away from it as much as possible. But whether we like it or not, there’s no way we can escape small talk because it is part of everyday interactions. Humans are social creatures and we use conversation as our way to emotionally connect with each other. If you are one of them, worry not because you are about to learn the techniques to gracefully jumpstart a conversation with anyone in any situation. Another way to improve your social intelligence and skills is to master the art of reading people. This means reading their body language. This way, you understand not just what is actually spoken but their inherent meaning as well. In this bundle, you will learn ways to improve not just your communication skills but also your social skills through the art and science of small talk. It will help you improve your communication and social skills through the art of small talk. It will also teach you how to read other people's body language, learn their motivations, and uncover their true intentions. You will learn the true power of reading and analyzing other people and how it can help you create more meaningful relationships in your life. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Better Small Talk Techniques: The Essential Guide on the Art of Small Tall. Discover Small Talk Techniques That Can Help You Master Conversations in Any Situation! 2. How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life: Learn Tips on How to Read People's Body Language to Understand Better and Build Stronger Connections If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Social Animal Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awakened Empath Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Author: Ari Camran, Cate Orrell Narrator: Steven Myles, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: November 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Awakened Empath Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Empath's Survival Guide and Empath Abilities People have common misconceptions about being empathetic and being an empath. To state the obvious, these are two different concepts. Being empathetic is when our hearts feel for another individual who is going through a period of crisis. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. Empath people, however, detect their energy, emotions, and physiological symptoms in them. They are usually more accurate in recognizing emotions just by looking through their body language. They are also more likely to acknowledge emotions prior to others and rate those emotions as being more intense. In this bundle, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. It will also be a guide for empaths. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Empath's Survival Guide: An Empath's Guide on How to Become Emotionally and Spiritually Healthy to Be the Best Version of Yourself 2. Empath Abilities: Learn About the Power of Empathy and How it Can Significantly Enrich Your Life Plus Tips on How to Enhance Your Empathy If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Awakened Empath Bundle today! Ari Camran, Cate Orrell Wed, 30 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653917 thebookvoice.com 1:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awakened Empath Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Author: Ari Camran, Cate Orrell Narrator: Steven Myles, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: November 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Awakened Empath Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Empath's Survival Guide and Empath Abilities People have common misconceptions about being empathetic and being an empath. To state the obvious, these are two different concepts. Being empathetic is when our hearts feel for another individual who is going through a period of crisis. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. Empath people, however, detect their energy, emotions, and physiological symptoms in them. They are usually more accurate in recognizing emotions just by looking through their body language. They are also more likely to acknowledge emotions prior to others and rate those emotions as being more intense. In this bundle, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. It will also be a guide for empaths. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Empath's Survival Guide: An Empath's Guide on How to Become Emotionally and Spiritually Healthy to Be the Best Version of Yourself 2. Empath Abilities: Learn About the Power of Empathy and How it Can Significantly Enrich Your Life Plus Tips on How to Enhance Your Empathy If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Awakened Empath Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awakened Empath Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Author: Ari Camran, Cate Orrell Narrator: Steven Myles, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: November 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Awakened Empath Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Empath's Survival Guide and Empath Abilities People have common misconceptions about being empathetic and being an empath. To state the obvious, these are two different concepts. Being empathetic is when our hearts feel for another individual who is going through a period of crisis. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. Empath people, however, detect their energy, emotions, and physiological symptoms in them. They are usually more accurate in recognizing emotions just by looking through their body language. They are also more likely to acknowledge emotions prior to others and rate those emotions as being more intense. In this bundle, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. It will also be a guide for empaths. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Empath's Survival Guide: An Empath's Guide on How to Become Emotionally and Spiritually Healthy to Be the Best Version of Yourself 2. Empath Abilities: Learn About the Power of Empathy and How it Can Significantly Enrich Your Life Plus Tips on How to Enhance Your Empathy If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Awakened Empath Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653862 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Depression Author: Owen Jones Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: January 2, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ich hoffe, dass Sie die Informationen hilfreich, nützlich und gewinnbringend finden werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass ich den Inhalt dieses Hörbuchs nach umfangreichen Recherchen verfasst habe. Sie können dieses Hörbuch nirgendwo anders als bei mir kaufen. Sollten Sie feststellen, dass dies nicht der Fall ist, geben Sie mir bitte die URL der entsprechenden Seite, damit ich sie wegen Diebstahls sperren lassen kann. Die Informationen in diesem E-Book zu verschiedenen Aspekten der Depression und verwandten Themen sind in 15 Kapiteln von jeweils etwa 500-600 Wörtern gegliedert. Ich hoffe, dass es für diejenigen interessant ist, die sich mit ihren Problemen mit Depressionen in all ihren Formen beschäftigen.Depression Mehr als nur Traurigkeit... Hallo und danke, dass Sie dieses Hörbuch mit dem Titel 'Depression' gekauft haben. Ich hoffe, dass Sie die Informationen hilfreich, nützlich und gewinnbringend finden werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass ich den Inhalt dieses Hörbuchs nach umfangreichen Recherchen verfasst habe. Sie können dieses Hörbuch nirgendwo anders als bei mir kaufen. Sollten Sie feststellen, dass dies nicht der Fall ist, geben Sie mir bitte die URL der entsprechenden Seite, damit ich sie wegen Diebstahls sperren lassen kann. Die Informationen in diesem E-Book zu verschiedenen Aspekten der Depression und verwandten Themen sind in 15 Kapiteln von jeweils etwa 500-600 Wörtern gegliedert. Ich hoffe, dass es für diejenigen interessant ist, die sich mit ihren Problemen mit Depressionen in all ihren Formen beschäftigen. Als zusätzlichen Bonus erteile ich Ihnen die Erlaubnis, den Inhalt auf Ihrer eigenen Website oder in Ihren eigenen Blogs und Newslettern zu verwenden, obwohl es besser ist, wenn Sie sie zuerst in Ihren eigenen Worten umschreiben. Sie dürfen, wenn Sie das E-Book gekauft haben, das Buch auch aufteilen und die Artikel weiterverkaufen. Das einzige Recht, das Sie nicht haben, ist, das Buch so weiterzuverkaufen oder zu verschenken, wie es Ihnen geliefert wurde. Wenn Sie eine Rückmeldung haben, wenden Sie sich bitte an das Unternehmen, bei dem Sie das Buch gekauft haben. Dort können Sie auch weitere Bücher wie dieses finden. Nochmals vielen Dank für den Kauf dieses Buchs, Mit freundlichen Grüßen Owen Jones PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Owen Jones Mon, 02 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653862 thebookvoice.com 1:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Depression Author: Owen Jones Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: January 2, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ich hoffe, dass Sie die Informationen hilfreich, nützlich und gewinnbringend finden werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass ich den Inhalt dieses Hörbuchs nach umfangreichen Recherchen verfasst habe. Sie können dieses Hörbuch nirgendwo anders als bei mir kaufen. Sollten Sie feststellen, dass dies nicht der Fall ist, geben Sie mir bitte die URL der entsprechenden Seite, damit ich sie wegen Diebstahls sperren lassen kann. Die Informationen in diesem E-Book zu verschiedenen Aspekten der Depression und verwandten Themen sind in 15 Kapiteln von jeweils etwa 500-600 Wörtern gegliedert. Ich hoffe, dass es für diejenigen interessant ist, die sich mit ihren Problemen mit Depressionen in all ihren Formen beschäftigen.Depression Mehr als nur Traurigkeit... Hallo und danke, dass Sie dieses Hörbuch mit dem Titel 'Depression' gekauft haben. Ich hoffe, dass Sie die Informationen hilfreich, nützlich und gewinnbringend finden werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass ich den Inhalt dieses Hörbuchs nach umfangreichen Recherchen verfasst habe. Sie können dieses Hörbuch nirgendwo anders als bei mir kaufen. Sollten Sie feststellen, dass dies nicht der Fall ist, geben Sie mir bitte die URL der entsprechenden Seite, damit ich sie wegen Diebstahls sperren lassen kann. Die Informationen in diesem E-Book zu verschiedenen Aspekten der Depression und verwandten Themen sind in 15 Kapiteln von jeweils etwa 500-600 Wörtern gegliedert. Ich hoffe, dass es für diejenigen interessant ist, die sich mit ihren Problemen mit Depressionen in all ihren Formen beschäftigen. Als zusätzlichen Bonus erteile ich Ihnen die Erlaubnis, den Inhalt auf Ihrer eigenen Website oder in Ihren eigenen Blogs und Newslettern zu verwenden, obwohl es besser ist, wenn Sie sie zuerst in Ihren eigenen Worten umschreiben. Sie dürfen, wenn Sie das E-Book gekauft haben, das Buch auch aufteilen und die Artikel weiterverkaufen. Das einzige Recht, das Sie nicht haben, ist, das Buch so weiterzuverkaufen oder zu verschenken, wie es Ihnen geliefert wurde. Wenn Sie eine Rückmeldung haben, wenden Sie sich bitte an das Unternehmen, bei dem Sie das Buch gekauft haben. Dort können Sie auch weitere Bücher wie dieses finden. Nochmals vielen Dank für den Kauf dieses Buchs, Mit freundlichen Grüßen Owen Jones PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Depression Author: Owen Jones Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: January 2, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ich hoffe, dass Sie die Informationen hilfreich, nützlich und gewinnbringend finden werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass ich den Inhalt dieses Hörbuchs nach umfangreichen Recherchen verfasst habe. Sie können dieses Hörbuch nirgendwo anders als bei mir kaufen. Sollten Sie feststellen, dass dies nicht der Fall ist, geben Sie mir bitte die URL der entsprechenden Seite, damit ich sie wegen Diebstahls sperren lassen kann. Die Informationen in diesem E-Book zu verschiedenen Aspekten der Depression und verwandten Themen sind in 15 Kapiteln von jeweils etwa 500-600 Wörtern gegliedert. Ich hoffe, dass es für diejenigen interessant ist, die sich mit ihren Problemen mit Depressionen in all ihren Formen beschäftigen.Depression Mehr als nur Traurigkeit... Hallo und danke, dass Sie dieses Hörbuch mit dem Titel 'Depression' gekauft haben. Ich hoffe, dass Sie die Informationen hilfreich, nützlich und gewinnbringend finden werden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass ich den Inhalt dieses Hörbuchs nach umfangreichen Recherchen verfasst habe. Sie können dieses Hörbuch nirgendwo anders als bei mir kaufen. Sollten Sie feststellen, dass dies nicht der Fall ist, geben Sie mir bitte die URL der entsprechenden Seite, damit ich sie wegen Diebstahls sperren lassen kann. Die Informationen in diesem E-Book zu verschiedenen Aspekten der Depression und verwandten Themen sind in 15 Kapiteln von jeweils etwa 500-600 Wörtern gegliedert. Ich hoffe, dass es für diejenigen interessant ist, die sich mit ihren Problemen mit Depressionen in all ihren Formen beschäftigen. Als zusätzlichen Bonus erteile ich Ihnen die Erlaubnis, den Inhalt auf Ihrer eigenen Website oder in Ihren eigenen Blogs und Newslettern zu verwenden, obwohl es besser ist, wenn Sie sie zuerst in Ihren eigenen Worten umschreiben. Sie dürfen, wenn Sie das E-Book gekauft haben, das Buch auch aufteilen und die Artikel weiterverkaufen. Das einzige Recht, das Sie nicht haben, ist, das Buch so weiterzuverkaufen oder zu verschenken, wie es Ihnen geliefert wurde. Wenn Sie eine Rückmeldung haben, wenden Sie sich bitte an das Unternehmen, bei dem Sie das Buch gekauft haben. Dort können Sie auch weitere Bücher wie dieses finden. Nochmals vielen Dank für den Kauf dieses Buchs, Mit freundlichen Grüßen Owen Jones PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Tecniche di manipolazione mentale: Come leggere la mente e il linguaggio del corpo, attraverso la psicologia e la PNL, proteggiti dalla manipolazione mentale e manipola gli altri a tuo vantaggio! Author: Konrad Sewell Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Il controllo della mente e la manipolazione sono temi che ti appassionano? Ti piacerebbe scoprire di più sulle diverse tecniche di manipolazione? Ti piacerebbe sfruttare queste tecniche sul posto di lavoro o durante un colloquio? Desideri avere maggior controllo sulla tua mente ed usarla a tuo vantaggio contro le manipolazioni operate dagli altri? Ti piacerebbe essere autonomo e di successo, invece di essere costantemente controllato dagli altri? Se la tua risposta è sì ad almeno una di queste domande, allora questo è il libro perfetto per te! La manipolazione è qualcosa che sperimentiamo quotidianamente tra di noi e su di noi - che ne siamo consapevoli o meno. C'è chi è più facile da influenzare e chi, invece, è immune alle manipolazioni condotte dalla pubblicità, sul posto di lavoro e perfino nella vita privata. Dunque come fare a capire che la persona che ti sta di fronte ti sta manipolando? Quali sono le tecniche di manipolazione e come puoi sfruttarle a tuo vantaggio? Come puoi proteggerti delle manipolazioni degli altri? Questo manuale ti fornirà informazioni dettagliate sull'arte della persuasione e sulle diverse tecniche di manipolazione. Non imparerai solo come gli altri utilizzano queste tecniche a loro vantaggio, ma anche come usare queste abilità per te ed il tuo successo. Non importa se disponi già di una conoscenza di base sul tema del controllo del pensiero o se è la prima volta che ti approcci a questo argomento. I numerosi e comprovati consigli di esperti della materia possono esserti utili fin da subito. Leggi tutto ciò che vuoi sul tema della manipolazione, come rafforzare le tue capacità mentali e come prevenire la manipolazione degli altri. Konrad Sewell Thu, 22 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653820 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Tecniche di manipolazione mentale: Come leggere la mente e il linguaggio del corpo, attraverso la psicologia e la PNL, proteggiti dalla manipolazione mentale e manipola gli altri a tuo vantaggio! Author: Konrad Sewell Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Il controllo della mente e la manipolazione sono temi che ti appassionano? Ti piacerebbe scoprire di più sulle diverse tecniche di manipolazione? Ti piacerebbe sfruttare queste tecniche sul posto di lavoro o durante un colloquio? Desideri avere maggior controllo sulla tua mente ed usarla a tuo vantaggio contro le manipolazioni operate dagli altri? Ti piacerebbe essere autonomo e di successo, invece di essere costantemente controllato dagli altri? Se la tua risposta è sì ad almeno una di queste domande, allora questo è il libro perfetto per te! La manipolazione è qualcosa che sperimentiamo quotidianamente tra di noi e su di noi - che ne siamo consapevoli o meno. C'è chi è più facile da influenzare e chi, invece, è immune alle manipolazioni condotte dalla pubblicità, sul posto di lavoro e perfino nella vita privata. Dunque come fare a capire che la persona che ti sta di fronte ti sta manipolando? Quali sono le tecniche di manipolazione e come puoi sfruttarle a tuo vantaggio? Come puoi proteggerti delle manipolazioni degli altri? Questo manuale ti fornirà informazioni dettagliate sull'arte della persuasione e sulle diverse tecniche di manipolazione. Non imparerai solo come gli altri utilizzano queste tecniche a loro vantaggio, ma anche come usare queste abilità per te ed il tuo successo. Non importa se disponi già di una conoscenza di base sul tema del controllo del pensiero o se è la prima volta che ti approcci a questo argomento. I numerosi e comprovati consigli di esperti della materia possono esserti utili fin da subito. Leggi tutto ciò che vuoi sul tema della manipolazione, come rafforzare le tue capacità mentali e come prevenire la manipolazione degli altri. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Tecniche di manipolazione mentale: Come leggere la mente e il linguaggio del corpo, attraverso la psicologia e la PNL, proteggiti dalla manipolazione mentale e manipola gli altri a tuo vantaggio! Author: Konrad Sewell Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Il controllo della mente e la manipolazione sono temi che ti appassionano? Ti piacerebbe scoprire di più sulle diverse tecniche di manipolazione? Ti piacerebbe sfruttare queste tecniche sul posto di lavoro o durante un colloquio? Desideri avere maggior controllo sulla tua mente ed usarla a tuo vantaggio contro le manipolazioni operate dagli altri? Ti piacerebbe essere autonomo e di successo, invece di essere costantemente controllato dagli altri? Se la tua risposta è sì ad almeno una di queste domande, allora questo è il libro perfetto per te! La manipolazione è qualcosa che sperimentiamo quotidianamente tra di noi e su di noi - che ne siamo consapevoli o meno. C'è chi è più facile da influenzare e chi, invece, è immune alle manipolazioni condotte dalla pubblicità, sul posto di lavoro e perfino nella vita privata. Dunque come fare a capire che la persona che ti sta di fronte ti sta manipolando? Quali sono le tecniche di manipolazione e come puoi sfruttarle a tuo vantaggio? Come puoi proteggerti delle manipolazioni degli altri? Questo manuale ti fornirà informazioni dettagliate sull'arte della persuasione e sulle diverse tecniche di manipolazione. Non imparerai solo come gli altri utilizzano queste tecniche a loro vantaggio, ma anche come usare queste abilità per te ed il tuo successo. Non importa se disponi già di una conoscenza di base sul tema del controllo del pensiero o se è la prima volta che ti approcci a questo argomento. I numerosi e comprovati consigli di esperti della materia possono esserti utili fin da subito. Leggi tutto ciò che vuoi sul tema della manipolazione, come rafforzare le tue capacità mentali e come prevenire la manipolazione degli altri. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653700 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un antropólogo en Marte: Siete relatos paradójicos Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Luis García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Considerado uno de los grandes escritores clínicos del siglo, Oliver Sacks nos presenta en su último libro siete casos neurológicos que constituyen una profunda reflexión sobre la esencia de la identidad y los mecanismos del conocimiento. Un pintor que tras un accidente de coche deja de ver el color; un cirujano cuyos continuos tics y compulsiones sólo remiten cuando opera o pilota su aeroplano; un hombre que tras toda una vida de ceguera recupera la vista sólo para darse cuenta de que no sabe ver; una profesora autista capaz tan sólo de tratar y comprender a los animales, y a quien la complejidad de las emociones humanas deja tan perpleja que se siente como «un antropólogo en Marte»: éstos son algunos de estos «relatos paradójicos» que nos presentan un aspecto de la existencia que nos sería imposible conocer sin esa anomalía denominada enfermedad. Para Sacks, que en cierto modo también comparte esa condición de antropólogo en Marte, no se trata tanto de qué enfermedad tiene una persona, sino de cómo la persona se halla atrapada en la enfermedad y sometida a sus leyes, y de cómo todo lo que constituye la identidad sufre un proceso de adaptación para permitirle habitar ese espacio físico alterado que es el propio cuerpo. La tesis que mantiene el autor es que no se trata tanto de «curarse» de la enfermedad, pues algunas de las que aquí aparecen, como el autismo, el síndrome de Tourette, la acromatopsia, no admiten el concepto de curación, sino de aprender a vivir con ella, a pesar de lo grotescos que puedan ser algunos síntomas de lo diferente que pueda sentirse el paciente respecto a los así denominados normales. Todos estos pacientes encuentran en el doctor Sacks no sólo un médico atento, intuitivo y perspicaz, sino a alguien que comparte sus vidas y aplica el método empático de investigación que G. K. Chesterton presentara a través de su personaje más famoso, el padre Brown. En estas siete parábolas sobre la mutabilidad de la condición humana, Oliver Sacks demuestra otra vez su excepcional talento como narrador, su vastísima cultura y su capacidad para hacer que estos personajes a primera vista estrambóticos acaben pareciéndonos familiares y normales. Oliver Sacks Wed, 18 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653700 thebookvoice.com 13:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un antropólogo en Marte: Siete relatos paradójicos Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Luis García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Considerado uno de los grandes escritores clínicos del siglo, Oliver Sacks nos presenta en su último libro siete casos neurológicos que constituyen una profunda reflexión sobre la esencia de la identidad y los mecanismos del conocimiento. Un pintor que tras un accidente de coche deja de ver el color; un cirujano cuyos continuos tics y compulsiones sólo remiten cuando opera o pilota su aeroplano; un hombre que tras toda una vida de ceguera recupera la vista sólo para darse cuenta de que no sabe ver; una profesora autista capaz tan sólo de tratar y comprender a los animales, y a quien la complejidad de las emociones humanas deja tan perpleja que se siente como «un antropólogo en Marte»: éstos son algunos de estos «relatos paradójicos» que nos presentan un aspecto de la existencia que nos sería imposible conocer sin esa anomalía denominada enfermedad. Para Sacks, que en cierto modo también comparte esa condición de antropólogo en Marte, no se trata tanto de qué enfermedad tiene una persona, sino de cómo la persona se halla atrapada en la enfermedad y sometida a sus leyes, y de cómo todo lo que constituye la identidad sufre un proceso de adaptación para permitirle habitar ese espacio físico alterado que es el propio cuerpo. La tesis que mantiene el autor es que no se trata tanto de «curarse» de la enfermedad, pues algunas de las que aquí aparecen, como el autismo, el síndrome de Tourette, la acromatopsia, no admiten el concepto de curación, sino de aprender a vivir con ella, a pesar de lo grotescos que puedan ser algunos síntomas de lo diferente que pueda sentirse el paciente respecto a los así denominados normales. Todos estos pacientes encuentran en el doctor Sacks no sólo un médico atento, intuitivo y perspicaz, sino a alguien que comparte sus vidas y aplica el método empático de investigación que G. K. Chesterton presentara a través de su personaje más famoso, el padre Brown. En estas siete parábolas sobre la mutabilidad de la condición humana, Oliver Sacks demuestra otra vez su excepcional talento como narrador, su vastísima cultura y su capacidad para hacer que estos personajes a primera vista estrambóticos acaben pareciéndonos familiares y normales. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un antropólogo en Marte: Siete relatos paradójicos Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Luis García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Considerado uno de los grandes escritores clínicos del siglo, Oliver Sacks nos presenta en su último libro siete casos neurológicos que constituyen una profunda reflexión sobre la esencia de la identidad y los mecanismos del conocimiento. Un pintor que tras un accidente de coche deja de ver el color; un cirujano cuyos continuos tics y compulsiones sólo remiten cuando opera o pilota su aeroplano; un hombre que tras toda una vida de ceguera recupera la vista sólo para darse cuenta de que no sabe ver; una profesora autista capaz tan sólo de tratar y comprender a los animales, y a quien la complejidad de las emociones humanas deja tan perpleja que se siente como «un antropólogo en Marte»: éstos son algunos de estos «relatos paradójicos» que nos presentan un aspecto de la existencia que nos sería imposible conocer sin esa anomalía denominada enfermedad. Para Sacks, que en cierto modo también comparte esa condición de antropólogo en Marte, no se trata tanto de qué enfermedad tiene una persona, sino de cómo la persona se halla atrapada en la enfermedad y sometida a sus leyes, y de cómo todo lo que constituye la identidad sufre un proceso de adaptación para permitirle habitar ese espacio físico alterado que es el propio cuerpo. La tesis que mantiene el autor es que no se trata tanto de «curarse» de la enfermedad, pues algunas de las que aquí aparecen, como el autismo, el síndrome de Tourette, la acromatopsia, no admiten el concepto de curación, sino de aprender a vivir con ella, a pesar de lo grotescos que puedan ser algunos síntomas de lo diferente que pueda sentirse el paciente respecto a los así denominados normales. Todos estos pacientes encuentran en el doctor Sacks no sólo un médico atento, intuitivo y perspicaz, sino a alguien que comparte sus vidas y aplica el método empático de investigación que G. K. Chesterton presentara a través de su personaje más famoso, el padre Brown. En estas siete parábolas sobre la mutabilidad de la condición humana, Oliver Sacks demuestra otra vez su excepcional talento como narrador, su vastísima cultura y su capacidad para hacer que estos personajes a primera vista estrambóticos acaben pareciéndonos familiares y normales. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Level Up: How to Get Focused, Stop Procrastinating, and Upgrade Your Life Author: Rob Dial Narrator: Rob Dial Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Packed with valuable insights, unique lessons, and practical steps, this book will help you break through your procrastination and take immediate action toward your goals.” — Jay Shetty, New York Times bestselling author of Think Like a Monk and 8 Rules of Love The audiobook is narrated by the author and includes bonus interviews between Rob Dial and Dean DeVries. Level Up will revolutionize the way you approach your life and your goals. This book from world-renowned high-performance coach and host of The Mindset Mentor podcast, Rob Dial, presents a groundbreaking roadmap to unlock your full potential and transform your life. In it, you will find: A transformative system designed to revolutionize the way you approach your goals, success, and personal motivation. Powerful secrets of highly successful individuals who have mastered the art of focus, defeated their procrastination, and achieved extraordinary results. Cutting-edge research in neuroscience and psychology, unveiling the science behind mental focus and motivation. Tools that empower you to understand and control your mind like never before.  This book has cracked the code to peak performance and you will learn how to apply these secrets to your own life. Level Up is not just another self-help book. It is a step-by-step guide that helps you get from where you are now to the life you truly want to be as fast as possible. Whether you're struggling with distractions, overwhelmed by a chaotic schedule, or simply seeking a path to personal excellence, Level Up is the game-changer you've been waiting for. Rob Dial Tue, 03 Oct 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653634 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Level Up: How to Get Focused, Stop Procrastinating, and Upgrade Your Life Author: Rob Dial Narrator: Rob Dial Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Packed with valuable insights, unique lessons, and practical steps, this book will help you break through your procrastination and take immediate action toward your goals.” — Jay Shetty, New York Times bestselling author of Think Like a Monk and 8 Rules of Love The audiobook is narrated by the author and includes bonus interviews between Rob Dial and Dean DeVries. Level Up will revolutionize the way you approach your life and your goals. This book from world-renowned high-performance coach and host of The Mindset Mentor podcast, Rob Dial, presents a groundbreaking roadmap to unlock your full potential and transform your life. In it, you will find: A transformative system designed to revolutionize the way you approach your goals, success, and personal motivation. Powerful secrets of highly successful individuals who have mastered the art of focus, defeated their procrastination, and achieved extraordinary results. Cutting-edge research in neuroscience and psychology, unveiling the science behind mental focus and motivation. Tools that empower you to understand and control your mind like never before.  This book has cracked the code to peak performance and you will learn how to apply these secrets to your own life. Level Up is not just another self-help book. It is a step-by-step guide that helps you get from where you are now to the life you truly want to be as fast as possible. Whether you're struggling with distractions, overwhelmed by a chaotic schedule, or simply seeking a path to personal excellence, Level Up is the game-changer you've been waiting for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Level Up: How to Get Focused, Stop Procrastinating, and Upgrade Your Life Author: Rob Dial Narrator: Rob Dial Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Packed with valuable insights, unique lessons, and practical steps, this book will help you break through your procrastination and take immediate action toward your goals.” — Jay Shetty, New York Times bestselling author of Think Like a Monk and 8 Rules of Love The audiobook is narrated by the author and includes bonus interviews between Rob Dial and Dean DeVries. Level Up will revolutionize the way you approach your life and your goals. This book from world-renowned high-performance coach and host of The Mindset Mentor podcast, Rob Dial, presents a groundbreaking roadmap to unlock your full potential and transform your life. In it, you will find: A transformative system designed to revolutionize the way you approach your goals, success, and personal motivation. Powerful secrets of highly successful individuals who have mastered the art of focus, defeated their procrastination, and achieved extraordinary results. Cutting-edge research in neuroscience and psychology, unveiling the science behind mental focus and motivation. Tools that empower you to understand and control your mind like never before.  This book has cracked the code to peak performance and you will learn how to apply these secrets to your own life. Level Up is not just another self-help book. It is a step-by-step guide that helps you get from where you are now to the life you truly want to be as fast as possible. Whether you're struggling with distractions, overwhelmed by a chaotic schedule, or simply seeking a path to personal excellence, Level Up is the game-changer you've been waiting for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scarcity Brain: Fix Your Craving Mindset and Rewire Your Habits to Thrive with Enough Author: Michael Easter Narrator: Michael Easter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Comfort Crisis asks: Are we hardwired to crave more? From food and stuff to information and influence, why can’t we ever get enough? “Reveals the biological and evolutionary foundations behind your brain’s fixations, so you can stop seeking and start living.”—Melissa Urban, Whole30 CEO and author of The Book of Boundaries “Michael Easter’s genius is that he puts data around the edges of what we intuitively believe. His work has inspired many to change their lives for the better.”—Dr. Peter Attia, author of Outlive Have you ever found yourself wondering “Why do I want more than I have?” Michael Easter, author of The Comfort Crisis and one of the world’s leading experts on behavior change, shows that the problem isn’t you. The problem is your scarcity mindset, left over from our ancient ancestors. They had to constantly seek and consume to survive because vital survival tools like food, material goods, information, and power were scarce and hard to find. But with our modern ability to easily fulfill our ancient desire for more, our hardwired “scarcity brain” is now backfiring. And new technology and institutions—from dating and entertainment apps to our food and economic systems—are exploiting our scarcity brain. They’re bombarding us with subversive “scarcity cues,” subtle triggers that lead us into low-reward cravings that hurt us in the long run. Scarcity cues can be direct and all-encompassing, like a sagging economy. Or they can be subtle and slight, like our neighbor buying a shiny new car. Easter traveled the world to consult with remarkable innovators and leading scientists who are finding surprising solutions for our scarcity brain. He discovered simple tactics that can move us towards an abundance mindset, cement healthy habits, and allow us to live our lives to the fullest and appreciate what we have, including how to: • Detect hidden scarcity cues to stop cravings before they start, from a brilliant slot machine designer in a Las Vegas casino laboratory • Turn alone time into the ultimate happiness hack, from artisanal coffee-making Benedictine monks • Reignite your exploration gene for a more exciting and fulfilling life, from an astronaut onboard the International Space Station • Reframe how we think about and fix addiction and bad habits, from Iraq’s chief psychiatrist • Recognize when you have enough, from a woman who left a million-dollar career path to adventure the world Our world is overloaded with everything we’re built to crave. The fix for scarcity brain isn’t to blindly aim for less. It’s to understand why we crave more in the first place, shake our worst habits, and use what we already have better. Then we can experience life in a new way—a more satisfying way. Michael Easter Tue, 26 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653518 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scarcity Brain: Fix Your Craving Mindset and Rewire Your Habits to Thrive with Enough Author: Michael Easter Narrator: Michael Easter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Comfort Crisis asks: Are we hardwired to crave more? From food and stuff to information and influence, why can’t we ever get enough? “Reveals the biological and evolutionary foundations behind your brain’s fixations, so you can stop seeking and start living.”—Melissa Urban, Whole30 CEO and author of The Book of Boundaries “Michael Easter’s genius is that he puts data around the edges of what we intuitively believe. His work has inspired many to change their lives for the better.”—Dr. Peter Attia, author of Outlive Have you ever found yourself wondering “Why do I want more than I have?” Michael Easter, author of The Comfort Crisis and one of the world’s leading experts on behavior change, shows that the problem isn’t you. The problem is your scarcity mindset, left over from our ancient ancestors. They had to constantly seek and consume to survive because vital survival tools like food, material goods, information, and power were scarce and hard to find. But with our modern ability to easily fulfill our ancient desire for more, our hardwired “scarcity brain” is now backfiring. And new technology and institutions—from dating and entertainment apps to our food and economic systems—are exploiting our scarcity brain. They’re bombarding us with subversive “scarcity cues,” subtle triggers that lead us into low-reward cravings that hurt us in the long run. Scarcity cues can be direct and all-encompassing, like a sagging economy. Or they can be subtle and slight, like our neighbor buying a shiny new car. Easter traveled the world to consult with remarkable innovators and leading scientists who are finding surprising solutions for our scarcity brain. He discovered simple tactics that can move us towards an abundance mindset, cement healthy habits, and allow us to live our lives to the fullest and appreciate what we have, including how to: • Detect hidden scarcity cues to stop cravings before they start, from a brilliant slot machine designer in a Las Vegas casino laboratory • Turn alone time into the ultimate happiness hack, from artisanal coffee-making Benedictine monks • Reignite your exploration gene for a more exciting and fulfilling life, from an astronaut onboard the International Space Station • Reframe how we think about and fix addiction and bad habits, from Iraq’s chief psychiatrist • Recognize when you have enough, from a woman who left a million-dollar career path to adventure the world Our world is overloaded with everything we’re built to crave. The fix for scarcity brain isn’t to blindly aim for less. It’s to understand why we crave more in the first place, shake our worst habits, and use what we already have better. Then we can experience life in a new way—a more satisfying way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scarcity Brain: Fix Your Craving Mindset and Rewire Your Habits to Thrive with Enough Author: Michael Easter Narrator: Michael Easter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Comfort Crisis asks: Are we hardwired to crave more? From food and stuff to information and influence, why can’t we ever get enough? “Reveals the biological and evolutionary foundations behind your brain’s fixations, so you can stop seeking and start living.”—Melissa Urban, Whole30 CEO and author of The Book of Boundaries “Michael Easter’s genius is that he puts data around the edges of what we intuitively believe. His work has inspired many to change their lives for the better.”—Dr. Peter Attia, author of Outlive Have you ever found yourself wondering “Why do I want more than I have?” Michael Easter, author of The Comfort Crisis and one of the world’s leading experts on behavior change, shows that the problem isn’t you. The problem is your scarcity mindset, left over from our ancient ancestors. They had to constantly seek and consume to survive because vital survival tools like food, material goods, information, and power were scarce and hard to find. But with our modern ability to easily fulfill our ancient desire for more, our hardwired “scarcity brain” is now backfiring. And new technology and institutions—from dating and entertainment apps to our food and economic systems—are exploiting our scarcity brain. They’re bombarding us with subversive “scarcity cues,” subtle triggers that lead us into low-reward cravings that hurt us in the long run. Scarcity cues can be direct and all-encompassing, like a sagging economy. Or they can be subtle and slight, like our neighbor buying a shiny new car. Easter traveled the world to consult with remarkable innovators and leading scientists who are finding surprising solutions for our scarcity brain. He discovered simple tactics that can move us towards an abundance mindset, cement healthy habits, and allow us to live our lives to the fullest and appreciate what we have, including how to: • Detect hidden scarcity cues to stop cravings before they start, from a brilliant slot machine designer in a Las Vegas casino laboratory • Turn alone time into the ultimate happiness hack, from artisanal coffee-making Benedictine monks • Reignite your exploration gene for a more exciting and fulfilling life, from an astronaut onboard the International Space Station • Reframe how we think about and fix addiction and bad habits, from Iraq’s chief psychiatrist • Recognize when you have enough, from a woman who left a million-dollar career path to adventure the world Our world is overloaded with everything we’re built to crave. The fix for scarcity brain isn’t to blindly aim for less. It’s to understand why we crave more in the first place, shake our worst habits, and use what we already have better. Then we can experience life in a new way—a more satisfying way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Psicología integral: Conciencia, espiritu, psicología, terapia Author: Ken Wilber Narrator: Victor Manuel Espinoza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Como líder en psicología transpersonal, Ken Wilber presenta el primer modelo verdaderamente integrador de la conciencia espiritual oriental y la psicología del desarrollo occidental. El objetivo de una psicología integral es honrar y abarcar todos los aspectos legítimos de la conciencia humana bajo un mismo techo. Basándose en cientos de fuentes, orientales y occidentales, antiguas y modernas, Wilber crea un modelo psicológico que incluye corrientes de desarrollo, estados de conciencia y del yo, y sigue el curso de cada uno empezando por el subconsciente, el autoconsciente, hasta llegar al superconsciente. Este volumen incluye temas que correlacionan más de cien escuelas psicológicas y espirituales de todo el mundo, incluidas la Cábala, Vedanta, Plotino, Teresa de Ávila, Aurobindo, Teosofía y teóricos modernos como Jean Piaget, Erik Erikson, Jane Loevinger, Lawrence Kohlberg, Carol Gilligan, Erich Neumann y Jean Gebser. La psicología integral es el sistema psicológico más ambicioso de Wilber hasta la fecha y ya se considera un estudio histórico en el desarrollo humano. Ken Wilber Thu, 29 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653308 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Psicología integral: Conciencia, espiritu, psicología, terapia Author: Ken Wilber Narrator: Victor Manuel Espinoza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Como líder en psicología transpersonal, Ken Wilber presenta el primer modelo verdaderamente integrador de la conciencia espiritual oriental y la psicología del desarrollo occidental. El objetivo de una psicología integral es honrar y abarcar todos los aspectos legítimos de la conciencia humana bajo un mismo techo. Basándose en cientos de fuentes, orientales y occidentales, antiguas y modernas, Wilber crea un modelo psicológico que incluye corrientes de desarrollo, estados de conciencia y del yo, y sigue el curso de cada uno empezando por el subconsciente, el autoconsciente, hasta llegar al superconsciente. Este volumen incluye temas que correlacionan más de cien escuelas psicológicas y espirituales de todo el mundo, incluidas la Cábala, Vedanta, Plotino, Teresa de Ávila, Aurobindo, Teosofía y teóricos modernos como Jean Piaget, Erik Erikson, Jane Loevinger, Lawrence Kohlberg, Carol Gilligan, Erich Neumann y Jean Gebser. La psicología integral es el sistema psicológico más ambicioso de Wilber hasta la fecha y ya se considera un estudio histórico en el desarrollo humano. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Psicología integral: Conciencia, espiritu, psicología, terapia Author: Ken Wilber Narrator: Victor Manuel Espinoza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Como líder en psicología transpersonal, Ken Wilber presenta el primer modelo verdaderamente integrador de la conciencia espiritual oriental y la psicología del desarrollo occidental. El objetivo de una psicología integral es honrar y abarcar todos los aspectos legítimos de la conciencia humana bajo un mismo techo. Basándose en cientos de fuentes, orientales y occidentales, antiguas y modernas, Wilber crea un modelo psicológico que incluye corrientes de desarrollo, estados de conciencia y del yo, y sigue el curso de cada uno empezando por el subconsciente, el autoconsciente, hasta llegar al superconsciente. Este volumen incluye temas que correlacionan más de cien escuelas psicológicas y espirituales de todo el mundo, incluidas la Cábala, Vedanta, Plotino, Teresa de Ávila, Aurobindo, Teosofía y teóricos modernos como Jean Piaget, Erik Erikson, Jane Loevinger, Lawrence Kohlberg, Carol Gilligan, Erich Neumann y Jean Gebser. La psicología integral es el sistema psicológico más ambicioso de Wilber hasta la fecha y ya se considera un estudio histórico en el desarrollo humano. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653288 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Give Up the Jump: Combat, Resilience, and the Legacy of World War II through the Eyes and Voices of the Paratroopers, Wives, and Families of the 508th PIR Author: Jack L. Talley, Susan Gurwell Talley Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Young Sue Gurwell had always known that her father had been a paratrooper. And then there was the special poem in his roll-top desk she sometimes snuck a peek at, written by a member of Dad's regiment. This poem was a premonition of the sergeant's death. 'Yes,' her dad told her, 'He was right—he died on D-Day.' But it's not until 2016, after her parents had both passed away, that Susan Gurwell Talley and her husband Jack L. Talley begin to understand the true extent and significance of the wartime artifacts that had been staples of Sue's childhood. The Talleys discovered that Sue's father, Lt. George L. Gurwell, Executive Officer, HqHq, 508th PIR, had silently squirreled away thousands of wartime documents in the family home. This precious resource could not have passed into better hands than those of Jack and Sue Talley. Jack, a PhD psychologist specializing in PTSD, was the first to understand that George had PTSD symptoms that still lingered from the war years when he and George were introduced on June 6, 2001. That evening, the fifty-seventh anniversary of D-Day, George first opened up about the war, and preceded to talk late into the night. In that conversation lies the genesis of this book. Jack L. Talley, Susan Gurwell Talley Tue, 28 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653288 thebookvoice.com 12:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Give Up the Jump: Combat, Resilience, and the Legacy of World War II through the Eyes and Voices of the Paratroopers, Wives, and Families of the 508th PIR Author: Jack L. Talley, Susan Gurwell Talley Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Young Sue Gurwell had always known that her father had been a paratrooper. And then there was the special poem in his roll-top desk she sometimes snuck a peek at, written by a member of Dad's regiment. This poem was a premonition of the sergeant's death. 'Yes,' her dad told her, 'He was right—he died on D-Day.' But it's not until 2016, after her parents had both passed away, that Susan Gurwell Talley and her husband Jack L. Talley begin to understand the true extent and significance of the wartime artifacts that had been staples of Sue's childhood. The Talleys discovered that Sue's father, Lt. George L. Gurwell, Executive Officer, HqHq, 508th PIR, had silently squirreled away thousands of wartime documents in the family home. This precious resource could not have passed into better hands than those of Jack and Sue Talley. Jack, a PhD psychologist specializing in PTSD, was the first to understand that George had PTSD symptoms that still lingered from the war years when he and George were introduced on June 6, 2001. That evening, the fifty-seventh anniversary of D-Day, George first opened up about the war, and preceded to talk late into the night. In that conversation lies the genesis of this book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Give Up the Jump: Combat, Resilience, and the Legacy of World War II through the Eyes and Voices of the Paratroopers, Wives, and Families of the 508th PIR Author: Jack L. Talley, Susan Gurwell Talley Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Young Sue Gurwell had always known that her father had been a paratrooper. And then there was the special poem in his roll-top desk she sometimes snuck a peek at, written by a member of Dad's regiment. This poem was a premonition of the sergeant's death. 'Yes,' her dad told her, 'He was right—he died on D-Day.' But it's not until 2016, after her parents had both passed away, that Susan Gurwell Talley and her husband Jack L. Talley begin to understand the true extent and significance of the wartime artifacts that had been staples of Sue's childhood. The Talleys discovered that Sue's father, Lt. George L. Gurwell, Executive Officer, HqHq, 508th PIR, had silently squirreled away thousands of wartime documents in the family home. This precious resource could not have passed into better hands than those of Jack and Sue Talley. Jack, a PhD psychologist specializing in PTSD, was the first to understand that George had PTSD symptoms that still lingered from the war years when he and George were introduced on June 6, 2001. That evening, the fifty-seventh anniversary of D-Day, George first opened up about the war, and preceded to talk late into the night. In that conversation lies the genesis of this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653284 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addiction: A Very Short Introduction Author: Keith Humphreys Narrator: Rudy Sanda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Addiction is a subject which straddles public and personal interests; societal and criminal justice concerns; and family, social, and medical responses. It is a continuing area of uncertainty and concern for society and professionals trained in the field. This Very Short Introduction presents the basic facts about addiction: what it is, how and why it develops, how it is treated, and how society can respond to it. Addictions to both illicit drugs and licit drugs (e.g., alcohol) are covered, as is the possibility that certain behaviors not involving drug use (e.g., compulsive gambling) can qualify as addictions. Keith Humphreys provides a jargon-free account of our present understanding of addiction, from treatment evaluations to studies on the effects of public policies. He also illuminates the personal experience of addiction and recovery. Humphreys considers why some people become addicted and others do not, what treatments exist to help people who are addicted, and how the laws and regulations society establishes about drugs affects the rate and experience of addiction. Keith Humphreys Tue, 14 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653284 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addiction: A Very Short Introduction Author: Keith Humphreys Narrator: Rudy Sanda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Addiction is a subject which straddles public and personal interests; societal and criminal justice concerns; and family, social, and medical responses. It is a continuing area of uncertainty and concern for society and professionals trained in the field. This Very Short Introduction presents the basic facts about addiction: what it is, how and why it develops, how it is treated, and how society can respond to it. Addictions to both illicit drugs and licit drugs (e.g., alcohol) are covered, as is the possibility that certain behaviors not involving drug use (e.g., compulsive gambling) can qualify as addictions. Keith Humphreys provides a jargon-free account of our present understanding of addiction, from treatment evaluations to studies on the effects of public policies. He also illuminates the personal experience of addiction and recovery. Humphreys considers why some people become addicted and others do not, what treatments exist to help people who are addicted, and how the laws and regulations society establishes about drugs affects the rate and experience of addiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addiction: A Very Short Introduction Author: Keith Humphreys Narrator: Rudy Sanda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Addiction is a subject which straddles public and personal interests; societal and criminal justice concerns; and family, social, and medical responses. It is a continuing area of uncertainty and concern for society and professionals trained in the field. This Very Short Introduction presents the basic facts about addiction: what it is, how and why it develops, how it is treated, and how society can respond to it. Addictions to both illicit drugs and licit drugs (e.g., alcohol) are covered, as is the possibility that certain behaviors not involving drug use (e.g., compulsive gambling) can qualify as addictions. Keith Humphreys provides a jargon-free account of our present understanding of addiction, from treatment evaluations to studies on the effects of public policies. He also illuminates the personal experience of addiction and recovery. Humphreys considers why some people become addicted and others do not, what treatments exist to help people who are addicted, and how the laws and regulations society establishes about drugs affects the rate and experience of addiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching Plain and Simple: Solution-focused Brief Coaching Essentials Author: Peter Szabó, Daniel Meier Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A must-listen primer on brief coaching basics. This is a highly practical and condensed introduction to solution-focused coaching, offering a simple and clear structure for coaching sessions that is easy to learn. Content is illuminated through exemplary dialogues from real coaching sessions. Narrative explanations create a helpful framework for understanding the general idea of coaching and the practicalities of the solution focused approach. The book targets beginners in coaching who are looking for simple guidance and step-by-step ideas in their learning process. Topics include: What is coaching?; coaching—simple, concise, and effective; overview of major elements of the coaching conversation; contracting—before you start; coaching agreement for the first session; preferred future; resources and forerunners of solutions; small steps and clues of upcoming progress; session conclusion; follow-up sessions; brief coaching of executives—three examples; and beyond technique—continuous learning as a coach. Peter Szabó, Daniel Meier Tue, 14 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653281 thebookvoice.com 2:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching Plain and Simple: Solution-focused Brief Coaching Essentials Author: Peter Szabó, Daniel Meier Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A must-listen primer on brief coaching basics. This is a highly practical and condensed introduction to solution-focused coaching, offering a simple and clear structure for coaching sessions that is easy to learn. Content is illuminated through exemplary dialogues from real coaching sessions. Narrative explanations create a helpful framework for understanding the general idea of coaching and the practicalities of the solution focused approach. The book targets beginners in coaching who are looking for simple guidance and step-by-step ideas in their learning process. Topics include: What is coaching?; coaching—simple, concise, and effective; overview of major elements of the coaching conversation; contracting—before you start; coaching agreement for the first session; preferred future; resources and forerunners of solutions; small steps and clues of upcoming progress; session conclusion; follow-up sessions; brief coaching of executives—three examples; and beyond technique—continuous learning as a coach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching Plain and Simple: Solution-focused Brief Coaching Essentials Author: Peter Szabó, Daniel Meier Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A must-listen primer on brief coaching basics. This is a highly practical and condensed introduction to solution-focused coaching, offering a simple and clear structure for coaching sessions that is easy to learn. Content is illuminated through exemplary dialogues from real coaching sessions. Narrative explanations create a helpful framework for understanding the general idea of coaching and the practicalities of the solution focused approach. The book targets beginners in coaching who are looking for simple guidance and step-by-step ideas in their learning process. Topics include: What is coaching?; coaching—simple, concise, and effective; overview of major elements of the coaching conversation; contracting—before you start; coaching agreement for the first session; preferred future; resources and forerunners of solutions; small steps and clues of upcoming progress; session conclusion; follow-up sessions; brief coaching of executives—three examples; and beyond technique—continuous learning as a coach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with the Developmental Trauma of Childhood Neglect: Using Psychotherapy and Attachment Theory Techniques in Clinical Practice Author: Ruth Cohn Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book provides psychotherapists with a multidimensional view of childhood neglect and a practical roadmap for facilitating survivors' healing. Working from a strong base in attachment theory, esteemed clinician Ruth Cohn explores ways therapists can recognize the signs of childhood neglect, provides recommendations for understanding lasting effects that can persist into adulthood, and lays out strategies for helping clients maximize therapeutic outcomes. Along with extensive clinical material, chapters introduce skills that therapists can develop and hone, such as the ability to recognize and discern nonverbal attempts at communication. They also provide an array of resources and evidence-based treatment modalities that therapists can use in session. Working with the Developmental Trauma of Childhood Neglect is an essential book for any mental health professional working with survivors of childhood trauma. Ruth Cohn Tue, 11 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653268 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with the Developmental Trauma of Childhood Neglect: Using Psychotherapy and Attachment Theory Techniques in Clinical Practice Author: Ruth Cohn Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book provides psychotherapists with a multidimensional view of childhood neglect and a practical roadmap for facilitating survivors' healing. Working from a strong base in attachment theory, esteemed clinician Ruth Cohn explores ways therapists can recognize the signs of childhood neglect, provides recommendations for understanding lasting effects that can persist into adulthood, and lays out strategies for helping clients maximize therapeutic outcomes. Along with extensive clinical material, chapters introduce skills that therapists can develop and hone, such as the ability to recognize and discern nonverbal attempts at communication. They also provide an array of resources and evidence-based treatment modalities that therapists can use in session. Working with the Developmental Trauma of Childhood Neglect is an essential book for any mental health professional working with survivors of childhood trauma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with the Developmental Trauma of Childhood Neglect: Using Psychotherapy and Attachment Theory Techniques in Clinical Practice Author: Ruth Cohn Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book provides psychotherapists with a multidimensional view of childhood neglect and a practical roadmap for facilitating survivors' healing. Working from a strong base in attachment theory, esteemed clinician Ruth Cohn explores ways therapists can recognize the signs of childhood neglect, provides recommendations for understanding lasting effects that can persist into adulthood, and lays out strategies for helping clients maximize therapeutic outcomes. Along with extensive clinical material, chapters introduce skills that therapists can develop and hone, such as the ability to recognize and discern nonverbal attempts at communication. They also provide an array of resources and evidence-based treatment modalities that therapists can use in session. Working with the Developmental Trauma of Childhood Neglect is an essential book for any mental health professional working with survivors of childhood trauma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Stories About Mental Illness Author: Fyodor Sologub, Vsevolod Garshin, Catherine Wells, Radclyffe Hall, Leonid Andreyev, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Nikolai Gogol, Edgar Allan Poe, Leo Tolstoy, Willa Cather Narrator: Richard Mitchley, Laurel Lefkow, David Shaw-Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many of us illness refers solely to the physical. Accidents and disease wear us down, hiccup our life from childhood to old age. But everyone empathises, understands and helps us on the road to recovery. Mental illness though can still carry a stigma. A case of 'you're not trying hard enough', 'or knuckling down and getting on with it'. But in more recent decades mental issues have come to be recognised as an illness, a disease rather than an affliction. We all remember horror stories of lobotomy's and electric shock being used to 'cure' what society viewed as anti-social behaviour but illness, mental or physical is very real. Depression, schizophrenia, breakdown, psychosis, are alarming events to have or to witness. In this volume our classic authors including Sherwood Anderson, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Barry Pain and many others explore this oft neglected and most difficult of topics.1 - Short Stories About Mental Illness - An Introduction2 - Diary of a Madman by Nikolai Gogol3 - The Yellow Wall Paper by Charlotte Perkins Gilman4 - Sokratics in the Strand by Amy Levy5 - A Complete Recovery by Barry Pain6 - Diary of a Lunatic by Leo Tolstoy7 - Adventure by Sherwood Anderson8 - Miss Ogilivy Finds Herself by Radclyffe Hall9 - Hide And Seek or Pliatki by Fyodor Sologub10 - Brothers by Sherwood Anderson11 - Fear by Catherine Wells12 - The Diary of a God by Barry Pain13 - Shut Out by F Anstey14 - The Miracle by John Davys Beresford15 - The Lie by Leonid Andreyev16 - The Fall of the House of Usher - Part 1 by Edgar Allan Poe17 - The Fall of the House of Usher - Part 2 by Edgar Allan Poe18 - The Last of Squire Ennismore by Charlotte Riddell19 - Cohen of Trinity by Amy Levy20 - The City by Leonid Andreyev21 - In the Séance Room by Lettice Galbraith22 - A Red Flower by Vsevolod Garshin23 - Hands by Sherwood Anderson24 - Silence by Leonid Nikolaevich Andreyev25 - Paul's Case by Willa Cather Fyodor Sologub, Vsevolod Garshin, Catherine Wells, Radclyffe Hall, Leonid Andreyev, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Nikolai Gogol, Edgar Allan Poe, Leo Tolstoy, Willa Cather Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653150 thebookvoice.com 11:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Stories About Mental Illness Author: Fyodor Sologub, Vsevolod Garshin, Catherine Wells, Radclyffe Hall, Leonid Andreyev, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Nikolai Gogol, Edgar Allan Poe, Leo Tolstoy, Willa Cather Narrator: Richard Mitchley, Laurel Lefkow, David Shaw-Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many of us illness refers solely to the physical. Accidents and disease wear us down, hiccup our life from childhood to old age. But everyone empathises, understands and helps us on the road to recovery. Mental illness though can still carry a stigma. A case of 'you're not trying hard enough', 'or knuckling down and getting on with it'. But in more recent decades mental issues have come to be recognised as an illness, a disease rather than an affliction. We all remember horror stories of lobotomy's and electric shock being used to 'cure' what society viewed as anti-social behaviour but illness, mental or physical is very real. Depression, schizophrenia, breakdown, psychosis, are alarming events to have or to witness. In this volume our classic authors including Sherwood Anderson, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Barry Pain and many others explore this oft neglected and most difficult of topics.1 - Short Stories About Mental Illness - An Introduction2 - Diary of a Madman by Nikolai Gogol3 - The Yellow Wall Paper by Charlotte Perkins Gilman4 - Sokratics in the Strand by Amy Levy5 - A Complete Recovery by Barry Pain6 - Diary of a Lunatic by Leo Tolstoy7 - Adventure by Sherwood Anderson8 - Miss Ogilivy Finds Herself by Radclyffe Hall9 - Hide And Seek or Pliatki by Fyodor Sologub10 - Brothers by Sherwood Anderson11 - Fear by Catherine Wells12 - The Diary of a God by Barry Pain13 - Shut Out by F Anstey14 - The Miracle by John Davys Beresford15 - The Lie by Leonid Andreyev16 - The Fall of the House of Usher - Part 1 by Edgar Allan Poe17 - The Fall of the House of Usher - Part 2 by Edgar Allan Poe18 - The Last of Squire Ennismore by Charlotte Riddell19 - Cohen of Trinity by Amy Levy20 - The City by Leonid Andreyev21 - In the Séance Room by Lettice Galbraith22 - A Red Flower by Vsevolod Garshin23 - Hands by Sherwood Anderson24 - Silence by Leonid Nikolaevich Andreyev25 - Paul's Case by Willa Cather Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Stories About Mental Illness Author: Fyodor Sologub, Vsevolod Garshin, Catherine Wells, Radclyffe Hall, Leonid Andreyev, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Nikolai Gogol, Edgar Allan Poe, Leo Tolstoy, Willa Cather Narrator: Richard Mitchley, Laurel Lefkow, David Shaw-Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many of us illness refers solely to the physical. Accidents and disease wear us down, hiccup our life from childhood to old age. But everyone empathises, understands and helps us on the road to recovery. Mental illness though can still carry a stigma. A case of 'you're not trying hard enough', 'or knuckling down and getting on with it'. But in more recent decades mental issues have come to be recognised as an illness, a disease rather than an affliction. We all remember horror stories of lobotomy's and electric shock being used to 'cure' what society viewed as anti-social behaviour but illness, mental or physical is very real. Depression, schizophrenia, breakdown, psychosis, are alarming events to have or to witness. In this volume our classic authors including Sherwood Anderson, Amy Levy, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Barry Pain and many others explore this oft neglected and most difficult of topics.1 - Short Stories About Mental Illness - An Introduction2 - Diary of a Madman by Nikolai Gogol3 - The Yellow Wall Paper by Charlotte Perkins Gilman4 - Sokratics in the Strand by Amy Levy5 - A Complete Recovery by Barry Pain6 - Diary of a Lunatic by Leo Tolstoy7 - Adventure by Sherwood Anderson8 - Miss Ogilivy Finds Herself by Radclyffe Hall9 - Hide And Seek or Pliatki by Fyodor Sologub10 - Brothers by Sherwood Anderson11 - Fear by Catherine Wells12 - The Diary of a God by Barry Pain13 - Shut Out by F Anstey14 - The Miracle by John Davys Beresford15 - The Lie by Leonid Andreyev16 - The Fall of the House of Usher - Part 1 by Edgar Allan Poe17 - The Fall of the House of Usher - Part 2 by Edgar Allan Poe18 - The Last of Squire Ennismore by Charlotte Riddell19 - Cohen of Trinity by Amy Levy20 - The City by Leonid Andreyev21 - In the Séance Room by Lettice Galbraith22 - A Red Flower by Vsevolod Garshin23 - Hands by Sherwood Anderson24 - Silence by Leonid Nikolaevich Andreyev25 - Paul's Case by Willa Cather https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653148 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Stories About Suicide Author: Fyodor Dostovesky, Guy De Maupassant, Amy Levy, O Henry, Honore de Balzac, Rabindranath Tagore, Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley, Thomas Hardy, Franz Kafka, Joseph Conrad, Ambrose Bierce, Kate Chopin, Victor Hugo, Virginia Woolf Narrator: Mark Rice-Oxley, Richard Mitchley, Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life has the capacity of great moments and attainment, of lives well lived, fulfilling for ourselves and for those we touch.But for others life is arduous. There is no spark to ignite the curiosity, to explore and achieve a stability and a growth to their lives. Indeed their lives, in their own eyes, become almost meaningless, their sense of themselves subsumed under a myriad of problems, whether real or imagined. Seismic events in a life might crush them; the loss of a loved one for instance. Coping is difficult, support hard to find and isolation abounds. We never really know the reason or motivation but sometimes one final, dreadful way out is the solution. In this volume our authors including, Amy Levy, Willa Cather, Honore de Balzac, O Henry, Franz Kafka and a wealth or others explore stories that help us to understand and recognise a tragic circumstance.1 - Short Stories About Suicide - An Introduction2 - Suicides by Guy de Maupassant3 - The Dream of a Ridiculous Man by Fyodor Dostovesky4 - A Hunger Artist by Franz Kafka5 - The Legacy by Virginia Woolf6 - The Informer by Joseph Conrad7 - Claude Gueux by Victor Hugo8 - The Furnished Room by O Henry9 - The Mourner by Mary Shelley10 - The Victory by Rabindranath Tagore11 - A Passion in the Desert by Honore De Balzac12 - An Imaginative Woman by Thomas Hardy13 - An Egyptian Cigarette by Kate Chopin14 - Volodya by Anton Chekhov15 - Paul's Case by Willa Cather16 - A Slav Soul by Alexander Kuprin17 - Cohen of Trinity by Amy Levy18 - The Story of A Conscience by Ambrose Bierce19 - The Cold Embrace by Mary Elizabeth Braddon20 - Blessed Are the Meek by Mary Webb21 - The Crystal Man by Edward Page Mitchell22 - The End of a Show by Barry Pain23 - An Outcast of the People by Bithia Mary Croker24 - A Responsibility by Henry Harland25 - When Spirits Steal by Philippa Forest26 - The Spider by Hanns Heinz Ewers27 - The Quadroons by Lydia Maria Child28 - Sokratics in the Strand by Amy Levy29 - In the Penal Colony by Franz Kafka Fyodor Dostovesky, Guy De Maupassant, Amy Levy, O Henry, Honore de Balzac, Rabindranath Tagore, Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley, Thomas Hardy, Franz Kafka, Joseph Conrad, Ambrose Bierce, Kate Chopin, Victor Hugo, Virginia Woolf Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653148 thebookvoice.com 15:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Stories About Suicide Author: Fyodor Dostovesky, Guy De Maupassant, Amy Levy, O Henry, Honore de Balzac, Rabindranath Tagore, Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley, Thomas Hardy, Franz Kafka, Joseph Conrad, Ambrose Bierce, Kate Chopin, Victor Hugo, Virginia Woolf Narrator: Mark Rice-Oxley, Richard Mitchley, Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life has the capacity of great moments and attainment, of lives well lived, fulfilling for ourselves and for those we touch.But for others life is arduous. There is no spark to ignite the curiosity, to explore and achieve a stability and a growth to their lives. Indeed their lives, in their own eyes, become almost meaningless, their sense of themselves subsumed under a myriad of problems, whether real or imagined. Seismic events in a life might crush them; the loss of a loved one for instance. Coping is difficult, support hard to find and isolation abounds. We never really know the reason or motivation but sometimes one final, dreadful way out is the solution. In this volume our authors including, Amy Levy, Willa Cather, Honore de Balzac, O Henry, Franz Kafka and a wealth or others explore stories that help us to understand and recognise a tragic circumstance.1 - Short Stories About Suicide - An Introduction2 - Suicides by Guy de Maupassant3 - The Dream of a Ridiculous Man by Fyodor Dostovesky4 - A Hunger Artist by Franz Kafka5 - The Legacy by Virginia Woolf6 - The Informer by Joseph Conrad7 - Claude Gueux by Victor Hugo8 - The Furnished Room by O Henry9 - The Mourner by Mary Shelley10 - The Victory by Rabindranath Tagore11 - A Passion in the Desert by Honore De Balzac12 - An Imaginative Woman by Thomas Hardy13 - An Egyptian Cigarette by Kate Chopin14 - Volodya by Anton Chekhov15 - Paul's Case by Willa Cather16 - A Slav Soul by Alexander Kuprin17 - Cohen of Trinity by Amy Levy18 - The Story of A Conscience by Ambrose Bierce19 - The Cold Embrace by Mary Elizabeth Braddon20 - Blessed Are the Meek by Mary Webb21 - The Crystal Man by Edward Page Mitchell22 - The End of a Show by Barry Pain23 - An Outcast of the People by Bithia Mary Croker24 - A Responsibility by Henry Harland25 - When Spirits Steal by Philippa Forest26 - The Spider by Hanns Heinz Ewers27 - The Quadroons by Lydia Maria Child28 - Sokratics in the Strand by Amy Levy29 - In the Penal Colony by Franz Kafka Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Stories About Suicide Author: Fyodor Dostovesky, Guy De Maupassant, Amy Levy, O Henry, Honore de Balzac, Rabindranath Tagore, Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley, Thomas Hardy, Franz Kafka, Joseph Conrad, Ambrose Bierce, Kate Chopin, Victor Hugo, Virginia Woolf Narrator: Mark Rice-Oxley, Richard Mitchley, Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life has the capacity of great moments and attainment, of lives well lived, fulfilling for ourselves and for those we touch.But for others life is arduous. There is no spark to ignite the curiosity, to explore and achieve a stability and a growth to their lives. Indeed their lives, in their own eyes, become almost meaningless, their sense of themselves subsumed under a myriad of problems, whether real or imagined. Seismic events in a life might crush them; the loss of a loved one for instance. Coping is difficult, support hard to find and isolation abounds. We never really know the reason or motivation but sometimes one final, dreadful way out is the solution. In this volume our authors including, Amy Levy, Willa Cather, Honore de Balzac, O Henry, Franz Kafka and a wealth or others explore stories that help us to understand and recognise a tragic circumstance.1 - Short Stories About Suicide - An Introduction2 - Suicides by Guy de Maupassant3 - The Dream of a Ridiculous Man by Fyodor Dostovesky4 - A Hunger Artist by Franz Kafka5 - The Legacy by Virginia Woolf6 - The Informer by Joseph Conrad7 - Claude Gueux by Victor Hugo8 - The Furnished Room by O Henry9 - The Mourner by Mary Shelley10 - The Victory by Rabindranath Tagore11 - A Passion in the Desert by Honore De Balzac12 - An Imaginative Woman by Thomas Hardy13 - An Egyptian Cigarette by Kate Chopin14 - Volodya by Anton Chekhov15 - Paul's Case by Willa Cather16 - A Slav Soul by Alexander Kuprin17 - Cohen of Trinity by Amy Levy18 - The Story of A Conscience by Ambrose Bierce19 - The Cold Embrace by Mary Elizabeth Braddon20 - Blessed Are the Meek by Mary Webb21 - The Crystal Man by Edward Page Mitchell22 - The End of a Show by Barry Pain23 - An Outcast of the People by Bithia Mary Croker24 - A Responsibility by Henry Harland25 - When Spirits Steal by Philippa Forest26 - The Spider by Hanns Heinz Ewers27 - The Quadroons by Lydia Maria Child28 - Sokratics in the Strand by Amy Levy29 - In the Penal Colony by Franz Kafka https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Vaincre l'anxiété sociale: Guérir la phobie sociale, la peur des autres, et surmonter sa timidité grâce à des méthodes et à des traitements reconnus. Booster sa confiance en soi et son estime de soi Author: Derick Howell Narrator: Thibaud Auer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Aujourd'hui, les médias sociaux permettent d'être facilement sous le feu des projecteurs sociaux En revanche, il y a de plus en plus de personnes qui ont des difficultés à maintenir des contacts sociaux et à sortir de l'isolement. Ce comportement d'évitement marqué n'a rien à voir avec la mauvaise humeur ou un certain hermétisme. La phobie sociale est une maladie mentale qui entraîne une grande souffrance chez les personnes concernées : - La phobie sociale fait partie des troubles anxieux les plus courants. - 7 à 12 % des gens souffrent de phobie sociale au moins une fois dans leur vie. Les femmes sont plus touchées par la phobie sociale que les hommes. - Cette maladie se caractérise par la peur d'être perçu comme ridicule, stupide, mal à l'aise ou étrange par les autres. Notre propre comportement ainsi que les signes visibles d'anxiété augmentent cette souffrance. Il est possible d'améliorer considérablement la qualité de vie des personnes souffrant de phobie sociale, mais pour cela, elles doivent être motivées à travailler à leur guérison. La phobie sociale disparaît rarement d'elle-même. Mais il existe des moyens de parvenir à maîtriser cette maladie mentale. Cependant, de nombreux malades ne sont pas du tout conscients que leurs troubles sont dus à une maladie. Le livre de Derick Howell s'adresse à ce groupe de personnes, ainsi qu'aux patients qui suivent déjà un traitement, qui souhaitent en savoir plus sur leur maladie et qui veulent connaître les autres possibilités d'aide qui existent. Les proches bénéficient également des connaissances approfondies que ce consultant expérimenté aborde dans son livre. Non. Vous n'êtes pas obligé de passer le reste de votre vie à éviter les situations sociales et à manquer de belles opportunités. Derick Howell Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652949 thebookvoice.com 3:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Vaincre l'anxiété sociale: Guérir la phobie sociale, la peur des autres, et surmonter sa timidité grâce à des méthodes et à des traitements reconnus. Booster sa confiance en soi et son estime de soi Author: Derick Howell Narrator: Thibaud Auer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Aujourd'hui, les médias sociaux permettent d'être facilement sous le feu des projecteurs sociaux En revanche, il y a de plus en plus de personnes qui ont des difficultés à maintenir des contacts sociaux et à sortir de l'isolement. Ce comportement d'évitement marqué n'a rien à voir avec la mauvaise humeur ou un certain hermétisme. La phobie sociale est une maladie mentale qui entraîne une grande souffrance chez les personnes concernées : - La phobie sociale fait partie des troubles anxieux les plus courants. - 7 à 12 % des gens souffrent de phobie sociale au moins une fois dans leur vie. Les femmes sont plus touchées par la phobie sociale que les hommes. - Cette maladie se caractérise par la peur d'être perçu comme ridicule, stupide, mal à l'aise ou étrange par les autres. Notre propre comportement ainsi que les signes visibles d'anxiété augmentent cette souffrance. Il est possible d'améliorer considérablement la qualité de vie des personnes souffrant de phobie sociale, mais pour cela, elles doivent être motivées à travailler à leur guérison. La phobie sociale disparaît rarement d'elle-même. Mais il existe des moyens de parvenir à maîtriser cette maladie mentale. Cependant, de nombreux malades ne sont pas du tout conscients que leurs troubles sont dus à une maladie. Le livre de Derick Howell s'adresse à ce groupe de personnes, ainsi qu'aux patients qui suivent déjà un traitement, qui souhaitent en savoir plus sur leur maladie et qui veulent connaître les autres possibilités d'aide qui existent. Les proches bénéficient également des connaissances approfondies que ce consultant expérimenté aborde dans son livre. Non. Vous n'êtes pas obligé de passer le reste de votre vie à éviter les situations sociales et à manquer de belles opportunités. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Vaincre l'anxiété sociale: Guérir la phobie sociale, la peur des autres, et surmonter sa timidité grâce à des méthodes et à des traitements reconnus. Booster sa confiance en soi et son estime de soi Author: Derick Howell Narrator: Thibaud Auer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Aujourd'hui, les médias sociaux permettent d'être facilement sous le feu des projecteurs sociaux En revanche, il y a de plus en plus de personnes qui ont des difficultés à maintenir des contacts sociaux et à sortir de l'isolement. Ce comportement d'évitement marqué n'a rien à voir avec la mauvaise humeur ou un certain hermétisme. La phobie sociale est une maladie mentale qui entraîne une grande souffrance chez les personnes concernées : - La phobie sociale fait partie des troubles anxieux les plus courants. - 7 à 12 % des gens souffrent de phobie sociale au moins une fois dans leur vie. Les femmes sont plus touchées par la phobie sociale que les hommes. - Cette maladie se caractérise par la peur d'être perçu comme ridicule, stupide, mal à l'aise ou étrange par les autres. Notre propre comportement ainsi que les signes visibles d'anxiété augmentent cette souffrance. Il est possible d'améliorer considérablement la qualité de vie des personnes souffrant de phobie sociale, mais pour cela, elles doivent être motivées à travailler à leur guérison. La phobie sociale disparaît rarement d'elle-même. Mais il existe des moyens de parvenir à maîtriser cette maladie mentale. Cependant, de nombreux malades ne sont pas du tout conscients que leurs troubles sont dus à une maladie. Le livre de Derick Howell s'adresse à ce groupe de personnes, ainsi qu'aux patients qui suivent déjà un traitement, qui souhaitent en savoir plus sur leur maladie et qui veulent connaître les autres possibilités d'aide qui existent. Les proches bénéficient également des connaissances approfondies que ce consultant expérimenté aborde dans son livre. Non. Vous n'êtes pas obligé de passer le reste de votre vie à éviter les situations sociales et à manquer de belles opportunités. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652950 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stressfrei in die Zukunft - Positiv leben: Wie du Grübeln stoppst, negative Gedanken loswirst und Zukunftsängste überwindest | Mit 300+ lebensverändernden Fragen, Affirmationen und Übungen Author: Ellen Witte Narrator: Nicole Baumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: So gelingt es dir leichter durchs Leben zu gehen ohne ständiges Grübeln Menschen haben am Tag 60.000 Gedanken – häufig kommt es vor, dass deine negativen Gedanken die Überhand gewinnen und die Zukunft in ein Bild des Grauens verwandeln. Egal, ob die Befürchtung, dass geliebten Menschen etwas zustößt, du selbst krank wirst, deinen Arbeitsplatz verlierst oder deine Rechnungen nicht mehr bezahlen kannst… Die Gefahr, in eine Gedankenspirale aus Grübelei und übermäßigem Sorgen zu geraten, ist hoch. Doch Zukunftsängste bremsen dich in deinem Alltag stark aus... Der erhöhte Stress kann körperlich zu gravierenden Folgen führen, etwa dein Immunsystem belasten, dein Herzkreislaufsystem angreifen, deinen Schlaf beeinträchtigen oder sich auf dein Verdauungssystem niederschlagen. Mental treten verschiedenste Symptome auf, die im schlimmsten Fall zu einem Rückzug aus deinem sozialen und beruflichen Leben führen können. Ellen Witte hilft dabei, aus diesem Teufelskreis auszubrechen. Neben Hintergrundinformationen über die Entstehung von Ängsten, lädt sie dich dazu ein, deine Befürchtungen zu hinterfragen und gibt dir Methoden, deine Angstgefühle in akuten Notsituationen, aber auch langfristig zu bewältigen. Schaue deinen Zukunftsängsten ab sofort direkt ins Gesicht. Anstelle auf bessere Zeiten zu warten, verdienst du heute schon ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben. Fokussiere dich auf dein emotionales Wohlbefinden und freue dich mit dem Kauf dieses Buches auf ein unbeschwertes Leben. Bist du bereit? Ellen Witte Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652950 thebookvoice.com 3:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stressfrei in die Zukunft - Positiv leben: Wie du Grübeln stoppst, negative Gedanken loswirst und Zukunftsängste überwindest | Mit 300+ lebensverändernden Fragen, Affirmationen und Übungen Author: Ellen Witte Narrator: Nicole Baumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: So gelingt es dir leichter durchs Leben zu gehen ohne ständiges Grübeln Menschen haben am Tag 60.000 Gedanken – häufig kommt es vor, dass deine negativen Gedanken die Überhand gewinnen und die Zukunft in ein Bild des Grauens verwandeln. Egal, ob die Befürchtung, dass geliebten Menschen etwas zustößt, du selbst krank wirst, deinen Arbeitsplatz verlierst oder deine Rechnungen nicht mehr bezahlen kannst… Die Gefahr, in eine Gedankenspirale aus Grübelei und übermäßigem Sorgen zu geraten, ist hoch. Doch Zukunftsängste bremsen dich in deinem Alltag stark aus... Der erhöhte Stress kann körperlich zu gravierenden Folgen führen, etwa dein Immunsystem belasten, dein Herzkreislaufsystem angreifen, deinen Schlaf beeinträchtigen oder sich auf dein Verdauungssystem niederschlagen. Mental treten verschiedenste Symptome auf, die im schlimmsten Fall zu einem Rückzug aus deinem sozialen und beruflichen Leben führen können. Ellen Witte hilft dabei, aus diesem Teufelskreis auszubrechen. Neben Hintergrundinformationen über die Entstehung von Ängsten, lädt sie dich dazu ein, deine Befürchtungen zu hinterfragen und gibt dir Methoden, deine Angstgefühle in akuten Notsituationen, aber auch langfristig zu bewältigen. Schaue deinen Zukunftsängsten ab sofort direkt ins Gesicht. Anstelle auf bessere Zeiten zu warten, verdienst du heute schon ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben. Fokussiere dich auf dein emotionales Wohlbefinden und freue dich mit dem Kauf dieses Buches auf ein unbeschwertes Leben. Bist du bereit? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stressfrei in die Zukunft - Positiv leben: Wie du Grübeln stoppst, negative Gedanken loswirst und Zukunftsängste überwindest | Mit 300+ lebensverändernden Fragen, Affirmationen und Übungen Author: Ellen Witte Narrator: Nicole Baumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: So gelingt es dir leichter durchs Leben zu gehen ohne ständiges Grübeln Menschen haben am Tag 60.000 Gedanken – häufig kommt es vor, dass deine negativen Gedanken die Überhand gewinnen und die Zukunft in ein Bild des Grauens verwandeln. Egal, ob die Befürchtung, dass geliebten Menschen etwas zustößt, du selbst krank wirst, deinen Arbeitsplatz verlierst oder deine Rechnungen nicht mehr bezahlen kannst… Die Gefahr, in eine Gedankenspirale aus Grübelei und übermäßigem Sorgen zu geraten, ist hoch. Doch Zukunftsängste bremsen dich in deinem Alltag stark aus... Der erhöhte Stress kann körperlich zu gravierenden Folgen führen, etwa dein Immunsystem belasten, dein Herzkreislaufsystem angreifen, deinen Schlaf beeinträchtigen oder sich auf dein Verdauungssystem niederschlagen. Mental treten verschiedenste Symptome auf, die im schlimmsten Fall zu einem Rückzug aus deinem sozialen und beruflichen Leben führen können. Ellen Witte hilft dabei, aus diesem Teufelskreis auszubrechen. Neben Hintergrundinformationen über die Entstehung von Ängsten, lädt sie dich dazu ein, deine Befürchtungen zu hinterfragen und gibt dir Methoden, deine Angstgefühle in akuten Notsituationen, aber auch langfristig zu bewältigen. Schaue deinen Zukunftsängsten ab sofort direkt ins Gesicht. Anstelle auf bessere Zeiten zu warten, verdienst du heute schon ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben. Fokussiere dich auf dein emotionales Wohlbefinden und freue dich mit dem Kauf dieses Buches auf ein unbeschwertes Leben. Bist du bereit? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Puppe wusste es Author: Rita Maffini Narrator: Elektra Jessica Tiziani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Das Schicksal führt an einem heißen Sommertag in Barcelona zwei sehr unterschiedliche Menschen zusammen: Die Architektin Mariam und Tjomme, den Arzt im Ruhestand. Die junge Frau ist selbstmordgefährdet. Tjo gelingt es, dass Mariam sich ihm öffnet und über ihre traurige und turbulente Vergangenheit erzählt.Das Leben der beiden gerät durch dieses Treffen gründlich aus den Fugen. Obwohl sie füreinander Fremde sind, werden Mariam und Tjo feststellen, dass sie viel mehr verbindet, als sie ahnen.- Rita Maffini Thu, 29 Sep 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652928 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Puppe wusste es Author: Rita Maffini Narrator: Elektra Jessica Tiziani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Das Schicksal führt an einem heißen Sommertag in Barcelona zwei sehr unterschiedliche Menschen zusammen: Die Architektin Mariam und Tjomme, den Arzt im Ruhestand. Die junge Frau ist selbstmordgefährdet. Tjo gelingt es, dass Mariam sich ihm öffnet und über ihre traurige und turbulente Vergangenheit erzählt.Das Leben der beiden gerät durch dieses Treffen gründlich aus den Fugen. Obwohl sie füreinander Fremde sind, werden Mariam und Tjo feststellen, dass sie viel mehr verbindet, als sie ahnen.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Puppe wusste es Author: Rita Maffini Narrator: Elektra Jessica Tiziani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Das Schicksal führt an einem heißen Sommertag in Barcelona zwei sehr unterschiedliche Menschen zusammen: Die Architektin Mariam und Tjomme, den Arzt im Ruhestand. Die junge Frau ist selbstmordgefährdet. Tjo gelingt es, dass Mariam sich ihm öffnet und über ihre traurige und turbulente Vergangenheit erzählt.Das Leben der beiden gerät durch dieses Treffen gründlich aus den Fugen. Obwohl sie füreinander Fremde sind, werden Mariam und Tjo feststellen, dass sie viel mehr verbindet, als sie ahnen.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Positive Psychologie – Die 4 Säulen des Glücks: Wie Sie ein erfülltes und selbstbestimmtes Leben führen, die Ketten der Angst durchbrechen und sich die Kunst der Gelassenheit aneignen Author: David Heimbacher Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Transformieren Sie Ihr Glücksempfinden in pure Lebensfreude mit den 4 Säulen der positiven Psychologie! Wenn negative Gedanken Ihr Leben bestimmen. Wenn Frust in Ihrem Leben überhandnimmt. Wenn chronische Unlust ein Ihnen bestens bekanntes Gefühl ist. Dann wird es Zeit für eine Transformation! Es wird Zeit für eine Transformation Ihres Innenlebens. Es wird Zeit für ein neues Leben in Glück, Freude und Selbstbewusstsein! Sie glauben noch nicht an diese Transformation? Kein Problem! Lesen Sie diesen einzigartigen Ratgeber und lernen Sie, wie Sie… - mithilfe einfacher Strategien Ihr eigenes Wohlbefinden regulieren können - Stück für Stück mehr Selbstbewusstsein aufbauen - die Ursachen Ihrer negativen Emotionen herausfinden und lenken - toxische Kreisläufe nachhaltig durchbrechen - sich ein Umfeld voller Lebensglück schaffen Natürlich ist eine Transformation nicht von heute auf morgen möglich. Aber all das werden Sie Schritt für Schritt erreichen! Autor [Name] steht Ihnen dabei wie ein Coach zur Seite. Er motiviert Sie, jeden Tag ein Stückchen glücklicher zu werden. Er steht an der Seitenlinie und treibt Sie an, wenn es mal etwas schwerer wird. Damit Sie endlich das Leben leben können, das Sie sich schon immer gewünscht haben. Damit Sie aus dem Lachen nicht mehr rauskommen. Damit Sie tolle Beziehungen pflegen - sowohl in Freundschaften, als auch in Liebes- und Familienbeziehungen. Und dass Sie ein Selbstbewusstsein entwickeln, das Negativität einfach abprallen lässt. Gehen Sie die Schritte in ein neues Leben - das Glück wartet auf Sie! David Heimbacher Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652636 thebookvoice.com 3:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Positive Psychologie – Die 4 Säulen des Glücks: Wie Sie ein erfülltes und selbstbestimmtes Leben führen, die Ketten der Angst durchbrechen und sich die Kunst der Gelassenheit aneignen Author: David Heimbacher Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Transformieren Sie Ihr Glücksempfinden in pure Lebensfreude mit den 4 Säulen der positiven Psychologie! Wenn negative Gedanken Ihr Leben bestimmen. Wenn Frust in Ihrem Leben überhandnimmt. Wenn chronische Unlust ein Ihnen bestens bekanntes Gefühl ist. Dann wird es Zeit für eine Transformation! Es wird Zeit für eine Transformation Ihres Innenlebens. Es wird Zeit für ein neues Leben in Glück, Freude und Selbstbewusstsein! Sie glauben noch nicht an diese Transformation? Kein Problem! Lesen Sie diesen einzigartigen Ratgeber und lernen Sie, wie Sie… - mithilfe einfacher Strategien Ihr eigenes Wohlbefinden regulieren können - Stück für Stück mehr Selbstbewusstsein aufbauen - die Ursachen Ihrer negativen Emotionen herausfinden und lenken - toxische Kreisläufe nachhaltig durchbrechen - sich ein Umfeld voller Lebensglück schaffen Natürlich ist eine Transformation nicht von heute auf morgen möglich. Aber all das werden Sie Schritt für Schritt erreichen! Autor [Name] steht Ihnen dabei wie ein Coach zur Seite. Er motiviert Sie, jeden Tag ein Stückchen glücklicher zu werden. Er steht an der Seitenlinie und treibt Sie an, wenn es mal etwas schwerer wird. Damit Sie endlich das Leben leben können, das Sie sich schon immer gewünscht haben. Damit Sie aus dem Lachen nicht mehr rauskommen. Damit Sie tolle Beziehungen pflegen - sowohl in Freundschaften, als auch in Liebes- und Familienbeziehungen. Und dass Sie ein Selbstbewusstsein entwickeln, das Negativität einfach abprallen lässt. Gehen Sie die Schritte in ein neues Leben - das Glück wartet auf Sie! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Positive Psychologie – Die 4 Säulen des Glücks: Wie Sie ein erfülltes und selbstbestimmtes Leben führen, die Ketten der Angst durchbrechen und sich die Kunst der Gelassenheit aneignen Author: David Heimbacher Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Transformieren Sie Ihr Glücksempfinden in pure Lebensfreude mit den 4 Säulen der positiven Psychologie! Wenn negative Gedanken Ihr Leben bestimmen. Wenn Frust in Ihrem Leben überhandnimmt. Wenn chronische Unlust ein Ihnen bestens bekanntes Gefühl ist. Dann wird es Zeit für eine Transformation! Es wird Zeit für eine Transformation Ihres Innenlebens. Es wird Zeit für ein neues Leben in Glück, Freude und Selbstbewusstsein! Sie glauben noch nicht an diese Transformation? Kein Problem! Lesen Sie diesen einzigartigen Ratgeber und lernen Sie, wie Sie… - mithilfe einfacher Strategien Ihr eigenes Wohlbefinden regulieren können - Stück für Stück mehr Selbstbewusstsein aufbauen - die Ursachen Ihrer negativen Emotionen herausfinden und lenken - toxische Kreisläufe nachhaltig durchbrechen - sich ein Umfeld voller Lebensglück schaffen Natürlich ist eine Transformation nicht von heute auf morgen möglich. Aber all das werden Sie Schritt für Schritt erreichen! Autor [Name] steht Ihnen dabei wie ein Coach zur Seite. Er motiviert Sie, jeden Tag ein Stückchen glücklicher zu werden. Er steht an der Seitenlinie und treibt Sie an, wenn es mal etwas schwerer wird. Damit Sie endlich das Leben leben können, das Sie sich schon immer gewünscht haben. Damit Sie aus dem Lachen nicht mehr rauskommen. Damit Sie tolle Beziehungen pflegen - sowohl in Freundschaften, als auch in Liebes- und Familienbeziehungen. Und dass Sie ein Selbstbewusstsein entwickeln, das Negativität einfach abprallen lässt. Gehen Sie die Schritte in ein neues Leben - das Glück wartet auf Sie! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kognitive Verhaltenstherapie – Selbsthilfe für den Alltag: Wie Sie Ihre Depressionen, Angst- und Zwangsstörungen endlich überwinden. Mit der KVT in ein glückliches Leben Author: Manuel Berlinghof Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie Sie Ihren Alltag endlich ohne Angst, Depressionen oder Zwänge genießen können - ohne langwierige Therapie Ärzte warnen - Psychische Erkrankungen sind weiter auf dem Vormarsch: Schätzungen der Weltgesundheitsorganisation zufolge leiden heute bereits etwa 112 Millionen Menschen alleine in Europa an mentalen Problemen, wie etwa Depressionen oder Angststörungen. Haben auch Sie mit einer psychischen Erkrankung zu kämpfen? Dann wissen Sie selbst am besten, wie anstrengend die Tage sind, an denen Panikattacken, Zwänge oder die Erschöpfung die Überhand gewinnen: - Sie fühlen sich, als hätten Sie die Kontrolle über Ihre Gedanken verloren, von negativen Empfindungen finden Sie daher keine Ablenkung. - Ständig haben Sie Selbstzweifel, die geringste Kritik von außen wirft Sie aus der Bahn. - Vor lauter Angst verlassen Sie manchmal sogar das Haus nicht oder Sie empfinden manchmal eine unkontrollierbare Wut. - Konzentration ist für Sie schon seit langer Zeit ein Fremdwort. - Und Sie haben bereits nach einem Therapieplatz Ausschau gehalten, aber es ist derzeit keiner verfügbar? - In Ihrer bisherigen Therapie geht es vor allem um die Ursachenforschung, Sie haben aber das Gefühl, dass Ihr Leidensdruck nicht abnimmt? - Medikamente möchten Sie vermeiden, denn Sie fürchten die Nebenwirkungen? Für all diese Probleme gibt es eine wirksame Hilfe in Form der Kognitiven Verhaltenstherapie (KVT), deren Wirksamkeit mittlerweile in vielen Studien nachgewiesen wurde. Ziel der KVT ist, Gedankenmuster abzutrainieren, die zu emotionalen Negativspiralen führen können. Oft haben wir diese Reaktionsschemata bereits als Kinder gelernt. Aber genau diese mentalen Mechanismen können Sie bekämpfen. Nehmen Sie Ihr emotionales Schicksal selbst in die Hand und klicken Sie jetzt auf Kaufen – so finden Sie wieder in ein erfülltes Leben zurück! Manuel Berlinghof Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652637 thebookvoice.com 3:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kognitive Verhaltenstherapie – Selbsthilfe für den Alltag: Wie Sie Ihre Depressionen, Angst- und Zwangsstörungen endlich überwinden. Mit der KVT in ein glückliches Leben Author: Manuel Berlinghof Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie Sie Ihren Alltag endlich ohne Angst, Depressionen oder Zwänge genießen können - ohne langwierige Therapie Ärzte warnen - Psychische Erkrankungen sind weiter auf dem Vormarsch: Schätzungen der Weltgesundheitsorganisation zufolge leiden heute bereits etwa 112 Millionen Menschen alleine in Europa an mentalen Problemen, wie etwa Depressionen oder Angststörungen. Haben auch Sie mit einer psychischen Erkrankung zu kämpfen? Dann wissen Sie selbst am besten, wie anstrengend die Tage sind, an denen Panikattacken, Zwänge oder die Erschöpfung die Überhand gewinnen: - Sie fühlen sich, als hätten Sie die Kontrolle über Ihre Gedanken verloren, von negativen Empfindungen finden Sie daher keine Ablenkung. - Ständig haben Sie Selbstzweifel, die geringste Kritik von außen wirft Sie aus der Bahn. - Vor lauter Angst verlassen Sie manchmal sogar das Haus nicht oder Sie empfinden manchmal eine unkontrollierbare Wut. - Konzentration ist für Sie schon seit langer Zeit ein Fremdwort. - Und Sie haben bereits nach einem Therapieplatz Ausschau gehalten, aber es ist derzeit keiner verfügbar? - In Ihrer bisherigen Therapie geht es vor allem um die Ursachenforschung, Sie haben aber das Gefühl, dass Ihr Leidensdruck nicht abnimmt? - Medikamente möchten Sie vermeiden, denn Sie fürchten die Nebenwirkungen? Für all diese Probleme gibt es eine wirksame Hilfe in Form der Kognitiven Verhaltenstherapie (KVT), deren Wirksamkeit mittlerweile in vielen Studien nachgewiesen wurde. Ziel der KVT ist, Gedankenmuster abzutrainieren, die zu emotionalen Negativspiralen führen können. Oft haben wir diese Reaktionsschemata bereits als Kinder gelernt. Aber genau diese mentalen Mechanismen können Sie bekämpfen. Nehmen Sie Ihr emotionales Schicksal selbst in die Hand und klicken Sie jetzt auf Kaufen – so finden Sie wieder in ein erfülltes Leben zurück! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kognitive Verhaltenstherapie – Selbsthilfe für den Alltag: Wie Sie Ihre Depressionen, Angst- und Zwangsstörungen endlich überwinden. Mit der KVT in ein glückliches Leben Author: Manuel Berlinghof Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie Sie Ihren Alltag endlich ohne Angst, Depressionen oder Zwänge genießen können - ohne langwierige Therapie Ärzte warnen - Psychische Erkrankungen sind weiter auf dem Vormarsch: Schätzungen der Weltgesundheitsorganisation zufolge leiden heute bereits etwa 112 Millionen Menschen alleine in Europa an mentalen Problemen, wie etwa Depressionen oder Angststörungen. Haben auch Sie mit einer psychischen Erkrankung zu kämpfen? Dann wissen Sie selbst am besten, wie anstrengend die Tage sind, an denen Panikattacken, Zwänge oder die Erschöpfung die Überhand gewinnen: - Sie fühlen sich, als hätten Sie die Kontrolle über Ihre Gedanken verloren, von negativen Empfindungen finden Sie daher keine Ablenkung. - Ständig haben Sie Selbstzweifel, die geringste Kritik von außen wirft Sie aus der Bahn. - Vor lauter Angst verlassen Sie manchmal sogar das Haus nicht oder Sie empfinden manchmal eine unkontrollierbare Wut. - Konzentration ist für Sie schon seit langer Zeit ein Fremdwort. - Und Sie haben bereits nach einem Therapieplatz Ausschau gehalten, aber es ist derzeit keiner verfügbar? - In Ihrer bisherigen Therapie geht es vor allem um die Ursachenforschung, Sie haben aber das Gefühl, dass Ihr Leidensdruck nicht abnimmt? - Medikamente möchten Sie vermeiden, denn Sie fürchten die Nebenwirkungen? Für all diese Probleme gibt es eine wirksame Hilfe in Form der Kognitiven Verhaltenstherapie (KVT), deren Wirksamkeit mittlerweile in vielen Studien nachgewiesen wurde. Ziel der KVT ist, Gedankenmuster abzutrainieren, die zu emotionalen Negativspiralen führen können. Oft haben wir diese Reaktionsschemata bereits als Kinder gelernt. Aber genau diese mentalen Mechanismen können Sie bekämpfen. Nehmen Sie Ihr emotionales Schicksal selbst in die Hand und klicken Sie jetzt auf Kaufen – so finden Sie wieder in ein erfülltes Leben zurück! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Shift: It Doesn't Take a Genius to Think Like One Author: Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Narrator: Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Mental toughness, mental clarity, and mental health all have one thing in common: The journey begins in your mind. In this radical guide, the award-winning author of The Last Arrow illuminates a surprising path toward personal fulfillment and optimal performance. “Erwin McManus is the most brilliant thinker I’ve ever met.”—fourteen-time bestselling author Jon Gordon Throughout his thirty years of work as a mindset expert and leadership coach, Erwin Raphael McManus has been obsessed with these questions: Why do some people succeed despite having all the odds stacked against them? How do others achieve the unthinkable, only to watch their lives slip away? Are there mental structures for failure and success? McManus has come to realize that too many of us have “near-life” experiences. We almost pursue our dreams. We almost make the decision that changes everything. We are always one choice away. If we want to live without regret, we need to make a mind shift—trading beliefs that limit our potential for ones that help us move toward optimal performance and pursue the success of being fully alive. We must move from a life of obligation to a life of intention. In Mind Shift, McManus brings together twelve mental frameworks that have helped some of the most accomplished people on earth create internal structures of success. Among them: • You have to choose between acceptance and uniqueness. If you are addicted to affirmation, you will become what others want you to be rather than who you were created to become. • You don’t need an audience. It’s what you do in private that makes you who you are. • Talent is a hallucinogen. It will make you believe that hard work and discipline are for everyone else. Sharing experiences from entrepreneurs, artists, professional athletes, and his own career, McManus shows us how to transform our thinking—and, in turn, transform our lives. Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Tue, 03 Oct 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652408 thebookvoice.com 3:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Shift: It Doesn't Take a Genius to Think Like One Author: Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Narrator: Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Mental toughness, mental clarity, and mental health all have one thing in common: The journey begins in your mind. In this radical guide, the award-winning author of The Last Arrow illuminates a surprising path toward personal fulfillment and optimal performance. “Erwin McManus is the most brilliant thinker I’ve ever met.”—fourteen-time bestselling author Jon Gordon Throughout his thirty years of work as a mindset expert and leadership coach, Erwin Raphael McManus has been obsessed with these questions: Why do some people succeed despite having all the odds stacked against them? How do others achieve the unthinkable, only to watch their lives slip away? Are there mental structures for failure and success? McManus has come to realize that too many of us have “near-life” experiences. We almost pursue our dreams. We almost make the decision that changes everything. We are always one choice away. If we want to live without regret, we need to make a mind shift—trading beliefs that limit our potential for ones that help us move toward optimal performance and pursue the success of being fully alive. We must move from a life of obligation to a life of intention. In Mind Shift, McManus brings together twelve mental frameworks that have helped some of the most accomplished people on earth create internal structures of success. Among them: • You have to choose between acceptance and uniqueness. If you are addicted to affirmation, you will become what others want you to be rather than who you were created to become. • You don’t need an audience. It’s what you do in private that makes you who you are. • Talent is a hallucinogen. It will make you believe that hard work and discipline are for everyone else. Sharing experiences from entrepreneurs, artists, professional athletes, and his own career, McManus shows us how to transform our thinking—and, in turn, transform our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Shift: It Doesn't Take a Genius to Think Like One Author: Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Narrator: Erwin Raphael Mcmanus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Mental toughness, mental clarity, and mental health all have one thing in common: The journey begins in your mind. In this radical guide, the award-winning author of The Last Arrow illuminates a surprising path toward personal fulfillment and optimal performance. “Erwin McManus is the most brilliant thinker I’ve ever met.”—fourteen-time bestselling author Jon Gordon Throughout his thirty years of work as a mindset expert and leadership coach, Erwin Raphael McManus has been obsessed with these questions: Why do some people succeed despite having all the odds stacked against them? How do others achieve the unthinkable, only to watch their lives slip away? Are there mental structures for failure and success? McManus has come to realize that too many of us have “near-life” experiences. We almost pursue our dreams. We almost make the decision that changes everything. We are always one choice away. If we want to live without regret, we need to make a mind shift—trading beliefs that limit our potential for ones that help us move toward optimal performance and pursue the success of being fully alive. We must move from a life of obligation to a life of intention. In Mind Shift, McManus brings together twelve mental frameworks that have helped some of the most accomplished people on earth create internal structures of success. Among them: • You have to choose between acceptance and uniqueness. If you are addicted to affirmation, you will become what others want you to be rather than who you were created to become. • You don’t need an audience. It’s what you do in private that makes you who you are. • Talent is a hallucinogen. It will make you believe that hard work and discipline are for everyone else. Sharing experiences from entrepreneurs, artists, professional athletes, and his own career, McManus shows us how to transform our thinking—and, in turn, transform our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Time to Panic: How I Curbed My Anxiety and Conquered a Lifetime of Panic Attacks Author: Matt Gutman Narrator: Matt Gutman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: By ABC News’s chief national correspondent, an unflinching look at panic attacks by a reporter whose career was nearly derailed by them, offering readers a guide to making a truce with their warring minds 'Brave, reassuring, and practical...A balm for anyone who has ever suffered panic attacks and who longs to be released from their grip.' —Dr. Nicole LePera, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Do the Work “Seamlessly weaves page-turning personal experiences with scientific discoveries…A tour de force.' —Ethan Kross, bestselling author of Chatter Matt Gutman can tell you the precise moment when his life was upended. Reporting live on a huge story in January 2020, he found himself in the throes of an on-air panic attack—and not for the first time. The truth is that Gutman had been enduring panic attacks in secret for twenty years: soul-bruising episodes that left his vision constricted, his body damp, his nerves shot. Despite the challenges, he had carved out a formidable career, reporting from war zones and natural disasters before millions of viewers on Good Morning America, World News Tonight, and 20/20. His nerves typically “punched through” to TV audiences, making his appearances kinetic and often unforgettable. But his January 2020 broadcast was unusual for all the wrong reasons. Mid-panic, Gutman misstated the facts of a story, a blunder that led to a monthlong suspension, not to mention public shame and personal regret. It was a reckoning. Gutman’s panic attacks had become too much for him to bear in secret. He needed help. So begins a personal journey into the science and treatment of panic attacks. Gutman would talk to the world’s foremost scholars on panic and anxiety, who showed him that his mind wasn’t broken; it’s our perception of panic that needs recalibration. He would consult therapists and shamans, trying everything from group treatment and cognitive behavioral therapy to ayahuasca and psilocybin. And he would take a hard look at the trauma reverberating inside him—from his childhood, but also from his years as a conflict reporter. Unsparing, perceptive, and often funny, this is the story of a panic sufferer who took on the monster within. Filled with wisdom and actionable insights, it’s at once an inspirational journey and a road map—if not toward a singular cure, then to something even more worthy: peace of mind. Matt Gutman Tue, 12 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652404 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Time to Panic: How I Curbed My Anxiety and Conquered a Lifetime of Panic Attacks Author: Matt Gutman Narrator: Matt Gutman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: By ABC News’s chief national correspondent, an unflinching look at panic attacks by a reporter whose career was nearly derailed by them, offering readers a guide to making a truce with their warring minds 'Brave, reassuring, and practical...A balm for anyone who has ever suffered panic attacks and who longs to be released from their grip.' —Dr. Nicole LePera, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Do the Work “Seamlessly weaves page-turning personal experiences with scientific discoveries…A tour de force.' —Ethan Kross, bestselling author of Chatter Matt Gutman can tell you the precise moment when his life was upended. Reporting live on a huge story in January 2020, he found himself in the throes of an on-air panic attack—and not for the first time. The truth is that Gutman had been enduring panic attacks in secret for twenty years: soul-bruising episodes that left his vision constricted, his body damp, his nerves shot. Despite the challenges, he had carved out a formidable career, reporting from war zones and natural disasters before millions of viewers on Good Morning America, World News Tonight, and 20/20. His nerves typically “punched through” to TV audiences, making his appearances kinetic and often unforgettable. But his January 2020 broadcast was unusual for all the wrong reasons. Mid-panic, Gutman misstated the facts of a story, a blunder that led to a monthlong suspension, not to mention public shame and personal regret. It was a reckoning. Gutman’s panic attacks had become too much for him to bear in secret. He needed help. So begins a personal journey into the science and treatment of panic attacks. Gutman would talk to the world’s foremost scholars on panic and anxiety, who showed him that his mind wasn’t broken; it’s our perception of panic that needs recalibration. He would consult therapists and shamans, trying everything from group treatment and cognitive behavioral therapy to ayahuasca and psilocybin. And he would take a hard look at the trauma reverberating inside him—from his childhood, but also from his years as a conflict reporter. Unsparing, perceptive, and often funny, this is the story of a panic sufferer who took on the monster within. Filled with wisdom and actionable insights, it’s at once an inspirational journey and a road map—if not toward a singular cure, then to something even more worthy: peace of mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Time to Panic: How I Curbed My Anxiety and Conquered a Lifetime of Panic Attacks Author: Matt Gutman Narrator: Matt Gutman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: By ABC News’s chief national correspondent, an unflinching look at panic attacks by a reporter whose career was nearly derailed by them, offering readers a guide to making a truce with their warring minds 'Brave, reassuring, and practical...A balm for anyone who has ever suffered panic attacks and who longs to be released from their grip.' —Dr. Nicole LePera, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Do the Work “Seamlessly weaves page-turning personal experiences with scientific discoveries…A tour de force.' —Ethan Kross, bestselling author of Chatter Matt Gutman can tell you the precise moment when his life was upended. Reporting live on a huge story in January 2020, he found himself in the throes of an on-air panic attack—and not for the first time. The truth is that Gutman had been enduring panic attacks in secret for twenty years: soul-bruising episodes that left his vision constricted, his body damp, his nerves shot. Despite the challenges, he had carved out a formidable career, reporting from war zones and natural disasters before millions of viewers on Good Morning America, World News Tonight, and 20/20. His nerves typically “punched through” to TV audiences, making his appearances kinetic and often unforgettable. But his January 2020 broadcast was unusual for all the wrong reasons. Mid-panic, Gutman misstated the facts of a story, a blunder that led to a monthlong suspension, not to mention public shame and personal regret. It was a reckoning. Gutman’s panic attacks had become too much for him to bear in secret. He needed help. So begins a personal journey into the science and treatment of panic attacks. Gutman would talk to the world’s foremost scholars on panic and anxiety, who showed him that his mind wasn’t broken; it’s our perception of panic that needs recalibration. He would consult therapists and shamans, trying everything from group treatment and cognitive behavioral therapy to ayahuasca and psilocybin. And he would take a hard look at the trauma reverberating inside him—from his childhood, but also from his years as a conflict reporter. Unsparing, perceptive, and often funny, this is the story of a panic sufferer who took on the monster within. Filled with wisdom and actionable insights, it’s at once an inspirational journey and a road map—if not toward a singular cure, then to something even more worthy: peace of mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652399 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Performance Paradox: Turning the Power of Mindset into Action Author: Eduardo Briceño Narrator: Eduardo Briceño, Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover how to balance learning and performing to bolster personal and team success with this revolutionary guide from a world-renowned expert on growth mindset.   “An essential read for fostering learning, performance, and a growth mindset . . . I wholeheartedly recommend it.”—Carol Dweck, bestselling author of Mindset To succeed in a fast-changing world, individuals and companies know they must create a culture of growth, where experimentation and feedback are encouraged, and learning is integrated into the everyday. Yet we often get stuck in a well-worn pattern of habits that don’t move us forward. Why? Because many of us get trapped in the Performance Paradox: the counterintuitive phenomenon that if we focus only on performing, our performance suffers. How can we give ourselves the space to experiment and grow while also delivering high-level results? Fostering growth mindset to elevate performance is Eduardo Briceño’s specialty. As CEO of Mindset Works and in his work with Fortune 500 companies, he discovered that mastering growth—personal, organizational, and financial—hinges on navigating the crucial balance between learning and performing. In The Performance Paradox, Briceño reveals how to • avoid falling into the chronic performance trap that stagnates growth • identify when and how to unlock the power of mistakes • integrate learning into daily habits in ways that stick • lead teams that constantly improve and outperform their targets • grow your skill level and output simultaneously and for the long term   We can achieve more tomorrow than we do today if we develop the belief that we can change and the competence for how to change. With Briceño’s innovative and refreshing framework of balancing learning and performing, individuals and companies can reach their boldest aspirations. *Includes a downloadable PDF of illustrations and resources from the book Eduardo Briceño Tue, 05 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652399 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Performance Paradox: Turning the Power of Mindset into Action Author: Eduardo Briceño Narrator: Eduardo Briceño, Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover how to balance learning and performing to bolster personal and team success with this revolutionary guide from a world-renowned expert on growth mindset.   “An essential read for fostering learning, performance, and a growth mindset . . . I wholeheartedly recommend it.”—Carol Dweck, bestselling author of Mindset To succeed in a fast-changing world, individuals and companies know they must create a culture of growth, where experimentation and feedback are encouraged, and learning is integrated into the everyday. Yet we often get stuck in a well-worn pattern of habits that don’t move us forward. Why? Because many of us get trapped in the Performance Paradox: the counterintuitive phenomenon that if we focus only on performing, our performance suffers. How can we give ourselves the space to experiment and grow while also delivering high-level results? Fostering growth mindset to elevate performance is Eduardo Briceño’s specialty. As CEO of Mindset Works and in his work with Fortune 500 companies, he discovered that mastering growth—personal, organizational, and financial—hinges on navigating the crucial balance between learning and performing. In The Performance Paradox, Briceño reveals how to • avoid falling into the chronic performance trap that stagnates growth • identify when and how to unlock the power of mistakes • integrate learning into daily habits in ways that stick • lead teams that constantly improve and outperform their targets • grow your skill level and output simultaneously and for the long term   We can achieve more tomorrow than we do today if we develop the belief that we can change and the competence for how to change. With Briceño’s innovative and refreshing framework of balancing learning and performing, individuals and companies can reach their boldest aspirations. *Includes a downloadable PDF of illustrations and resources from the book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Performance Paradox: Turning the Power of Mindset into Action Author: Eduardo Briceño Narrator: Eduardo Briceño, Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover how to balance learning and performing to bolster personal and team success with this revolutionary guide from a world-renowned expert on growth mindset.   “An essential read for fostering learning, performance, and a growth mindset . . . I wholeheartedly recommend it.”—Carol Dweck, bestselling author of Mindset To succeed in a fast-changing world, individuals and companies know they must create a culture of growth, where experimentation and feedback are encouraged, and learning is integrated into the everyday. Yet we often get stuck in a well-worn pattern of habits that don’t move us forward. Why? Because many of us get trapped in the Performance Paradox: the counterintuitive phenomenon that if we focus only on performing, our performance suffers. How can we give ourselves the space to experiment and grow while also delivering high-level results? Fostering growth mindset to elevate performance is Eduardo Briceño’s specialty. As CEO of Mindset Works and in his work with Fortune 500 companies, he discovered that mastering growth—personal, organizational, and financial—hinges on navigating the crucial balance between learning and performing. In The Performance Paradox, Briceño reveals how to • avoid falling into the chronic performance trap that stagnates growth • identify when and how to unlock the power of mistakes • integrate learning into daily habits in ways that stick • lead teams that constantly improve and outperform their targets • grow your skill level and output simultaneously and for the long term   We can achieve more tomorrow than we do today if we develop the belief that we can change and the competence for how to change. With Briceño’s innovative and refreshing framework of balancing learning and performing, individuals and companies can reach their boldest aspirations. *Includes a downloadable PDF of illustrations and resources from the book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652397 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mindful Body: Thinking Our Way to Chronic Health Author: Ellen J. Langer Narrator: Subhadra Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how adjusting your thoughts can change your health—from the “mother of mindfulness” and first female tenured professor of psychology at Harvard. “What matters more: mind or body? Filled with original research and thought-provoking insights, The Mindful Body shows that the two are not just connected but are actually one, opening us to vast potential for health and happiness.”—Dan Ariely, New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational Can changing your thoughts improve your health? We tend to live our lives as though our ailments—our stiff knees or frayed nerves or diminished eyesight—can change only in one direction: for the worse. Award-winning social psychologist Ellen J. Langer’s life’s work proves the fault in this negative outlook as well as the healing power of its alternative: mindfulness—the process of active noticing where we are not bound by past experience or conventional wisdom. In The Mindful Body, Dr. Langer unpacks her assumption-busting findings and outlines her bold new theory of mind-body unity, along the way clearly demonstrating how our thoughts and perspectives have the potential to profoundly shape our well-being. Whether it is hotel chambermaids who lost weight when they simply came to see that their work constituted exercise, or patients whose wounds healed faster in rooms with accelerated clocks, she shows how influential our thoughts are to the state of our bodies. Her work has likewise proven that discouraging health news can have negative effects. Learning you are prediabetic, for example—even if your blood sugar reading is only a fraction away from “normal”—may actually play a part in the development of the disease. A paradigm-shifting book by one of the great psychologists of the twenty-first century, The Mindful Body returns the control over our bodies back to us and reveals that a true understanding of health begins with our minds. Ellen J. Langer Tue, 05 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652397 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mindful Body: Thinking Our Way to Chronic Health Author: Ellen J. Langer Narrator: Subhadra Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how adjusting your thoughts can change your health—from the “mother of mindfulness” and first female tenured professor of psychology at Harvard. “What matters more: mind or body? Filled with original research and thought-provoking insights, The Mindful Body shows that the two are not just connected but are actually one, opening us to vast potential for health and happiness.”—Dan Ariely, New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational Can changing your thoughts improve your health? We tend to live our lives as though our ailments—our stiff knees or frayed nerves or diminished eyesight—can change only in one direction: for the worse. Award-winning social psychologist Ellen J. Langer’s life’s work proves the fault in this negative outlook as well as the healing power of its alternative: mindfulness—the process of active noticing where we are not bound by past experience or conventional wisdom. In The Mindful Body, Dr. Langer unpacks her assumption-busting findings and outlines her bold new theory of mind-body unity, along the way clearly demonstrating how our thoughts and perspectives have the potential to profoundly shape our well-being. Whether it is hotel chambermaids who lost weight when they simply came to see that their work constituted exercise, or patients whose wounds healed faster in rooms with accelerated clocks, she shows how influential our thoughts are to the state of our bodies. Her work has likewise proven that discouraging health news can have negative effects. Learning you are prediabetic, for example—even if your blood sugar reading is only a fraction away from “normal”—may actually play a part in the development of the disease. A paradigm-shifting book by one of the great psychologists of the twenty-first century, The Mindful Body returns the control over our bodies back to us and reveals that a true understanding of health begins with our minds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mindful Body: Thinking Our Way to Chronic Health Author: Ellen J. Langer Narrator: Subhadra Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how adjusting your thoughts can change your health—from the “mother of mindfulness” and first female tenured professor of psychology at Harvard. “What matters more: mind or body? Filled with original research and thought-provoking insights, The Mindful Body shows that the two are not just connected but are actually one, opening us to vast potential for health and happiness.”—Dan Ariely, New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational Can changing your thoughts improve your health? We tend to live our lives as though our ailments—our stiff knees or frayed nerves or diminished eyesight—can change only in one direction: for the worse. Award-winning social psychologist Ellen J. Langer’s life’s work proves the fault in this negative outlook as well as the healing power of its alternative: mindfulness—the process of active noticing where we are not bound by past experience or conventional wisdom. In The Mindful Body, Dr. Langer unpacks her assumption-busting findings and outlines her bold new theory of mind-body unity, along the way clearly demonstrating how our thoughts and perspectives have the potential to profoundly shape our well-being. Whether it is hotel chambermaids who lost weight when they simply came to see that their work constituted exercise, or patients whose wounds healed faster in rooms with accelerated clocks, she shows how influential our thoughts are to the state of our bodies. Her work has likewise proven that discouraging health news can have negative effects. Learning you are prediabetic, for example—even if your blood sugar reading is only a fraction away from “normal”—may actually play a part in the development of the disease. A paradigm-shifting book by one of the great psychologists of the twenty-first century, The Mindful Body returns the control over our bodies back to us and reveals that a true understanding of health begins with our minds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing up in Public: Coming of Age in a Digital World Author: Devorah Heitner Narrator: Devorah Heitner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER The definitive guide to helping tweens and teens set boundaries online when technology and social media prioritize being online 24/7 over privacy “Essential reading . . . With empathy and insight, Devorah Heitner sheds light on how parents’ scrutiny and monitoring of teenagers can intensify the stress of growing up with social media.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Between social media, constant connection, and addictive tech and smartphones, the boundaries of privacy are stretched thin. We can track our kids’ every move with apps, see their grades within minutes of being posted, and fixate on their digital footprint, anxious that a misstep could cause them to be “canceled” or even jeopardize their admission to college.  All of this adds pressure on kids, particularly Gen Z, who are coming of age immersed in social media platforms that compete for their attention and emphasize “personal brand,” “likes,” and “gotcha” moments. How are kids supposed to figure out who they really are with zero privacy and constant judgment? Growing Up in Public shows us that by focusing on character, rather than the threat of getting caught or exposed, we can support our kids to be authentically themselves. The key is mentoring, not monitoring. Drawing on her extensive work with parents and schools as well as hundreds of interviews with kids, parents, educators, clinicians, and scholars, Heitner offers strategies for parenting our kids in an always-connected world. With relatable stories and research-backed advice, Growing Up in Public empowers parents to cut through the overwhelm to connect with their kids, recognize how to support them, and help them figure out who they are when everyone is watching. Devorah Heitner Tue, 12 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652362 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing up in Public: Coming of Age in a Digital World Author: Devorah Heitner Narrator: Devorah Heitner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER The definitive guide to helping tweens and teens set boundaries online when technology and social media prioritize being online 24/7 over privacy “Essential reading . . . With empathy and insight, Devorah Heitner sheds light on how parents’ scrutiny and monitoring of teenagers can intensify the stress of growing up with social media.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Between social media, constant connection, and addictive tech and smartphones, the boundaries of privacy are stretched thin. We can track our kids’ every move with apps, see their grades within minutes of being posted, and fixate on their digital footprint, anxious that a misstep could cause them to be “canceled” or even jeopardize their admission to college.  All of this adds pressure on kids, particularly Gen Z, who are coming of age immersed in social media platforms that compete for their attention and emphasize “personal brand,” “likes,” and “gotcha” moments. How are kids supposed to figure out who they really are with zero privacy and constant judgment? Growing Up in Public shows us that by focusing on character, rather than the threat of getting caught or exposed, we can support our kids to be authentically themselves. The key is mentoring, not monitoring. Drawing on her extensive work with parents and schools as well as hundreds of interviews with kids, parents, educators, clinicians, and scholars, Heitner offers strategies for parenting our kids in an always-connected world. With relatable stories and research-backed advice, Growing Up in Public empowers parents to cut through the overwhelm to connect with their kids, recognize how to support them, and help them figure out who they are when everyone is watching. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing up in Public: Coming of Age in a Digital World Author: Devorah Heitner Narrator: Devorah Heitner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER The definitive guide to helping tweens and teens set boundaries online when technology and social media prioritize being online 24/7 over privacy “Essential reading . . . With empathy and insight, Devorah Heitner sheds light on how parents’ scrutiny and monitoring of teenagers can intensify the stress of growing up with social media.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Between social media, constant connection, and addictive tech and smartphones, the boundaries of privacy are stretched thin. We can track our kids’ every move with apps, see their grades within minutes of being posted, and fixate on their digital footprint, anxious that a misstep could cause them to be “canceled” or even jeopardize their admission to college.  All of this adds pressure on kids, particularly Gen Z, who are coming of age immersed in social media platforms that compete for their attention and emphasize “personal brand,” “likes,” and “gotcha” moments. How are kids supposed to figure out who they really are with zero privacy and constant judgment? Growing Up in Public shows us that by focusing on character, rather than the threat of getting caught or exposed, we can support our kids to be authentically themselves. The key is mentoring, not monitoring. Drawing on her extensive work with parents and schools as well as hundreds of interviews with kids, parents, educators, clinicians, and scholars, Heitner offers strategies for parenting our kids in an always-connected world. With relatable stories and research-backed advice, Growing Up in Public empowers parents to cut through the overwhelm to connect with their kids, recognize how to support them, and help them figure out who they are when everyone is watching. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - The Bold Move Vivir con audacia (Spanish edition): 3 pasos para convertir la ansiedad en tu superpoder Author: Dr. Luana Marques Narrator: Diana Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: «Mi equipo y yo hemos presentado extensamente a la Dra. Luana Marques tanto en el podcast como en nuestra aplicación. En cada ocasión, a la audiencia le ha encantado. Luana conoce la ansiedad desde adentro y es capaz de guiarte fuera de ella con tacto y compasión. Estoy seguro de que este libro involucrará a los lectores y los ayudará». —Dan Harris, autor bestseller de 10 % más feliz. Transforma tu ansiedad en fuerza con el método de tres pasos para vivir con valentía de la psicoterapeuta Dra. Luana Marques, profesora en la Universidad de Harvard. Su acercamiento, comprobado por la clínica, inspira a sus pacientes, desde gerentes hasta adolescentes arriesgados, y les transmite las lecciones que aprendió en Brazil mientras crecía en la pobreza. El movimiento audaz es el método de la Dra. Luana Marques, único, probado y comprobado, para sacarte de tu estancamiento y encontrar el valor para crear una vida llena de autoconfianza y sentido. Luana ubica la ansiedad en la raíz de la evasión, y enseña a superarla y alcanzar tus metas. La Dra. Luana entiende la ansiedad. Después de décadas de investigación, enseñanza y práctica clínica, se dio cuenta de que las técnicas para salir adelante que aprendió de su madre y de su abuela mientras crecía en la pobreza en Brasil imitaban la terapia CBT probada por la ciencia. Ahora, sintetiza ese conocimiento mediante el desarrollo de un proceso de tres pasos que funciona para todos: desde los adolescentes en crisis hasta los ejecutivos que sufren de agotamiento. El movimiento audaz brinda ejemplos concretos y ejercicios fundados en la investigación científica y clínica más reciente.  “My team and I have featured Dr. Luana Marques prominently both on our podcast and our app. Each time, the audience has loved it. Luana knows anxiety from the inside and can smoothly and compassionately guide you out of it. I’m quite confident this book will engage readers and help them.”—Dan Harris, bestselling author of 10% Happier Turn your anxiety into strength with Harvard-based psychotherapist Dr. Luana Marques’ 3-step method to living boldly—her clinically-proven approach that inspires patients from CEOs to at-risk teens and echoes lessons learned growing up in poverty in Brazil. Bold Move is Harvard-based psychotherapist Dr. Luana Marques’ unique, tried and tested method to get you out of your rut and find the courage to create a more confident and meaningful life. Dr. Luana pinpoints the anxiety at the root of avoidance and shows how you can overcome it and achieve your goals. Dr. Luana understands anxiety. After decades of research, teaching, and clinical practice, she realized that the coping techniques she learned from her mother and grandmother while growing up in poverty in Brazil mimicked science-based CBT therapy. Now, she has synthesized that knowledge, developing a 3-step path that works for everyone—from teens in crisis to executives experiencing burnout. Bold Move includes concrete examples and exercises backed by the most recent clinical and scientific research. Dr. Luana’s 3-step plan: Helps you recognize thinking patterns that leave you feeling tense, anxious, and worried Outlines the many forms that avoidance can take, including seeking comfort from others Explains the importance of being your own “thought lawyer”  Shows you why “just do it” doesn’t get it done. Strategizes how you can build on your values to establish boundaries and make room for your dreams. Dr. Luana Marques Tue, 05 Dec 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652223 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - The Bold Move Vivir con audacia (Spanish edition): 3 pasos para convertir la ansiedad en tu superpoder Author: Dr. Luana Marques Narrator: Diana Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: «Mi equipo y yo hemos presentado extensamente a la Dra. Luana Marques tanto en el podcast como en nuestra aplicación. En cada ocasión, a la audiencia le ha encantado. Luana conoce la ansiedad desde adentro y es capaz de guiarte fuera de ella con tacto y compasión. Estoy seguro de que este libro involucrará a los lectores y los ayudará». —Dan Harris, autor bestseller de 10 % más feliz. Transforma tu ansiedad en fuerza con el método de tres pasos para vivir con valentía de la psicoterapeuta Dra. Luana Marques, profesora en la Universidad de Harvard. Su acercamiento, comprobado por la clínica, inspira a sus pacientes, desde gerentes hasta adolescentes arriesgados, y les transmite las lecciones que aprendió en Brazil mientras crecía en la pobreza. El movimiento audaz es el método de la Dra. Luana Marques, único, probado y comprobado, para sacarte de tu estancamiento y encontrar el valor para crear una vida llena de autoconfianza y sentido. Luana ubica la ansiedad en la raíz de la evasión, y enseña a superarla y alcanzar tus metas. La Dra. Luana entiende la ansiedad. Después de décadas de investigación, enseñanza y práctica clínica, se dio cuenta de que las técnicas para salir adelante que aprendió de su madre y de su abuela mientras crecía en la pobreza en Brasil imitaban la terapia CBT probada por la ciencia. Ahora, sintetiza ese conocimiento mediante el desarrollo de un proceso de tres pasos que funciona para todos: desde los adolescentes en crisis hasta los ejecutivos que sufren de agotamiento. El movimiento audaz brinda ejemplos concretos y ejercicios fundados en la investigación científica y clínica más reciente.  “My team and I have featured Dr. Luana Marques prominently both on our podcast and our app. Each time, the audience has loved it. Luana knows anxiety from the inside and can smoothly and compassionately guide you out of it. I’m quite confident this book will engage readers and help them.”—Dan Harris, bestselling author of 10% Happier Turn your anxiety into strength with Harvard-based psychotherapist Dr. Luana Marques’ 3-step method to living boldly—her clinically-proven approach that inspires patients from CEOs to at-risk teens and echoes lessons learned growing up in poverty in Brazil. Bold Move is Harvard-based psychotherapist Dr. Luana Marques’ unique, tried and tested method to get you out of your rut and find the courage to create a more confident and meaningful life. Dr. Luana pinpoints the anxiety at the root of avoidance and shows how you can overcome it and achieve your goals. Dr. Luana understands anxiety. After decades of research, teaching, and clinical practice, she realized that the coping techniques she learned from her mother and grandmother while growing up in poverty in Brazil mimicked science-based CBT therapy. Now, she has synthesized that knowledge, developing a 3-step path that works for everyone—from teens in crisis to executives experiencing burnout. Bold Move includes concrete examples and exercises backed by the most recent clinical and scientific research. Dr. Luana’s 3-step plan: Helps you recognize thinking patterns that leave you feeling tense, anxious, and worried Outlines the many forms that avoidance can take, including seeking comfort from others Explains the importance of being your own “thought lawyer”  Shows you why “just do it” doesn’t get it done. Strategizes how you can build on your values to establish boundaries and make room for your dreams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - The Bold Move Vivir con audacia (Spanish edition): 3 pasos para convertir la ansiedad en tu superpoder Author: Dr. Luana Marques Narrator: Diana Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: «Mi equipo y yo hemos presentado extensamente a la Dra. Luana Marques tanto en el podcast como en nuestra aplicación. En cada ocasión, a la audiencia le ha encantado. Luana conoce la ansiedad desde adentro y es capaz de guiarte fuera de ella con tacto y compasión. Estoy seguro de que este libro involucrará a los lectores y los ayudará». —Dan Harris, autor bestseller de 10 % más feliz. Transforma tu ansiedad en fuerza con el método de tres pasos para vivir con valentía de la psicoterapeuta Dra. Luana Marques, profesora en la Universidad de Harvard. Su acercamiento, comprobado por la clínica, inspira a sus pacientes, desde gerentes hasta adolescentes arriesgados, y les transmite las lecciones que aprendió en Brazil mientras crecía en la pobreza. El movimiento audaz es el método de la Dra. Luana Marques, único, probado y comprobado, para sacarte de tu estancamiento y encontrar el valor para crear una vida llena de autoconfianza y sentido. Luana ubica la ansiedad en la raíz de la evasión, y enseña a superarla y alcanzar tus metas. La Dra. Luana entiende la ansiedad. Después de décadas de investigación, enseñanza y práctica clínica, se dio cuenta de que las técnicas para salir adelante que aprendió de su madre y de su abuela mientras crecía en la pobreza en Brasil imitaban la terapia CBT probada por la ciencia. Ahora, sintetiza ese conocimiento mediante el desarrollo de un proceso de tres pasos que funciona para todos: desde los adolescentes en crisis hasta los ejecutivos que sufren de agotamiento. El movimiento audaz brinda ejemplos concretos y ejercicios fundados en la investigación científica y clínica más reciente.  “My team and I have featured Dr. Luana Marques prominently both on our podcast and our app. Each time, the audience has loved it. Luana knows anxiety from the inside and can smoothly and compassionately guide you out of it. I’m quite confident this book will engage readers and help them.”—Dan Harris, bestselling author of 10% Happier Turn your anxiety into strength with Harvard-based psychotherapist Dr. Luana Marques’ 3-step method to living boldly—her clinically-proven approach that inspires patients from CEOs to at-risk teens and echoes lessons learned growing up in poverty in Brazil. Bold Move is Harvard-based psychotherapist Dr. Luana Marques’ unique, tried and tested method to get you out of your rut and find the courage to create a more confident and meaningful life. Dr. Luana pinpoints the anxiety at the root of avoidance and shows how you can overcome it and achieve your goals. Dr. Luana understands anxiety. After decades of research, teaching, and clinical practice, she realized that the coping techniques she learned from her mother and grandmother while growing up in poverty in Brazil mimicked science-based CBT therapy. Now, she has synthesized that knowledge, developing a 3-step path that works for everyone—from teens in crisis to executives experiencing burnout. Bold Move includes concrete examples and exercises backed by the most recent clinical and scientific research. Dr. Luana’s 3-step plan: Helps you recognize thinking patterns that leave you feeling tense, anxious, and worried Outlines the many forms that avoidance can take, including seeking comfort from others Explains the importance of being your own “thought lawyer”  Shows you why “just do it” doesn’t get it done. Strategizes how you can build on your values to establish boundaries and make room for your dreams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal Author: Alice Haddon, Ruth Field Narrator: Fern Kay, Alice Haddon, Cornelia Colman, Ruth Field, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You can’t seem to get over the breakup. You feel stuck in cycles of rumination and pain. This revelatory guide provides brand-new therapeutic tools to revolutionize the way we overcome loss, as well as seek and welcome love, within and outside of ourselves. ''For the heartbroken, a solid first step toward healing.” —Publishers Weekly Alice Haddon, psychologist with over twenty-five years of clinical experience, and Ruth Field, bestselling self-help author, show us how we can dissect heartbreaks, mine them for strength and live our most empowered life. In these warm, welcoming pages, you will meet women of different cultural backgrounds and ages who successfully picked themselves back up to become more confident than ever through the work that Alice and Ruth are doing at the Heartbreak Hotel--a therapy retreat providing intensive care to the heartbroken. Bursting with compassion, humor, sass, and courage, this book will take you into the actual exercises conducted at the retreat. It will teach you how to: face your deepest hurt without shame or judgment ask for help and lean on the collective be kind and forgiving to yourself turn your heartbreak into an abundance of love and pride. Providing you with a clear pathway to recovery, Alice and Ruth draw on their wealth of professional and personal experience to help you Finding Your Self at The Heartbreak Hotel. Alice Haddon, Ruth Field Tue, 06 Feb 2024 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal Author: Alice Haddon, Ruth Field Narrator: Fern Kay, Alice Haddon, Cornelia Colman, Ruth Field, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You can’t seem to get over the breakup. You feel stuck in cycles of rumination and pain. This revelatory guide provides brand-new therapeutic tools to revolutionize the way we overcome loss, as well as seek and welcome love, within and outside of ourselves. ''For the heartbroken, a solid first step toward healing.” —Publishers Weekly Alice Haddon, psychologist with over twenty-five years of clinical experience, and Ruth Field, bestselling self-help author, show us how we can dissect heartbreaks, mine them for strength and live our most empowered life. In these warm, welcoming pages, you will meet women of different cultural backgrounds and ages who successfully picked themselves back up to become more confident than ever through the work that Alice and Ruth are doing at the Heartbreak Hotel--a therapy retreat providing intensive care to the heartbroken. Bursting with compassion, humor, sass, and courage, this book will take you into the actual exercises conducted at the retreat. It will teach you how to: face your deepest hurt without shame or judgment ask for help and lean on the collective be kind and forgiving to yourself turn your heartbreak into an abundance of love and pride. Providing you with a clear pathway to recovery, Alice and Ruth draw on their wealth of professional and personal experience to help you Finding Your Self at The Heartbreak Hotel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal Author: Alice Haddon, Ruth Field Narrator: Fern Kay, Alice Haddon, Cornelia Colman, Ruth Field, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You can’t seem to get over the breakup. You feel stuck in cycles of rumination and pain. This revelatory guide provides brand-new therapeutic tools to revolutionize the way we overcome loss, as well as seek and welcome love, within and outside of ourselves. ''For the heartbroken, a solid first step toward healing.” —Publishers Weekly Alice Haddon, psychologist with over twenty-five years of clinical experience, and Ruth Field, bestselling self-help author, show us how we can dissect heartbreaks, mine them for strength and live our most empowered life. In these warm, welcoming pages, you will meet women of different cultural backgrounds and ages who successfully picked themselves back up to become more confident than ever through the work that Alice and Ruth are doing at the Heartbreak Hotel--a therapy retreat providing intensive care to the heartbroken. Bursting with compassion, humor, sass, and courage, this book will take you into the actual exercises conducted at the retreat. It will teach you how to: face your deepest hurt without shame or judgment ask for help and lean on the collective be kind and forgiving to yourself turn your heartbreak into an abundance of love and pride. Providing you with a clear pathway to recovery, Alice and Ruth draw on their wealth of professional and personal experience to help you Finding Your Self at The Heartbreak Hotel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misbelief: What Makes Rational People Believe Irrational Things Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The renowned social scientist, professor, and bestselling author of Predictably Irrational delivers his most urgent and compelling book—an eye-opening exploration of the human side of the misinformation crisis—examining what drives otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Misinformation affects all of us on a daily basis—from social media to larger political challenges, from casual conversations in supermarkets, to even our closest relationships. While we recognize the dangers that misinformation poses, the problem is complex—far beyond what policing social media alone can achieve—and too often our limited solutions are shaped by partisan politics and individual interpretations of truth. In Misbelief, preeminent social scientist Dan Ariely argues that to understand the irrational appeal of misinformation, we must first understand the behavior of “misbelief”—the psychological and social journey that leads people to mistrust accepted truths, entertain alternative facts, and even embrace full-blown conspiracy theories. Misinformation, it turns out, appeals to something innate in all of us—on the right and the left—and it is only by understanding this psychology that we can blunt its effects. Grounded in years of study as well as Ariely’s own experience as a target of disinformation, Misbelief is an eye-opening and comprehensive analysis of the psychological drivers that cause otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Utilizing the latest research, Ariely reveals the key elements—emotional, cognitive, personality, and social—that drive people down the funnel of false information and mistrust, showing how under the right circumstances, anyone can become a misbeliever. Yet Ariely also offers hope. Even as advanced artificial intelligence has become capable of generating convincing fake news stories at an unprecedented scale, he shows that awareness of these forces fueling misbelief make us, as individuals and as a society, more resilient to its allure. Combating misbelief requires a strategy rooted not in conflict, but in empathy. The sooner we recognize that misbelief is above all else a human problem, the sooner we can become the solution ourselves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Dan Ariely Tue, 19 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misbelief: What Makes Rational People Believe Irrational Things Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The renowned social scientist, professor, and bestselling author of Predictably Irrational delivers his most urgent and compelling book—an eye-opening exploration of the human side of the misinformation crisis—examining what drives otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Misinformation affects all of us on a daily basis—from social media to larger political challenges, from casual conversations in supermarkets, to even our closest relationships. While we recognize the dangers that misinformation poses, the problem is complex—far beyond what policing social media alone can achieve—and too often our limited solutions are shaped by partisan politics and individual interpretations of truth. In Misbelief, preeminent social scientist Dan Ariely argues that to understand the irrational appeal of misinformation, we must first understand the behavior of “misbelief”—the psychological and social journey that leads people to mistrust accepted truths, entertain alternative facts, and even embrace full-blown conspiracy theories. Misinformation, it turns out, appeals to something innate in all of us—on the right and the left—and it is only by understanding this psychology that we can blunt its effects. Grounded in years of study as well as Ariely’s own experience as a target of disinformation, Misbelief is an eye-opening and comprehensive analysis of the psychological drivers that cause otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Utilizing the latest research, Ariely reveals the key elements—emotional, cognitive, personality, and social—that drive people down the funnel of false information and mistrust, showing how under the right circumstances, anyone can become a misbeliever. Yet Ariely also offers hope. Even as advanced artificial intelligence has become capable of generating convincing fake news stories at an unprecedented scale, he shows that awareness of these forces fueling misbelief make us, as individuals and as a society, more resilient to its allure. Combating misbelief requires a strategy rooted not in conflict, but in empathy. The sooner we recognize that misbelief is above all else a human problem, the sooner we can become the solution ourselves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misbelief: What Makes Rational People Believe Irrational Things Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The renowned social scientist, professor, and bestselling author of Predictably Irrational delivers his most urgent and compelling book—an eye-opening exploration of the human side of the misinformation crisis—examining what drives otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Misinformation affects all of us on a daily basis—from social media to larger political challenges, from casual conversations in supermarkets, to even our closest relationships. While we recognize the dangers that misinformation poses, the problem is complex—far beyond what policing social media alone can achieve—and too often our limited solutions are shaped by partisan politics and individual interpretations of truth. In Misbelief, preeminent social scientist Dan Ariely argues that to understand the irrational appeal of misinformation, we must first understand the behavior of “misbelief”—the psychological and social journey that leads people to mistrust accepted truths, entertain alternative facts, and even embrace full-blown conspiracy theories. Misinformation, it turns out, appeals to something innate in all of us—on the right and the left—and it is only by understanding this psychology that we can blunt its effects. Grounded in years of study as well as Ariely’s own experience as a target of disinformation, Misbelief is an eye-opening and comprehensive analysis of the psychological drivers that cause otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Utilizing the latest research, Ariely reveals the key elements—emotional, cognitive, personality, and social—that drive people down the funnel of false information and mistrust, showing how under the right circumstances, anyone can become a misbeliever. Yet Ariely also offers hope. Even as advanced artificial intelligence has become capable of generating convincing fake news stories at an unprecedented scale, he shows that awareness of these forces fueling misbelief make us, as individuals and as a society, more resilient to its allure. Combating misbelief requires a strategy rooted not in conflict, but in empathy. The sooner we recognize that misbelief is above all else a human problem, the sooner we can become the solution ourselves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652205 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Work Works: The Subtle Science of Getting Ahead Without Losing Yourself Author: Michelle P. King Narrator: Siho Ellsmore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A unique and revelatory guide to understanding and navigating the unwritten rules of the workplace—the key to achieving success, finding meaning, and staying true to your authentic self in today’s business world—from the organizational expert and celebrated author of The Fix. In her two decades researching organizations, Michelle King has discovered that people who succeed possess a particularly unique skill: They know how workplaces work. More specifically, to get ahead, they do not rely on the often generic and outdated written formal rules that for a century have defined the workplace. Instead, they have learned to gauge how they should behave and perform by becoming aware of informal (and unspoken) rules that exist just below the surface, rather than “formal” organizational guidelines. In this one-of-a-kind guide, King offers her proprietary framework based on over ten years of research and hundreds of employees who reached leadership positions. By focusing on five key areas -- navigating informal networks; developing self-awareness and awareness of others; learning the skills you need to be adaptive to changing conditions; getting support for your next promotion; and finding meaning and fulfillment at work—King teaches every professional how to understand and make these systems work for them and achieve their career ambitions. The new world of work requires a new way of working. With more people vying for top positions, a volatile unpredictable global workplace, and an ever-evolving landscape, it is increasingly important for employees to understand how to negotiate the unspoken and intangible elements of workplace culture.. In How Work Works, King dispels old myths and provides keen observations about what it means to find belonging, build networks, manage the informal and ultimately thrive at work. Michelle P. King Tue, 10 Oct 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652205 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Work Works: The Subtle Science of Getting Ahead Without Losing Yourself Author: Michelle P. King Narrator: Siho Ellsmore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A unique and revelatory guide to understanding and navigating the unwritten rules of the workplace—the key to achieving success, finding meaning, and staying true to your authentic self in today’s business world—from the organizational expert and celebrated author of The Fix. In her two decades researching organizations, Michelle King has discovered that people who succeed possess a particularly unique skill: They know how workplaces work. More specifically, to get ahead, they do not rely on the often generic and outdated written formal rules that for a century have defined the workplace. Instead, they have learned to gauge how they should behave and perform by becoming aware of informal (and unspoken) rules that exist just below the surface, rather than “formal” organizational guidelines. In this one-of-a-kind guide, King offers her proprietary framework based on over ten years of research and hundreds of employees who reached leadership positions. By focusing on five key areas -- navigating informal networks; developing self-awareness and awareness of others; learning the skills you need to be adaptive to changing conditions; getting support for your next promotion; and finding meaning and fulfillment at work—King teaches every professional how to understand and make these systems work for them and achieve their career ambitions. The new world of work requires a new way of working. With more people vying for top positions, a volatile unpredictable global workplace, and an ever-evolving landscape, it is increasingly important for employees to understand how to negotiate the unspoken and intangible elements of workplace culture.. In How Work Works, King dispels old myths and provides keen observations about what it means to find belonging, build networks, manage the informal and ultimately thrive at work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Work Works: The Subtle Science of Getting Ahead Without Losing Yourself Author: Michelle P. King Narrator: Siho Ellsmore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A unique and revelatory guide to understanding and navigating the unwritten rules of the workplace—the key to achieving success, finding meaning, and staying true to your authentic self in today’s business world—from the organizational expert and celebrated author of The Fix. In her two decades researching organizations, Michelle King has discovered that people who succeed possess a particularly unique skill: They know how workplaces work. More specifically, to get ahead, they do not rely on the often generic and outdated written formal rules that for a century have defined the workplace. Instead, they have learned to gauge how they should behave and perform by becoming aware of informal (and unspoken) rules that exist just below the surface, rather than “formal” organizational guidelines. In this one-of-a-kind guide, King offers her proprietary framework based on over ten years of research and hundreds of employees who reached leadership positions. By focusing on five key areas -- navigating informal networks; developing self-awareness and awareness of others; learning the skills you need to be adaptive to changing conditions; getting support for your next promotion; and finding meaning and fulfillment at work—King teaches every professional how to understand and make these systems work for them and achieve their career ambitions. The new world of work requires a new way of working. With more people vying for top positions, a volatile unpredictable global workplace, and an ever-evolving landscape, it is increasingly important for employees to understand how to negotiate the unspoken and intangible elements of workplace culture.. In How Work Works, King dispels old myths and provides keen observations about what it means to find belonging, build networks, manage the informal and ultimately thrive at work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652189 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652189]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rulebook Author: Dr Chris Cheers Narrator: Dr Chris Cheers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling, practical and inclusive guide to life from Instagram's favourite psychologist Chris Cheers. Shortlisted for the 2024 Australian Book Design Awards Best Designed Non-Fiction Cover Take a moment and check in with how you've been feeling lately. Maybe a little tired, stressed or burnt out? All the recent upheaval and uncertainty has left many of us not only feeling exhausted, but also questioning who we are and what we want from life. Yet instead of taking the necessary time to process and answer these important questions, many of us are feeling pressured to just get back to 'normal'. But what if we want better than normal? The world has changed - we have changed - so when it comes to caring for our wellbeing, it's clear we need new rules. The New Rulebook is a practical, game-changing guide to embracing that uncertainty. It compassionately asks you to re-examine five key areas: self-care, emotions, work, body and love (all the big stuff!), and then offers radical, evidence-based solutions to improve your wellbeing. Led not by expectation, but by what you need. The rulebook for life has been thrown out the window over the last few years. Rather than picking it back up, let's write a new one. PRAISE FOR THE NEW RULEBOOK 'A must-read for anyone who's overwhelmed by the increasing uncertainty of the world.' Osher Günsberg 'Chris Cheers has a way of explaining the world and how we live that will make real changes to our future.' Jacinta Parsons, ABC Radio Melbourne 'This is a book you'll want to return to - again and again - every time things get tough.' Benjamin Law 'This psychology book is like no other. The author challenges core beliefs, whilst being affirming and refreshingly open about himself. It punches. Read it.' Dr Mark Cross, psychiatrist and bestselling author of Anxiety 'The practical tips he provides leave the reader with no excuse but to set those boundaries and start living in alignment.' Jessica Sanders, social worker and bestselling author of Me Time 'Chris Cheers' words have been so comforting throughout the pandemic. This book is a practical and kind resource for anyone looking for mental-health coping strategies.' Carly Findlay OAM 'At a time of great upheaval and uncertainty, The New Rulebook is the anchor we need to pull us back to shore and live a calmer, more meaningful life.' Jill Stark, mental health advocate and bestselling author of High Sobriety 'This book held me at the edge of feeling both challenged and safe. I read it in one sitting - but I will keep it close by for the powerful reminders, interventions and ideas it offers. Cheers shows us the potential of rewriting the script in a way that is so validating, humanising and aware.' Georgia Grace, certified Australian sex coach 'In this book, Chris provides a new way of being - one which is centred on good care for self, good care for others and good care for the world.' Dr Ahona Guha, clinical and forensic psychologist, and author Dr Chris Cheers Wed, 01 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652189 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652189]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rulebook Author: Dr Chris Cheers Narrator: Dr Chris Cheers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling, practical and inclusive guide to life from Instagram's favourite psychologist Chris Cheers. Shortlisted for the 2024 Australian Book Design Awards Best Designed Non-Fiction Cover Take a moment and check in with how you've been feeling lately. Maybe a little tired, stressed or burnt out? All the recent upheaval and uncertainty has left many of us not only feeling exhausted, but also questioning who we are and what we want from life. Yet instead of taking the necessary time to process and answer these important questions, many of us are feeling pressured to just get back to 'normal'. But what if we want better than normal? The world has changed - we have changed - so when it comes to caring for our wellbeing, it's clear we need new rules. The New Rulebook is a practical, game-changing guide to embracing that uncertainty. It compassionately asks you to re-examine five key areas: self-care, emotions, work, body and love (all the big stuff!), and then offers radical, evidence-based solutions to improve your wellbeing. Led not by expectation, but by what you need. The rulebook for life has been thrown out the window over the last few years. Rather than picking it back up, let's write a new one. PRAISE FOR THE NEW RULEBOOK 'A must-read for anyone who's overwhelmed by the increasing uncertainty of the world.' Osher Günsberg 'Chris Cheers has a way of explaining the world and how we live that will make real changes to our future.' Jacinta Parsons, ABC Radio Melbourne 'This is a book you'll want to return to - again and again - every time things get tough.' Benjamin Law 'This psychology book is like no other. The author challenges core beliefs, whilst being affirming and refreshingly open about himself. It punches. Read it.' Dr Mark Cross, psychiatrist and bestselling author of Anxiety 'The practical tips he provides leave the reader with no excuse but to set those boundaries and start living in alignment.' Jessica Sanders, social worker and bestselling author of Me Time 'Chris Cheers' words have been so comforting throughout the pandemic. This book is a practical and kind resource for anyone looking for mental-health coping strategies.' Carly Findlay OAM 'At a time of great upheaval and uncertainty, The New Rulebook is the anchor we need to pull us back to shore and live a calmer, more meaningful life.' Jill Stark, mental health advocate and bestselling author of High Sobriety 'This book held me at the edge of feeling both challenged and safe. I read it in one sitting - but I will keep it close by for the powerful reminders, interventions and ideas it offers. Cheers shows us the potential of rewriting the script in a way that is so validating, humanising and aware.' Georgia Grace, certified Australian sex coach 'In this book, Chris provides a new way of being - one which is centred on good care for self, good care for others and good care for the world.' Dr Ahona Guha, clinical and forensic psychologist, and author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652189]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rulebook Author: Dr Chris Cheers Narrator: Dr Chris Cheers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling, practical and inclusive guide to life from Instagram's favourite psychologist Chris Cheers. Shortlisted for the 2024 Australian Book Design Awards Best Designed Non-Fiction Cover Take a moment and check in with how you've been feeling lately. Maybe a little tired, stressed or burnt out? All the recent upheaval and uncertainty has left many of us not only feeling exhausted, but also questioning who we are and what we want from life. Yet instead of taking the necessary time to process and answer these important questions, many of us are feeling pressured to just get back to 'normal'. But what if we want better than normal? The world has changed - we have changed - so when it comes to caring for our wellbeing, it's clear we need new rules. The New Rulebook is a practical, game-changing guide to embracing that uncertainty. It compassionately asks you to re-examine five key areas: self-care, emotions, work, body and love (all the big stuff!), and then offers radical, evidence-based solutions to improve your wellbeing. Led not by expectation, but by what you need. The rulebook for life has been thrown out the window over the last few years. Rather than picking it back up, let's write a new one. PRAISE FOR THE NEW RULEBOOK 'A must-read for anyone who's overwhelmed by the increasing uncertainty of the world.' Osher Günsberg 'Chris Cheers has a way of explaining the world and how we live that will make real changes to our future.' Jacinta Parsons, ABC Radio Melbourne 'This is a book you'll want to return to - again and again - every time things get tough.' Benjamin Law 'This psychology book is like no other. The author challenges core beliefs, whilst being affirming and refreshingly open about himself. It punches. Read it.' Dr Mark Cross, psychiatrist and bestselling author of Anxiety 'The practical tips he provides leave the reader with no excuse but to set those boundaries and start living in alignment.' Jessica Sanders, social worker and bestselling author of Me Time 'Chris Cheers' words have been so comforting throughout the pandemic. This book is a practical and kind resource for anyone looking for mental-health coping strategies.' Carly Findlay OAM 'At a time of great upheaval and uncertainty, The New Rulebook is the anchor we need to pull us back to shore and live a calmer, more meaningful life.' Jill Stark, mental health advocate and bestselling author of High Sobriety 'This book held me at the edge of feeling both challenged and safe. I read it in one sitting - but I will keep it close by for the powerful reminders, interventions and ideas it offers. Cheers shows us the potential of rewriting the script in a way that is so validating, humanising and aware.' Georgia Grace, certified Australian sex coach 'In this book, Chris provides a new way of being - one which is centred on good care for self, good care for others and good care for the world.' Dr Ahona Guha, clinical and forensic psychologist, and author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autism Spectrum Disorder: 2nd Edition: What Every Parent Needs to Know Author: Paul S. Carbone MD FAAP, Alan I. Rosenblatt MD FAAP Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This guide from the American Academy of Pediatrics offers authoritative, accessible advice that parents can trust. Autism Spectrum Disorder: What Every Parent Needs to Know helps parents understand how ASDs are defined and diagnosed and offers an overview of the most current behavioral and developmental therapies. Topics covered include: symptoms, frequency, and types of ASDs; accessing care; services in the community; behavioral and developmental treatment; the role of complementary and alternative medicine; screening tools; and adolescence and transitioning into adulthood. Parents will also find inspirational and relatable stories from other parents, helping them feel less alone. Paul S. Carbone MD FAAP, Alan I. Rosenblatt MD FAAP Tue, 14 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652089 thebookvoice.com 13:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autism Spectrum Disorder: 2nd Edition: What Every Parent Needs to Know Author: Paul S. Carbone MD FAAP, Alan I. Rosenblatt MD FAAP Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This guide from the American Academy of Pediatrics offers authoritative, accessible advice that parents can trust. Autism Spectrum Disorder: What Every Parent Needs to Know helps parents understand how ASDs are defined and diagnosed and offers an overview of the most current behavioral and developmental therapies. Topics covered include: symptoms, frequency, and types of ASDs; accessing care; services in the community; behavioral and developmental treatment; the role of complementary and alternative medicine; screening tools; and adolescence and transitioning into adulthood. Parents will also find inspirational and relatable stories from other parents, helping them feel less alone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autism Spectrum Disorder: 2nd Edition: What Every Parent Needs to Know Author: Paul S. Carbone MD FAAP, Alan I. Rosenblatt MD FAAP Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This guide from the American Academy of Pediatrics offers authoritative, accessible advice that parents can trust. Autism Spectrum Disorder: What Every Parent Needs to Know helps parents understand how ASDs are defined and diagnosed and offers an overview of the most current behavioral and developmental therapies. Topics covered include: symptoms, frequency, and types of ASDs; accessing care; services in the community; behavioral and developmental treatment; the role of complementary and alternative medicine; screening tools; and adolescence and transitioning into adulthood. Parents will also find inspirational and relatable stories from other parents, helping them feel less alone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652075 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zig-Zag Boy: A Memoir of Madness and Motherhood Author: Tanya Frank Narrator: Tanya Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One night in 2009, Tanya Frank finds her nineteen-year-old son, Zach—gentle and full of promise—in the grip of what the psychiatrists would label a psychotic break. Suddenly and inexplicably, Tanya is thrown into a parallel universe: Zach's world, where the phones are bugged, his friends have joined the Mafia, and helicopters are spying on his family. In the years following Zach's shifting psychiatric diagnoses, Tanya goes to war for her son, desperate to find the right answer, the right drug, the right doctor to bring him back to reality. Meanwhile, the boy she raised—the chatty, precocious dog-lover, the teenager who spent summers surfing with his big brother, the UCLA student—suffers the effects of multiple hospitalizations, powerful drugs that blunt his emotions, therapies that don't work, and torturous nights on the streets. Holding on to startling moments of hope and seeking solace in nature and community, Tanya learns how to abandon her fears for the future and accept the mysteries of her son’s altered states. With tenderness, lyricism, and generous candor, this compelling story conveys the power of a mother's love. Zig-Zag Boy is both a moving lamentation for things lost and a brave testament to the people we become in difficult circumstances. Tanya Frank Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652075 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zig-Zag Boy: A Memoir of Madness and Motherhood Author: Tanya Frank Narrator: Tanya Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One night in 2009, Tanya Frank finds her nineteen-year-old son, Zach—gentle and full of promise—in the grip of what the psychiatrists would label a psychotic break. Suddenly and inexplicably, Tanya is thrown into a parallel universe: Zach's world, where the phones are bugged, his friends have joined the Mafia, and helicopters are spying on his family. In the years following Zach's shifting psychiatric diagnoses, Tanya goes to war for her son, desperate to find the right answer, the right drug, the right doctor to bring him back to reality. Meanwhile, the boy she raised—the chatty, precocious dog-lover, the teenager who spent summers surfing with his big brother, the UCLA student—suffers the effects of multiple hospitalizations, powerful drugs that blunt his emotions, therapies that don't work, and torturous nights on the streets. Holding on to startling moments of hope and seeking solace in nature and community, Tanya learns how to abandon her fears for the future and accept the mysteries of her son’s altered states. With tenderness, lyricism, and generous candor, this compelling story conveys the power of a mother's love. Zig-Zag Boy is both a moving lamentation for things lost and a brave testament to the people we become in difficult circumstances. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zig-Zag Boy: A Memoir of Madness and Motherhood Author: Tanya Frank Narrator: Tanya Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One night in 2009, Tanya Frank finds her nineteen-year-old son, Zach—gentle and full of promise—in the grip of what the psychiatrists would label a psychotic break. Suddenly and inexplicably, Tanya is thrown into a parallel universe: Zach's world, where the phones are bugged, his friends have joined the Mafia, and helicopters are spying on his family. In the years following Zach's shifting psychiatric diagnoses, Tanya goes to war for her son, desperate to find the right answer, the right drug, the right doctor to bring him back to reality. Meanwhile, the boy she raised—the chatty, precocious dog-lover, the teenager who spent summers surfing with his big brother, the UCLA student—suffers the effects of multiple hospitalizations, powerful drugs that blunt his emotions, therapies that don't work, and torturous nights on the streets. Holding on to startling moments of hope and seeking solace in nature and community, Tanya learns how to abandon her fears for the future and accept the mysteries of her son’s altered states. With tenderness, lyricism, and generous candor, this compelling story conveys the power of a mother's love. Zig-Zag Boy is both a moving lamentation for things lost and a brave testament to the people we become in difficult circumstances. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainhacker: Master Memory, Focus, Emotions, and More to Unleash the Genius Within Author: Dave Farrow Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you feel like your brain is 'glitching,' or working against you, know that you're not stuck with the brain biology gave you. An upgrade is possible. In Brainhacker, you'll learn how to 'rewire' your brain and boost its power. David Farrow, author of The Farrow Method, helps you get inside your own head and call the shots, with concrete exercises and tips to train your brain to work for you. These tricks can instantly boost your memory, improve your reading speed, help you push away pain, and form life-changing habits that actually last—with techniques as simple as a hand movement or a little bit of imagination. On average, we waste forty days of the year compensating for our bad memory. Many of us suffer from insomnia, stress, and chronic pain. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused a huge surge in the already-huge number of people suffering from burnout and mental health problems. But all of this, from memory to ADHD symptoms to sleep problems, can be transformed with the simple hacks you'll find in this book. If you're ready to tap into the full power of your brain, Brainhacker is your all-in-one guide to hacking into your brain—and making it as powerful as it can be. Dave Farrow Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652032 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainhacker: Master Memory, Focus, Emotions, and More to Unleash the Genius Within Author: Dave Farrow Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you feel like your brain is 'glitching,' or working against you, know that you're not stuck with the brain biology gave you. An upgrade is possible. In Brainhacker, you'll learn how to 'rewire' your brain and boost its power. David Farrow, author of The Farrow Method, helps you get inside your own head and call the shots, with concrete exercises and tips to train your brain to work for you. These tricks can instantly boost your memory, improve your reading speed, help you push away pain, and form life-changing habits that actually last—with techniques as simple as a hand movement or a little bit of imagination. On average, we waste forty days of the year compensating for our bad memory. Many of us suffer from insomnia, stress, and chronic pain. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused a huge surge in the already-huge number of people suffering from burnout and mental health problems. But all of this, from memory to ADHD symptoms to sleep problems, can be transformed with the simple hacks you'll find in this book. If you're ready to tap into the full power of your brain, Brainhacker is your all-in-one guide to hacking into your brain—and making it as powerful as it can be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainhacker: Master Memory, Focus, Emotions, and More to Unleash the Genius Within Author: Dave Farrow Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you feel like your brain is 'glitching,' or working against you, know that you're not stuck with the brain biology gave you. An upgrade is possible. In Brainhacker, you'll learn how to 'rewire' your brain and boost its power. David Farrow, author of The Farrow Method, helps you get inside your own head and call the shots, with concrete exercises and tips to train your brain to work for you. These tricks can instantly boost your memory, improve your reading speed, help you push away pain, and form life-changing habits that actually last—with techniques as simple as a hand movement or a little bit of imagination. On average, we waste forty days of the year compensating for our bad memory. Many of us suffer from insomnia, stress, and chronic pain. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused a huge surge in the already-huge number of people suffering from burnout and mental health problems. But all of this, from memory to ADHD symptoms to sleep problems, can be transformed with the simple hacks you'll find in this book. If you're ready to tap into the full power of your brain, Brainhacker is your all-in-one guide to hacking into your brain—and making it as powerful as it can be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Introducción a las neurociencias: Fundamentos de neuropsicología (Fundamentals of Neuropsychology) Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Diana Carper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La neuropsicología es una de las maneras contemporáneas de entender el pensamiento y la conducta, en sus relaciones fisiológicas, como un conjunto de sistemas y procesos orgánicos. Este libro presenta una sólida guía para los estudiantes de psicología que deseen iniciarse en el conocimiento de las bases biológicas de la conducta. Mireya Frausto Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651982 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Introducción a las neurociencias: Fundamentos de neuropsicología (Fundamentals of Neuropsychology) Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Diana Carper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La neuropsicología es una de las maneras contemporáneas de entender el pensamiento y la conducta, en sus relaciones fisiológicas, como un conjunto de sistemas y procesos orgánicos. Este libro presenta una sólida guía para los estudiantes de psicología que deseen iniciarse en el conocimiento de las bases biológicas de la conducta. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Introducción a las neurociencias: Fundamentos de neuropsicología (Fundamentals of Neuropsychology) Author: Mireya Frausto Narrator: Diana Carper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La neuropsicología es una de las maneras contemporáneas de entender el pensamiento y la conducta, en sus relaciones fisiológicas, como un conjunto de sistemas y procesos orgánicos. Este libro presenta una sólida guía para los estudiantes de psicología que deseen iniciarse en el conocimiento de las bases biológicas de la conducta. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651983 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nuevas relaciones humanas en el núcleo familiar Author: Virginia Satir Narrator: Hilda Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre a la pareja como arquitecto de la familia, la importancia de la comunicación, hablar y escuchar, así como el papel de la autoestima en la construcción de la familia. En esta obra Virginia Satir recoge las inquietudes de sus lectores y analiza temas como la adolescencia, el retiro, las transiciones de los últimos años, la paz en el mundo y la espiritualidad. Virginia Satir Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651983 thebookvoice.com 14:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nuevas relaciones humanas en el núcleo familiar Author: Virginia Satir Narrator: Hilda Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre a la pareja como arquitecto de la familia, la importancia de la comunicación, hablar y escuchar, así como el papel de la autoestima en la construcción de la familia. En esta obra Virginia Satir recoge las inquietudes de sus lectores y analiza temas como la adolescencia, el retiro, las transiciones de los últimos años, la paz en el mundo y la espiritualidad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nuevas relaciones humanas en el núcleo familiar Author: Virginia Satir Narrator: Hilda Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre a la pareja como arquitecto de la familia, la importancia de la comunicación, hablar y escuchar, así como el papel de la autoestima en la construcción de la familia. En esta obra Virginia Satir recoge las inquietudes de sus lectores y analiza temas como la adolescencia, el retiro, las transiciones de los últimos años, la paz en el mundo y la espiritualidad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zwangserkrankungen (ungekürzt) Author: Daniel Illy Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ständiges Händewaschen, mehrmaliges Kontrollieren, ob der Herd aus ist, immer wiederkehrende negative Gedanken ... die Grenze zwischen 'mach ich manchmal/denk ich manchmal' und einer Zwangsstörung ist oft fließend. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert Sie über diese Erkrankung - liefert hilfreiche Strategien, um sich von Zwängen zu befreien - zeigt Ihnen, wann professionelle Hilfe nötig ist - erklärt, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt Dr. med. Daniel Illy ist ein erfahrener Arzt und Psychotherapeut und arbeitet täglich mit Patienten, die unter Zwangsstörungen leiden. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Wege aus einem von Zwängen bestimmten Leben. Daniel Illy Mon, 09 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651692 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zwangserkrankungen (ungekürzt) Author: Daniel Illy Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ständiges Händewaschen, mehrmaliges Kontrollieren, ob der Herd aus ist, immer wiederkehrende negative Gedanken ... die Grenze zwischen 'mach ich manchmal/denk ich manchmal' und einer Zwangsstörung ist oft fließend. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert Sie über diese Erkrankung - liefert hilfreiche Strategien, um sich von Zwängen zu befreien - zeigt Ihnen, wann professionelle Hilfe nötig ist - erklärt, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt Dr. med. Daniel Illy ist ein erfahrener Arzt und Psychotherapeut und arbeitet täglich mit Patienten, die unter Zwangsstörungen leiden. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Wege aus einem von Zwängen bestimmten Leben. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zwangserkrankungen (ungekürzt) Author: Daniel Illy Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ständiges Händewaschen, mehrmaliges Kontrollieren, ob der Herd aus ist, immer wiederkehrende negative Gedanken ... die Grenze zwischen 'mach ich manchmal/denk ich manchmal' und einer Zwangsstörung ist oft fließend. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert Sie über diese Erkrankung - liefert hilfreiche Strategien, um sich von Zwängen zu befreien - zeigt Ihnen, wann professionelle Hilfe nötig ist - erklärt, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt Dr. med. Daniel Illy ist ein erfahrener Arzt und Psychotherapeut und arbeitet täglich mit Patienten, die unter Zwangsstörungen leiden. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Wege aus einem von Zwängen bestimmten Leben. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angsterkrankungen (ungekürzt) Author: Daniel Illy Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Angsterkrankungen zählen neben Depressionen zu den häufigsten psychischen Erkrankungen. 'Angst' zu haben ist ein wichtiger menschlicher Schutzmechanismus. Wenn die Angst jedoch überhand nimmt und das eigene Leben mehr und mehr bestimmt, sollten Sie etwas unternehmen. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert über Angsterkrankungen - gibt Tipps für den Umgang mit Angst - hilft Ihnen, sich Ihren Ängsten zu stellen - zeigt, wann professionelle Hilfe nötig ist und - erklärt, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt Dr. med. Daniel Illy, ein erfahrener Arzt und Psychotherapeut, arbeitet täglich mit Angstpatienten. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Ihnen Wege aus dem Teufelskreis der Angst. Daniel Illy Mon, 09 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651691 thebookvoice.com 4:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angsterkrankungen (ungekürzt) Author: Daniel Illy Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Angsterkrankungen zählen neben Depressionen zu den häufigsten psychischen Erkrankungen. 'Angst' zu haben ist ein wichtiger menschlicher Schutzmechanismus. Wenn die Angst jedoch überhand nimmt und das eigene Leben mehr und mehr bestimmt, sollten Sie etwas unternehmen. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert über Angsterkrankungen - gibt Tipps für den Umgang mit Angst - hilft Ihnen, sich Ihren Ängsten zu stellen - zeigt, wann professionelle Hilfe nötig ist und - erklärt, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt Dr. med. Daniel Illy, ein erfahrener Arzt und Psychotherapeut, arbeitet täglich mit Angstpatienten. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Ihnen Wege aus dem Teufelskreis der Angst. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angsterkrankungen (ungekürzt) Author: Daniel Illy Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Angsterkrankungen zählen neben Depressionen zu den häufigsten psychischen Erkrankungen. 'Angst' zu haben ist ein wichtiger menschlicher Schutzmechanismus. Wenn die Angst jedoch überhand nimmt und das eigene Leben mehr und mehr bestimmt, sollten Sie etwas unternehmen. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert über Angsterkrankungen - gibt Tipps für den Umgang mit Angst - hilft Ihnen, sich Ihren Ängsten zu stellen - zeigt, wann professionelle Hilfe nötig ist und - erklärt, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt Dr. med. Daniel Illy, ein erfahrener Arzt und Psychotherapeut, arbeitet täglich mit Angstpatienten. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Ihnen Wege aus dem Teufelskreis der Angst. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651573 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Welt geht unter, und ich muss trotzdem arbeiten? (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) Author: Sara Weber Narrator: Sara Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Im März 2020 änderte sich alles. Homeoffice war plötzlich die neue Norm. Alle mussten sich digitalisieren und transformieren - ob sie wollten oder nicht. Die Arbeit drängte weiter ins restliche Leben, zur Erwerbsarbeit kam noch mehr Carearbeit. Die Schere zwischen systemrelevanten Berufen und Bürojobs ging weiter auf. Covid hat uns gezeigt, was in der Arbeitswelt nicht mehr funktioniert. Und da ist nicht nur die Pandemie. Überschwemmungen, Waldbrände, Inflation, Krieg - unsere Welt steht in Flammen, im wahrsten Sinne des Wortes. Und wir? Brennen aus, um bloß keine Deadline zu reißen. Was zur Hölle machen wir da eigentlich? Warum tun wir uns das an? Immer mehr Menschen stellen sich diese Fragen, einige ziehen Konsequenzen. In den USA hat der Trend sogar schon einen Namen: 'The Great Resignation', das große Kündigen. Es bricht eine neue Ära an, aber weder durch agile Methoden noch durch Yoga im Alltag wird es gelingen, ein für uns alle und für den Planeten verträgliches Wirtschaften zu realisieren. Wir müssen uns überlegen, wie Arbeit heute und morgen wirklich funktionieren kann - mit einem Fokus auf Gerechtigkeit, Zukunftsfähigkeit und den Menschen. Sara Weber ist Journalistin, Expertin für die Arbeitswelt der Zukunft und war als Redaktionsleiterin von LinkedIn das Gesicht des Netzwerks in Deutschland, bis sie selbst Teil der 'Great Resignation' wurde. In diesem Buch geht sie den Fragen nach, die gerade eine ganze Generation umtreiben, und zeigt Lösungen auf, die Arbeit besser machen können. Sara Weber Thu, 12 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651573 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Welt geht unter, und ich muss trotzdem arbeiten? (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) Author: Sara Weber Narrator: Sara Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Im März 2020 änderte sich alles. Homeoffice war plötzlich die neue Norm. Alle mussten sich digitalisieren und transformieren - ob sie wollten oder nicht. Die Arbeit drängte weiter ins restliche Leben, zur Erwerbsarbeit kam noch mehr Carearbeit. Die Schere zwischen systemrelevanten Berufen und Bürojobs ging weiter auf. Covid hat uns gezeigt, was in der Arbeitswelt nicht mehr funktioniert. Und da ist nicht nur die Pandemie. Überschwemmungen, Waldbrände, Inflation, Krieg - unsere Welt steht in Flammen, im wahrsten Sinne des Wortes. Und wir? Brennen aus, um bloß keine Deadline zu reißen. Was zur Hölle machen wir da eigentlich? Warum tun wir uns das an? Immer mehr Menschen stellen sich diese Fragen, einige ziehen Konsequenzen. In den USA hat der Trend sogar schon einen Namen: 'The Great Resignation', das große Kündigen. Es bricht eine neue Ära an, aber weder durch agile Methoden noch durch Yoga im Alltag wird es gelingen, ein für uns alle und für den Planeten verträgliches Wirtschaften zu realisieren. Wir müssen uns überlegen, wie Arbeit heute und morgen wirklich funktionieren kann - mit einem Fokus auf Gerechtigkeit, Zukunftsfähigkeit und den Menschen. Sara Weber ist Journalistin, Expertin für die Arbeitswelt der Zukunft und war als Redaktionsleiterin von LinkedIn das Gesicht des Netzwerks in Deutschland, bis sie selbst Teil der 'Great Resignation' wurde. In diesem Buch geht sie den Fragen nach, die gerade eine ganze Generation umtreiben, und zeigt Lösungen auf, die Arbeit besser machen können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Welt geht unter, und ich muss trotzdem arbeiten? (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) Author: Sara Weber Narrator: Sara Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Im März 2020 änderte sich alles. Homeoffice war plötzlich die neue Norm. Alle mussten sich digitalisieren und transformieren - ob sie wollten oder nicht. Die Arbeit drängte weiter ins restliche Leben, zur Erwerbsarbeit kam noch mehr Carearbeit. Die Schere zwischen systemrelevanten Berufen und Bürojobs ging weiter auf. Covid hat uns gezeigt, was in der Arbeitswelt nicht mehr funktioniert. Und da ist nicht nur die Pandemie. Überschwemmungen, Waldbrände, Inflation, Krieg - unsere Welt steht in Flammen, im wahrsten Sinne des Wortes. Und wir? Brennen aus, um bloß keine Deadline zu reißen. Was zur Hölle machen wir da eigentlich? Warum tun wir uns das an? Immer mehr Menschen stellen sich diese Fragen, einige ziehen Konsequenzen. In den USA hat der Trend sogar schon einen Namen: 'The Great Resignation', das große Kündigen. Es bricht eine neue Ära an, aber weder durch agile Methoden noch durch Yoga im Alltag wird es gelingen, ein für uns alle und für den Planeten verträgliches Wirtschaften zu realisieren. Wir müssen uns überlegen, wie Arbeit heute und morgen wirklich funktionieren kann - mit einem Fokus auf Gerechtigkeit, Zukunftsfähigkeit und den Menschen. Sara Weber ist Journalistin, Expertin für die Arbeitswelt der Zukunft und war als Redaktionsleiterin von LinkedIn das Gesicht des Netzwerks in Deutschland, bis sie selbst Teil der 'Great Resignation' wurde. In diesem Buch geht sie den Fragen nach, die gerade eine ganze Generation umtreiben, und zeigt Lösungen auf, die Arbeit besser machen können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Böse: Die Psychologie der menschlichen Destruktivität Author: Reinhard Haller Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der Code des BösenEs entlädt sich in spektakulären Verbrechen, abscheulichen Gräueltaten, Gewalt, Sadismus, Vergewaltigung, Schul-Amokläufen oder sogenannten 'Familientragödien'. Doch wie entsteht das Böse? Und: Existiert es in jedem von uns?Der Gerichtspsychiater Reinhard Haller hat sich auf die Suche nach den Wurzeln des Bösen begeben. Tausende Stunden saß er im Gefängnis Schwerstverbrechern gegenüber, nur mit Notizblock und Stift bewaffnet: Sexualmörder und Serienkiller, Terroristen, Räuber und Kinderschänder, alte NS-Verbrecher und junge Amokläufer. Sie alle erzählten ihm vom Tathergang, von ihren Motiven und Gefühlszuständen, von der Beziehung zum Opfer, ihrer Lebensgeschichte und ihrer heutigen Sicht auf das Verbrechen. Anhand dieser konkreten Fallbeispiele bringt Haller die Anatomie des Bösen zum Vorschein:- Dem Unbeschreiblichen ein Gesicht geben: Wie entsteht das Böse? Wie und warum wird es ausgelöst?- Mit dem Bösen auf Du und Du: Begegnungen mit dem mehrfachen Prostituiertenmörder Jack Unterweger und dem Bombenleger Franz Fuchs- Mad or bad? Eiskalt geplant oder grauenhafte Tat eines Kranken?- Blick in die Abgründe der Seele: Fundierte Analysen des gefragten Justiz-Experten und forensischen GutachtersWie böse ist das Böse?Gerade weil das Böse so bedrohlich und schwer zu beschreiben ist, übt es eine starke Faszination aus. Haller nimmt Einblick in die dunklen Bereiche der Täterpsychen, wie sie nur wenigen gewährt werden. Er setzt unterschiedliche Theorien über das Böse in Bezug zu neuesten wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen aus Biologie, Theologie, Genforschung und Psychiatrie. Die Ursachen sind vielfältig: Milieu, Kindheitstrauma, soziale Tragödien, falsche Freunde, Alkohol, Drogen, vor allem aber Kränkungen. Doch wie werden aus bösen Gedanken böse Taten? Wie frei sind wir wirklich in unserer Entscheidung für das Gute oder das Böse?Dieses Sachbuch leuchtet nicht nur die Abgründe des Bösen aus, sondern gibt neue Impulse für die gesellschaftliche Debatte über Verbrechen und Bestrafung.Reinhard Haller ist Psychiater und Psychotherapeut. Der Vorarlberger ist gefragter Experte und forensischer Gutachter. In dieser Rolle begegnete er einigen der bekanntesten Schwerverbrechern wie dem mehrfachen Prostituiertenmörder Jack Unterweger und dem Bombenleger Franz Fuchs. Der ehemalige langjährige Leiter der Klinik Maria Ebene liebt das Wandern und die Berge.- Reinhard Haller Fri, 10 Dec 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651485 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Böse: Die Psychologie der menschlichen Destruktivität Author: Reinhard Haller Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der Code des BösenEs entlädt sich in spektakulären Verbrechen, abscheulichen Gräueltaten, Gewalt, Sadismus, Vergewaltigung, Schul-Amokläufen oder sogenannten 'Familientragödien'. Doch wie entsteht das Böse? Und: Existiert es in jedem von uns?Der Gerichtspsychiater Reinhard Haller hat sich auf die Suche nach den Wurzeln des Bösen begeben. Tausende Stunden saß er im Gefängnis Schwerstverbrechern gegenüber, nur mit Notizblock und Stift bewaffnet: Sexualmörder und Serienkiller, Terroristen, Räuber und Kinderschänder, alte NS-Verbrecher und junge Amokläufer. Sie alle erzählten ihm vom Tathergang, von ihren Motiven und Gefühlszuständen, von der Beziehung zum Opfer, ihrer Lebensgeschichte und ihrer heutigen Sicht auf das Verbrechen. Anhand dieser konkreten Fallbeispiele bringt Haller die Anatomie des Bösen zum Vorschein:- Dem Unbeschreiblichen ein Gesicht geben: Wie entsteht das Böse? Wie und warum wird es ausgelöst?- Mit dem Bösen auf Du und Du: Begegnungen mit dem mehrfachen Prostituiertenmörder Jack Unterweger und dem Bombenleger Franz Fuchs- Mad or bad? Eiskalt geplant oder grauenhafte Tat eines Kranken?- Blick in die Abgründe der Seele: Fundierte Analysen des gefragten Justiz-Experten und forensischen GutachtersWie böse ist das Böse?Gerade weil das Böse so bedrohlich und schwer zu beschreiben ist, übt es eine starke Faszination aus. Haller nimmt Einblick in die dunklen Bereiche der Täterpsychen, wie sie nur wenigen gewährt werden. Er setzt unterschiedliche Theorien über das Böse in Bezug zu neuesten wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen aus Biologie, Theologie, Genforschung und Psychiatrie. Die Ursachen sind vielfältig: Milieu, Kindheitstrauma, soziale Tragödien, falsche Freunde, Alkohol, Drogen, vor allem aber Kränkungen. Doch wie werden aus bösen Gedanken böse Taten? Wie frei sind wir wirklich in unserer Entscheidung für das Gute oder das Böse?Dieses Sachbuch leuchtet nicht nur die Abgründe des Bösen aus, sondern gibt neue Impulse für die gesellschaftliche Debatte über Verbrechen und Bestrafung.Reinhard Haller ist Psychiater und Psychotherapeut. Der Vorarlberger ist gefragter Experte und forensischer Gutachter. In dieser Rolle begegnete er einigen der bekanntesten Schwerverbrechern wie dem mehrfachen Prostituiertenmörder Jack Unterweger und dem Bombenleger Franz Fuchs. Der ehemalige langjährige Leiter der Klinik Maria Ebene liebt das Wandern und die Berge.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Böse: Die Psychologie der menschlichen Destruktivität Author: Reinhard Haller Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der Code des BösenEs entlädt sich in spektakulären Verbrechen, abscheulichen Gräueltaten, Gewalt, Sadismus, Vergewaltigung, Schul-Amokläufen oder sogenannten 'Familientragödien'. Doch wie entsteht das Böse? Und: Existiert es in jedem von uns?Der Gerichtspsychiater Reinhard Haller hat sich auf die Suche nach den Wurzeln des Bösen begeben. Tausende Stunden saß er im Gefängnis Schwerstverbrechern gegenüber, nur mit Notizblock und Stift bewaffnet: Sexualmörder und Serienkiller, Terroristen, Räuber und Kinderschänder, alte NS-Verbrecher und junge Amokläufer. Sie alle erzählten ihm vom Tathergang, von ihren Motiven und Gefühlszuständen, von der Beziehung zum Opfer, ihrer Lebensgeschichte und ihrer heutigen Sicht auf das Verbrechen. Anhand dieser konkreten Fallbeispiele bringt Haller die Anatomie des Bösen zum Vorschein:- Dem Unbeschreiblichen ein Gesicht geben: Wie entsteht das Böse? Wie und warum wird es ausgelöst?- Mit dem Bösen auf Du und Du: Begegnungen mit dem mehrfachen Prostituiertenmörder Jack Unterweger und dem Bombenleger Franz Fuchs- Mad or bad? Eiskalt geplant oder grauenhafte Tat eines Kranken?- Blick in die Abgründe der Seele: Fundierte Analysen des gefragten Justiz-Experten und forensischen GutachtersWie böse ist das Böse?Gerade weil das Böse so bedrohlich und schwer zu beschreiben ist, übt es eine starke Faszination aus. Haller nimmt Einblick in die dunklen Bereiche der Täterpsychen, wie sie nur wenigen gewährt werden. Er setzt unterschiedliche Theorien über das Böse in Bezug zu neuesten wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen aus Biologie, Theologie, Genforschung und Psychiatrie. Die Ursachen sind vielfältig: Milieu, Kindheitstrauma, soziale Tragödien, falsche Freunde, Alkohol, Drogen, vor allem aber Kränkungen. Doch wie werden aus bösen Gedanken böse Taten? Wie frei sind wir wirklich in unserer Entscheidung für das Gute oder das Böse?Dieses Sachbuch leuchtet nicht nur die Abgründe des Bösen aus, sondern gibt neue Impulse für die gesellschaftliche Debatte über Verbrechen und Bestrafung.Reinhard Haller ist Psychiater und Psychotherapeut. Der Vorarlberger ist gefragter Experte und forensischer Gutachter. In dieser Rolle begegnete er einigen der bekanntesten Schwerverbrechern wie dem mehrfachen Prostituiertenmörder Jack Unterweger und dem Bombenleger Franz Fuchs. Der ehemalige langjährige Leiter der Klinik Maria Ebene liebt das Wandern und die Berge.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearfully and Wonderfully Made: The Astonishing New Science of the Senses Author: Maureen Seaberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 8, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Next Big Idea Club, August 2023 Must-Read Book In 2016, scientists proved that humans could see light at the level of a single photon. We are living in historic times when humans may look at the very fabric of the universe in a laboratory setting. Around the world, other recent discoveries about the senses are just as astounding. It turns out we can hear amplitudes smaller than an atom, smell a trillion scents, have a set of taste buds that can discern molecules of fresh water, and can feel through the sense of touch the difference of a single molecule. Fearfully and Wonderfully Made takes readers through their own bodies, delving into the molecular and even the quantum, and tells the story of our magnificent sensorium and what it means for the next wave of human potential. From the laboratories to the ordinary homes where these breakthroughs are taking place, the book explores our current sensory Renaissance and shows readers how they, themselves, can heighten their own senses and experience the miraculous. Maureen Seaberg Tue, 08 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651470 thebookvoice.com 5:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearfully and Wonderfully Made: The Astonishing New Science of the Senses Author: Maureen Seaberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 8, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Next Big Idea Club, August 2023 Must-Read Book In 2016, scientists proved that humans could see light at the level of a single photon. We are living in historic times when humans may look at the very fabric of the universe in a laboratory setting. Around the world, other recent discoveries about the senses are just as astounding. It turns out we can hear amplitudes smaller than an atom, smell a trillion scents, have a set of taste buds that can discern molecules of fresh water, and can feel through the sense of touch the difference of a single molecule. Fearfully and Wonderfully Made takes readers through their own bodies, delving into the molecular and even the quantum, and tells the story of our magnificent sensorium and what it means for the next wave of human potential. From the laboratories to the ordinary homes where these breakthroughs are taking place, the book explores our current sensory Renaissance and shows readers how they, themselves, can heighten their own senses and experience the miraculous. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearfully and Wonderfully Made: The Astonishing New Science of the Senses Author: Maureen Seaberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 8, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Next Big Idea Club, August 2023 Must-Read Book In 2016, scientists proved that humans could see light at the level of a single photon. We are living in historic times when humans may look at the very fabric of the universe in a laboratory setting. Around the world, other recent discoveries about the senses are just as astounding. It turns out we can hear amplitudes smaller than an atom, smell a trillion scents, have a set of taste buds that can discern molecules of fresh water, and can feel through the sense of touch the difference of a single molecule. Fearfully and Wonderfully Made takes readers through their own bodies, delving into the molecular and even the quantum, and tells the story of our magnificent sensorium and what it means for the next wave of human potential. From the laboratories to the ordinary homes where these breakthroughs are taking place, the book explores our current sensory Renaissance and shows readers how they, themselves, can heighten their own senses and experience the miraculous. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651165 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra el diagnóstico: Desmontando la enfermedad mental Author: Marcos Obregón Narrator: Victor Bedoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor de este libro pasó de trabajar en el mundo editorial, dar clases de interpretación actoral y estar bien considerado, a ser bipolar, con vida de bipolar, con pensión de bipolar. Y ser mirado y tratado como bipolar; en algunos casos con desconfianza, en otros con paternalismo y casi siempre con recelo. Esta obra valiente y sincera cuenta cómo el sentimiento de ineptitud social, junto a la cronicidad de la medicación parecen el camino marcado para alguien que ha sufrido una crisis mental grave. Es fácil que el diagnóstico se confunda con la esencia de la persona y se reduzca a una receta cómoda para millones de personas. A un diagnóstico. Con el valor emocional de lo vivido, este libro resulta tan intenso que rehúye la posibilidad misma de redención. Pero de eso se trata. De afrontar la soledad, el desamparo, con ayuda ajena, hablando, compartiendo la angustia. No de describir patologías ni de marcar con dudosos diagnósticos, sino de comprender, si se puede, y de aliviar el sufrimiento. Nada que ver con la autoayuda ni con la negación radical de la medicación, pero tampoco con una biomedicina pautada, inflexible y despersonalizada. Solo la aceptación de la locura como parte del ser humano nos permitirá una mirada de ternura hacia los considerados locos, pero sobre todo hacia nosotros mismos. Marcos Obregón Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651165 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra el diagnóstico: Desmontando la enfermedad mental Author: Marcos Obregón Narrator: Victor Bedoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor de este libro pasó de trabajar en el mundo editorial, dar clases de interpretación actoral y estar bien considerado, a ser bipolar, con vida de bipolar, con pensión de bipolar. Y ser mirado y tratado como bipolar; en algunos casos con desconfianza, en otros con paternalismo y casi siempre con recelo. Esta obra valiente y sincera cuenta cómo el sentimiento de ineptitud social, junto a la cronicidad de la medicación parecen el camino marcado para alguien que ha sufrido una crisis mental grave. Es fácil que el diagnóstico se confunda con la esencia de la persona y se reduzca a una receta cómoda para millones de personas. A un diagnóstico. Con el valor emocional de lo vivido, este libro resulta tan intenso que rehúye la posibilidad misma de redención. Pero de eso se trata. De afrontar la soledad, el desamparo, con ayuda ajena, hablando, compartiendo la angustia. No de describir patologías ni de marcar con dudosos diagnósticos, sino de comprender, si se puede, y de aliviar el sufrimiento. Nada que ver con la autoayuda ni con la negación radical de la medicación, pero tampoco con una biomedicina pautada, inflexible y despersonalizada. Solo la aceptación de la locura como parte del ser humano nos permitirá una mirada de ternura hacia los considerados locos, pero sobre todo hacia nosotros mismos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra el diagnóstico: Desmontando la enfermedad mental Author: Marcos Obregón Narrator: Victor Bedoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor de este libro pasó de trabajar en el mundo editorial, dar clases de interpretación actoral y estar bien considerado, a ser bipolar, con vida de bipolar, con pensión de bipolar. Y ser mirado y tratado como bipolar; en algunos casos con desconfianza, en otros con paternalismo y casi siempre con recelo. Esta obra valiente y sincera cuenta cómo el sentimiento de ineptitud social, junto a la cronicidad de la medicación parecen el camino marcado para alguien que ha sufrido una crisis mental grave. Es fácil que el diagnóstico se confunda con la esencia de la persona y se reduzca a una receta cómoda para millones de personas. A un diagnóstico. Con el valor emocional de lo vivido, este libro resulta tan intenso que rehúye la posibilidad misma de redención. Pero de eso se trata. De afrontar la soledad, el desamparo, con ayuda ajena, hablando, compartiendo la angustia. No de describir patologías ni de marcar con dudosos diagnósticos, sino de comprender, si se puede, y de aliviar el sufrimiento. Nada que ver con la autoayuda ni con la negación radical de la medicación, pero tampoco con una biomedicina pautada, inflexible y despersonalizada. Solo la aceptación de la locura como parte del ser humano nos permitirá una mirada de ternura hacia los considerados locos, pero sobre todo hacia nosotros mismos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué creemos en mierdas: Cómo nos engañamos a nosotros mismos (How we Trick Ourselves) Author: Ramon Nogueras Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nunca conseguirás que un negacionista cambie de opinión. Nunca antes en la historia de la humanidad hemos tenido más acceso a información que ahora. Nunca antes nuestro conocimiento sobre el mundo en el que vivimos y su funcionamiento ha sido comparable al que tenemos ahora. Y sin embargo, ¿cómo es posible que creamos firmemente en bulos y supersticiones? ¿Por qué damos por buenas y difundimos historias y noticias que nunca han ocurrido? ¿Qué explica que, a pesar de las evidencias, no estemos dispuestos a cambiar de opinión o a modificarla siquiera? Las respuestas a estas preguntas, como veremos en el libro, tienen que ver con múltiples causas. Para empezar, analizaremos por qué los seres humanos distamos mucho de ser seres racionales. Entenderemos cómo procesamos la información de una manera que está lejos de ser objetiva porque, en definitiva, buscamos creer lo que queremos creer. Examinaremos por qué nuestra memoria no es fiable y cómo elaboramos falsos recuerdos de una manera perfecta. Un viaje apasionante que nos ayuda a comprender que casi todo lo que creemos sobre el mundo y sobre nosotros mismos está mal. Ramon Nogueras Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651157 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué creemos en mierdas: Cómo nos engañamos a nosotros mismos (How we Trick Ourselves) Author: Ramon Nogueras Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nunca conseguirás que un negacionista cambie de opinión. Nunca antes en la historia de la humanidad hemos tenido más acceso a información que ahora. Nunca antes nuestro conocimiento sobre el mundo en el que vivimos y su funcionamiento ha sido comparable al que tenemos ahora. Y sin embargo, ¿cómo es posible que creamos firmemente en bulos y supersticiones? ¿Por qué damos por buenas y difundimos historias y noticias que nunca han ocurrido? ¿Qué explica que, a pesar de las evidencias, no estemos dispuestos a cambiar de opinión o a modificarla siquiera? Las respuestas a estas preguntas, como veremos en el libro, tienen que ver con múltiples causas. Para empezar, analizaremos por qué los seres humanos distamos mucho de ser seres racionales. Entenderemos cómo procesamos la información de una manera que está lejos de ser objetiva porque, en definitiva, buscamos creer lo que queremos creer. Examinaremos por qué nuestra memoria no es fiable y cómo elaboramos falsos recuerdos de una manera perfecta. Un viaje apasionante que nos ayuda a comprender que casi todo lo que creemos sobre el mundo y sobre nosotros mismos está mal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué creemos en mierdas: Cómo nos engañamos a nosotros mismos (How we Trick Ourselves) Author: Ramon Nogueras Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nunca conseguirás que un negacionista cambie de opinión. Nunca antes en la historia de la humanidad hemos tenido más acceso a información que ahora. Nunca antes nuestro conocimiento sobre el mundo en el que vivimos y su funcionamiento ha sido comparable al que tenemos ahora. Y sin embargo, ¿cómo es posible que creamos firmemente en bulos y supersticiones? ¿Por qué damos por buenas y difundimos historias y noticias que nunca han ocurrido? ¿Qué explica que, a pesar de las evidencias, no estemos dispuestos a cambiar de opinión o a modificarla siquiera? Las respuestas a estas preguntas, como veremos en el libro, tienen que ver con múltiples causas. Para empezar, analizaremos por qué los seres humanos distamos mucho de ser seres racionales. Entenderemos cómo procesamos la información de una manera que está lejos de ser objetiva porque, en definitiva, buscamos creer lo que queremos creer. Examinaremos por qué nuestra memoria no es fiable y cómo elaboramos falsos recuerdos de una manera perfecta. Un viaje apasionante que nos ayuda a comprender que casi todo lo que creemos sobre el mundo y sobre nosotros mismos está mal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651135 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Balanced Brain: The Science of Mental Health Author: Camilla Nord Narrator: Camilla Nord Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. There are many routes to mental wellbeing. In this ground-breaking book, neuroscientist Camilla Nord offers a fascinating tour of the scientific and technological developments that are revolutionizing the way we think about mental health, showing why and how events - and treatments - can affect people in such different ways. In The Balanced Brain, Nord reveals how the small things we do to lift our mood during the course of a day - a piece of chocolate, a coffee, chatting to a friend - often work on the same pathways in our brain as the latest pharmacological treatments for mental health disorders. Whether they help us to manage pain, learn from experience or expend energy on the things that are important for our survival, these conscious actions are part of a complex self-regulating process that is unique to each individual and the constant backdrop to our everyday lives. With so many factors at play, there are more possibilities for recovery and resilience than we might think. ©2023 Camilla Nord (P)2023 Penguin Audio Camilla Nord Thu, 14 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651135 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Balanced Brain: The Science of Mental Health Author: Camilla Nord Narrator: Camilla Nord Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. There are many routes to mental wellbeing. In this ground-breaking book, neuroscientist Camilla Nord offers a fascinating tour of the scientific and technological developments that are revolutionizing the way we think about mental health, showing why and how events - and treatments - can affect people in such different ways. In The Balanced Brain, Nord reveals how the small things we do to lift our mood during the course of a day - a piece of chocolate, a coffee, chatting to a friend - often work on the same pathways in our brain as the latest pharmacological treatments for mental health disorders. Whether they help us to manage pain, learn from experience or expend energy on the things that are important for our survival, these conscious actions are part of a complex self-regulating process that is unique to each individual and the constant backdrop to our everyday lives. With so many factors at play, there are more possibilities for recovery and resilience than we might think. ©2023 Camilla Nord (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Balanced Brain: The Science of Mental Health Author: Camilla Nord Narrator: Camilla Nord Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. There are many routes to mental wellbeing. In this ground-breaking book, neuroscientist Camilla Nord offers a fascinating tour of the scientific and technological developments that are revolutionizing the way we think about mental health, showing why and how events - and treatments - can affect people in such different ways. In The Balanced Brain, Nord reveals how the small things we do to lift our mood during the course of a day - a piece of chocolate, a coffee, chatting to a friend - often work on the same pathways in our brain as the latest pharmacological treatments for mental health disorders. Whether they help us to manage pain, learn from experience or expend energy on the things that are important for our survival, these conscious actions are part of a complex self-regulating process that is unique to each individual and the constant backdrop to our everyday lives. With so many factors at play, there are more possibilities for recovery and resilience than we might think. ©2023 Camilla Nord (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Language: Multilingualism, Self and Society Author: Viorica Marian Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why should we learn more than one language? Can it change the way we think? Does it have the power to transform how we see the world? You may think you speak only one language. In fact, your mind is interpreting multiple codes of communication. Some people speak Spanish, some Mandarin. Some speak poetry, some are fluent in maths. Humans are built for multilingualism. Drawing on cutting-edge research and theory, delivered with wit and lucid insight, psycholinguist Viorica Marian explores the ways in which the mind uses multiple languages and how, in doing so, we can open the doors to unique forms of creativity, brain health and cognitive control. Every new language we speak - whether it is coding or musical notes, Hindi or Arabic - shapes how we extract and interpret information. It alters what we remember, how we perceive ourselves and those around us, how we feel, the insights we have, the decisions we make and the actions we take. The Power of Language lays bare how we use different linguistic codes to think about the world - and change our place within it. Empowering and practical, this is the perfect guide for anyone interested in how language really works. ©2023 Viorica Marian (P)2023 Penguin Audio Viorica Marian Tue, 04 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651129 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Language: Multilingualism, Self and Society Author: Viorica Marian Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why should we learn more than one language? Can it change the way we think? Does it have the power to transform how we see the world? You may think you speak only one language. In fact, your mind is interpreting multiple codes of communication. Some people speak Spanish, some Mandarin. Some speak poetry, some are fluent in maths. Humans are built for multilingualism. Drawing on cutting-edge research and theory, delivered with wit and lucid insight, psycholinguist Viorica Marian explores the ways in which the mind uses multiple languages and how, in doing so, we can open the doors to unique forms of creativity, brain health and cognitive control. Every new language we speak - whether it is coding or musical notes, Hindi or Arabic - shapes how we extract and interpret information. It alters what we remember, how we perceive ourselves and those around us, how we feel, the insights we have, the decisions we make and the actions we take. The Power of Language lays bare how we use different linguistic codes to think about the world - and change our place within it. Empowering and practical, this is the perfect guide for anyone interested in how language really works. ©2023 Viorica Marian (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Language: Multilingualism, Self and Society Author: Viorica Marian Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why should we learn more than one language? Can it change the way we think? Does it have the power to transform how we see the world? You may think you speak only one language. In fact, your mind is interpreting multiple codes of communication. Some people speak Spanish, some Mandarin. Some speak poetry, some are fluent in maths. Humans are built for multilingualism. Drawing on cutting-edge research and theory, delivered with wit and lucid insight, psycholinguist Viorica Marian explores the ways in which the mind uses multiple languages and how, in doing so, we can open the doors to unique forms of creativity, brain health and cognitive control. Every new language we speak - whether it is coding or musical notes, Hindi or Arabic - shapes how we extract and interpret information. It alters what we remember, how we perceive ourselves and those around us, how we feel, the insights we have, the decisions we make and the actions we take. The Power of Language lays bare how we use different linguistic codes to think about the world - and change our place within it. Empowering and practical, this is the perfect guide for anyone interested in how language really works. ©2023 Viorica Marian (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Emotionale Intelligenz Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wenn in den letzten Jahren auf dem Gebiet der Psychologie etwas angesprochen wurde, war dies in Bezug auf die emotionale Intelligenz, zunächst als Weiterentwicklung des Untersuchungsbereichs menschlicher Emotionen und ihrer Auswirkungen auf das Leben, und hat dann in so wichtigen Bereichen wie Bildung oder Wirtschaft eine vorherrschende Rolle eingenommen, und all dies dank des beobachteten Nutzens, dass bei Personen, die die emotionale Intelligenz pflegen, sowohl Leistung als auch Zufriedenheit mit dem Leben hervorgerufen werden.Dieses buch versucht, eine Annäherung an die neuesten Forschungsergebnisse auf dem Gebiet der emotionalen Intelligenz zu bieten, es werden sowohl Definitionen als auch Konsequenzen berücksichtigt, vor allem aber, wie sie im Alltag angewendet werden kann, um den größtmöglichen Nutzen zu erzielen . Die Kultivierung der emotionalen Intelligenz ist ein notwendiger Weg, den Sie als unerlässlich betrachten werden, wenn Sie dieses buch gelesen haben. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Fri, 09 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651100 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Emotionale Intelligenz Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wenn in den letzten Jahren auf dem Gebiet der Psychologie etwas angesprochen wurde, war dies in Bezug auf die emotionale Intelligenz, zunächst als Weiterentwicklung des Untersuchungsbereichs menschlicher Emotionen und ihrer Auswirkungen auf das Leben, und hat dann in so wichtigen Bereichen wie Bildung oder Wirtschaft eine vorherrschende Rolle eingenommen, und all dies dank des beobachteten Nutzens, dass bei Personen, die die emotionale Intelligenz pflegen, sowohl Leistung als auch Zufriedenheit mit dem Leben hervorgerufen werden.Dieses buch versucht, eine Annäherung an die neuesten Forschungsergebnisse auf dem Gebiet der emotionalen Intelligenz zu bieten, es werden sowohl Definitionen als auch Konsequenzen berücksichtigt, vor allem aber, wie sie im Alltag angewendet werden kann, um den größtmöglichen Nutzen zu erzielen . Die Kultivierung der emotionalen Intelligenz ist ein notwendiger Weg, den Sie als unerlässlich betrachten werden, wenn Sie dieses buch gelesen haben. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Emotionale Intelligenz Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wenn in den letzten Jahren auf dem Gebiet der Psychologie etwas angesprochen wurde, war dies in Bezug auf die emotionale Intelligenz, zunächst als Weiterentwicklung des Untersuchungsbereichs menschlicher Emotionen und ihrer Auswirkungen auf das Leben, und hat dann in so wichtigen Bereichen wie Bildung oder Wirtschaft eine vorherrschende Rolle eingenommen, und all dies dank des beobachteten Nutzens, dass bei Personen, die die emotionale Intelligenz pflegen, sowohl Leistung als auch Zufriedenheit mit dem Leben hervorgerufen werden.Dieses buch versucht, eine Annäherung an die neuesten Forschungsergebnisse auf dem Gebiet der emotionalen Intelligenz zu bieten, es werden sowohl Definitionen als auch Konsequenzen berücksichtigt, vor allem aber, wie sie im Alltag angewendet werden kann, um den größtmöglichen Nutzen zu erzielen . Die Kultivierung der emotionalen Intelligenz ist ein notwendiger Weg, den Sie als unerlässlich betrachten werden, wenn Sie dieses buch gelesen haben. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651030 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Trauma: Clinical Strategies and Techniques for Healing Invisible Wounds Author: Kenneth V. Hardy PhD Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An urgent, wide-ranging account of racial trauma and its psychological impact. Racial trauma is an inescapable byproduct of persistent exposure to repressive circumstances that emotionally, psychologically, and physically devastates one's sense of self while simultaneously depleting one's strategies for coping. It is a life-altering and debilitating experience that affects countless numbers of people of color over multiple generations. Unfortunately, the failure to consider the interrelationship between racial oppression and trauma limits clinicians' ability to work effectively with many people of color who live amid sociocultural conditions that are injurious to their psyches and souls. Even when therapy is trauma-informed, it rarely devotes adequate attention to racial oppression and the pervasive trauma associated with it. This groundbreaking book provides a comprehensive overview of the anatomy of racial trauma and the debilitating hidden wounds associated with it. Racially sensitive trauma-informed interventions and strategies that centralize race and racial oppression in every facet of the therapeutic process and relationship are meticulously highlighted, making this a must-listen resource for all practicing and aspiring clinicians. Kenneth V. Hardy PhD Tue, 21 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651030 thebookvoice.com 15:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Trauma: Clinical Strategies and Techniques for Healing Invisible Wounds Author: Kenneth V. Hardy PhD Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An urgent, wide-ranging account of racial trauma and its psychological impact. Racial trauma is an inescapable byproduct of persistent exposure to repressive circumstances that emotionally, psychologically, and physically devastates one's sense of self while simultaneously depleting one's strategies for coping. It is a life-altering and debilitating experience that affects countless numbers of people of color over multiple generations. Unfortunately, the failure to consider the interrelationship between racial oppression and trauma limits clinicians' ability to work effectively with many people of color who live amid sociocultural conditions that are injurious to their psyches and souls. Even when therapy is trauma-informed, it rarely devotes adequate attention to racial oppression and the pervasive trauma associated with it. This groundbreaking book provides a comprehensive overview of the anatomy of racial trauma and the debilitating hidden wounds associated with it. Racially sensitive trauma-informed interventions and strategies that centralize race and racial oppression in every facet of the therapeutic process and relationship are meticulously highlighted, making this a must-listen resource for all practicing and aspiring clinicians. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Trauma: Clinical Strategies and Techniques for Healing Invisible Wounds Author: Kenneth V. Hardy PhD Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An urgent, wide-ranging account of racial trauma and its psychological impact. Racial trauma is an inescapable byproduct of persistent exposure to repressive circumstances that emotionally, psychologically, and physically devastates one's sense of self while simultaneously depleting one's strategies for coping. It is a life-altering and debilitating experience that affects countless numbers of people of color over multiple generations. Unfortunately, the failure to consider the interrelationship between racial oppression and trauma limits clinicians' ability to work effectively with many people of color who live amid sociocultural conditions that are injurious to their psyches and souls. Even when therapy is trauma-informed, it rarely devotes adequate attention to racial oppression and the pervasive trauma associated with it. This groundbreaking book provides a comprehensive overview of the anatomy of racial trauma and the debilitating hidden wounds associated with it. Racially sensitive trauma-informed interventions and strategies that centralize race and racial oppression in every facet of the therapeutic process and relationship are meticulously highlighted, making this a must-listen resource for all practicing and aspiring clinicians. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651004 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undoing Aloneness and the Transformation of Suffering Into Flourishing: AEDP 2.0 Author: Diana Fosha Narrator: Angela Scappatura Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book updates clinical guidance and theory for Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP), an approach that gives patients corrective emotional and relational experiences that mobilize changes in the brain. Practitioners of AEDP understand psychopathology as a byproduct of internal working models, borne out of insecure attachment experiences, that now thwart adaptive functioning in adulthood. The goal of AEDP is to be therapeutically present with patients and their pain and to guide them to have a new experience—a good experience—thus rewiring memory and capacity to reflect. Updates to the AEDP approach (moving it into its second iteration, or '2.0') leverage emerging findings from the field of affective neuroscience to enhance individuals' healing and transformation. The authors demonstrate the power of relational work by sharing excerpts and analysis of clinical session transcripts. In each chapter, they engage different aspects of the AEDP model to show how emotional suffering can be transformed into adaptive connection, even for individuals with histories of neglect, abuse, and complex trauma. Diana Fosha Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651004 thebookvoice.com 16:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undoing Aloneness and the Transformation of Suffering Into Flourishing: AEDP 2.0 Author: Diana Fosha Narrator: Angela Scappatura Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book updates clinical guidance and theory for Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP), an approach that gives patients corrective emotional and relational experiences that mobilize changes in the brain. Practitioners of AEDP understand psychopathology as a byproduct of internal working models, borne out of insecure attachment experiences, that now thwart adaptive functioning in adulthood. The goal of AEDP is to be therapeutically present with patients and their pain and to guide them to have a new experience—a good experience—thus rewiring memory and capacity to reflect. Updates to the AEDP approach (moving it into its second iteration, or '2.0') leverage emerging findings from the field of affective neuroscience to enhance individuals' healing and transformation. The authors demonstrate the power of relational work by sharing excerpts and analysis of clinical session transcripts. In each chapter, they engage different aspects of the AEDP model to show how emotional suffering can be transformed into adaptive connection, even for individuals with histories of neglect, abuse, and complex trauma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undoing Aloneness and the Transformation of Suffering Into Flourishing: AEDP 2.0 Author: Diana Fosha Narrator: Angela Scappatura Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book updates clinical guidance and theory for Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP), an approach that gives patients corrective emotional and relational experiences that mobilize changes in the brain. Practitioners of AEDP understand psychopathology as a byproduct of internal working models, borne out of insecure attachment experiences, that now thwart adaptive functioning in adulthood. The goal of AEDP is to be therapeutically present with patients and their pain and to guide them to have a new experience—a good experience—thus rewiring memory and capacity to reflect. Updates to the AEDP approach (moving it into its second iteration, or '2.0') leverage emerging findings from the field of affective neuroscience to enhance individuals' healing and transformation. The authors demonstrate the power of relational work by sharing excerpts and analysis of clinical session transcripts. In each chapter, they engage different aspects of the AEDP model to show how emotional suffering can be transformed into adaptive connection, even for individuals with histories of neglect, abuse, and complex trauma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650449 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Croatian] - Ti to možeš: Postigni svoj cilj i ostvari svoje snove Author: Dejan Sekulic Narrator: Dejan Sekulic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: January 7, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Samo oni koji znaju svoj cilj naći će i put', rekao je davno čuveni kineski filozof Lao Ce. Nažalost, više od 90% ljudi nema prave ciljeve ili ih je već odavno pokopalo. U ovoj knjizi ćete saznati zašto su ciljevi toliko bitni za naš lični napredak i kako ih pravilno postaviti. Možete se radovati tome: •Naučićete kako da od problema, prepreka i želja napravite konkretne ciljeve •Saznaćete puno o načinu razmišljanja uspešnih ljudi •Otkrićete detaljano 'uputstvo za korisnike' o tome kako što brže postići ciljeve •Saznaćete zašto je pravilan način razmišljanja ključan za naš lični uspeh •Shvatićete zašto su prepreke prikriveni blagoslov za naš lični razvoj •Dobićete: motivacione citate velikih ličnosti •Osim toga: •Inspirativne metafore kao i korisne životne mudrosti •Efikasne tehnike NLP-a •Korisne podsticaje za razmišljanje, koji će vam pomoći da se nosite s negativnim mislima i date im novo značenje •I još mnogo toga! Bonus: 10 inspirativnih životnih veština sa svakodnevnim savetima za više sreće i životnog zadovoljstva Uspeh i lični razvoj nisu slučajni proizvodi. Oni su rezultat životne filozofije. Ne prepustite ništa slučajnosti ili okolnostima. Umesto toga, preuzmite inicijativu i prevaziđite status quo! dejan-sekulic.com/ Postavi sebi cilj i postići ćeš bar nešto. Ukoliko ne postaviš cilj, gotovo sigurno nećeš ništa postići. Dejan Sekulić: dejan-sekulic.com/ Dejan Sekulic Sat, 07 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650449 thebookvoice.com 1:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Croatian] - Ti to možeš: Postigni svoj cilj i ostvari svoje snove Author: Dejan Sekulic Narrator: Dejan Sekulic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: January 7, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Samo oni koji znaju svoj cilj naći će i put', rekao je davno čuveni kineski filozof Lao Ce. Nažalost, više od 90% ljudi nema prave ciljeve ili ih je već odavno pokopalo. U ovoj knjizi ćete saznati zašto su ciljevi toliko bitni za naš lični napredak i kako ih pravilno postaviti. Možete se radovati tome: •Naučićete kako da od problema, prepreka i želja napravite konkretne ciljeve •Saznaćete puno o načinu razmišljanja uspešnih ljudi •Otkrićete detaljano 'uputstvo za korisnike' o tome kako što brže postići ciljeve •Saznaćete zašto je pravilan način razmišljanja ključan za naš lični uspeh •Shvatićete zašto su prepreke prikriveni blagoslov za naš lični razvoj •Dobićete: motivacione citate velikih ličnosti •Osim toga: •Inspirativne metafore kao i korisne životne mudrosti •Efikasne tehnike NLP-a •Korisne podsticaje za razmišljanje, koji će vam pomoći da se nosite s negativnim mislima i date im novo značenje •I još mnogo toga! Bonus: 10 inspirativnih životnih veština sa svakodnevnim savetima za više sreće i životnog zadovoljstva Uspeh i lični razvoj nisu slučajni proizvodi. Oni su rezultat životne filozofije. Ne prepustite ništa slučajnosti ili okolnostima. Umesto toga, preuzmite inicijativu i prevaziđite status quo! dejan-sekulic.com/ Postavi sebi cilj i postići ćeš bar nešto. Ukoliko ne postaviš cilj, gotovo sigurno nećeš ništa postići. Dejan Sekulić: dejan-sekulic.com/ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Croatian] - Ti to možeš: Postigni svoj cilj i ostvari svoje snove Author: Dejan Sekulic Narrator: Dejan Sekulic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: January 7, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Samo oni koji znaju svoj cilj naći će i put', rekao je davno čuveni kineski filozof Lao Ce. Nažalost, više od 90% ljudi nema prave ciljeve ili ih je već odavno pokopalo. U ovoj knjizi ćete saznati zašto su ciljevi toliko bitni za naš lični napredak i kako ih pravilno postaviti. Možete se radovati tome: •Naučićete kako da od problema, prepreka i želja napravite konkretne ciljeve •Saznaćete puno o načinu razmišljanja uspešnih ljudi •Otkrićete detaljano 'uputstvo za korisnike' o tome kako što brže postići ciljeve •Saznaćete zašto je pravilan način razmišljanja ključan za naš lični uspeh •Shvatićete zašto su prepreke prikriveni blagoslov za naš lični razvoj •Dobićete: motivacione citate velikih ličnosti •Osim toga: •Inspirativne metafore kao i korisne životne mudrosti •Efikasne tehnike NLP-a •Korisne podsticaje za razmišljanje, koji će vam pomoći da se nosite s negativnim mislima i date im novo značenje •I još mnogo toga! Bonus: 10 inspirativnih životnih veština sa svakodnevnim savetima za više sreće i životnog zadovoljstva Uspeh i lični razvoj nisu slučajni proizvodi. Oni su rezultat životne filozofije. Ne prepustite ništa slučajnosti ili okolnostima. Umesto toga, preuzmite inicijativu i prevaziđite status quo! dejan-sekulic.com/ Postavi sebi cilj i postići ćeš bar nešto. Ukoliko ne postaviš cilj, gotovo sigurno nećeš ništa postići. Dejan Sekulić: dejan-sekulic.com/ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing the Finish Line: The New Blueprint for Success Beyond Grades and College Admission Author: Ana Homayoun Narrator: Ana Homayoun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Moving beyond a prescribed path for success, Erasing the Finish Line highlights the essential skills to help each young person thrive in school and life For years, we’ve been led to believe that great grades, high test scores, and college acceptance are key to a successful life. Yet our laser focus on these achievements leaves students feeling anxious, demoralized, and unprepared.    What if we’ve overlooked the critical skills young adults need to navigate an ever-changing world? What fundamental skills help young people adapt, persevere, and thrive?   Academic advisor and early career development expert Ana Homayoun answers these questions and more in her accessible and solutions-oriented guide to transforming future generations. In her ground-breaking new book, Erasing the Finish Line, Homayoun flips the way we think about education.   In this refreshing approach, Homayoun reveals new strategies to help each student develop their own blueprint for success, including how to: - Develop a system based on executive functioning skills - Build valuable social capital while fostering genuine connections - Identify energy profile and how to recharge - Expand perspective through immersive exposure - Remain adaptable in the face of disappointments and setbacks   Through a powerful blend of theory, strategies and storytelling from former and current students, Homayoun’s layered approach to revisioning education will bring sharp realization to parents, educators, and policy-makers alike. Ana Homayoun Tue, 29 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650353 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing the Finish Line: The New Blueprint for Success Beyond Grades and College Admission Author: Ana Homayoun Narrator: Ana Homayoun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Moving beyond a prescribed path for success, Erasing the Finish Line highlights the essential skills to help each young person thrive in school and life For years, we’ve been led to believe that great grades, high test scores, and college acceptance are key to a successful life. Yet our laser focus on these achievements leaves students feeling anxious, demoralized, and unprepared.    What if we’ve overlooked the critical skills young adults need to navigate an ever-changing world? What fundamental skills help young people adapt, persevere, and thrive?   Academic advisor and early career development expert Ana Homayoun answers these questions and more in her accessible and solutions-oriented guide to transforming future generations. In her ground-breaking new book, Erasing the Finish Line, Homayoun flips the way we think about education.   In this refreshing approach, Homayoun reveals new strategies to help each student develop their own blueprint for success, including how to: - Develop a system based on executive functioning skills - Build valuable social capital while fostering genuine connections - Identify energy profile and how to recharge - Expand perspective through immersive exposure - Remain adaptable in the face of disappointments and setbacks   Through a powerful blend of theory, strategies and storytelling from former and current students, Homayoun’s layered approach to revisioning education will bring sharp realization to parents, educators, and policy-makers alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing the Finish Line: The New Blueprint for Success Beyond Grades and College Admission Author: Ana Homayoun Narrator: Ana Homayoun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Moving beyond a prescribed path for success, Erasing the Finish Line highlights the essential skills to help each young person thrive in school and life For years, we’ve been led to believe that great grades, high test scores, and college acceptance are key to a successful life. Yet our laser focus on these achievements leaves students feeling anxious, demoralized, and unprepared.    What if we’ve overlooked the critical skills young adults need to navigate an ever-changing world? What fundamental skills help young people adapt, persevere, and thrive?   Academic advisor and early career development expert Ana Homayoun answers these questions and more in her accessible and solutions-oriented guide to transforming future generations. In her ground-breaking new book, Erasing the Finish Line, Homayoun flips the way we think about education.   In this refreshing approach, Homayoun reveals new strategies to help each student develop their own blueprint for success, including how to: - Develop a system based on executive functioning skills - Build valuable social capital while fostering genuine connections - Identify energy profile and how to recharge - Expand perspective through immersive exposure - Remain adaptable in the face of disappointments and setbacks   Through a powerful blend of theory, strategies and storytelling from former and current students, Homayoun’s layered approach to revisioning education will bring sharp realization to parents, educators, and policy-makers alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650338 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: A Modern Guide to Navigating Loss Author: Gina Moffa Narrator: Gina Moffa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Licensed grief and trauma therapist Gina Moffa illuminates a non-linear path through grief, with tools and practices to grieve at your own pace and use loss as a catalyst for a more connected, meaningful life moving forward—perfect for readers of Grief Day by Day and It's OK That You're Not OK.    After nearly two decades of clinical experience and her own journey after losing her mother to cancer, Gina Moffa, LCSW offers knows all too well how disorienting, painful, and lonely grief can be. In Moving on Doesn’t Mean Letting Go, she offers a heartfelt, practical map through loss—one that can shift the pain of your grief even when things feel unpredictable and overwhelming. With her help you’ll learn to: - Navigate the initial shock of the “griefall” - Recognize your unique grief rhythm - Get in touch with your needs, feelings, and boundaries - Mange social media and interactions with the outside world - Connect mind and body through somatic exercises and self-reflections Gina gives readers permission to grieve authentically—with none of the toxic positivity that bypasses the possibility of true healing and transformation—because you don’t have to choose between falling apart or staying strong. You can learn to be empowered by the very thing you imagined would swallow you whole.  “A must read. Help your mind feel less heavy and open the door to deep personal growth" —Yung Pueblo, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Lighter and Clarity & Connection Gina Moffa Tue, 22 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650338 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: A Modern Guide to Navigating Loss Author: Gina Moffa Narrator: Gina Moffa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Licensed grief and trauma therapist Gina Moffa illuminates a non-linear path through grief, with tools and practices to grieve at your own pace and use loss as a catalyst for a more connected, meaningful life moving forward—perfect for readers of Grief Day by Day and It's OK That You're Not OK.    After nearly two decades of clinical experience and her own journey after losing her mother to cancer, Gina Moffa, LCSW offers knows all too well how disorienting, painful, and lonely grief can be. In Moving on Doesn’t Mean Letting Go, she offers a heartfelt, practical map through loss—one that can shift the pain of your grief even when things feel unpredictable and overwhelming. With her help you’ll learn to: - Navigate the initial shock of the “griefall” - Recognize your unique grief rhythm - Get in touch with your needs, feelings, and boundaries - Mange social media and interactions with the outside world - Connect mind and body through somatic exercises and self-reflections Gina gives readers permission to grieve authentically—with none of the toxic positivity that bypasses the possibility of true healing and transformation—because you don’t have to choose between falling apart or staying strong. You can learn to be empowered by the very thing you imagined would swallow you whole.  “A must read. Help your mind feel less heavy and open the door to deep personal growth" —Yung Pueblo, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Lighter and Clarity & Connection Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: A Modern Guide to Navigating Loss Author: Gina Moffa Narrator: Gina Moffa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Licensed grief and trauma therapist Gina Moffa illuminates a non-linear path through grief, with tools and practices to grieve at your own pace and use loss as a catalyst for a more connected, meaningful life moving forward—perfect for readers of Grief Day by Day and It's OK That You're Not OK.    After nearly two decades of clinical experience and her own journey after losing her mother to cancer, Gina Moffa, LCSW offers knows all too well how disorienting, painful, and lonely grief can be. In Moving on Doesn’t Mean Letting Go, she offers a heartfelt, practical map through loss—one that can shift the pain of your grief even when things feel unpredictable and overwhelming. With her help you’ll learn to: - Navigate the initial shock of the “griefall” - Recognize your unique grief rhythm - Get in touch with your needs, feelings, and boundaries - Mange social media and interactions with the outside world - Connect mind and body through somatic exercises and self-reflections Gina gives readers permission to grieve authentically—with none of the toxic positivity that bypasses the possibility of true healing and transformation—because you don’t have to choose between falling apart or staying strong. You can learn to be empowered by the very thing you imagined would swallow you whole.  “A must read. Help your mind feel less heavy and open the door to deep personal growth" —Yung Pueblo, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Lighter and Clarity & Connection https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650336 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Depression: A Guide to the Next Generation of Promising Research and Revolutionary New Treatments Author: Philip William Gold Narrator: Joshua Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A thorough, up-to-date, and upbeat introduction to current scientific thinking about mood disorders and their treatment. An important resource for patients and their families—and for anyone curious about progress in psychiatric research."―Peter D. Kramer, Listening to Prozac This inspiring exploration of the recent advances in depression research and treatment shares new methods that offer promising paths to wellness.  Breaking Through Depression explores how the anatomy of the brain and the biochemistry of nerve impulses play a major role in how we view ourselves and the world. Drawing from his long-term research, Dr. Philip W. Gold makes the case for depression arising at the intersection of genetic vulnerability with stressful, disturbing life experiences that get encoded in our emotional memory. Breaking Through Depression will delve into the interplay between our anatomy and our lived experiences as the key to understanding why there are such individual differences in how we make connections with others, deal with adversity, or recover from trauma. More importantly, Dr. Gold reveals the latest breakthroughs that can heal people struggling with depression, including: - The FDA has fast-tracked Psilocybin and Ketamine as anti-depressant treatments, which cause immediate improvement in depressive symptoms. - Low-energy lasers have been developed that can stimulate these areas directly and painlessly to relieve symptoms in treatment-resistant patients suffering from major depression. - Scientists are developing genetically ‘thumbprinted' antidepressants that can be individually tailored to match a person's DNA increasing their effectiveness.   - Inflammation in the body and the brain is a prominent component of depressive illness, to the point that anti-inflammatory agents are useful in the treatment of depression.  - Incredible progress with gene therapy including a treatment overcoming the BDNF gene mutation that interferes with resiliency, promotes vulnerability to depression, and inhibits the capacity of antidepressants to work effectively.  These are just a few of the fascinating new developments explored in Breaking Through Depression and the many reasons for hope that Dr. Gold shares in this groundbreaking book. Philip William Gold Tue, 15 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650336 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Depression: A Guide to the Next Generation of Promising Research and Revolutionary New Treatments Author: Philip William Gold Narrator: Joshua Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A thorough, up-to-date, and upbeat introduction to current scientific thinking about mood disorders and their treatment. An important resource for patients and their families—and for anyone curious about progress in psychiatric research."―Peter D. Kramer, Listening to Prozac This inspiring exploration of the recent advances in depression research and treatment shares new methods that offer promising paths to wellness.  Breaking Through Depression explores how the anatomy of the brain and the biochemistry of nerve impulses play a major role in how we view ourselves and the world. Drawing from his long-term research, Dr. Philip W. Gold makes the case for depression arising at the intersection of genetic vulnerability with stressful, disturbing life experiences that get encoded in our emotional memory. Breaking Through Depression will delve into the interplay between our anatomy and our lived experiences as the key to understanding why there are such individual differences in how we make connections with others, deal with adversity, or recover from trauma. More importantly, Dr. Gold reveals the latest breakthroughs that can heal people struggling with depression, including: - The FDA has fast-tracked Psilocybin and Ketamine as anti-depressant treatments, which cause immediate improvement in depressive symptoms. - Low-energy lasers have been developed that can stimulate these areas directly and painlessly to relieve symptoms in treatment-resistant patients suffering from major depression. - Scientists are developing genetically ‘thumbprinted' antidepressants that can be individually tailored to match a person's DNA increasing their effectiveness.   - Inflammation in the body and the brain is a prominent component of depressive illness, to the point that anti-inflammatory agents are useful in the treatment of depression.  - Incredible progress with gene therapy including a treatment overcoming the BDNF gene mutation that interferes with resiliency, promotes vulnerability to depression, and inhibits the capacity of antidepressants to work effectively.  These are just a few of the fascinating new developments explored in Breaking Through Depression and the many reasons for hope that Dr. Gold shares in this groundbreaking book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Depression: A Guide to the Next Generation of Promising Research and Revolutionary New Treatments Author: Philip William Gold Narrator: Joshua Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A thorough, up-to-date, and upbeat introduction to current scientific thinking about mood disorders and their treatment. An important resource for patients and their families—and for anyone curious about progress in psychiatric research."―Peter D. Kramer, Listening to Prozac This inspiring exploration of the recent advances in depression research and treatment shares new methods that offer promising paths to wellness.  Breaking Through Depression explores how the anatomy of the brain and the biochemistry of nerve impulses play a major role in how we view ourselves and the world. Drawing from his long-term research, Dr. Philip W. Gold makes the case for depression arising at the intersection of genetic vulnerability with stressful, disturbing life experiences that get encoded in our emotional memory. Breaking Through Depression will delve into the interplay between our anatomy and our lived experiences as the key to understanding why there are such individual differences in how we make connections with others, deal with adversity, or recover from trauma. More importantly, Dr. Gold reveals the latest breakthroughs that can heal people struggling with depression, including: - The FDA has fast-tracked Psilocybin and Ketamine as anti-depressant treatments, which cause immediate improvement in depressive symptoms. - Low-energy lasers have been developed that can stimulate these areas directly and painlessly to relieve symptoms in treatment-resistant patients suffering from major depression. - Scientists are developing genetically ‘thumbprinted' antidepressants that can be individually tailored to match a person's DNA increasing their effectiveness.   - Inflammation in the body and the brain is a prominent component of depressive illness, to the point that anti-inflammatory agents are useful in the treatment of depression.  - Incredible progress with gene therapy including a treatment overcoming the BDNF gene mutation that interferes with resiliency, promotes vulnerability to depression, and inhibits the capacity of antidepressants to work effectively.  These are just a few of the fascinating new developments explored in Breaking Through Depression and the many reasons for hope that Dr. Gold shares in this groundbreaking book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Vampires: Or, How to Slay the Time, Energy and Soul Suckers in Your Life Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times and international bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots -- Do conversations with certain people leave you feeling depleted or exhausted? -- Do you have colleagues who take a lot of your time but don't actually do - or contribute - much? -- Are there people in your life who diminish you through their words, actions or inactions? You could be surrounded by Vampires! International bestselling author Thomas Erikson will help you recognize and deal with the three most common Vampires that exist to take not give: Time Suckers -- these are the Vampires who waste your time. Typically, they expect you to do all the work while they take all the credit or they require an outsized amount of your time while giving back little to nothing. Energy Suckers -- these are the Vampires who suck out your energy and your passion. When you are around them, even for short periods of time, you leave with less energy than you started with, because they suck that energy right out of you. Energy Suckers feed on your passion, ideas and talents then leave you with nothing left. Soul Suckers -- these are the worst Vampires of all. Be they family, friends or co-workers, Soul Suckers use you for their own gain and, consciously or unconsciously, make you feel smaller every chance they get. They are the people in your life who don't support you and constantly tell you what you can't do, why you are going to fail, how you aren't the right person, why you are fooling yourself, and more. Aside from Human Vampires there are also Habit Vampires. Social media can be a time, energy and soul sucker. Addiction, negative thinking, inaction, procrastination and more -- all these things can suck the very life right out of you! Fortunately, no Human or Habit Vampire can survive when the sun shines on them. With the help of the behavioural model made famous in Surrounded by Idiots, Thomas Erikson will help you spot the Vampires around you and find your light to vanish their influence for good. ©2023 Thomas Erikson (P)2023 Penguin Audio Thomas Erikson Thu, 05 Oct 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650283 thebookvoice.com 11:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Vampires: Or, How to Slay the Time, Energy and Soul Suckers in Your Life Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times and international bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots -- Do conversations with certain people leave you feeling depleted or exhausted? -- Do you have colleagues who take a lot of your time but don't actually do - or contribute - much? -- Are there people in your life who diminish you through their words, actions or inactions? You could be surrounded by Vampires! International bestselling author Thomas Erikson will help you recognize and deal with the three most common Vampires that exist to take not give: Time Suckers -- these are the Vampires who waste your time. Typically, they expect you to do all the work while they take all the credit or they require an outsized amount of your time while giving back little to nothing. Energy Suckers -- these are the Vampires who suck out your energy and your passion. When you are around them, even for short periods of time, you leave with less energy than you started with, because they suck that energy right out of you. Energy Suckers feed on your passion, ideas and talents then leave you with nothing left. Soul Suckers -- these are the worst Vampires of all. Be they family, friends or co-workers, Soul Suckers use you for their own gain and, consciously or unconsciously, make you feel smaller every chance they get. They are the people in your life who don't support you and constantly tell you what you can't do, why you are going to fail, how you aren't the right person, why you are fooling yourself, and more. Aside from Human Vampires there are also Habit Vampires. Social media can be a time, energy and soul sucker. Addiction, negative thinking, inaction, procrastination and more -- all these things can suck the very life right out of you! Fortunately, no Human or Habit Vampire can survive when the sun shines on them. With the help of the behavioural model made famous in Surrounded by Idiots, Thomas Erikson will help you spot the Vampires around you and find your light to vanish their influence for good. ©2023 Thomas Erikson (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Vampires: Or, How to Slay the Time, Energy and Soul Suckers in Your Life Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times and international bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots -- Do conversations with certain people leave you feeling depleted or exhausted? -- Do you have colleagues who take a lot of your time but don't actually do - or contribute - much? -- Are there people in your life who diminish you through their words, actions or inactions? You could be surrounded by Vampires! International bestselling author Thomas Erikson will help you recognize and deal with the three most common Vampires that exist to take not give: Time Suckers -- these are the Vampires who waste your time. Typically, they expect you to do all the work while they take all the credit or they require an outsized amount of your time while giving back little to nothing. Energy Suckers -- these are the Vampires who suck out your energy and your passion. When you are around them, even for short periods of time, you leave with less energy than you started with, because they suck that energy right out of you. Energy Suckers feed on your passion, ideas and talents then leave you with nothing left. Soul Suckers -- these are the worst Vampires of all. Be they family, friends or co-workers, Soul Suckers use you for their own gain and, consciously or unconsciously, make you feel smaller every chance they get. They are the people in your life who don't support you and constantly tell you what you can't do, why you are going to fail, how you aren't the right person, why you are fooling yourself, and more. Aside from Human Vampires there are also Habit Vampires. Social media can be a time, energy and soul sucker. Addiction, negative thinking, inaction, procrastination and more -- all these things can suck the very life right out of you! Fortunately, no Human or Habit Vampire can survive when the sun shines on them. With the help of the behavioural model made famous in Surrounded by Idiots, Thomas Erikson will help you spot the Vampires around you and find your light to vanish their influence for good. ©2023 Thomas Erikson (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Willpower Author: Mark Confidence Narrator: Warren Sandwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever dreamed of reaching the highest peak in the world? Have you ever wondered how some people can achieve amazing goals? What is their secret? Are they superhuman? No, you are thinking in the wrong way! There are a few unrevealed secrets that can literally upset your life. These rules are used by the most successful people, consciously or unconsciously. Without applying these principles they would be in the worst catastrophe that could exist. These secrets - all explained in this book, make all the difference in life, the difference between darkest failure and marvelous success. Which way do you want to go?! This book will teach you: Every category of willpower existing in the universe, how to build an invincible willpower, the most powerful exercises of visualization, the best and effective techniques for skyrocketing personal goal setting. But first of all, you will learn TO WIN FOREVER THE BATTLE WITH YOURSELF, OVERCOME FEAR OF FAILURE AND GET WHAT YOU WANT! Don’t waste anymore time. Change your life right now! SCROLL BACK UP TO THE TOP OF THE PAGE AND SELECT THE 'BUY NOW' BUTTON!!! Mark Confidence Sat, 03 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650276 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Willpower Author: Mark Confidence Narrator: Warren Sandwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever dreamed of reaching the highest peak in the world? Have you ever wondered how some people can achieve amazing goals? What is their secret? Are they superhuman? No, you are thinking in the wrong way! There are a few unrevealed secrets that can literally upset your life. These rules are used by the most successful people, consciously or unconsciously. Without applying these principles they would be in the worst catastrophe that could exist. These secrets - all explained in this book, make all the difference in life, the difference between darkest failure and marvelous success. Which way do you want to go?! This book will teach you: Every category of willpower existing in the universe, how to build an invincible willpower, the most powerful exercises of visualization, the best and effective techniques for skyrocketing personal goal setting. But first of all, you will learn TO WIN FOREVER THE BATTLE WITH YOURSELF, OVERCOME FEAR OF FAILURE AND GET WHAT YOU WANT! Don’t waste anymore time. Change your life right now! SCROLL BACK UP TO THE TOP OF THE PAGE AND SELECT THE 'BUY NOW' BUTTON!!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Willpower Author: Mark Confidence Narrator: Warren Sandwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever dreamed of reaching the highest peak in the world? Have you ever wondered how some people can achieve amazing goals? What is their secret? Are they superhuman? No, you are thinking in the wrong way! There are a few unrevealed secrets that can literally upset your life. These rules are used by the most successful people, consciously or unconsciously. Without applying these principles they would be in the worst catastrophe that could exist. These secrets - all explained in this book, make all the difference in life, the difference between darkest failure and marvelous success. Which way do you want to go?! This book will teach you: Every category of willpower existing in the universe, how to build an invincible willpower, the most powerful exercises of visualization, the best and effective techniques for skyrocketing personal goal setting. But first of all, you will learn TO WIN FOREVER THE BATTLE WITH YOURSELF, OVERCOME FEAR OF FAILURE AND GET WHAT YOU WANT! Don’t waste anymore time. Change your life right now! SCROLL BACK UP TO THE TOP OF THE PAGE AND SELECT THE 'BUY NOW' BUTTON!!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence 2.0 Author: Jonathan Lee Narrator: Shaniese Reyes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Develop the 1 Skill that will TURBOCHARGE your Career, Relationships, and Social Circle! Would you like to befriend high-quality people? Do you often judge yourself for not achieving your goals? Are you ready to succeed in business, relationships, and life? If so – keep reading! If you look at famous companies, which produce millions of dollars annually, you'd probably think that the key positions in their firm are occupied by the best people. Surprisingly, what we can see in those companies is that high IQ doesn't guarantee a good position – but high EQ – emotional intelligence. Emotional intelligence is one's ability to understand their own emotions, and also the feelings of the people that are around them. The emotionally intelligent person makes each day of their life a lesson in emotional intelligence, and it is their goal to increase their level of emotional intelligence each day as they communicate with other people around them and themselves. Would you like to have the option to deal with your and other individuals' feelings all the more successfully? In this important, must-have book, you will reveal how to develop the most important skill anyone can develop, discover how to use it in your business, social life and relationships, and start taking HUGE steps towards your goals! Here's what you can find inside: • Discover how you can improve your skills, business success, and your self-confidence • Boost your EQ with positive psychology in 6 weeks or less • Become a better friend, coworker, and a lover with sharp emotional intelligence • Learn how to manage and avoid negative emotions • Turbocharge your career, strengthen your relationships, and win loyal friends! If you follow this book to the letter, you will upgrade your business, your social life, and your relationships – GUARANTEED. Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now with 1-Click', and Get Your Copy NOW! Jonathan Lee Mon, 11 Jan 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650266 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence 2.0 Author: Jonathan Lee Narrator: Shaniese Reyes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Develop the 1 Skill that will TURBOCHARGE your Career, Relationships, and Social Circle! Would you like to befriend high-quality people? Do you often judge yourself for not achieving your goals? Are you ready to succeed in business, relationships, and life? If so – keep reading! If you look at famous companies, which produce millions of dollars annually, you'd probably think that the key positions in their firm are occupied by the best people. Surprisingly, what we can see in those companies is that high IQ doesn't guarantee a good position – but high EQ – emotional intelligence. Emotional intelligence is one's ability to understand their own emotions, and also the feelings of the people that are around them. The emotionally intelligent person makes each day of their life a lesson in emotional intelligence, and it is their goal to increase their level of emotional intelligence each day as they communicate with other people around them and themselves. Would you like to have the option to deal with your and other individuals' feelings all the more successfully? In this important, must-have book, you will reveal how to develop the most important skill anyone can develop, discover how to use it in your business, social life and relationships, and start taking HUGE steps towards your goals! Here's what you can find inside: • Discover how you can improve your skills, business success, and your self-confidence • Boost your EQ with positive psychology in 6 weeks or less • Become a better friend, coworker, and a lover with sharp emotional intelligence • Learn how to manage and avoid negative emotions • Turbocharge your career, strengthen your relationships, and win loyal friends! If you follow this book to the letter, you will upgrade your business, your social life, and your relationships – GUARANTEED. Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now with 1-Click', and Get Your Copy NOW! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence 2.0 Author: Jonathan Lee Narrator: Shaniese Reyes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Develop the 1 Skill that will TURBOCHARGE your Career, Relationships, and Social Circle! Would you like to befriend high-quality people? Do you often judge yourself for not achieving your goals? Are you ready to succeed in business, relationships, and life? If so – keep reading! If you look at famous companies, which produce millions of dollars annually, you'd probably think that the key positions in their firm are occupied by the best people. Surprisingly, what we can see in those companies is that high IQ doesn't guarantee a good position – but high EQ – emotional intelligence. Emotional intelligence is one's ability to understand their own emotions, and also the feelings of the people that are around them. The emotionally intelligent person makes each day of their life a lesson in emotional intelligence, and it is their goal to increase their level of emotional intelligence each day as they communicate with other people around them and themselves. Would you like to have the option to deal with your and other individuals' feelings all the more successfully? In this important, must-have book, you will reveal how to develop the most important skill anyone can develop, discover how to use it in your business, social life and relationships, and start taking HUGE steps towards your goals! Here's what you can find inside: • Discover how you can improve your skills, business success, and your self-confidence • Boost your EQ with positive psychology in 6 weeks or less • Become a better friend, coworker, and a lover with sharp emotional intelligence • Learn how to manage and avoid negative emotions • Turbocharge your career, strengthen your relationships, and win loyal friends! If you follow this book to the letter, you will upgrade your business, your social life, and your relationships – GUARANTEED. Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now with 1-Click', and Get Your Copy NOW! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650258 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Highly Sensitive Person Author: Nell Laurel Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Highly Sensitive Person: A Guide for the Highly Sensitive Person on How to Manage Emotional Overload, Anxiety and Stress and Live a Well-Balanced Life Being a highly sensitive person is not a mental illness. It is not a psychological condition or disorder. Because of his high sensitivity, a highly sensitive person simply finds it difficult to filter out or sift through stimuli. Only about 20% of the general population has sensory processing sensitivity. Given these statistics, if you are a highly sensitive person, do not be surprised if you feel out of place with most people. But with enough understanding of what this condition means, you will learn the strengths and weaknesses associated with this circumstance. In this audiobook, you will learn about HSP. You will get all the information that can help you understand and cope with the challenges unique to a highly sensitive person. It will provide practical and sensible advice you can apply in your daily life to resolve problems common to highly sensitive people. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Emotions and How it Relates to HSP - Become Self-aware - More Tips for the Highly Sensitive Person - Tips on How to Manage Stress and Anxiety - And many more! To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Nell Laurel Tue, 29 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650258 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Highly Sensitive Person Author: Nell Laurel Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Highly Sensitive Person: A Guide for the Highly Sensitive Person on How to Manage Emotional Overload, Anxiety and Stress and Live a Well-Balanced Life Being a highly sensitive person is not a mental illness. It is not a psychological condition or disorder. Because of his high sensitivity, a highly sensitive person simply finds it difficult to filter out or sift through stimuli. Only about 20% of the general population has sensory processing sensitivity. Given these statistics, if you are a highly sensitive person, do not be surprised if you feel out of place with most people. But with enough understanding of what this condition means, you will learn the strengths and weaknesses associated with this circumstance. In this audiobook, you will learn about HSP. You will get all the information that can help you understand and cope with the challenges unique to a highly sensitive person. It will provide practical and sensible advice you can apply in your daily life to resolve problems common to highly sensitive people. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Emotions and How it Relates to HSP - Become Self-aware - More Tips for the Highly Sensitive Person - Tips on How to Manage Stress and Anxiety - And many more! To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Highly Sensitive Person Author: Nell Laurel Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Highly Sensitive Person: A Guide for the Highly Sensitive Person on How to Manage Emotional Overload, Anxiety and Stress and Live a Well-Balanced Life Being a highly sensitive person is not a mental illness. It is not a psychological condition or disorder. Because of his high sensitivity, a highly sensitive person simply finds it difficult to filter out or sift through stimuli. Only about 20% of the general population has sensory processing sensitivity. Given these statistics, if you are a highly sensitive person, do not be surprised if you feel out of place with most people. But with enough understanding of what this condition means, you will learn the strengths and weaknesses associated with this circumstance. In this audiobook, you will learn about HSP. You will get all the information that can help you understand and cope with the challenges unique to a highly sensitive person. It will provide practical and sensible advice you can apply in your daily life to resolve problems common to highly sensitive people. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Emotions and How it Relates to HSP - Become Self-aware - More Tips for the Highly Sensitive Person - Tips on How to Manage Stress and Anxiety - And many more! To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650254 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empath Experience Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: A.N. Pernell, Prim Hartley Narrator: Marcus Mulenga, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Empath Experience Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Empathy is Your Superpower and Empath to Mystic Not everyone thinks or feels alike. Every individual is unique. Fortunately, everyone can choose to look at the world through the special lens of empathy. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. It gives us the energy to go beyond self-interest and pursue authentic, meaningful, and mutually-satisfying relationships – and, in the process, enrich our emotional life. In this bundle, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. It will teach you how to open your mind to what you should do to gain knowledge on how to make your spiritual life healthy This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Empathy Is Your Superpower: A Guide on How to Use Empathy to Radically Enrich your Emotional Life and Build and Sustain Authentic, Meaningful, and Rewarding Relationships 2. Empath to Mystic: The Art of Mastering Your Intuition and Fearlessly Being Yourself If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Empath Experience Bundle today! A.N. Pernell, Prim Hartley Sun, 04 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650254 thebookvoice.com 0:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empath Experience Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: A.N. Pernell, Prim Hartley Narrator: Marcus Mulenga, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Empath Experience Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Empathy is Your Superpower and Empath to Mystic Not everyone thinks or feels alike. Every individual is unique. Fortunately, everyone can choose to look at the world through the special lens of empathy. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. It gives us the energy to go beyond self-interest and pursue authentic, meaningful, and mutually-satisfying relationships – and, in the process, enrich our emotional life. In this bundle, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. It will teach you how to open your mind to what you should do to gain knowledge on how to make your spiritual life healthy This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Empathy Is Your Superpower: A Guide on How to Use Empathy to Radically Enrich your Emotional Life and Build and Sustain Authentic, Meaningful, and Rewarding Relationships 2. Empath to Mystic: The Art of Mastering Your Intuition and Fearlessly Being Yourself If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Empath Experience Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empath Experience Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: A.N. Pernell, Prim Hartley Narrator: Marcus Mulenga, John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Empath Experience Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Empathy is Your Superpower and Empath to Mystic Not everyone thinks or feels alike. Every individual is unique. Fortunately, everyone can choose to look at the world through the special lens of empathy. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. It gives us the energy to go beyond self-interest and pursue authentic, meaningful, and mutually-satisfying relationships – and, in the process, enrich our emotional life. In this bundle, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. It will teach you how to open your mind to what you should do to gain knowledge on how to make your spiritual life healthy This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Empathy Is Your Superpower: A Guide on How to Use Empathy to Radically Enrich your Emotional Life and Build and Sustain Authentic, Meaningful, and Rewarding Relationships 2. Empath to Mystic: The Art of Mastering Your Intuition and Fearlessly Being Yourself If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Empath Experience Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Erfolgreich leben Band 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen: Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen Series: #2 of Erfolgreich durchs Leben Author: Michael Von Känel Narrator: Michael Von Känel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: December 2, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Selbstsicherheit ist die Frucht, die am Baum des Selbstvertrauens wächst. Wer Selbstsicherheit aufbauen will, der braucht Wissen dazu. Dieses Wissen wird in diesem Buch hier kurz und verständlich preisgegeben. Nicht nur wird erklärt, wie Selbstsicherheit aufgebaut werden kann. Es wird auch darauf hingewiesen, welche Auswirkungen es auf uns und unsere Mitmenschen haben kann. Und es wird vor Fallen gewarnt, in die man tappen kann, wenn man aus Selbstsicherheit heraus zu überheblich wird. Aber alles in allem ist dieses Buch vor allem eines: Es ist eine gut gelungene Anleitung dazu, wie wir den Weg zu uns selbst finden können. Selbstsicherheit ist einer der bedeutendsten Grundsteine, um erfolgreich und glücklich leben zu können. Bei diesem Buch handelt es sich um  Teil 2  der insgesamt fünfzehnteiligen Serie «Erfolgreich durchs Leben». Diese Serie ist in drei Teilgebiete zu je fünf Themen aufgeteilt: Themenbereich Erfolgreich leben - Erfolgreich leben 1: Lernen mit Geld umzugehen; Grundwissen über Geld und den Umgang damit als Basis für mehr Selbstwirksamkeit - Erfolgreich leben 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen; Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen - Erfolgreich leben 3: Effizient Lernen; Grundsätze des Lernens, die den Wissenserwerb erleichtern helfen - Erfolgreich leben 4: Sich Ziele setzen können; Warum man Ziele nur erreichen kann, wenn man welche hat - Erfolgreich leben 5: Absichten durchschauen; Was hinter dem Verhalten anderer Menschen und Institutionen steht    Themenbereich Ursache und Wirkung - Ursache und Wirkung 1: Übergewicht verstehen; Wie Übergewicht zustande kommt - und was man tun kann - Ursache und Wirkung 2: Streit entlarven; Warum gestritten wird und wie man Streit vermeidet - Ursache und Wirkung 3: Trägheit ablegen; Wie man den Weg zu einem aktiv gestalteten Leben findet - Ursache und Wirkung 4: Überdruss loswerden; Lernen, die Dinge in einem positiven Licht zu erblicken - Ursache und Wirkung 5: Mangel beheben; Vom inneren Mangel, der zu äusseren Mangelerscheinungen führt    Themenbereich Glücklich leben: - Glücklich leben 1: Freundlichkeit und Anstand; Wie uns freundlicher und guter Umgang die Türen öffnet - Glücklich leben 2: Dankbarkeit; Warum Dankbarkeit die Grundlage für ein glückliches Leben ist - Glücklich leben 3: Hilfsbereitschaft; Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet - Glücklich leben 4: Nächstenliebe; Warum Nächstenliebe bei Selbstliebe beginnt und uns so das Glück finden lässt - Glücklich leben 5: Ethik und Moral; Warum die ungeschriebenen Gesetze des Zusammenlebens für unser Glück so wichtig sind Michael Von Känel Fri, 02 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649831 thebookvoice.com 1:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Erfolgreich leben Band 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen: Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen Series: #2 of Erfolgreich durchs Leben Author: Michael Von Känel Narrator: Michael Von Känel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: December 2, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Selbstsicherheit ist die Frucht, die am Baum des Selbstvertrauens wächst. Wer Selbstsicherheit aufbauen will, der braucht Wissen dazu. Dieses Wissen wird in diesem Buch hier kurz und verständlich preisgegeben. Nicht nur wird erklärt, wie Selbstsicherheit aufgebaut werden kann. Es wird auch darauf hingewiesen, welche Auswirkungen es auf uns und unsere Mitmenschen haben kann. Und es wird vor Fallen gewarnt, in die man tappen kann, wenn man aus Selbstsicherheit heraus zu überheblich wird. Aber alles in allem ist dieses Buch vor allem eines: Es ist eine gut gelungene Anleitung dazu, wie wir den Weg zu uns selbst finden können. Selbstsicherheit ist einer der bedeutendsten Grundsteine, um erfolgreich und glücklich leben zu können. Bei diesem Buch handelt es sich um  Teil 2  der insgesamt fünfzehnteiligen Serie «Erfolgreich durchs Leben». Diese Serie ist in drei Teilgebiete zu je fünf Themen aufgeteilt: Themenbereich Erfolgreich leben - Erfolgreich leben 1: Lernen mit Geld umzugehen; Grundwissen über Geld und den Umgang damit als Basis für mehr Selbstwirksamkeit - Erfolgreich leben 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen; Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen - Erfolgreich leben 3: Effizient Lernen; Grundsätze des Lernens, die den Wissenserwerb erleichtern helfen - Erfolgreich leben 4: Sich Ziele setzen können; Warum man Ziele nur erreichen kann, wenn man welche hat - Erfolgreich leben 5: Absichten durchschauen; Was hinter dem Verhalten anderer Menschen und Institutionen steht    Themenbereich Ursache und Wirkung - Ursache und Wirkung 1: Übergewicht verstehen; Wie Übergewicht zustande kommt - und was man tun kann - Ursache und Wirkung 2: Streit entlarven; Warum gestritten wird und wie man Streit vermeidet - Ursache und Wirkung 3: Trägheit ablegen; Wie man den Weg zu einem aktiv gestalteten Leben findet - Ursache und Wirkung 4: Überdruss loswerden; Lernen, die Dinge in einem positiven Licht zu erblicken - Ursache und Wirkung 5: Mangel beheben; Vom inneren Mangel, der zu äusseren Mangelerscheinungen führt    Themenbereich Glücklich leben: - Glücklich leben 1: Freundlichkeit und Anstand; Wie uns freundlicher und guter Umgang die Türen öffnet - Glücklich leben 2: Dankbarkeit; Warum Dankbarkeit die Grundlage für ein glückliches Leben ist - Glücklich leben 3: Hilfsbereitschaft; Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet - Glücklich leben 4: Nächstenliebe; Warum Nächstenliebe bei Selbstliebe beginnt und uns so das Glück finden lässt - Glücklich leben 5: Ethik und Moral; Warum die ungeschriebenen Gesetze des Zusammenlebens für unser Glück so wichtig sind Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Erfolgreich leben Band 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen: Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen Series: #2 of Erfolgreich durchs Leben Author: Michael Von Känel Narrator: Michael Von Känel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: December 2, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Selbstsicherheit ist die Frucht, die am Baum des Selbstvertrauens wächst. Wer Selbstsicherheit aufbauen will, der braucht Wissen dazu. Dieses Wissen wird in diesem Buch hier kurz und verständlich preisgegeben. Nicht nur wird erklärt, wie Selbstsicherheit aufgebaut werden kann. Es wird auch darauf hingewiesen, welche Auswirkungen es auf uns und unsere Mitmenschen haben kann. Und es wird vor Fallen gewarnt, in die man tappen kann, wenn man aus Selbstsicherheit heraus zu überheblich wird. Aber alles in allem ist dieses Buch vor allem eines: Es ist eine gut gelungene Anleitung dazu, wie wir den Weg zu uns selbst finden können. Selbstsicherheit ist einer der bedeutendsten Grundsteine, um erfolgreich und glücklich leben zu können. Bei diesem Buch handelt es sich um  Teil 2  der insgesamt fünfzehnteiligen Serie «Erfolgreich durchs Leben». Diese Serie ist in drei Teilgebiete zu je fünf Themen aufgeteilt: Themenbereich Erfolgreich leben - Erfolgreich leben 1: Lernen mit Geld umzugehen; Grundwissen über Geld und den Umgang damit als Basis für mehr Selbstwirksamkeit - Erfolgreich leben 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen; Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen - Erfolgreich leben 3: Effizient Lernen; Grundsätze des Lernens, die den Wissenserwerb erleichtern helfen - Erfolgreich leben 4: Sich Ziele setzen können; Warum man Ziele nur erreichen kann, wenn man welche hat - Erfolgreich leben 5: Absichten durchschauen; Was hinter dem Verhalten anderer Menschen und Institutionen steht    Themenbereich Ursache und Wirkung - Ursache und Wirkung 1: Übergewicht verstehen; Wie Übergewicht zustande kommt - und was man tun kann - Ursache und Wirkung 2: Streit entlarven; Warum gestritten wird und wie man Streit vermeidet - Ursache und Wirkung 3: Trägheit ablegen; Wie man den Weg zu einem aktiv gestalteten Leben findet - Ursache und Wirkung 4: Überdruss loswerden; Lernen, die Dinge in einem positiven Licht zu erblicken - Ursache und Wirkung 5: Mangel beheben; Vom inneren Mangel, der zu äusseren Mangelerscheinungen führt    Themenbereich Glücklich leben: - Glücklich leben 1: Freundlichkeit und Anstand; Wie uns freundlicher und guter Umgang die Türen öffnet - Glücklich leben 2: Dankbarkeit; Warum Dankbarkeit die Grundlage für ein glückliches Leben ist - Glücklich leben 3: Hilfsbereitschaft; Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet - Glücklich leben 4: Nächstenliebe; Warum Nächstenliebe bei Selbstliebe beginnt und uns so das Glück finden lässt - Glücklich leben 5: Ethik und Moral; Warum die ungeschriebenen Gesetze des Zusammenlebens für unser Glück so wichtig sind https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scattered Minds: The Origins and Healing of Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 4, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • The breakthrough guide to understanding, treating, and healing attention deficit disorder, from renowned mental health expert and speaker, Dr. Gabor Maté.   With a new preface by the author. From the bestselling author of When the Body Says No and The Myth of Normal, Scattered Minds explodes the myth of attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD) as genetically based—and offers real hope and advice for children and adults who live with the condition. In it, Maté, who himself is diagnosed with ADD: • Demonstrates that the condition is not a genetic 'illness' but a response to environmental stress, and how 'distractibility' is the psychological product of life experience; • Explains how ADD/ADHD can arise when circuits in the brain whose job is emotional self-regulation and attention control can fail to develop in infancy—and why; • Allows parents to understand what makes their children with ADD/ADHD tick, and helps adults with ADD/ADHD gain insights into their emotions and behaviours; • Expresses optimism about neurological development even in adulthood; • Presents a program of how to promote this development in both children and adults …and much more.   Maté gives voice to the painful realities of ADD/ADHD and its effect on children as well as on careers and social paths in adults. Moving beyond 'genetic risk,' he focuses on the things we can control: changes in environment, family dynamics, and parenting choices. He draws heavily on his own experience with the disorder, as someone diagnosed with ADD and as the parent of three diagnosed children.   Providing a thorough overview of ADD/ADHD and its treatments, Scattered Minds is essential and life-changing reading for parents and the millions of diagnosed adults in North America today. Gabor Maté Tue, 04 Jul 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649825 thebookvoice.com 11:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scattered Minds: The Origins and Healing of Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 4, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • The breakthrough guide to understanding, treating, and healing attention deficit disorder, from renowned mental health expert and speaker, Dr. Gabor Maté.   With a new preface by the author. From the bestselling author of When the Body Says No and The Myth of Normal, Scattered Minds explodes the myth of attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD) as genetically based—and offers real hope and advice for children and adults who live with the condition. In it, Maté, who himself is diagnosed with ADD: • Demonstrates that the condition is not a genetic 'illness' but a response to environmental stress, and how 'distractibility' is the psychological product of life experience; • Explains how ADD/ADHD can arise when circuits in the brain whose job is emotional self-regulation and attention control can fail to develop in infancy—and why; • Allows parents to understand what makes their children with ADD/ADHD tick, and helps adults with ADD/ADHD gain insights into their emotions and behaviours; • Expresses optimism about neurological development even in adulthood; • Presents a program of how to promote this development in both children and adults …and much more.   Maté gives voice to the painful realities of ADD/ADHD and its effect on children as well as on careers and social paths in adults. Moving beyond 'genetic risk,' he focuses on the things we can control: changes in environment, family dynamics, and parenting choices. He draws heavily on his own experience with the disorder, as someone diagnosed with ADD and as the parent of three diagnosed children.   Providing a thorough overview of ADD/ADHD and its treatments, Scattered Minds is essential and life-changing reading for parents and the millions of diagnosed adults in North America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scattered Minds: The Origins and Healing of Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 4, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • The breakthrough guide to understanding, treating, and healing attention deficit disorder, from renowned mental health expert and speaker, Dr. Gabor Maté.   With a new preface by the author. From the bestselling author of When the Body Says No and The Myth of Normal, Scattered Minds explodes the myth of attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD) as genetically based—and offers real hope and advice for children and adults who live with the condition. In it, Maté, who himself is diagnosed with ADD: • Demonstrates that the condition is not a genetic 'illness' but a response to environmental stress, and how 'distractibility' is the psychological product of life experience; • Explains how ADD/ADHD can arise when circuits in the brain whose job is emotional self-regulation and attention control can fail to develop in infancy—and why; • Allows parents to understand what makes their children with ADD/ADHD tick, and helps adults with ADD/ADHD gain insights into their emotions and behaviours; • Expresses optimism about neurological development even in adulthood; • Presents a program of how to promote this development in both children and adults …and much more.   Maté gives voice to the painful realities of ADD/ADHD and its effect on children as well as on careers and social paths in adults. Moving beyond 'genetic risk,' he focuses on the things we can control: changes in environment, family dynamics, and parenting choices. He draws heavily on his own experience with the disorder, as someone diagnosed with ADD and as the parent of three diagnosed children.   Providing a thorough overview of ADD/ADHD and its treatments, Scattered Minds is essential and life-changing reading for parents and the millions of diagnosed adults in North America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You, Me and the Space Between Us: How to (Re)Build Your Relationship Author: Matt and Sarah Davies Narrator: Matt and Sarah Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'There is a lot to like in this radically open book. I would recommend this book to anyone struggling in their relationship' - Dr Tara Porter Therapists - and married couple - Matt and Sarah Davies help readers to understand why their relationship feels broken and give them the tools to repair it. When we meet someone and fall in love, everything seems easy at first. But Matt and Sarah Davies, relationship counsellors and husband and wife, know better than most that relationships take work. Whether you've been married for decades or are just starting out, this illuminating book will give you the tools to maintain a supportive, stable relationship. Matt and Sarah show us that all relationships involve a third body: the space between us, which needs to be nourished, nurtured and taken care of. Covering topics such as boundaries, communication, conflict, resolution, desire and sense of self, Matt and Sarah provide expert advice on how to build trust, intimacy and love. You, Me and the Space Between Us is a guidebook for how to create a healthy, loving relationship, which will last the test of time. Matt and Sarah Davies Thu, 02 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649662 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You, Me and the Space Between Us: How to (Re)Build Your Relationship Author: Matt and Sarah Davies Narrator: Matt and Sarah Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'There is a lot to like in this radically open book. I would recommend this book to anyone struggling in their relationship' - Dr Tara Porter Therapists - and married couple - Matt and Sarah Davies help readers to understand why their relationship feels broken and give them the tools to repair it. When we meet someone and fall in love, everything seems easy at first. But Matt and Sarah Davies, relationship counsellors and husband and wife, know better than most that relationships take work. Whether you've been married for decades or are just starting out, this illuminating book will give you the tools to maintain a supportive, stable relationship. Matt and Sarah show us that all relationships involve a third body: the space between us, which needs to be nourished, nurtured and taken care of. Covering topics such as boundaries, communication, conflict, resolution, desire and sense of self, Matt and Sarah provide expert advice on how to build trust, intimacy and love. You, Me and the Space Between Us is a guidebook for how to create a healthy, loving relationship, which will last the test of time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You, Me and the Space Between Us: How to (Re)Build Your Relationship Author: Matt and Sarah Davies Narrator: Matt and Sarah Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'There is a lot to like in this radically open book. I would recommend this book to anyone struggling in their relationship' - Dr Tara Porter Therapists - and married couple - Matt and Sarah Davies help readers to understand why their relationship feels broken and give them the tools to repair it. When we meet someone and fall in love, everything seems easy at first. But Matt and Sarah Davies, relationship counsellors and husband and wife, know better than most that relationships take work. Whether you've been married for decades or are just starting out, this illuminating book will give you the tools to maintain a supportive, stable relationship. Matt and Sarah show us that all relationships involve a third body: the space between us, which needs to be nourished, nurtured and taken care of. Covering topics such as boundaries, communication, conflict, resolution, desire and sense of self, Matt and Sarah provide expert advice on how to build trust, intimacy and love. You, Me and the Space Between Us is a guidebook for how to create a healthy, loving relationship, which will last the test of time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649620 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Better Faster: A Clinician's Guide to Intensive Treatment for Youth with OCD Author: Justin Mohatt, Michelle Rozenman, Shannon Bennett, Avital Falk, R. Lindsey Bergman Narrator: Stephanie Dillard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book provides a full guide to creating and running an intensive treatment program for youth with Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD). There is a rapidly growing interest in brief intensive treatment modalities in both clinical and research settings. Intensive treatment for OCD condenses evidence-based interventions into more patient contact hours per week than standard weekly therapy, and is widely supported as an efficient, effective, and desirable treatment option. Intensive treatment can be widely applicable to different patient groups, including those with more severe symptoms for whom weekly therapy is not sufficient, and those who have mild or moderate symptoms but do not have access to evidence-based treatments in their geographic region. Despite broad interest in developing concentrated treatment programs for OCD, practitioners face several challenges when trying to launch and maintain these programs. This book will provide a comprehensive guide covering the topics of import for clinicians, researchers, and administrators, across different types of institutions and care settings, who want to build an intensive treatment program into their clinical practice across different types of institutions and care settings. Justin Mohatt, Michelle Rozenman, Shannon Bennett, Avital Falk, R. Lindsey Bergman Tue, 21 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649620 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Better Faster: A Clinician's Guide to Intensive Treatment for Youth with OCD Author: Justin Mohatt, Michelle Rozenman, Shannon Bennett, Avital Falk, R. Lindsey Bergman Narrator: Stephanie Dillard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book provides a full guide to creating and running an intensive treatment program for youth with Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD). There is a rapidly growing interest in brief intensive treatment modalities in both clinical and research settings. Intensive treatment for OCD condenses evidence-based interventions into more patient contact hours per week than standard weekly therapy, and is widely supported as an efficient, effective, and desirable treatment option. Intensive treatment can be widely applicable to different patient groups, including those with more severe symptoms for whom weekly therapy is not sufficient, and those who have mild or moderate symptoms but do not have access to evidence-based treatments in their geographic region. Despite broad interest in developing concentrated treatment programs for OCD, practitioners face several challenges when trying to launch and maintain these programs. This book will provide a comprehensive guide covering the topics of import for clinicians, researchers, and administrators, across different types of institutions and care settings, who want to build an intensive treatment program into their clinical practice across different types of institutions and care settings. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Better Faster: A Clinician's Guide to Intensive Treatment for Youth with OCD Author: Justin Mohatt, Michelle Rozenman, Shannon Bennett, Avital Falk, R. Lindsey Bergman Narrator: Stephanie Dillard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book provides a full guide to creating and running an intensive treatment program for youth with Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD). There is a rapidly growing interest in brief intensive treatment modalities in both clinical and research settings. Intensive treatment for OCD condenses evidence-based interventions into more patient contact hours per week than standard weekly therapy, and is widely supported as an efficient, effective, and desirable treatment option. Intensive treatment can be widely applicable to different patient groups, including those with more severe symptoms for whom weekly therapy is not sufficient, and those who have mild or moderate symptoms but do not have access to evidence-based treatments in their geographic region. Despite broad interest in developing concentrated treatment programs for OCD, practitioners face several challenges when trying to launch and maintain these programs. This book will provide a comprehensive guide covering the topics of import for clinicians, researchers, and administrators, across different types of institutions and care settings, who want to build an intensive treatment program into their clinical practice across different types of institutions and care settings. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Therapist in the Real World: What You Never Learn in Graduate School (But Really Need to Know) Author: Jeffrey A. Kottler Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Graduate school and professional training for therapists often focus on academic preparation, but there's a lot more that a therapist needs to know to be successful after graduation. With warmth, wisdom, and expertise, Jeffrey A. Kottler covers crucial but underaddressed challenges that therapists face in their professional lives at all levels of experience. PART I, 'More Than You Bargained For,' covers the changing landscape of the mental health profession and the limits and merits of professional training. PART II, 'Secrets and Neglected Challenges,' explores important issues that are often overlooked during training years, including the ways our clients become our greatest teachers, the power of storytelling, and the role of deception in psychotherapy. And in PART III, 'Ongoing Personal and Professional Development,' Kottler focuses on areas in which even the most experienced therapists can continue to hone their talents and maximize their potential, laying out effective tips to navigate organization politics, and much more. As honest and inspiring as it is revealing, this book offers therapists and counselors at all levels of experience key ideas for thriving after formal education. Jeffrey A. Kottler Tue, 21 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649619 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Therapist in the Real World: What You Never Learn in Graduate School (But Really Need to Know) Author: Jeffrey A. Kottler Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Graduate school and professional training for therapists often focus on academic preparation, but there's a lot more that a therapist needs to know to be successful after graduation. With warmth, wisdom, and expertise, Jeffrey A. Kottler covers crucial but underaddressed challenges that therapists face in their professional lives at all levels of experience. PART I, 'More Than You Bargained For,' covers the changing landscape of the mental health profession and the limits and merits of professional training. PART II, 'Secrets and Neglected Challenges,' explores important issues that are often overlooked during training years, including the ways our clients become our greatest teachers, the power of storytelling, and the role of deception in psychotherapy. And in PART III, 'Ongoing Personal and Professional Development,' Kottler focuses on areas in which even the most experienced therapists can continue to hone their talents and maximize their potential, laying out effective tips to navigate organization politics, and much more. As honest and inspiring as it is revealing, this book offers therapists and counselors at all levels of experience key ideas for thriving after formal education. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Therapist in the Real World: What You Never Learn in Graduate School (But Really Need to Know) Author: Jeffrey A. Kottler Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Graduate school and professional training for therapists often focus on academic preparation, but there's a lot more that a therapist needs to know to be successful after graduation. With warmth, wisdom, and expertise, Jeffrey A. Kottler covers crucial but underaddressed challenges that therapists face in their professional lives at all levels of experience. PART I, 'More Than You Bargained For,' covers the changing landscape of the mental health profession and the limits and merits of professional training. PART II, 'Secrets and Neglected Challenges,' explores important issues that are often overlooked during training years, including the ways our clients become our greatest teachers, the power of storytelling, and the role of deception in psychotherapy. And in PART III, 'Ongoing Personal and Professional Development,' Kottler focuses on areas in which even the most experienced therapists can continue to hone their talents and maximize their potential, laying out effective tips to navigate organization politics, and much more. As honest and inspiring as it is revealing, this book offers therapists and counselors at all levels of experience key ideas for thriving after formal education. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649605 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tender Parts: A Guide to Healing from Trauma through Internal Family Systems Therapy Author: Ilyse Kennedy LPC LMFT PMH-C Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years ago, Ilyse Kennedy was a disconnected twenty-something, sitting on a therapy couch, grappling with her own trauma. Now, as a trauma therapist, Kennedy shows up ready to attune to her treasured clients. Those who meet her might be surprised to know that this twenty-something still lives within her. She also has a people pleaser, who caters to the needs of others for self-protection. Then there is the therapist within her, who offers tools and solutions for her clients. The twenty-something, people pleaser, and therapist are all parts within her—they are adaptations she formed in response to traumas—who show up to aid her in interacting with the outside world. In The Tender Parts, part memoir, part self-help, Kennedy leads you through the process of meeting, embracing, and tending to your own parts through the lens of Internal Family Systems (IFS), a form of therapy that explores the parts within us. With meditations, exercises, and an introduction to her own parts, she provides you with an opportunity to get to know the parts within yourself, offer them compassion, and relieve them of their burdens so you can heal your inner wounds and be more attuned to the Self. As you meet Kennedy's parts, your understanding and knowledge of your own parts will deepen, allowing you to reconnect with your center and approach the world with openhearted joy. Ilyse Kennedy LPC LMFT PMH-C Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649605 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tender Parts: A Guide to Healing from Trauma through Internal Family Systems Therapy Author: Ilyse Kennedy LPC LMFT PMH-C Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years ago, Ilyse Kennedy was a disconnected twenty-something, sitting on a therapy couch, grappling with her own trauma. Now, as a trauma therapist, Kennedy shows up ready to attune to her treasured clients. Those who meet her might be surprised to know that this twenty-something still lives within her. She also has a people pleaser, who caters to the needs of others for self-protection. Then there is the therapist within her, who offers tools and solutions for her clients. The twenty-something, people pleaser, and therapist are all parts within her—they are adaptations she formed in response to traumas—who show up to aid her in interacting with the outside world. In The Tender Parts, part memoir, part self-help, Kennedy leads you through the process of meeting, embracing, and tending to your own parts through the lens of Internal Family Systems (IFS), a form of therapy that explores the parts within us. With meditations, exercises, and an introduction to her own parts, she provides you with an opportunity to get to know the parts within yourself, offer them compassion, and relieve them of their burdens so you can heal your inner wounds and be more attuned to the Self. As you meet Kennedy's parts, your understanding and knowledge of your own parts will deepen, allowing you to reconnect with your center and approach the world with openhearted joy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tender Parts: A Guide to Healing from Trauma through Internal Family Systems Therapy Author: Ilyse Kennedy LPC LMFT PMH-C Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years ago, Ilyse Kennedy was a disconnected twenty-something, sitting on a therapy couch, grappling with her own trauma. Now, as a trauma therapist, Kennedy shows up ready to attune to her treasured clients. Those who meet her might be surprised to know that this twenty-something still lives within her. She also has a people pleaser, who caters to the needs of others for self-protection. Then there is the therapist within her, who offers tools and solutions for her clients. The twenty-something, people pleaser, and therapist are all parts within her—they are adaptations she formed in response to traumas—who show up to aid her in interacting with the outside world. In The Tender Parts, part memoir, part self-help, Kennedy leads you through the process of meeting, embracing, and tending to your own parts through the lens of Internal Family Systems (IFS), a form of therapy that explores the parts within us. With meditations, exercises, and an introduction to her own parts, she provides you with an opportunity to get to know the parts within yourself, offer them compassion, and relieve them of their burdens so you can heal your inner wounds and be more attuned to the Self. As you meet Kennedy's parts, your understanding and knowledge of your own parts will deepen, allowing you to reconnect with your center and approach the world with openhearted joy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When the Parents Change, Everything Changes: Seismic Shifts in Children’s Behaviour Author: Paul Dix Narrator: Paul Dix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Your behaviour is the only behaviour over which you have absolute control. To change your children's behaviour, you first need to change your own. The culture of any home is determined by the parents. If you can remain unflappably calm in the face of every supermarket tantrum and sarcastic eye-roll, order will soon follow. Here, Paul Dix - Britain's leading children's behaviour expert - reveals how to build a culture of calm consistency into your home, starting today. He explains how you really can maintain a sense of Zen-like serenity in the face of even the most chaotic behaviour, from school-gate screaming matches to mealtime childmageddon. And he offers a set of simple strategies for coolly getting the behaviour you want - without a barked instruction, deranged punishment or cold, hard cash-bribe in sight. His tried-and-tested method will change what your child does by first changing what you do. You will never need to raise your voice again. ©2023 Paul Dix (P)2023 Penguin Audio Paul Dix Tue, 05 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649505 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When the Parents Change, Everything Changes: Seismic Shifts in Children’s Behaviour Author: Paul Dix Narrator: Paul Dix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Your behaviour is the only behaviour over which you have absolute control. To change your children's behaviour, you first need to change your own. The culture of any home is determined by the parents. If you can remain unflappably calm in the face of every supermarket tantrum and sarcastic eye-roll, order will soon follow. Here, Paul Dix - Britain's leading children's behaviour expert - reveals how to build a culture of calm consistency into your home, starting today. He explains how you really can maintain a sense of Zen-like serenity in the face of even the most chaotic behaviour, from school-gate screaming matches to mealtime childmageddon. And he offers a set of simple strategies for coolly getting the behaviour you want - without a barked instruction, deranged punishment or cold, hard cash-bribe in sight. His tried-and-tested method will change what your child does by first changing what you do. You will never need to raise your voice again. ©2023 Paul Dix (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When the Parents Change, Everything Changes: Seismic Shifts in Children’s Behaviour Author: Paul Dix Narrator: Paul Dix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Your behaviour is the only behaviour over which you have absolute control. To change your children's behaviour, you first need to change your own. The culture of any home is determined by the parents. If you can remain unflappably calm in the face of every supermarket tantrum and sarcastic eye-roll, order will soon follow. Here, Paul Dix - Britain's leading children's behaviour expert - reveals how to build a culture of calm consistency into your home, starting today. He explains how you really can maintain a sense of Zen-like serenity in the face of even the most chaotic behaviour, from school-gate screaming matches to mealtime childmageddon. And he offers a set of simple strategies for coolly getting the behaviour you want - without a barked instruction, deranged punishment or cold, hard cash-bribe in sight. His tried-and-tested method will change what your child does by first changing what you do. You will never need to raise your voice again. ©2023 Paul Dix (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tenía tanto que darte: Amor, música, ansiedad, sueños y locura Author: Nena Daconte Narrator: Nena Daconte, Máximo Huerta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Un honesto relato en primera persona sobre los límites del éxito y el fracaso, del amor y el odio a uno mismo. Una historia de amor, música, ansiedad, sueños y locura. Volvió otra vez la primavera y yo volví a sacar del bolso un cuaderno. Pero no era el cuaderno de las canciones. Era este cuaderno que tienes entre las manos. Al principio estaba asustada, no te voy a engañar, pero esta vez me sentía más tranquila. Sonreía con los ojos llenos de polvo de estrellas... Espera, espera... ¿te has perdido? No te preocupes, te explico rápido: en 2002 entré en Operación Triunfo, pero me expulsaron la primera. Me convertí en la perdedora más famosa de España. Tres años después, formé el grupo Nena Daconte. No era la primera vez que tenía un grupo, pero en esta ocasión dimos en la diana. Nos fichó Universal y llegó el éxito arrollador. En qué estrella estará sonaba grande y con derecho propio. Premios, giras, todas las puertas abiertas... Pero en aquella época fumaba porros y empecé a abusar del alcohol. Comenzó una etapa de autodestrucción que terminó en mi primer brote psicótico. Un año después, con la canción Tenía tanto que darte el éxito fue imparable, demoledor. Continuaron las paranoias, la ansiedad y el miedo. Difícil combinación. Todo era malo en mi cabeza. El triunfo me sentaba fatal, la culpa me comía por dentro y destruía todo lo que viniera de mí. Hicimos más de doscientos conciertos en un año. Mi salud mental empeoró. Desde entonces, tuve varios diagnósticos psiquiátricos diferentes: depresión psicótica, trastorno bipolar de la personalidad, ansiedad... Un médico me dijo una vez que con los años se iría agravando. Y así fue. De todas las relaciones tóxicas que tenía, la peor de todas era con la música, así que lo dejé. Abandoné. Desaparecí. Hui. Al menos hasta hoy, cuando volví a sacar del bolso este cuaderno... He hecho un largo viaje hasta llegar aquí. ¿Quieres saber cómo fue? Reseñas: «Con Mai es fácil ponerse de su lado, es la ganadora y la perdedora. Eso la convierte en especial porque de ahí solo puede salir una conquista personal. Y así es ella en este libro». Maxim Huerta «A raíz de que Nena Daconte publicase su libro mucha gente me pedía que hablara con ella. No lo entendía, nunca la había relacionado con la salud mental». Ángel Martín «Hay que ser muy valiente para abrirse en canal y explicar en público lo que cuenta Nena Daconte. Un testimonio desgarrador y más que nunca necesario, en estos tiempos en los que ocultamos nuestro dolor tras los filtros de las aplicaciones». Carme Chaparro «Un libro muy interesante. Cuenta con muchísima naturalidad cosas como su relación con el alcohol. Mai Meneses es una mujer con éxito, reconocida, con premios que sin embargo ha sentido que no merecía lo que le estaba pasando». Jorge Javier Vázquez «Testimonios como estos son los que están ayudando a sacar de la cueva la realidad de las enfermedades mentales». Carles Francino «Sincera crónica de su éxito musical y caída en el pozo de la enfermedad mental». Victor Amela Nena Daconte Thu, 15 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649490 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tenía tanto que darte: Amor, música, ansiedad, sueños y locura Author: Nena Daconte Narrator: Nena Daconte, Máximo Huerta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Un honesto relato en primera persona sobre los límites del éxito y el fracaso, del amor y el odio a uno mismo. Una historia de amor, música, ansiedad, sueños y locura. Volvió otra vez la primavera y yo volví a sacar del bolso un cuaderno. Pero no era el cuaderno de las canciones. Era este cuaderno que tienes entre las manos. Al principio estaba asustada, no te voy a engañar, pero esta vez me sentía más tranquila. Sonreía con los ojos llenos de polvo de estrellas... Espera, espera... ¿te has perdido? No te preocupes, te explico rápido: en 2002 entré en Operación Triunfo, pero me expulsaron la primera. Me convertí en la perdedora más famosa de España. Tres años después, formé el grupo Nena Daconte. No era la primera vez que tenía un grupo, pero en esta ocasión dimos en la diana. Nos fichó Universal y llegó el éxito arrollador. En qué estrella estará sonaba grande y con derecho propio. Premios, giras, todas las puertas abiertas... Pero en aquella época fumaba porros y empecé a abusar del alcohol. Comenzó una etapa de autodestrucción que terminó en mi primer brote psicótico. Un año después, con la canción Tenía tanto que darte el éxito fue imparable, demoledor. Continuaron las paranoias, la ansiedad y el miedo. Difícil combinación. Todo era malo en mi cabeza. El triunfo me sentaba fatal, la culpa me comía por dentro y destruía todo lo que viniera de mí. Hicimos más de doscientos conciertos en un año. Mi salud mental empeoró. Desde entonces, tuve varios diagnósticos psiquiátricos diferentes: depresión psicótica, trastorno bipolar de la personalidad, ansiedad... Un médico me dijo una vez que con los años se iría agravando. Y así fue. De todas las relaciones tóxicas que tenía, la peor de todas era con la música, así que lo dejé. Abandoné. Desaparecí. Hui. Al menos hasta hoy, cuando volví a sacar del bolso este cuaderno... He hecho un largo viaje hasta llegar aquí. ¿Quieres saber cómo fue? Reseñas: «Con Mai es fácil ponerse de su lado, es la ganadora y la perdedora. Eso la convierte en especial porque de ahí solo puede salir una conquista personal. Y así es ella en este libro». Maxim Huerta «A raíz de que Nena Daconte publicase su libro mucha gente me pedía que hablara con ella. No lo entendía, nunca la había relacionado con la salud mental». Ángel Martín «Hay que ser muy valiente para abrirse en canal y explicar en público lo que cuenta Nena Daconte. Un testimonio desgarrador y más que nunca necesario, en estos tiempos en los que ocultamos nuestro dolor tras los filtros de las aplicaciones». Carme Chaparro «Un libro muy interesante. Cuenta con muchísima naturalidad cosas como su relación con el alcohol. Mai Meneses es una mujer con éxito, reconocida, con premios que sin embargo ha sentido que no merecía lo que le estaba pasando». Jorge Javier Vázquez «Testimonios como estos son los que están ayudando a sacar de la cueva la realidad de las enfermedades mentales». Carles Francino «Sincera crónica de su éxito musical y caída en el pozo de la enfermedad mental». Victor Amela Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tenía tanto que darte: Amor, música, ansiedad, sueños y locura Author: Nena Daconte Narrator: Nena Daconte, Máximo Huerta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Un honesto relato en primera persona sobre los límites del éxito y el fracaso, del amor y el odio a uno mismo. Una historia de amor, música, ansiedad, sueños y locura. Volvió otra vez la primavera y yo volví a sacar del bolso un cuaderno. Pero no era el cuaderno de las canciones. Era este cuaderno que tienes entre las manos. Al principio estaba asustada, no te voy a engañar, pero esta vez me sentía más tranquila. Sonreía con los ojos llenos de polvo de estrellas... Espera, espera... ¿te has perdido? No te preocupes, te explico rápido: en 2002 entré en Operación Triunfo, pero me expulsaron la primera. Me convertí en la perdedora más famosa de España. Tres años después, formé el grupo Nena Daconte. No era la primera vez que tenía un grupo, pero en esta ocasión dimos en la diana. Nos fichó Universal y llegó el éxito arrollador. En qué estrella estará sonaba grande y con derecho propio. Premios, giras, todas las puertas abiertas... Pero en aquella época fumaba porros y empecé a abusar del alcohol. Comenzó una etapa de autodestrucción que terminó en mi primer brote psicótico. Un año después, con la canción Tenía tanto que darte el éxito fue imparable, demoledor. Continuaron las paranoias, la ansiedad y el miedo. Difícil combinación. Todo era malo en mi cabeza. El triunfo me sentaba fatal, la culpa me comía por dentro y destruía todo lo que viniera de mí. Hicimos más de doscientos conciertos en un año. Mi salud mental empeoró. Desde entonces, tuve varios diagnósticos psiquiátricos diferentes: depresión psicótica, trastorno bipolar de la personalidad, ansiedad... Un médico me dijo una vez que con los años se iría agravando. Y así fue. De todas las relaciones tóxicas que tenía, la peor de todas era con la música, así que lo dejé. Abandoné. Desaparecí. Hui. Al menos hasta hoy, cuando volví a sacar del bolso este cuaderno... He hecho un largo viaje hasta llegar aquí. ¿Quieres saber cómo fue? Reseñas: «Con Mai es fácil ponerse de su lado, es la ganadora y la perdedora. Eso la convierte en especial porque de ahí solo puede salir una conquista personal. Y así es ella en este libro». Maxim Huerta «A raíz de que Nena Daconte publicase su libro mucha gente me pedía que hablara con ella. No lo entendía, nunca la había relacionado con la salud mental». Ángel Martín «Hay que ser muy valiente para abrirse en canal y explicar en público lo que cuenta Nena Daconte. Un testimonio desgarrador y más que nunca necesario, en estos tiempos en los que ocultamos nuestro dolor tras los filtros de las aplicaciones». Carme Chaparro «Un libro muy interesante. Cuenta con muchísima naturalidad cosas como su relación con el alcohol. Mai Meneses es una mujer con éxito, reconocida, con premios que sin embargo ha sentido que no merecía lo que le estaba pasando». Jorge Javier Vázquez «Testimonios como estos son los que están ayudando a sacar de la cueva la realidad de las enfermedades mentales». Carles Francino «Sincera crónica de su éxito musical y caída en el pozo de la enfermedad mental». Victor Amela https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Love: An Argument Author: Ron Rosenbaum Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed author of The Shakespeare Wars and Explaining Hitler comes a stirring manifesto on love in the modern age. Who wrote the book of love? In an impassioned polemic, Ron Rosenbaum—who has written books on the mysteries of Hitler’s evil, the magic of Shakespeare’s words, and the terrifying power of thermonuclear explosions—takes on perhaps his greatest challenge: the nature of love. Rosenbaum argues that what we know as love is imperiled now by the quantifiers, the digitizers, and their algorithms, who all seek to reduce love to electrical, chemical, and mathematical formulas. Rosenbaum brings excitement to his thinking as he interrogates the neuroscience of love, with its “trait constellations,” and the efforts of others to turn all human lovers into numerical configurations. He asks us why our culture has become so obsessed with codifying and quantifying love through algorithms. The very capacity that makes us human, Rosenbaum argues, is being taken over by numerical methods of explanation. In Defense of Love is more than an examination of the intersection of love with literature and science. It is a celebration of the persistence of a mysterious and uncanny phenomenon: the inexorable power of love. Cover image: The Embrace, 1970 by George Segal © 2023 The George and Helen Segal Foundation/Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY Ron Rosenbaum Tue, 15 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649352 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Love: An Argument Author: Ron Rosenbaum Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed author of The Shakespeare Wars and Explaining Hitler comes a stirring manifesto on love in the modern age. Who wrote the book of love? In an impassioned polemic, Ron Rosenbaum—who has written books on the mysteries of Hitler’s evil, the magic of Shakespeare’s words, and the terrifying power of thermonuclear explosions—takes on perhaps his greatest challenge: the nature of love. Rosenbaum argues that what we know as love is imperiled now by the quantifiers, the digitizers, and their algorithms, who all seek to reduce love to electrical, chemical, and mathematical formulas. Rosenbaum brings excitement to his thinking as he interrogates the neuroscience of love, with its “trait constellations,” and the efforts of others to turn all human lovers into numerical configurations. He asks us why our culture has become so obsessed with codifying and quantifying love through algorithms. The very capacity that makes us human, Rosenbaum argues, is being taken over by numerical methods of explanation. In Defense of Love is more than an examination of the intersection of love with literature and science. It is a celebration of the persistence of a mysterious and uncanny phenomenon: the inexorable power of love. Cover image: The Embrace, 1970 by George Segal © 2023 The George and Helen Segal Foundation/Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Love: An Argument Author: Ron Rosenbaum Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed author of The Shakespeare Wars and Explaining Hitler comes a stirring manifesto on love in the modern age. Who wrote the book of love? In an impassioned polemic, Ron Rosenbaum—who has written books on the mysteries of Hitler’s evil, the magic of Shakespeare’s words, and the terrifying power of thermonuclear explosions—takes on perhaps his greatest challenge: the nature of love. Rosenbaum argues that what we know as love is imperiled now by the quantifiers, the digitizers, and their algorithms, who all seek to reduce love to electrical, chemical, and mathematical formulas. Rosenbaum brings excitement to his thinking as he interrogates the neuroscience of love, with its “trait constellations,” and the efforts of others to turn all human lovers into numerical configurations. He asks us why our culture has become so obsessed with codifying and quantifying love through algorithms. The very capacity that makes us human, Rosenbaum argues, is being taken over by numerical methods of explanation. In Defense of Love is more than an examination of the intersection of love with literature and science. It is a celebration of the persistence of a mysterious and uncanny phenomenon: the inexorable power of love. Cover image: The Embrace, 1970 by George Segal © 2023 The George and Helen Segal Foundation/Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649186 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spark Inside Author: Ami Chen Mills-Naim Narrator: Janice Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is an important book for children and young adults, whether they are psychologically or emotionally in trouble or not. This book is equally important for parents, teachers and counselors. The Spark Inside reveals, in easily understood language, the innate health that resides in each and every one of us. It shows young people that they can let go of the dark and negative thoughts that leads to low self-esteem, painful feelings, and anti-social behaviour. It explains that all youth have the ability to embrace healthy thoughts and lift their spirits into a state of creativity and peace that is their birthright, improving their connection to family, friends and the greater community. In addition to our mandate to teach children how to cross the street safely and how to read and write, this book provides the essential curriculum to help them discover how to live well, with more happiness and success—no matter what their background, skills and interests. Ami Chen Mills-Naim Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649186 thebookvoice.com 1:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spark Inside Author: Ami Chen Mills-Naim Narrator: Janice Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is an important book for children and young adults, whether they are psychologically or emotionally in trouble or not. This book is equally important for parents, teachers and counselors. The Spark Inside reveals, in easily understood language, the innate health that resides in each and every one of us. It shows young people that they can let go of the dark and negative thoughts that leads to low self-esteem, painful feelings, and anti-social behaviour. It explains that all youth have the ability to embrace healthy thoughts and lift their spirits into a state of creativity and peace that is their birthright, improving their connection to family, friends and the greater community. In addition to our mandate to teach children how to cross the street safely and how to read and write, this book provides the essential curriculum to help them discover how to live well, with more happiness and success—no matter what their background, skills and interests. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spark Inside Author: Ami Chen Mills-Naim Narrator: Janice Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: December 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is an important book for children and young adults, whether they are psychologically or emotionally in trouble or not. This book is equally important for parents, teachers and counselors. The Spark Inside reveals, in easily understood language, the innate health that resides in each and every one of us. It shows young people that they can let go of the dark and negative thoughts that leads to low self-esteem, painful feelings, and anti-social behaviour. It explains that all youth have the ability to embrace healthy thoughts and lift their spirits into a state of creativity and peace that is their birthright, improving their connection to family, friends and the greater community. In addition to our mandate to teach children how to cross the street safely and how to read and write, this book provides the essential curriculum to help them discover how to live well, with more happiness and success—no matter what their background, skills and interests. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Enough: When Achievement Culture Becomes Toxic-and What We Can Do About It Author: Jennifer Breheny Wallace Narrator: Jennifer Breheny Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER The definitive book on the rise of “toxic achievement culture” overtaking our kids' and parents' lives, and a new framework for fighting back In the ever more competitive race to secure the best possible future, today’s students face unprecedented pressure to succeed. They jam-pack their schedules with AP classes, fill every waking hour with resume-padding activities, and even sabotage relationships with friends to “get ahead.” Family incomes and schedules are stretched to the breaking point by tutoring fees and athletic schedules. Yet this drive to optimize performance has only resulted in skyrocketing rates of anxiety, depression, and even self-harm in America’s highest achieving schools. Parents, educators, and community leaders are facing the same quandary: how can we teach our kids to strive towards excellence without crushing them?  In Never Enough, award-winning reporter Jennifer Breheny Wallace investigates the deep roots of toxic achievement culture, and finds out what we must do to fight back. Drawing on interviews with families, educators, and an original survey of nearly 6,000 parents, she exposes how the pressure to perform is not a matter of parental choice but baked in to our larger society and spurred by increasing income inequality and dwindling opportunities. As a result, children are increasingly absorbing the message that they have no value outside of their accomplishments, a message that is reinforced by the media and greater culture at large. Through deep research and interviews with today’s leading child psychologists, Wallace shows what kids need from the adults in the room is not more pressure, but to feel like they matter, and have intrinsic self-worth not contingent upon external achievements. Parents and educators who adopt the language and values of mattering help children see themselves as a valuable contributor to a larger community. And in an ironic twist, kids who receive consistent feedback that they matter no matter what are more likely to have the resilience, self-confidence, and psychological security to thrive. Packed with memorable stories and offering a powerful toolkit for positive change, Never Enough offers an urgent, humane view of the crisis plaguing today’s teens and a practical framework for how to help. Jennifer Breheny Wallace Tue, 22 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649128 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Enough: When Achievement Culture Becomes Toxic-and What We Can Do About It Author: Jennifer Breheny Wallace Narrator: Jennifer Breheny Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER The definitive book on the rise of “toxic achievement culture” overtaking our kids' and parents' lives, and a new framework for fighting back In the ever more competitive race to secure the best possible future, today’s students face unprecedented pressure to succeed. They jam-pack their schedules with AP classes, fill every waking hour with resume-padding activities, and even sabotage relationships with friends to “get ahead.” Family incomes and schedules are stretched to the breaking point by tutoring fees and athletic schedules. Yet this drive to optimize performance has only resulted in skyrocketing rates of anxiety, depression, and even self-harm in America’s highest achieving schools. Parents, educators, and community leaders are facing the same quandary: how can we teach our kids to strive towards excellence without crushing them?  In Never Enough, award-winning reporter Jennifer Breheny Wallace investigates the deep roots of toxic achievement culture, and finds out what we must do to fight back. Drawing on interviews with families, educators, and an original survey of nearly 6,000 parents, she exposes how the pressure to perform is not a matter of parental choice but baked in to our larger society and spurred by increasing income inequality and dwindling opportunities. As a result, children are increasingly absorbing the message that they have no value outside of their accomplishments, a message that is reinforced by the media and greater culture at large. Through deep research and interviews with today’s leading child psychologists, Wallace shows what kids need from the adults in the room is not more pressure, but to feel like they matter, and have intrinsic self-worth not contingent upon external achievements. Parents and educators who adopt the language and values of mattering help children see themselves as a valuable contributor to a larger community. And in an ironic twist, kids who receive consistent feedback that they matter no matter what are more likely to have the resilience, self-confidence, and psychological security to thrive. Packed with memorable stories and offering a powerful toolkit for positive change, Never Enough offers an urgent, humane view of the crisis plaguing today’s teens and a practical framework for how to help. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Enough: When Achievement Culture Becomes Toxic-and What We Can Do About It Author: Jennifer Breheny Wallace Narrator: Jennifer Breheny Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER The definitive book on the rise of “toxic achievement culture” overtaking our kids' and parents' lives, and a new framework for fighting back In the ever more competitive race to secure the best possible future, today’s students face unprecedented pressure to succeed. They jam-pack their schedules with AP classes, fill every waking hour with resume-padding activities, and even sabotage relationships with friends to “get ahead.” Family incomes and schedules are stretched to the breaking point by tutoring fees and athletic schedules. Yet this drive to optimize performance has only resulted in skyrocketing rates of anxiety, depression, and even self-harm in America’s highest achieving schools. Parents, educators, and community leaders are facing the same quandary: how can we teach our kids to strive towards excellence without crushing them?  In Never Enough, award-winning reporter Jennifer Breheny Wallace investigates the deep roots of toxic achievement culture, and finds out what we must do to fight back. Drawing on interviews with families, educators, and an original survey of nearly 6,000 parents, she exposes how the pressure to perform is not a matter of parental choice but baked in to our larger society and spurred by increasing income inequality and dwindling opportunities. As a result, children are increasingly absorbing the message that they have no value outside of their accomplishments, a message that is reinforced by the media and greater culture at large. Through deep research and interviews with today’s leading child psychologists, Wallace shows what kids need from the adults in the room is not more pressure, but to feel like they matter, and have intrinsic self-worth not contingent upon external achievements. Parents and educators who adopt the language and values of mattering help children see themselves as a valuable contributor to a larger community. And in an ironic twist, kids who receive consistent feedback that they matter no matter what are more likely to have the resilience, self-confidence, and psychological security to thrive. Packed with memorable stories and offering a powerful toolkit for positive change, Never Enough offers an urgent, humane view of the crisis plaguing today’s teens and a practical framework for how to help. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649001 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Relief for Women Author: Katlin Shepherd Narrator: Vicki-Jo Eva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Women are stronger than we give ourselves credit for—by managing stress, we can conquer our lives. Stop letting stress rule and ruin your life; the advice in this book will change your life! It’s no secret women shoulder a heavier mental burden and more stress. Reduce stress, live better, uncover happiness with the tips in this book! Are you ready to let go of stress, find balance, and unlock your personal happiness? Women are stressed. We’re expected to do more, remember the details, to work, care for families and manage households. All that pressure comes with a lot of stress. And prolonged, crushing, can’t-breathe stress isn’t healthy. But how can we tackle stress without reducing our responsibilities? Or what responsibilities can we let go of? That’s where Stress Relief for Women comes in. With actionable advice, tips, tools, and information to help you make lasting changes, Katlin Shepherd’s book is a literal lifesaver. Stress Relief for Women will teach you: If stress is a mental health problem What stress does to the body (P.S. It’s not good) No-nonsense advice to help you relieve and manage your anxiety How to stop anxiety attacks in their tracks Strategies for overthinkers (you know who you are) Simple habits to improve your life And so much more! Stress doesn’t have to rule your life. Take away the power stress has over you with this helpful guide. Trust me, this book will change the way you look at stress, your stress management, and your life. What are you waiting for? Scroll up and buy your copy now! Katlin Shepherd Sat, 26 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649001 thebookvoice.com 3:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Relief for Women Author: Katlin Shepherd Narrator: Vicki-Jo Eva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Women are stronger than we give ourselves credit for—by managing stress, we can conquer our lives. Stop letting stress rule and ruin your life; the advice in this book will change your life! It’s no secret women shoulder a heavier mental burden and more stress. Reduce stress, live better, uncover happiness with the tips in this book! Are you ready to let go of stress, find balance, and unlock your personal happiness? Women are stressed. We’re expected to do more, remember the details, to work, care for families and manage households. All that pressure comes with a lot of stress. And prolonged, crushing, can’t-breathe stress isn’t healthy. But how can we tackle stress without reducing our responsibilities? Or what responsibilities can we let go of? That’s where Stress Relief for Women comes in. With actionable advice, tips, tools, and information to help you make lasting changes, Katlin Shepherd’s book is a literal lifesaver. Stress Relief for Women will teach you: If stress is a mental health problem What stress does to the body (P.S. It’s not good) No-nonsense advice to help you relieve and manage your anxiety How to stop anxiety attacks in their tracks Strategies for overthinkers (you know who you are) Simple habits to improve your life And so much more! Stress doesn’t have to rule your life. Take away the power stress has over you with this helpful guide. Trust me, this book will change the way you look at stress, your stress management, and your life. What are you waiting for? Scroll up and buy your copy now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Relief for Women Author: Katlin Shepherd Narrator: Vicki-Jo Eva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Women are stronger than we give ourselves credit for—by managing stress, we can conquer our lives. Stop letting stress rule and ruin your life; the advice in this book will change your life! It’s no secret women shoulder a heavier mental burden and more stress. Reduce stress, live better, uncover happiness with the tips in this book! Are you ready to let go of stress, find balance, and unlock your personal happiness? Women are stressed. We’re expected to do more, remember the details, to work, care for families and manage households. All that pressure comes with a lot of stress. And prolonged, crushing, can’t-breathe stress isn’t healthy. But how can we tackle stress without reducing our responsibilities? Or what responsibilities can we let go of? That’s where Stress Relief for Women comes in. With actionable advice, tips, tools, and information to help you make lasting changes, Katlin Shepherd’s book is a literal lifesaver. Stress Relief for Women will teach you: If stress is a mental health problem What stress does to the body (P.S. It’s not good) No-nonsense advice to help you relieve and manage your anxiety How to stop anxiety attacks in their tracks Strategies for overthinkers (you know who you are) Simple habits to improve your life And so much more! Stress doesn’t have to rule your life. Take away the power stress has over you with this helpful guide. Trust me, this book will change the way you look at stress, your stress management, and your life. What are you waiting for? Scroll up and buy your copy now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath Abilities Author: Cate Orrell Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empath Abilities: Learn About the Power of Empathy and How it Can Significantly Enrich Your Life Plus Tips on How to Enhance Your Empathy Every individual is unique. Fortunately, everyone can choose to look at the world through the special lens of empathy. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. It gives us the energy to go beyond self-interest and pursue authentic, meaningful, and mutually-satisfying relationships – and, in the process, enrich our emotional life. In this audiobook, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. Topics that will be covered are the following - Empathy Basics - How to Develop Empathy - Benefits of Empathy - Obstacles to Enriching Empathy - And many more! Empathy will help you relate with people more and help you live a more meaningful life. To learn more about empathy, download your copy of this audiobook today! Cate Orrell Mon, 14 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648952 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath Abilities Author: Cate Orrell Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empath Abilities: Learn About the Power of Empathy and How it Can Significantly Enrich Your Life Plus Tips on How to Enhance Your Empathy Every individual is unique. Fortunately, everyone can choose to look at the world through the special lens of empathy. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. It gives us the energy to go beyond self-interest and pursue authentic, meaningful, and mutually-satisfying relationships – and, in the process, enrich our emotional life. In this audiobook, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. Topics that will be covered are the following - Empathy Basics - How to Develop Empathy - Benefits of Empathy - Obstacles to Enriching Empathy - And many more! Empathy will help you relate with people more and help you live a more meaningful life. To learn more about empathy, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath Abilities Author: Cate Orrell Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empath Abilities: Learn About the Power of Empathy and How it Can Significantly Enrich Your Life Plus Tips on How to Enhance Your Empathy Every individual is unique. Fortunately, everyone can choose to look at the world through the special lens of empathy. Empathy gives us the power to think about, understand, and care about each other. It gives us the energy to go beyond self-interest and pursue authentic, meaningful, and mutually-satisfying relationships – and, in the process, enrich our emotional life. In this audiobook, you will learn how to build and enhance your empathy. It will teach you sensible and time-tested tips you can use to rise above personal biases and become kinder, more forgiving, more accepting, and more loving toward other people. Topics that will be covered are the following - Empathy Basics - How to Develop Empathy - Benefits of Empathy - Obstacles to Enriching Empathy - And many more! Empathy will help you relate with people more and help you live a more meaningful life. To learn more about empathy, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo Analizar a Las Personas: Técnicas Secretas de Psicología Oscura Para Analizar, Influenciar y Manipular Cualquier Tipo de Personalidad con el Lenguaje Corporal y Verbal Author: Miguel Torres Narrator: Daniel Paz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El lenguaje corporal, un arma poderosa ¿Quieres ser un líder en tu trabajo? ¿Quieres vender más? ¿Cautivar el corazón de esa persona especial? O lograr que tus hijos adolescentes te escuchen y puedas convencerlos. Para poder convencer a alguien, la clave está en entender cómo piensan … ¡Las personas solo escuchan lo que desean!, entonces aprende a decir lo que desean escuchar y úsalo a tu favor. Para cautivar a las personas hasta el punto de influenciar sus pensamientos y acciones, debes saber que piensan y sienten. El lenguaje corporal puede dejar al desnudo a una persona y en este libro aprenderás a analizarlo y a controlar tus propios movimientos. Aprende a usar las técnicas de los políticos, gurús del marketing, influencers, oradores, maestros, coach y hasta las que los más famosos timadores emplean para capturar a las masas. ¡Aprende a persuadir! Cambiaras los “NO” en tu vida por “SI”, desarrollaras una capacidad increíble de convencer a las personas y no es necesario años de estudio para lograrlo, tienes ese poder oculto dentro de ti. Nada volverá a ser igual, ¡prepárate para despertar ese poder!  Serás exitoso en todos los aspectos. Este libro marcara el rumbo de tu vida, es una guía basada en casos de éxitos sobre como comprender y persuadir a las personas. ¡Tendrás un antes y un después!, Tu visión sobre las relaciones interpersonales cambiara por completo. - Conoce las diferentes personalidades - Entiende y domina el comportamiento humano - Controla tu cuerpo, emite las señales correctas - Hipnotiza con tus palabras - Cautiva con el lenguaje subconsciente - Desarrolla las habilidades para lograr lo que quieras - Controla a tu público y a los que te rodean - Modifica esquemas mentales - Conoce los trucos para manipular y obtener las respuestas que quieres - Las palabr Miguel Torres Fri, 25 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648943 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo Analizar a Las Personas: Técnicas Secretas de Psicología Oscura Para Analizar, Influenciar y Manipular Cualquier Tipo de Personalidad con el Lenguaje Corporal y Verbal Author: Miguel Torres Narrator: Daniel Paz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El lenguaje corporal, un arma poderosa ¿Quieres ser un líder en tu trabajo? ¿Quieres vender más? ¿Cautivar el corazón de esa persona especial? O lograr que tus hijos adolescentes te escuchen y puedas convencerlos. Para poder convencer a alguien, la clave está en entender cómo piensan … ¡Las personas solo escuchan lo que desean!, entonces aprende a decir lo que desean escuchar y úsalo a tu favor. Para cautivar a las personas hasta el punto de influenciar sus pensamientos y acciones, debes saber que piensan y sienten. El lenguaje corporal puede dejar al desnudo a una persona y en este libro aprenderás a analizarlo y a controlar tus propios movimientos. Aprende a usar las técnicas de los políticos, gurús del marketing, influencers, oradores, maestros, coach y hasta las que los más famosos timadores emplean para capturar a las masas. ¡Aprende a persuadir! Cambiaras los “NO” en tu vida por “SI”, desarrollaras una capacidad increíble de convencer a las personas y no es necesario años de estudio para lograrlo, tienes ese poder oculto dentro de ti. Nada volverá a ser igual, ¡prepárate para despertar ese poder!  Serás exitoso en todos los aspectos. Este libro marcara el rumbo de tu vida, es una guía basada en casos de éxitos sobre como comprender y persuadir a las personas. ¡Tendrás un antes y un después!, Tu visión sobre las relaciones interpersonales cambiara por completo. - Conoce las diferentes personalidades - Entiende y domina el comportamiento humano - Controla tu cuerpo, emite las señales correctas - Hipnotiza con tus palabras - Cautiva con el lenguaje subconsciente - Desarrolla las habilidades para lograr lo que quieras - Controla a tu público y a los que te rodean - Modifica esquemas mentales - Conoce los trucos para manipular y obtener las respuestas que quieres - Las palabr Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo Analizar a Las Personas: Técnicas Secretas de Psicología Oscura Para Analizar, Influenciar y Manipular Cualquier Tipo de Personalidad con el Lenguaje Corporal y Verbal Author: Miguel Torres Narrator: Daniel Paz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El lenguaje corporal, un arma poderosa ¿Quieres ser un líder en tu trabajo? ¿Quieres vender más? ¿Cautivar el corazón de esa persona especial? O lograr que tus hijos adolescentes te escuchen y puedas convencerlos. Para poder convencer a alguien, la clave está en entender cómo piensan … ¡Las personas solo escuchan lo que desean!, entonces aprende a decir lo que desean escuchar y úsalo a tu favor. Para cautivar a las personas hasta el punto de influenciar sus pensamientos y acciones, debes saber que piensan y sienten. El lenguaje corporal puede dejar al desnudo a una persona y en este libro aprenderás a analizarlo y a controlar tus propios movimientos. Aprende a usar las técnicas de los políticos, gurús del marketing, influencers, oradores, maestros, coach y hasta las que los más famosos timadores emplean para capturar a las masas. ¡Aprende a persuadir! Cambiaras los “NO” en tu vida por “SI”, desarrollaras una capacidad increíble de convencer a las personas y no es necesario años de estudio para lograrlo, tienes ese poder oculto dentro de ti. Nada volverá a ser igual, ¡prepárate para despertar ese poder!  Serás exitoso en todos los aspectos. Este libro marcara el rumbo de tu vida, es una guía basada en casos de éxitos sobre como comprender y persuadir a las personas. ¡Tendrás un antes y un después!, Tu visión sobre las relaciones interpersonales cambiara por completo. - Conoce las diferentes personalidades - Entiende y domina el comportamiento humano - Controla tu cuerpo, emite las señales correctas - Hipnotiza con tus palabras - Cautiva con el lenguaje subconsciente - Desarrolla las habilidades para lograr lo que quieras - Controla a tu público y a los que te rodean - Modifica esquemas mentales - Conoce los trucos para manipular y obtener las respuestas que quieres - Las palabr https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year to Change Your Mind: Ideas from the Therapy Room to Help You Live Better Author: Dr Lucy Maddox Narrator: Dr Lucy Maddox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology underpins everything we do, determining the decisions we make, the relationships we build, the roles we play and the places we live, and our behaviour is further influenced by the changing seasons, encouraging many of us to fall into unhelpful patterns again and again each year. In A YEAR TO CHANGE YOUR MIND, accredited practising psychologist Dr Lucy Maddox explains how psychological processes thread through our lives, pinpointing those issues most frequently encountered in each month, and shows us how by reflecting upon past experiences, both joyful and painful, we can learn to live a more thoughtful, positive life that better prepares us for the future. From the tendency to lack motivation in January and to experience red-hot anger in the heat of August, to the weight of expectation associated with that back-to-school feeling in September and the pressure to enjoy the December holiday season, we're shown recognisable features of behaviour over the course of the year. In sharing with us the most useful psychology ideas the author has learned in her 15 years as a clinical psychologist - ones she uses in her own life, and returns to time and time again with people who have come to see her for therapy - she provides plenty to think about that we too can put into practice to improve our own lives. Dr Lucy Maddox Thu, 15 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648924 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year to Change Your Mind: Ideas from the Therapy Room to Help You Live Better Author: Dr Lucy Maddox Narrator: Dr Lucy Maddox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology underpins everything we do, determining the decisions we make, the relationships we build, the roles we play and the places we live, and our behaviour is further influenced by the changing seasons, encouraging many of us to fall into unhelpful patterns again and again each year. In A YEAR TO CHANGE YOUR MIND, accredited practising psychologist Dr Lucy Maddox explains how psychological processes thread through our lives, pinpointing those issues most frequently encountered in each month, and shows us how by reflecting upon past experiences, both joyful and painful, we can learn to live a more thoughtful, positive life that better prepares us for the future. From the tendency to lack motivation in January and to experience red-hot anger in the heat of August, to the weight of expectation associated with that back-to-school feeling in September and the pressure to enjoy the December holiday season, we're shown recognisable features of behaviour over the course of the year. In sharing with us the most useful psychology ideas the author has learned in her 15 years as a clinical psychologist - ones she uses in her own life, and returns to time and time again with people who have come to see her for therapy - she provides plenty to think about that we too can put into practice to improve our own lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year to Change Your Mind: Ideas from the Therapy Room to Help You Live Better Author: Dr Lucy Maddox Narrator: Dr Lucy Maddox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology underpins everything we do, determining the decisions we make, the relationships we build, the roles we play and the places we live, and our behaviour is further influenced by the changing seasons, encouraging many of us to fall into unhelpful patterns again and again each year. In A YEAR TO CHANGE YOUR MIND, accredited practising psychologist Dr Lucy Maddox explains how psychological processes thread through our lives, pinpointing those issues most frequently encountered in each month, and shows us how by reflecting upon past experiences, both joyful and painful, we can learn to live a more thoughtful, positive life that better prepares us for the future. From the tendency to lack motivation in January and to experience red-hot anger in the heat of August, to the weight of expectation associated with that back-to-school feeling in September and the pressure to enjoy the December holiday season, we're shown recognisable features of behaviour over the course of the year. In sharing with us the most useful psychology ideas the author has learned in her 15 years as a clinical psychologist - ones she uses in her own life, and returns to time and time again with people who have come to see her for therapy - she provides plenty to think about that we too can put into practice to improve our own lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No te ahogues en un vaso de agua: Aprende a reaccionar de forma positiva Author: Richard Carlson Narrator: Arturo Mercado Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Te gustaría aprender a aceptar los problemas en lugar de resistirte a ellos? A lo largo de un centenar de cortos capítulos, el doctor Carlson presenta una serie de estrategias simples para controlar el pesimismo y evitar que los sinsabores que la vida trae consigo nos amarguen la existencia. Nos muestra que la vida no tiene por qué ser una emergencia continua; puede ser un fluir armonioso donde la felicidad es posible a pesar de todo. Richard Carlson Thu, 13 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647870 thebookvoice.com 4:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No te ahogues en un vaso de agua: Aprende a reaccionar de forma positiva Author: Richard Carlson Narrator: Arturo Mercado Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Te gustaría aprender a aceptar los problemas en lugar de resistirte a ellos? A lo largo de un centenar de cortos capítulos, el doctor Carlson presenta una serie de estrategias simples para controlar el pesimismo y evitar que los sinsabores que la vida trae consigo nos amarguen la existencia. Nos muestra que la vida no tiene por qué ser una emergencia continua; puede ser un fluir armonioso donde la felicidad es posible a pesar de todo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No te ahogues en un vaso de agua: Aprende a reaccionar de forma positiva Author: Richard Carlson Narrator: Arturo Mercado Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Te gustaría aprender a aceptar los problemas en lugar de resistirte a ellos? A lo largo de un centenar de cortos capítulos, el doctor Carlson presenta una serie de estrategias simples para controlar el pesimismo y evitar que los sinsabores que la vida trae consigo nos amarguen la existencia. Nos muestra que la vida no tiene por qué ser una emergencia continua; puede ser un fluir armonioso donde la felicidad es posible a pesar de todo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647621 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 5 Säulen des positiven Denkens – Mut zum erfüllten Leben: Wie Sie Ihre Bestimmung finden, zum Meister Ihrer Gefühle werden und den Weg zum bedingungslosen Glück entdecken Author: David Heimbacher Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Entdecken Sie die 5 Säulen des positiven Denkens für mehr Erfolg und Glück im Leben Halten Sie kurz inne. Seien Sie ehrlich … - Wären Sie gerne in vielen Situationen gelassener und positiver? - Würden Sie gerne negative Gedanken effektiv stoppen? - Ihre Ängste verschwinden lassen? - Den inneren Kritiker zum Schweigen bringen? Und würden Sie stattdessen lieber... - das Leben mit Freude anpacken? - Mit Selbstbewusstsein und Energie durch den Tag gehen? - Und dabei gelassen und glücklich sein? All das ist tatsächlich möglich. Und dieses wunderbare Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie das geht: Es weiht Sie auf unterhaltsame und zugleich leicht verständliche Weise in die Kunst des positiven Denkens ein. Sie erhalten die effektivsten Tools, mit denen Sie Grübeln und negative Gedanken stoppen können. Damit Sie deutlich gelassener und glücklicher durchs Leben schreiten. Entdecken Sie in DIE 5 SÄULEN DES POSITIVEN DENKENS, wie Sie… - Ihr Gedankenkarussell stoppen und Ihren Geist fokussieren - Ihre schlechten Gewohnheiten ablegen und Ihre Glücksroutinen etablieren - Ihren Körper auf Entspannung, Ruhe und Wohlbefinden programmieren - Ihr neues Ich finden und dadurch zu neuer Strahlkraft gelangen - nicht mehr so hart zu sich selbst sind und sich trotzdem stetig verbessern Das Buch schickt Sie auf eine einzigartige Reise. Einer Reise zu sich selbst und zu dem, was SIE glücklich macht. Bekommen Sie Klarheit über alles, was Sie noch wie Ketten zurückhält. Finden Sie zu den Techniken, die Sie zu einem positiven Menschen machen und leben Sie das Leben nach Ihren Vorstellungen. Das Buch verbindet dabei das Beste aus fernöstlichen Philosophien mit wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen aus der Psychologie. So werden Sie praktisch, unterhaltsam und behutsam in ein Leben in Positivität geführt. Sie haben sich das Glück verdient – sorgen Sie dafür, dass Sie es mit jeder Faser Ihres Körpers spüren! David Heimbacher Wed, 23 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647621 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 5 Säulen des positiven Denkens – Mut zum erfüllten Leben: Wie Sie Ihre Bestimmung finden, zum Meister Ihrer Gefühle werden und den Weg zum bedingungslosen Glück entdecken Author: David Heimbacher Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Entdecken Sie die 5 Säulen des positiven Denkens für mehr Erfolg und Glück im Leben Halten Sie kurz inne. Seien Sie ehrlich … - Wären Sie gerne in vielen Situationen gelassener und positiver? - Würden Sie gerne negative Gedanken effektiv stoppen? - Ihre Ängste verschwinden lassen? - Den inneren Kritiker zum Schweigen bringen? Und würden Sie stattdessen lieber... - das Leben mit Freude anpacken? - Mit Selbstbewusstsein und Energie durch den Tag gehen? - Und dabei gelassen und glücklich sein? All das ist tatsächlich möglich. Und dieses wunderbare Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie das geht: Es weiht Sie auf unterhaltsame und zugleich leicht verständliche Weise in die Kunst des positiven Denkens ein. Sie erhalten die effektivsten Tools, mit denen Sie Grübeln und negative Gedanken stoppen können. Damit Sie deutlich gelassener und glücklicher durchs Leben schreiten. Entdecken Sie in DIE 5 SÄULEN DES POSITIVEN DENKENS, wie Sie… - Ihr Gedankenkarussell stoppen und Ihren Geist fokussieren - Ihre schlechten Gewohnheiten ablegen und Ihre Glücksroutinen etablieren - Ihren Körper auf Entspannung, Ruhe und Wohlbefinden programmieren - Ihr neues Ich finden und dadurch zu neuer Strahlkraft gelangen - nicht mehr so hart zu sich selbst sind und sich trotzdem stetig verbessern Das Buch schickt Sie auf eine einzigartige Reise. Einer Reise zu sich selbst und zu dem, was SIE glücklich macht. Bekommen Sie Klarheit über alles, was Sie noch wie Ketten zurückhält. Finden Sie zu den Techniken, die Sie zu einem positiven Menschen machen und leben Sie das Leben nach Ihren Vorstellungen. Das Buch verbindet dabei das Beste aus fernöstlichen Philosophien mit wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen aus der Psychologie. So werden Sie praktisch, unterhaltsam und behutsam in ein Leben in Positivität geführt. Sie haben sich das Glück verdient – sorgen Sie dafür, dass Sie es mit jeder Faser Ihres Körpers spüren! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 5 Säulen des positiven Denkens – Mut zum erfüllten Leben: Wie Sie Ihre Bestimmung finden, zum Meister Ihrer Gefühle werden und den Weg zum bedingungslosen Glück entdecken Author: David Heimbacher Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Entdecken Sie die 5 Säulen des positiven Denkens für mehr Erfolg und Glück im Leben Halten Sie kurz inne. Seien Sie ehrlich … - Wären Sie gerne in vielen Situationen gelassener und positiver? - Würden Sie gerne negative Gedanken effektiv stoppen? - Ihre Ängste verschwinden lassen? - Den inneren Kritiker zum Schweigen bringen? Und würden Sie stattdessen lieber... - das Leben mit Freude anpacken? - Mit Selbstbewusstsein und Energie durch den Tag gehen? - Und dabei gelassen und glücklich sein? All das ist tatsächlich möglich. Und dieses wunderbare Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie das geht: Es weiht Sie auf unterhaltsame und zugleich leicht verständliche Weise in die Kunst des positiven Denkens ein. Sie erhalten die effektivsten Tools, mit denen Sie Grübeln und negative Gedanken stoppen können. Damit Sie deutlich gelassener und glücklicher durchs Leben schreiten. Entdecken Sie in DIE 5 SÄULEN DES POSITIVEN DENKENS, wie Sie… - Ihr Gedankenkarussell stoppen und Ihren Geist fokussieren - Ihre schlechten Gewohnheiten ablegen und Ihre Glücksroutinen etablieren - Ihren Körper auf Entspannung, Ruhe und Wohlbefinden programmieren - Ihr neues Ich finden und dadurch zu neuer Strahlkraft gelangen - nicht mehr so hart zu sich selbst sind und sich trotzdem stetig verbessern Das Buch schickt Sie auf eine einzigartige Reise. Einer Reise zu sich selbst und zu dem, was SIE glücklich macht. Bekommen Sie Klarheit über alles, was Sie noch wie Ketten zurückhält. Finden Sie zu den Techniken, die Sie zu einem positiven Menschen machen und leben Sie das Leben nach Ihren Vorstellungen. Das Buch verbindet dabei das Beste aus fernöstlichen Philosophien mit wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen aus der Psychologie. So werden Sie praktisch, unterhaltsam und behutsam in ein Leben in Positivität geführt. Sie haben sich das Glück verdient – sorgen Sie dafür, dass Sie es mit jeder Faser Ihres Körpers spüren! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 21 Techniken der Manipulation – Dunkle Psychologie im Alltag: So schützen Sie sich vor den Manipulationstechniken anderer Menschen und gewinnen die Kontrolle über Ihr Leben zurück Author: Erik Rode Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lügner, Betrüger oder sogar Freunde und Familie: So wehren Sie sich gegen alltägliche Manipulationsversuche Haben Sie auch manchmal das Gefühl, beeinflusst und für fremde Zwecke ausgenutzt zu werden? Pro Tag nehmen wir 6.000 Reize auf – 95 % davon sind uns unbewusst. Für andere Menschen öffnet das Tür und Tor für Manipulationstechniken. Auch wenn Sie glauben, Sie seien für derartige Psychotricks immun… Manipulation findet überall statt: egal, ob durch Familienmitglieder, Bekannte, Arbeitskollegen, Chefs und nicht selten auch durch beste Freunde. Viele tun dies nicht absichtlich und sind sich dessen nicht bewusst, manipulative Techniken anzuwenden. Andere wiederum manipulieren gezielt, um das zu bekommen, was sie wollen oder sich einen unfairen Vorteil zu verschaffen. Als jemand, der keine Kenntnis über manipulative Handlungen hat, sind Sie diesen Menschen hilflos ausgeliefert und werden automatisch zur Zielscheibe für emotionale Verletzungen. Doch das ist kein Grund, paranoid zu werden oder den Kopf in den Sand zu stecken, denn Erik Rode gibt Ihnen einen Einblick in die gängigsten Techniken der Manipulation, denen Menschen tagtäglich unbewusst ausgesetzt sind. Er erklärt anhand vieler praktischer Beispiele, wie Manipulation funktioniert, wie Sie diese erkennen und geschickt reagieren. Manipulatoren überzeugen, belügen, täuschen oder nötigen Sie zu etwas, das Sie gar nicht tun wollen... Gehen Sie ab sofort zum Gegenangriff über, denn Sie selbst können lernen, Manipulationsversuche zu erkennen und sich gegen sie zu wappnen. Verschaffen Sie sich einen großen Vorteil in all Ihren zukünftigen Begegnungen mit Menschen und erwerben Sie mit diesem Buch noch heute Ihr rhetorisches Rüstzeug. Erik Rode Wed, 23 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647619 thebookvoice.com 3:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 21 Techniken der Manipulation – Dunkle Psychologie im Alltag: So schützen Sie sich vor den Manipulationstechniken anderer Menschen und gewinnen die Kontrolle über Ihr Leben zurück Author: Erik Rode Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lügner, Betrüger oder sogar Freunde und Familie: So wehren Sie sich gegen alltägliche Manipulationsversuche Haben Sie auch manchmal das Gefühl, beeinflusst und für fremde Zwecke ausgenutzt zu werden? Pro Tag nehmen wir 6.000 Reize auf – 95 % davon sind uns unbewusst. Für andere Menschen öffnet das Tür und Tor für Manipulationstechniken. Auch wenn Sie glauben, Sie seien für derartige Psychotricks immun… Manipulation findet überall statt: egal, ob durch Familienmitglieder, Bekannte, Arbeitskollegen, Chefs und nicht selten auch durch beste Freunde. Viele tun dies nicht absichtlich und sind sich dessen nicht bewusst, manipulative Techniken anzuwenden. Andere wiederum manipulieren gezielt, um das zu bekommen, was sie wollen oder sich einen unfairen Vorteil zu verschaffen. Als jemand, der keine Kenntnis über manipulative Handlungen hat, sind Sie diesen Menschen hilflos ausgeliefert und werden automatisch zur Zielscheibe für emotionale Verletzungen. Doch das ist kein Grund, paranoid zu werden oder den Kopf in den Sand zu stecken, denn Erik Rode gibt Ihnen einen Einblick in die gängigsten Techniken der Manipulation, denen Menschen tagtäglich unbewusst ausgesetzt sind. Er erklärt anhand vieler praktischer Beispiele, wie Manipulation funktioniert, wie Sie diese erkennen und geschickt reagieren. Manipulatoren überzeugen, belügen, täuschen oder nötigen Sie zu etwas, das Sie gar nicht tun wollen... Gehen Sie ab sofort zum Gegenangriff über, denn Sie selbst können lernen, Manipulationsversuche zu erkennen und sich gegen sie zu wappnen. Verschaffen Sie sich einen großen Vorteil in all Ihren zukünftigen Begegnungen mit Menschen und erwerben Sie mit diesem Buch noch heute Ihr rhetorisches Rüstzeug. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 21 Techniken der Manipulation – Dunkle Psychologie im Alltag: So schützen Sie sich vor den Manipulationstechniken anderer Menschen und gewinnen die Kontrolle über Ihr Leben zurück Author: Erik Rode Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lügner, Betrüger oder sogar Freunde und Familie: So wehren Sie sich gegen alltägliche Manipulationsversuche Haben Sie auch manchmal das Gefühl, beeinflusst und für fremde Zwecke ausgenutzt zu werden? Pro Tag nehmen wir 6.000 Reize auf – 95 % davon sind uns unbewusst. Für andere Menschen öffnet das Tür und Tor für Manipulationstechniken. Auch wenn Sie glauben, Sie seien für derartige Psychotricks immun… Manipulation findet überall statt: egal, ob durch Familienmitglieder, Bekannte, Arbeitskollegen, Chefs und nicht selten auch durch beste Freunde. Viele tun dies nicht absichtlich und sind sich dessen nicht bewusst, manipulative Techniken anzuwenden. Andere wiederum manipulieren gezielt, um das zu bekommen, was sie wollen oder sich einen unfairen Vorteil zu verschaffen. Als jemand, der keine Kenntnis über manipulative Handlungen hat, sind Sie diesen Menschen hilflos ausgeliefert und werden automatisch zur Zielscheibe für emotionale Verletzungen. Doch das ist kein Grund, paranoid zu werden oder den Kopf in den Sand zu stecken, denn Erik Rode gibt Ihnen einen Einblick in die gängigsten Techniken der Manipulation, denen Menschen tagtäglich unbewusst ausgesetzt sind. Er erklärt anhand vieler praktischer Beispiele, wie Manipulation funktioniert, wie Sie diese erkennen und geschickt reagieren. Manipulatoren überzeugen, belügen, täuschen oder nötigen Sie zu etwas, das Sie gar nicht tun wollen... Gehen Sie ab sofort zum Gegenangriff über, denn Sie selbst können lernen, Manipulationsversuche zu erkennen und sich gegen sie zu wappnen. Verschaffen Sie sich einen großen Vorteil in all Ihren zukünftigen Begegnungen mit Menschen und erwerben Sie mit diesem Buch noch heute Ihr rhetorisches Rüstzeug. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Innere Ruhe, Entspannung & Gelassenheit lernen - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Die Reise zur inneren Ruhe | Waldbaden | Pflanzenwasser anwenden | Ikigai Author: Alexander Pipetz Narrator: Jakob Seel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 21, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Reise zur inneren Ruhe - Das Praxisbuch Erleben Sie immer wieder Wutausbrüche, die Ihnen im Nachhinein Leid tun? Oder fällt es Ihnen schwer, Gefühle zuzulassen und vor Konflikten flüchten Sie lieber? Neigen Sie zu zwanghaftem Verhalten oder lenken sich gerne von unangenehmen Wahrheiten ab? Egal, was davon auf Sie zutrifft: Um Ihre Selbstregulation ist es dann möglicherweise nicht zum Besten bestellt – das muss aber zum Glück nicht so bleiben! Denn diese kostbare Fähigkeit können Sie erlernen und zwar in jedem Alter und jeder Situation. Waldbaden - Shinrin Yoku für Anfänger Wieder so ein neuer Trend aus Fernost, wieder diese Schwärme aus selbst ernannten Coaches und Erleuchteten, die mit Schals und Heilsteinen behangen asiatische Weisheiten ad absurdum führen, Ihnen Ihre wertvolle Zeit rauben und dafür unverschämt viel Geld verlangen - darauf möchten Sie unbedingt verzichten? Dann lesen Sie einfach weiter. Das hier ist anders, versprochen. Pflanzenwasser - Heilkraft der floralen Seelen Du möchtest die Wirkungsweisen verschiedener Pflanzenwasser verstehen und Deinem Körper etwas Gutes tun? Du möchtest die Seelen der Pflanzen entdecken und am liebsten Hydrolate ganz einfach selbst herstellen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Dich! Ikigai Du hast einen Beruf, in dem du Respekt erfährst und gut verdienst? Hast eine schöne Wohnung, fährst in Urlaub, triffst Freunde, bist gesund – und trotzdem liegst du abends im Bett und dich verfolgt der immer gleiche Gedanke: Da muss es noch etwas anderes geben. Damit hast du völlig recht – und jetzt solltest du es unbedingt einmal mit Ikigai versuchen! Alexander Pipetz Mon, 21 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647500 thebookvoice.com 12:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Innere Ruhe, Entspannung & Gelassenheit lernen - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Die Reise zur inneren Ruhe | Waldbaden | Pflanzenwasser anwenden | Ikigai Author: Alexander Pipetz Narrator: Jakob Seel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 21, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Reise zur inneren Ruhe - Das Praxisbuch Erleben Sie immer wieder Wutausbrüche, die Ihnen im Nachhinein Leid tun? Oder fällt es Ihnen schwer, Gefühle zuzulassen und vor Konflikten flüchten Sie lieber? Neigen Sie zu zwanghaftem Verhalten oder lenken sich gerne von unangenehmen Wahrheiten ab? Egal, was davon auf Sie zutrifft: Um Ihre Selbstregulation ist es dann möglicherweise nicht zum Besten bestellt – das muss aber zum Glück nicht so bleiben! Denn diese kostbare Fähigkeit können Sie erlernen und zwar in jedem Alter und jeder Situation. Waldbaden - Shinrin Yoku für Anfänger Wieder so ein neuer Trend aus Fernost, wieder diese Schwärme aus selbst ernannten Coaches und Erleuchteten, die mit Schals und Heilsteinen behangen asiatische Weisheiten ad absurdum führen, Ihnen Ihre wertvolle Zeit rauben und dafür unverschämt viel Geld verlangen - darauf möchten Sie unbedingt verzichten? Dann lesen Sie einfach weiter. Das hier ist anders, versprochen. Pflanzenwasser - Heilkraft der floralen Seelen Du möchtest die Wirkungsweisen verschiedener Pflanzenwasser verstehen und Deinem Körper etwas Gutes tun? Du möchtest die Seelen der Pflanzen entdecken und am liebsten Hydrolate ganz einfach selbst herstellen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Dich! Ikigai Du hast einen Beruf, in dem du Respekt erfährst und gut verdienst? Hast eine schöne Wohnung, fährst in Urlaub, triffst Freunde, bist gesund – und trotzdem liegst du abends im Bett und dich verfolgt der immer gleiche Gedanke: Da muss es noch etwas anderes geben. Damit hast du völlig recht – und jetzt solltest du es unbedingt einmal mit Ikigai versuchen! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Innere Ruhe, Entspannung & Gelassenheit lernen - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Die Reise zur inneren Ruhe | Waldbaden | Pflanzenwasser anwenden | Ikigai Author: Alexander Pipetz Narrator: Jakob Seel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 21, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Reise zur inneren Ruhe - Das Praxisbuch Erleben Sie immer wieder Wutausbrüche, die Ihnen im Nachhinein Leid tun? Oder fällt es Ihnen schwer, Gefühle zuzulassen und vor Konflikten flüchten Sie lieber? Neigen Sie zu zwanghaftem Verhalten oder lenken sich gerne von unangenehmen Wahrheiten ab? Egal, was davon auf Sie zutrifft: Um Ihre Selbstregulation ist es dann möglicherweise nicht zum Besten bestellt – das muss aber zum Glück nicht so bleiben! Denn diese kostbare Fähigkeit können Sie erlernen und zwar in jedem Alter und jeder Situation. Waldbaden - Shinrin Yoku für Anfänger Wieder so ein neuer Trend aus Fernost, wieder diese Schwärme aus selbst ernannten Coaches und Erleuchteten, die mit Schals und Heilsteinen behangen asiatische Weisheiten ad absurdum führen, Ihnen Ihre wertvolle Zeit rauben und dafür unverschämt viel Geld verlangen - darauf möchten Sie unbedingt verzichten? Dann lesen Sie einfach weiter. Das hier ist anders, versprochen. Pflanzenwasser - Heilkraft der floralen Seelen Du möchtest die Wirkungsweisen verschiedener Pflanzenwasser verstehen und Deinem Körper etwas Gutes tun? Du möchtest die Seelen der Pflanzen entdecken und am liebsten Hydrolate ganz einfach selbst herstellen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Dich! Ikigai Du hast einen Beruf, in dem du Respekt erfährst und gut verdienst? Hast eine schöne Wohnung, fährst in Urlaub, triffst Freunde, bist gesund – und trotzdem liegst du abends im Bett und dich verfolgt der immer gleiche Gedanke: Da muss es noch etwas anderes geben. Damit hast du völlig recht – und jetzt solltest du es unbedingt einmal mit Ikigai versuchen! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desire: An Inclusive Guide to Navigating Libido Differences in Relationships Author: Jennifer A. Vencill, Lauren Fogel Mersy Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A radically inclusive, sex-positive guide to managing the inevitable libido differences in our relationships, authored by two certified sex therapists who are passionate about good sex 2024 Distinguished Book Award Winner, selected by the American Psychological Association’s Division 44 Desire invites readers of all ages, genders, sexual orientations, and relationship structures to shed the shame and misinformation that surround the topic of sex and instead learn from 2 certified sex therapists about how libido really works. Desire differences are one of the most common relationship issues, yet, with fewer than 1,100 certified sex therapists in the country, it can be difficult to find help. This essential book breaks the mold of the sex self-help genre, which typically focuses only on cisgender women. Through the authors’ expert guidance readers will learn about - embracing a more expansive definition of sex, - identifying various factors that can impact libido, - managing anxiety around sex (one of the biggest libido killers), - the structural oppressions—from cisnormativity to heteronormativity to compulsory sexuality to minority stress—that affect our libido, - and much, much more. It rejects the narrow, heteronormative, “staircase” model of sex—a way of thinking where many relationships get stuck. It integrates evidence-based relationship therapy techniques for better communication around sex. Included are dozens of techniques, exercises, checklists, and journal prompts for readers to use at their own pace to fit their needs, including mindfulness, body mapping, and sensate focus. Whatever your identity, sexual practices, or reason for picking up this book, Desire will help you reach your personal sexual health goals. Jennifer A. Vencill, Lauren Fogel Mersy Tue, 22 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647481 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desire: An Inclusive Guide to Navigating Libido Differences in Relationships Author: Jennifer A. Vencill, Lauren Fogel Mersy Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A radically inclusive, sex-positive guide to managing the inevitable libido differences in our relationships, authored by two certified sex therapists who are passionate about good sex 2024 Distinguished Book Award Winner, selected by the American Psychological Association’s Division 44 Desire invites readers of all ages, genders, sexual orientations, and relationship structures to shed the shame and misinformation that surround the topic of sex and instead learn from 2 certified sex therapists about how libido really works. Desire differences are one of the most common relationship issues, yet, with fewer than 1,100 certified sex therapists in the country, it can be difficult to find help. This essential book breaks the mold of the sex self-help genre, which typically focuses only on cisgender women. Through the authors’ expert guidance readers will learn about - embracing a more expansive definition of sex, - identifying various factors that can impact libido, - managing anxiety around sex (one of the biggest libido killers), - the structural oppressions—from cisnormativity to heteronormativity to compulsory sexuality to minority stress—that affect our libido, - and much, much more. It rejects the narrow, heteronormative, “staircase” model of sex—a way of thinking where many relationships get stuck. It integrates evidence-based relationship therapy techniques for better communication around sex. Included are dozens of techniques, exercises, checklists, and journal prompts for readers to use at their own pace to fit their needs, including mindfulness, body mapping, and sensate focus. Whatever your identity, sexual practices, or reason for picking up this book, Desire will help you reach your personal sexual health goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desire: An Inclusive Guide to Navigating Libido Differences in Relationships Author: Jennifer A. Vencill, Lauren Fogel Mersy Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A radically inclusive, sex-positive guide to managing the inevitable libido differences in our relationships, authored by two certified sex therapists who are passionate about good sex 2024 Distinguished Book Award Winner, selected by the American Psychological Association’s Division 44 Desire invites readers of all ages, genders, sexual orientations, and relationship structures to shed the shame and misinformation that surround the topic of sex and instead learn from 2 certified sex therapists about how libido really works. Desire differences are one of the most common relationship issues, yet, with fewer than 1,100 certified sex therapists in the country, it can be difficult to find help. This essential book breaks the mold of the sex self-help genre, which typically focuses only on cisgender women. Through the authors’ expert guidance readers will learn about - embracing a more expansive definition of sex, - identifying various factors that can impact libido, - managing anxiety around sex (one of the biggest libido killers), - the structural oppressions—from cisnormativity to heteronormativity to compulsory sexuality to minority stress—that affect our libido, - and much, much more. It rejects the narrow, heteronormative, “staircase” model of sex—a way of thinking where many relationships get stuck. It integrates evidence-based relationship therapy techniques for better communication around sex. Included are dozens of techniques, exercises, checklists, and journal prompts for readers to use at their own pace to fit their needs, including mindfulness, body mapping, and sensate focus. Whatever your identity, sexual practices, or reason for picking up this book, Desire will help you reach your personal sexual health goals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Sunny Afternoon: A Memoir of Trauma and Healing Author: Rowan Jette Knox Narrator: Rowan Jette Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Love Lives Here, a deeply personal memoir about facing life-long trauma head-on, and bravely healing the scars that endure. For writer and human rights advocate Rowan Jetté Knox, the inspiring story of his family’s journey of love and acceptance, when both his child and partner came out as transgender one after the other, was the hopeful beginning to their new lives. Their tale, shared in Rowan’s memoir Love Lives Here and embraced by readers everywhere, quickly found its way to the top of bestseller lists. Yet in the spring of 2020, Rowan began to experience targeted attacks on social media, and he soon became the subject of a small but very vocal group that criticized his book’s success and his advocacy work. The intensity of the backlash grew and drove Rowan to contemplate suicide. But instead of taking his life, on one sunny afternoon, he went to the hospital to seek help. One Sunny Afternoon is a searing testament to Rowan Jetté Knox’s extraordinary reckoning of  his past and present to find hope in his future. Triggered by the online harassment, he wades through his personal history and details the incidents of violence, addiction and sexual assault that have haunted him. When Rowan eventually receives a complex trauma disorder diagnosis and dedicates himself to recovery, he emerges with newfound strength, resiliency and confidence. One Sunny Afternoon is a profoundly moving and candid account of how trauma can shape us rather than define us, and reveals how even in our darkest moments—and on our most hopeless days—light can find its way in. Rowan Jette Knox Tue, 12 Sep 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647480 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Sunny Afternoon: A Memoir of Trauma and Healing Author: Rowan Jette Knox Narrator: Rowan Jette Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Love Lives Here, a deeply personal memoir about facing life-long trauma head-on, and bravely healing the scars that endure. For writer and human rights advocate Rowan Jetté Knox, the inspiring story of his family’s journey of love and acceptance, when both his child and partner came out as transgender one after the other, was the hopeful beginning to their new lives. Their tale, shared in Rowan’s memoir Love Lives Here and embraced by readers everywhere, quickly found its way to the top of bestseller lists. Yet in the spring of 2020, Rowan began to experience targeted attacks on social media, and he soon became the subject of a small but very vocal group that criticized his book’s success and his advocacy work. The intensity of the backlash grew and drove Rowan to contemplate suicide. But instead of taking his life, on one sunny afternoon, he went to the hospital to seek help. One Sunny Afternoon is a searing testament to Rowan Jetté Knox’s extraordinary reckoning of  his past and present to find hope in his future. Triggered by the online harassment, he wades through his personal history and details the incidents of violence, addiction and sexual assault that have haunted him. When Rowan eventually receives a complex trauma disorder diagnosis and dedicates himself to recovery, he emerges with newfound strength, resiliency and confidence. One Sunny Afternoon is a profoundly moving and candid account of how trauma can shape us rather than define us, and reveals how even in our darkest moments—and on our most hopeless days—light can find its way in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Sunny Afternoon: A Memoir of Trauma and Healing Author: Rowan Jette Knox Narrator: Rowan Jette Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Love Lives Here, a deeply personal memoir about facing life-long trauma head-on, and bravely healing the scars that endure. For writer and human rights advocate Rowan Jetté Knox, the inspiring story of his family’s journey of love and acceptance, when both his child and partner came out as transgender one after the other, was the hopeful beginning to their new lives. Their tale, shared in Rowan’s memoir Love Lives Here and embraced by readers everywhere, quickly found its way to the top of bestseller lists. Yet in the spring of 2020, Rowan began to experience targeted attacks on social media, and he soon became the subject of a small but very vocal group that criticized his book’s success and his advocacy work. The intensity of the backlash grew and drove Rowan to contemplate suicide. But instead of taking his life, on one sunny afternoon, he went to the hospital to seek help. One Sunny Afternoon is a searing testament to Rowan Jetté Knox’s extraordinary reckoning of  his past and present to find hope in his future. Triggered by the online harassment, he wades through his personal history and details the incidents of violence, addiction and sexual assault that have haunted him. When Rowan eventually receives a complex trauma disorder diagnosis and dedicates himself to recovery, he emerges with newfound strength, resiliency and confidence. One Sunny Afternoon is a profoundly moving and candid account of how trauma can shape us rather than define us, and reveals how even in our darkest moments—and on our most hopeless days—light can find its way in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647252 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Is Overrated: How the Navy SEALS (and Successful Businesses) Create Self-Leading Teams That Win Author: Chris Mefford, Kyle Buckett Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning pair of executive consultants reveal why to be successful, businesses need self-leading teams, not just good leadership. “In a society so obsessed with leadership, why are we so bad at it?” Despite the countless seminars, courses, and management books designed to hone good leaders, over 79% of employees leave their jobs due to poor leadership. Why is this happening? Award-winning executive consultant Chris Mefford and retired, high-ranking US Navy SEAL trainer Kyle Buckett argue that organizations need more than just leaders. They need successful teams. Mefford and Buckett are passionate about how our leadership model has failed and spotlight a new work culture that actually works. In Leadership Is Overrated, they draw on the SEAL model and on their decades of knowledge and experience coaching industry leaders to answer the question: what makes a productive team? The surprising truth is that behind every successful team is a cadre of empowered, self-starting employees. In this revolutionary guide, Mefford and Buckett share crucial leadership strategies to help organizations revamp their work culture, throw out stifling hierarchical leadership models, and embrace a dynamic, results-oriented, and successful self-led team-oriented model instead. Chris Mefford, Kyle Buckett Tue, 29 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647252 thebookvoice.com 8:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Is Overrated: How the Navy SEALS (and Successful Businesses) Create Self-Leading Teams That Win Author: Chris Mefford, Kyle Buckett Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning pair of executive consultants reveal why to be successful, businesses need self-leading teams, not just good leadership. “In a society so obsessed with leadership, why are we so bad at it?” Despite the countless seminars, courses, and management books designed to hone good leaders, over 79% of employees leave their jobs due to poor leadership. Why is this happening? Award-winning executive consultant Chris Mefford and retired, high-ranking US Navy SEAL trainer Kyle Buckett argue that organizations need more than just leaders. They need successful teams. Mefford and Buckett are passionate about how our leadership model has failed and spotlight a new work culture that actually works. In Leadership Is Overrated, they draw on the SEAL model and on their decades of knowledge and experience coaching industry leaders to answer the question: what makes a productive team? The surprising truth is that behind every successful team is a cadre of empowered, self-starting employees. In this revolutionary guide, Mefford and Buckett share crucial leadership strategies to help organizations revamp their work culture, throw out stifling hierarchical leadership models, and embrace a dynamic, results-oriented, and successful self-led team-oriented model instead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Is Overrated: How the Navy SEALS (and Successful Businesses) Create Self-Leading Teams That Win Author: Chris Mefford, Kyle Buckett Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning pair of executive consultants reveal why to be successful, businesses need self-leading teams, not just good leadership. “In a society so obsessed with leadership, why are we so bad at it?” Despite the countless seminars, courses, and management books designed to hone good leaders, over 79% of employees leave their jobs due to poor leadership. Why is this happening? Award-winning executive consultant Chris Mefford and retired, high-ranking US Navy SEAL trainer Kyle Buckett argue that organizations need more than just leaders. They need successful teams. Mefford and Buckett are passionate about how our leadership model has failed and spotlight a new work culture that actually works. In Leadership Is Overrated, they draw on the SEAL model and on their decades of knowledge and experience coaching industry leaders to answer the question: what makes a productive team? The surprising truth is that behind every successful team is a cadre of empowered, self-starting employees. In this revolutionary guide, Mefford and Buckett share crucial leadership strategies to help organizations revamp their work culture, throw out stifling hierarchical leadership models, and embrace a dynamic, results-oriented, and successful self-led team-oriented model instead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Flat Place Author: Noreen Masud Narrator: Shazia Nicholls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 27, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE WOMEN'S PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION Raw and radical, strange and beguiling - a love letter to Britain's breathtaking flatlands, from Orford Ness to Orkney, and a reckoning with the painful, hidden histories they contain For readers of W. G. Sebald's Rings of Saturn, Amy Liptrot's The Outrun and Richard Mabey's Nature Cure Noreen Masud has always loved flatlands. Her earliest memory is of a wide, flat field glimpsed from the back seat of her father's car in Lahore. As an adult in Britain she has discovered many more flat landscapes to love: Orford Ness, the Cambridgeshire Fens, Morecambe Bay, Orkney. These bare, haunted expanses remind her of the flat place inside herself: the place created by trauma. Noreen suffers from complex post traumatic stress disorder: the product of a profoundly disrupted and unstable childhood. It flattens her emotions, blanks out parts of her memory, and colours her world with anxiety. Undertaking a pilgrimage around Britain's flatlands, seeking solace and belonging, she weaves her impressions of the natural world with poetry, folklore and history, and with recollections of her own early life. Noreen's British Pakistani heritage makes her a partial outsider in these landscapes: both coloniser and colonised, inheritor and dispossessed. Here violence lies beneath the fantasy of pastoral innocence, and histories of harm are interwoven with nature's power to heal. Here, as in her own family history, are many stories that resist the telling. She pursues these paradoxes fearlessly across the flat, haunted spaces she loves, offering a startlingly strange, vivid and intimate account of the land beneath her feet. ©2023 Noreen Masud (P)2023 Penguin Audio Noreen Masud Thu, 27 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Flat Place Author: Noreen Masud Narrator: Shazia Nicholls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 27, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE WOMEN'S PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION Raw and radical, strange and beguiling - a love letter to Britain's breathtaking flatlands, from Orford Ness to Orkney, and a reckoning with the painful, hidden histories they contain For readers of W. G. Sebald's Rings of Saturn, Amy Liptrot's The Outrun and Richard Mabey's Nature Cure Noreen Masud has always loved flatlands. Her earliest memory is of a wide, flat field glimpsed from the back seat of her father's car in Lahore. As an adult in Britain she has discovered many more flat landscapes to love: Orford Ness, the Cambridgeshire Fens, Morecambe Bay, Orkney. These bare, haunted expanses remind her of the flat place inside herself: the place created by trauma. Noreen suffers from complex post traumatic stress disorder: the product of a profoundly disrupted and unstable childhood. It flattens her emotions, blanks out parts of her memory, and colours her world with anxiety. Undertaking a pilgrimage around Britain's flatlands, seeking solace and belonging, she weaves her impressions of the natural world with poetry, folklore and history, and with recollections of her own early life. Noreen's British Pakistani heritage makes her a partial outsider in these landscapes: both coloniser and colonised, inheritor and dispossessed. Here violence lies beneath the fantasy of pastoral innocence, and histories of harm are interwoven with nature's power to heal. Here, as in her own family history, are many stories that resist the telling. She pursues these paradoxes fearlessly across the flat, haunted spaces she loves, offering a startlingly strange, vivid and intimate account of the land beneath her feet. ©2023 Noreen Masud (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Flat Place Author: Noreen Masud Narrator: Shazia Nicholls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 27, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE WOMEN'S PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION Raw and radical, strange and beguiling - a love letter to Britain's breathtaking flatlands, from Orford Ness to Orkney, and a reckoning with the painful, hidden histories they contain For readers of W. G. Sebald's Rings of Saturn, Amy Liptrot's The Outrun and Richard Mabey's Nature Cure Noreen Masud has always loved flatlands. Her earliest memory is of a wide, flat field glimpsed from the back seat of her father's car in Lahore. As an adult in Britain she has discovered many more flat landscapes to love: Orford Ness, the Cambridgeshire Fens, Morecambe Bay, Orkney. These bare, haunted expanses remind her of the flat place inside herself: the place created by trauma. Noreen suffers from complex post traumatic stress disorder: the product of a profoundly disrupted and unstable childhood. It flattens her emotions, blanks out parts of her memory, and colours her world with anxiety. Undertaking a pilgrimage around Britain's flatlands, seeking solace and belonging, she weaves her impressions of the natural world with poetry, folklore and history, and with recollections of her own early life. Noreen's British Pakistani heritage makes her a partial outsider in these landscapes: both coloniser and colonised, inheritor and dispossessed. Here violence lies beneath the fantasy of pastoral innocence, and histories of harm are interwoven with nature's power to heal. Here, as in her own family history, are many stories that resist the telling. She pursues these paradoxes fearlessly across the flat, haunted spaces she loves, offering a startlingly strange, vivid and intimate account of the land beneath her feet. ©2023 Noreen Masud (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Roadmap to Purpose Author: Dimple Thakrar Narrator: Dimple Thakrar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning & world-renowned expert working with the top executives. Are you a successful male looking to access your next level? Maybe some areas of your life feel almost complete, while others are leaving you feeling frustrated? How would it impact your life if you were to: * Master the art of being and feeling successful? * Gain total clarity on your masculine life mission? * Reclaim your masculine honour and self-respect? * Understand the secret to women? The powerful tried and tested methods in this book are direct yet respectful, with an overall objective of helping you create even more success. With over 25 years of strategic coaching experience, Dimple Thakrar will help you unlock your ultimate potential whilst taking you on the journey of a lifetime. Your destiny is waiting. Dimple Thakrar Sun, 20 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647231 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Roadmap to Purpose Author: Dimple Thakrar Narrator: Dimple Thakrar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning & world-renowned expert working with the top executives. Are you a successful male looking to access your next level? Maybe some areas of your life feel almost complete, while others are leaving you feeling frustrated? How would it impact your life if you were to: * Master the art of being and feeling successful? * Gain total clarity on your masculine life mission? * Reclaim your masculine honour and self-respect? * Understand the secret to women? The powerful tried and tested methods in this book are direct yet respectful, with an overall objective of helping you create even more success. With over 25 years of strategic coaching experience, Dimple Thakrar will help you unlock your ultimate potential whilst taking you on the journey of a lifetime. Your destiny is waiting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Roadmap to Purpose Author: Dimple Thakrar Narrator: Dimple Thakrar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning & world-renowned expert working with the top executives. Are you a successful male looking to access your next level? Maybe some areas of your life feel almost complete, while others are leaving you feeling frustrated? How would it impact your life if you were to: * Master the art of being and feeling successful? * Gain total clarity on your masculine life mission? * Reclaim your masculine honour and self-respect? * Understand the secret to women? The powerful tried and tested methods in this book are direct yet respectful, with an overall objective of helping you create even more success. With over 25 years of strategic coaching experience, Dimple Thakrar will help you unlock your ultimate potential whilst taking you on the journey of a lifetime. Your destiny is waiting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking Free: Taking Small Steps to a Big God Author: Micah Tyler, Robert Noland Narrator: Micah Tyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *****Audiobook format of Walking Free - ECPA's 2024 New Author Award Nominee***** Renowned Christian music artist and former youth pastor Micah Tyler helps readers set out on the path to a free and meaningful life in his first book, Walking Free. Inspired by his brother's three-time battle with cancer, Micah Tyler's Walking Free: Taking Small Steps to a Big God encourages believers to pursue a deeper relationship with Jesus, regardless of external circumstances. The journey from where we are to where God wants us to be is filled with challenges and obstacles. Walking Free uplifts readers with the truth that God will never leave us behind. Micah applies Scripture and Biblical wisdom in his teaching alongside personal stories which illuminate the path before us. With 42 steps, Walking Free includes questions and personal reflections that will encourage readers to grow in their relationship with God. Walking Free also includes: A six-week plan for pursuing God like never before 42 steps covering the many of life's challenges Over 120 questions for self-reflection or discussion Practical guidance for transforming your spiritual life A glimpse into Micah Tyler's life and insights. Walking Free will help you overcome life's challenges by taking small steps to experience the mercy and mission of a closer connection with God. Micah Tyler, Robert Noland Tue, 24 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647177 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking Free: Taking Small Steps to a Big God Author: Micah Tyler, Robert Noland Narrator: Micah Tyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *****Audiobook format of Walking Free - ECPA's 2024 New Author Award Nominee***** Renowned Christian music artist and former youth pastor Micah Tyler helps readers set out on the path to a free and meaningful life in his first book, Walking Free. Inspired by his brother's three-time battle with cancer, Micah Tyler's Walking Free: Taking Small Steps to a Big God encourages believers to pursue a deeper relationship with Jesus, regardless of external circumstances. The journey from where we are to where God wants us to be is filled with challenges and obstacles. Walking Free uplifts readers with the truth that God will never leave us behind. Micah applies Scripture and Biblical wisdom in his teaching alongside personal stories which illuminate the path before us. With 42 steps, Walking Free includes questions and personal reflections that will encourage readers to grow in their relationship with God. Walking Free also includes: A six-week plan for pursuing God like never before 42 steps covering the many of life's challenges Over 120 questions for self-reflection or discussion Practical guidance for transforming your spiritual life A glimpse into Micah Tyler's life and insights. Walking Free will help you overcome life's challenges by taking small steps to experience the mercy and mission of a closer connection with God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking Free: Taking Small Steps to a Big God Author: Micah Tyler, Robert Noland Narrator: Micah Tyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *****Audiobook format of Walking Free - ECPA's 2024 New Author Award Nominee***** Renowned Christian music artist and former youth pastor Micah Tyler helps readers set out on the path to a free and meaningful life in his first book, Walking Free. Inspired by his brother's three-time battle with cancer, Micah Tyler's Walking Free: Taking Small Steps to a Big God encourages believers to pursue a deeper relationship with Jesus, regardless of external circumstances. The journey from where we are to where God wants us to be is filled with challenges and obstacles. Walking Free uplifts readers with the truth that God will never leave us behind. Micah applies Scripture and Biblical wisdom in his teaching alongside personal stories which illuminate the path before us. With 42 steps, Walking Free includes questions and personal reflections that will encourage readers to grow in their relationship with God. Walking Free also includes: A six-week plan for pursuing God like never before 42 steps covering the many of life's challenges Over 120 questions for self-reflection or discussion Practical guidance for transforming your spiritual life A glimpse into Micah Tyler's life and insights. Walking Free will help you overcome life's challenges by taking small steps to experience the mercy and mission of a closer connection with God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deepest Place: Suffering and the Formation of Hope Author: Curt Thompson, M.D. Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the face of personal and global suffering, is it possible to live with hope rather than despair? Join psychiatrist, speaker, and award-winning author Curt Thompson as he shows us how God transforms our grief into a lasting peace that surpasses all understanding. Suffering is a defining reality of life. Yet so many of us are so focused on avoiding discomfort that we've never learned how to actually suffer. But what if we could move from anxiety to durable hope? In The Deepest Place, Thompson invites us to explore how the Apostle Paul's experience of love, secure attachment, and the deeply felt sense of God's abiding presence carried him through the challenges he faced--and how it can help us not just survive, but flourish in the presence of suffering. Combining scripture with his own professional insight, Thompson helps us discover that: - Suffering can increase our sense of security rather than our fears - Hope is something we form in community - Faith can grow out of anger, cynicism, and doubt - Perseverance changes our brain and reshapes our imagination - Listening to our bodies helps us find new hope in loss   As Thompson reminds us, those who have suffered greatly, including the Apostle Paul, are able to see their stories with a new understanding of God's presence and unfailing love. Let The Deepest Place show you how to do the same. Graphics are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Curt Thompson, M.D. Tue, 29 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647043 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deepest Place: Suffering and the Formation of Hope Author: Curt Thompson, M.D. Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the face of personal and global suffering, is it possible to live with hope rather than despair? Join psychiatrist, speaker, and award-winning author Curt Thompson as he shows us how God transforms our grief into a lasting peace that surpasses all understanding. Suffering is a defining reality of life. Yet so many of us are so focused on avoiding discomfort that we've never learned how to actually suffer. But what if we could move from anxiety to durable hope? In The Deepest Place, Thompson invites us to explore how the Apostle Paul's experience of love, secure attachment, and the deeply felt sense of God's abiding presence carried him through the challenges he faced--and how it can help us not just survive, but flourish in the presence of suffering. Combining scripture with his own professional insight, Thompson helps us discover that: - Suffering can increase our sense of security rather than our fears - Hope is something we form in community - Faith can grow out of anger, cynicism, and doubt - Perseverance changes our brain and reshapes our imagination - Listening to our bodies helps us find new hope in loss   As Thompson reminds us, those who have suffered greatly, including the Apostle Paul, are able to see their stories with a new understanding of God's presence and unfailing love. Let The Deepest Place show you how to do the same. Graphics are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deepest Place: Suffering and the Formation of Hope Author: Curt Thompson, M.D. Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the face of personal and global suffering, is it possible to live with hope rather than despair? Join psychiatrist, speaker, and award-winning author Curt Thompson as he shows us how God transforms our grief into a lasting peace that surpasses all understanding. Suffering is a defining reality of life. Yet so many of us are so focused on avoiding discomfort that we've never learned how to actually suffer. But what if we could move from anxiety to durable hope? In The Deepest Place, Thompson invites us to explore how the Apostle Paul's experience of love, secure attachment, and the deeply felt sense of God's abiding presence carried him through the challenges he faced--and how it can help us not just survive, but flourish in the presence of suffering. Combining scripture with his own professional insight, Thompson helps us discover that: - Suffering can increase our sense of security rather than our fears - Hope is something we form in community - Faith can grow out of anger, cynicism, and doubt - Perseverance changes our brain and reshapes our imagination - Listening to our bodies helps us find new hope in loss   As Thompson reminds us, those who have suffered greatly, including the Apostle Paul, are able to see their stories with a new understanding of God's presence and unfailing love. Let The Deepest Place show you how to do the same. Graphics are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647044 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Opportunity: How Worry Is the Doorway to Your Best Self Author: Curtis Chang Narrator: Curtis Chang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What if instead of battling anxiety, you saw your worries as a doorway to spiritual transformation? Challenging the assumption that anxiety is the enemy, theologian, popular podcaster, and fellow sufferer of chronic anxiety Curtis Chang gives you a different framework for approaching fears. You will discover profound new ways of relating to Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and those you love. Curtis Chang knows what it's like to view anxiety as a sin to overcome. He also knows how trying to get rid of anxiety through sheer faith or willpower usually leads to feelings of shame and frustration. After losing his job as a pastor due to debilitating anxiety, Curtis began the process of healing his heart. Combining years of personal experience, spiritual practice, and biblical study, Curtis discovered an alternative approach--one that sees anxiety as the path to our best selves in Christ. For all of us who feel stuck in a never-ending war with worry, The Anxiety Opportunity offers: - Biblical wisdom about how anxiety can lead to rich spiritual growth - An invitation to examine our fears as a way of pursuing our calling - Simple practices for converting nervous energy into fruitful energy - Insights into why trying to avoid loss generates more anxiety - A renewed sense of peace as we realize what God can do through our fears   It's time to think differently about the relationship between anxiety and spiritual growth. This unique and profound exploration of one of the greatest epidemics of our time shows us how anxiety can be the very place we meet Jesus--and how channeling our anxiety can help us become more like him. Curtis Chang Tue, 16 May 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647044 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Opportunity: How Worry Is the Doorway to Your Best Self Author: Curtis Chang Narrator: Curtis Chang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What if instead of battling anxiety, you saw your worries as a doorway to spiritual transformation? Challenging the assumption that anxiety is the enemy, theologian, popular podcaster, and fellow sufferer of chronic anxiety Curtis Chang gives you a different framework for approaching fears. You will discover profound new ways of relating to Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and those you love. Curtis Chang knows what it's like to view anxiety as a sin to overcome. He also knows how trying to get rid of anxiety through sheer faith or willpower usually leads to feelings of shame and frustration. After losing his job as a pastor due to debilitating anxiety, Curtis began the process of healing his heart. Combining years of personal experience, spiritual practice, and biblical study, Curtis discovered an alternative approach--one that sees anxiety as the path to our best selves in Christ. For all of us who feel stuck in a never-ending war with worry, The Anxiety Opportunity offers: - Biblical wisdom about how anxiety can lead to rich spiritual growth - An invitation to examine our fears as a way of pursuing our calling - Simple practices for converting nervous energy into fruitful energy - Insights into why trying to avoid loss generates more anxiety - A renewed sense of peace as we realize what God can do through our fears   It's time to think differently about the relationship between anxiety and spiritual growth. This unique and profound exploration of one of the greatest epidemics of our time shows us how anxiety can be the very place we meet Jesus--and how channeling our anxiety can help us become more like him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Opportunity: How Worry Is the Doorway to Your Best Self Author: Curtis Chang Narrator: Curtis Chang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What if instead of battling anxiety, you saw your worries as a doorway to spiritual transformation? Challenging the assumption that anxiety is the enemy, theologian, popular podcaster, and fellow sufferer of chronic anxiety Curtis Chang gives you a different framework for approaching fears. You will discover profound new ways of relating to Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and those you love. Curtis Chang knows what it's like to view anxiety as a sin to overcome. He also knows how trying to get rid of anxiety through sheer faith or willpower usually leads to feelings of shame and frustration. After losing his job as a pastor due to debilitating anxiety, Curtis began the process of healing his heart. Combining years of personal experience, spiritual practice, and biblical study, Curtis discovered an alternative approach--one that sees anxiety as the path to our best selves in Christ. For all of us who feel stuck in a never-ending war with worry, The Anxiety Opportunity offers: - Biblical wisdom about how anxiety can lead to rich spiritual growth - An invitation to examine our fears as a way of pursuing our calling - Simple practices for converting nervous energy into fruitful energy - Insights into why trying to avoid loss generates more anxiety - A renewed sense of peace as we realize what God can do through our fears   It's time to think differently about the relationship between anxiety and spiritual growth. This unique and profound exploration of one of the greatest epidemics of our time shows us how anxiety can be the very place we meet Jesus--and how channeling our anxiety can help us become more like him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Diseasing of America's Children: Exposing the ADHD Fiasco and Empowering Parents to Take Back Control Author: Bose Ravenel, John Rosemond Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How parents, teachers, and even professionals are being deceived by the 'ADHD Establishment' regarding ADHD and other childhood behavior disorders and the drugs used to treat them. The issue of diagnosing children with behavioral diseases that do not conform to a scientific definition of disease, and then medicating them is a scandal ready to erupt. In The Diseasing of America's Children, popular family psychologist, speaker, and best-selling author John Rosemond joins with pediatrician Dr. Bose Ravenel to uncover the fiction and fallacy behind attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), early-onset bipolar disorder (EOBD), and the drugs prescribed to treat them. Rosemond and Ravenel will: - reveal the pseudo-science behind these diagnoses - explain how parents, teachers, and even professionals are deceived - expose the short- and long-term dangers behavioral drugs pose to children - discuss how America's schools are unwittingly feeding the diagnostic beast - reveal the simple, common-sense truth behind these behavior problems - and give parents a practical program for curing these problems without drugs or dependence on professionals Bose Ravenel, John Rosemond Tue, 15 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646979 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Diseasing of America's Children: Exposing the ADHD Fiasco and Empowering Parents to Take Back Control Author: Bose Ravenel, John Rosemond Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How parents, teachers, and even professionals are being deceived by the 'ADHD Establishment' regarding ADHD and other childhood behavior disorders and the drugs used to treat them. The issue of diagnosing children with behavioral diseases that do not conform to a scientific definition of disease, and then medicating them is a scandal ready to erupt. In The Diseasing of America's Children, popular family psychologist, speaker, and best-selling author John Rosemond joins with pediatrician Dr. Bose Ravenel to uncover the fiction and fallacy behind attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), early-onset bipolar disorder (EOBD), and the drugs prescribed to treat them. Rosemond and Ravenel will: - reveal the pseudo-science behind these diagnoses - explain how parents, teachers, and even professionals are deceived - expose the short- and long-term dangers behavioral drugs pose to children - discuss how America's schools are unwittingly feeding the diagnostic beast - reveal the simple, common-sense truth behind these behavior problems - and give parents a practical program for curing these problems without drugs or dependence on professionals Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Diseasing of America's Children: Exposing the ADHD Fiasco and Empowering Parents to Take Back Control Author: Bose Ravenel, John Rosemond Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How parents, teachers, and even professionals are being deceived by the 'ADHD Establishment' regarding ADHD and other childhood behavior disorders and the drugs used to treat them. The issue of diagnosing children with behavioral diseases that do not conform to a scientific definition of disease, and then medicating them is a scandal ready to erupt. In The Diseasing of America's Children, popular family psychologist, speaker, and best-selling author John Rosemond joins with pediatrician Dr. Bose Ravenel to uncover the fiction and fallacy behind attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), early-onset bipolar disorder (EOBD), and the drugs prescribed to treat them. Rosemond and Ravenel will: - reveal the pseudo-science behind these diagnoses - explain how parents, teachers, and even professionals are deceived - expose the short- and long-term dangers behavioral drugs pose to children - discuss how America's schools are unwittingly feeding the diagnostic beast - reveal the simple, common-sense truth behind these behavior problems - and give parents a practical program for curing these problems without drugs or dependence on professionals https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Closed Partisan Mind: A New Psychology of American Polarization Author: Matthew D. Luttig Narrator: Chris Monteiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: American politics today can be defined by the intense and increasingly toxic divide between Democrats and Republicans. Matthew D. Luttig explores why so many Americans have endorsed this level of political conflict. Luttig illustrates how the psychological need for closure leads people, regardless of whether they identify as Democrat or Republican, to express more polarized political attitudes. This association between closed minds and partisan polarization is a new phenomenon and can be traced to broader changes in American society, such as the creation of ideologically distinct political parties and a fragmented media environment. These developments have simplified politics into a black-or-white, us-versus-them, conflict—making politics appeal to those with closed minds. Today, strong partisans do not just cheer for their political party to win elections. Instead, more akin to religious true believers, strong partisans use their affiliation as a means of understanding right and wrong, friend and enemy, true and false. The Closed Partisan Mind reveals that these dynamics have manifested in both a new type of partisanship and a new type of partisan. The emergence of this new closed partisanship illustrates the dangers that polarization has wrought on society, politics, and the minds of Americans. Matthew D. Luttig Sat, 15 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646636 thebookvoice.com 5:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Closed Partisan Mind: A New Psychology of American Polarization Author: Matthew D. Luttig Narrator: Chris Monteiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: American politics today can be defined by the intense and increasingly toxic divide between Democrats and Republicans. Matthew D. Luttig explores why so many Americans have endorsed this level of political conflict. Luttig illustrates how the psychological need for closure leads people, regardless of whether they identify as Democrat or Republican, to express more polarized political attitudes. This association between closed minds and partisan polarization is a new phenomenon and can be traced to broader changes in American society, such as the creation of ideologically distinct political parties and a fragmented media environment. These developments have simplified politics into a black-or-white, us-versus-them, conflict—making politics appeal to those with closed minds. Today, strong partisans do not just cheer for their political party to win elections. Instead, more akin to religious true believers, strong partisans use their affiliation as a means of understanding right and wrong, friend and enemy, true and false. The Closed Partisan Mind reveals that these dynamics have manifested in both a new type of partisanship and a new type of partisan. The emergence of this new closed partisanship illustrates the dangers that polarization has wrought on society, politics, and the minds of Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Closed Partisan Mind: A New Psychology of American Polarization Author: Matthew D. Luttig Narrator: Chris Monteiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: American politics today can be defined by the intense and increasingly toxic divide between Democrats and Republicans. Matthew D. Luttig explores why so many Americans have endorsed this level of political conflict. Luttig illustrates how the psychological need for closure leads people, regardless of whether they identify as Democrat or Republican, to express more polarized political attitudes. This association between closed minds and partisan polarization is a new phenomenon and can be traced to broader changes in American society, such as the creation of ideologically distinct political parties and a fragmented media environment. These developments have simplified politics into a black-or-white, us-versus-them, conflict—making politics appeal to those with closed minds. Today, strong partisans do not just cheer for their political party to win elections. Instead, more akin to religious true believers, strong partisans use their affiliation as a means of understanding right and wrong, friend and enemy, true and false. The Closed Partisan Mind reveals that these dynamics have manifested in both a new type of partisanship and a new type of partisan. The emergence of this new closed partisanship illustrates the dangers that polarization has wrought on society, politics, and the minds of Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914 Author: Elizabeth Kelly Gray Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Habit Forming traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried Hasheesh Candy, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many used cocaine and heroin as medicine. As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users' access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement. Elizabeth Kelly Gray Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646631 thebookvoice.com 13:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914 Author: Elizabeth Kelly Gray Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Habit Forming traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried Hasheesh Candy, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many used cocaine and heroin as medicine. As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users' access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914 Author: Elizabeth Kelly Gray Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Habit Forming traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried Hasheesh Candy, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many used cocaine and heroin as medicine. As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users' access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing How We Choose: The New Science of Morality Author: A. David Redish Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Changing How We Choose, David Redish makes a bold claim: science has 'cracked' the problem of morality. Redish argues that moral questions have a scientific basis, and that morality is best viewed as a technology—a set of social and institutional forces that create communities and drive cooperation. This means that some moral structures are better than others and that the moral technologies we use have real consequences on whether we make our societies better or worse places for the people living within them. Drawing on this new scientific definition of morality and real-world applications, Changing How We Choose is an engaging listen with major implications for how we see each other, how we build our communities, and how we live our lives. Many people think of human interactions in terms of conflicts between individual freedom and group cooperation, where it is better for the group if everyone cooperates but better for the individual to cheat. Redish shows that moral codes are technologies that change the game so that cooperating is good for the community and for the individual. Drawing on new insights from behavioral economics, sociology, and neuroscience, he shows that there is a 'new science of morality', and that this new science has implications—not only for how we understand ourselves but also for how we should construct new moral technologies. A. David Redish Tue, 21 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646609 thebookvoice.com 11:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing How We Choose: The New Science of Morality Author: A. David Redish Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Changing How We Choose, David Redish makes a bold claim: science has 'cracked' the problem of morality. Redish argues that moral questions have a scientific basis, and that morality is best viewed as a technology—a set of social and institutional forces that create communities and drive cooperation. This means that some moral structures are better than others and that the moral technologies we use have real consequences on whether we make our societies better or worse places for the people living within them. Drawing on this new scientific definition of morality and real-world applications, Changing How We Choose is an engaging listen with major implications for how we see each other, how we build our communities, and how we live our lives. Many people think of human interactions in terms of conflicts between individual freedom and group cooperation, where it is better for the group if everyone cooperates but better for the individual to cheat. Redish shows that moral codes are technologies that change the game so that cooperating is good for the community and for the individual. Drawing on new insights from behavioral economics, sociology, and neuroscience, he shows that there is a 'new science of morality', and that this new science has implications—not only for how we understand ourselves but also for how we should construct new moral technologies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing How We Choose: The New Science of Morality Author: A. David Redish Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Changing How We Choose, David Redish makes a bold claim: science has 'cracked' the problem of morality. Redish argues that moral questions have a scientific basis, and that morality is best viewed as a technology—a set of social and institutional forces that create communities and drive cooperation. This means that some moral structures are better than others and that the moral technologies we use have real consequences on whether we make our societies better or worse places for the people living within them. Drawing on this new scientific definition of morality and real-world applications, Changing How We Choose is an engaging listen with major implications for how we see each other, how we build our communities, and how we live our lives. Many people think of human interactions in terms of conflicts between individual freedom and group cooperation, where it is better for the group if everyone cooperates but better for the individual to cheat. Redish shows that moral codes are technologies that change the game so that cooperating is good for the community and for the individual. Drawing on new insights from behavioral economics, sociology, and neuroscience, he shows that there is a 'new science of morality', and that this new science has implications—not only for how we understand ourselves but also for how we should construct new moral technologies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646608 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Am I: The New Science of Self-Consciousness Author: Moheb Costandi Narrator: Ray Greenley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The body is central to our sense of identity. Bodily awareness, says scientist-writer Moheb Costandi, is key to self-consciousness. In Body Am I, Costandi examines how the brain perceives the body, how that perception translates into our conscious experience of the body, and how that experience contributes to our sense of self. Along the way, he explores what can happen when the mechanisms of bodily awareness are disturbed, leading to such phenomena as phantom limbs, alien hands, and amputee fetishes. Costandi explains that the brain generates maps and models of the body that guide how we perceive and use it, and that these maps and models are repeatedly modified and reconstructed. Drawing on recent bodily awareness research, the new science of self-consciousness, and historical milestones in neurology, he describes a range of psychiatric and neurological disorders that result when body and brain are out of sync, including not only the well-known phantom limb syndrome but also phantom breast and phantom penis syndromes; body integrity identity disorder, which compels a person to disown and then amputate a healthy arm or leg; and such eating disorders as anorexia. Wide-ranging and meticulously researched, Body Am I offers new insight into self-consciousness by describing it in terms of bodily awareness. Moheb Costandi Tue, 21 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646608 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Am I: The New Science of Self-Consciousness Author: Moheb Costandi Narrator: Ray Greenley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The body is central to our sense of identity. Bodily awareness, says scientist-writer Moheb Costandi, is key to self-consciousness. In Body Am I, Costandi examines how the brain perceives the body, how that perception translates into our conscious experience of the body, and how that experience contributes to our sense of self. Along the way, he explores what can happen when the mechanisms of bodily awareness are disturbed, leading to such phenomena as phantom limbs, alien hands, and amputee fetishes. Costandi explains that the brain generates maps and models of the body that guide how we perceive and use it, and that these maps and models are repeatedly modified and reconstructed. Drawing on recent bodily awareness research, the new science of self-consciousness, and historical milestones in neurology, he describes a range of psychiatric and neurological disorders that result when body and brain are out of sync, including not only the well-known phantom limb syndrome but also phantom breast and phantom penis syndromes; body integrity identity disorder, which compels a person to disown and then amputate a healthy arm or leg; and such eating disorders as anorexia. Wide-ranging and meticulously researched, Body Am I offers new insight into self-consciousness by describing it in terms of bodily awareness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Am I: The New Science of Self-Consciousness Author: Moheb Costandi Narrator: Ray Greenley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The body is central to our sense of identity. Bodily awareness, says scientist-writer Moheb Costandi, is key to self-consciousness. In Body Am I, Costandi examines how the brain perceives the body, how that perception translates into our conscious experience of the body, and how that experience contributes to our sense of self. Along the way, he explores what can happen when the mechanisms of bodily awareness are disturbed, leading to such phenomena as phantom limbs, alien hands, and amputee fetishes. Costandi explains that the brain generates maps and models of the body that guide how we perceive and use it, and that these maps and models are repeatedly modified and reconstructed. Drawing on recent bodily awareness research, the new science of self-consciousness, and historical milestones in neurology, he describes a range of psychiatric and neurological disorders that result when body and brain are out of sync, including not only the well-known phantom limb syndrome but also phantom breast and phantom penis syndromes; body integrity identity disorder, which compels a person to disown and then amputate a healthy arm or leg; and such eating disorders as anorexia. Wide-ranging and meticulously researched, Body Am I offers new insight into self-consciousness by describing it in terms of bodily awareness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Consent Is Not Required: The Rise in Psychiatric Detentions, Forced Treatment, and Abusive Guardianships Author: Rob Wipond Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Asylums are supposed to be in the past. However, though the buildings were closed, many of the practices lived on. In fact, more law-abiding Americans today are being involuntarily committed and forcibly treated 'for their own good' than at any time in history. In the first work of investigative journalism in decades to give a comprehensive view into contemporary psychiatric incarceration and forced interventions, Your Consent Is Not Required exposes how rising numbers of people from many walks of life are being subjected against their will to surveillance, indefinite detention, and powerful tranquilizing drugs, restraints, seclusion, and electroshock. Driven partly by individuals' genuine concerns for the 'mental health' of others, and partly by institutions entangled with goals of power, profit, and social control, psychiatric coercion is increasingly used to: manage school children and the elderly; quell family conflicts; police the streets; control people in shelters, community living, and prisons; fraudulently increase hospital profits; 'resolve' workplace disagreements; and detain protesters and discredit whistleblowers. Thoroughly researched, with alarming true stories and hard data from the US and Canada, Rob Wipond's Your Consent Is Not Required builds an unassailable case for greater transparency, vigilance, and change. Rob Wipond Tue, 07 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646577 thebookvoice.com 13:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Consent Is Not Required: The Rise in Psychiatric Detentions, Forced Treatment, and Abusive Guardianships Author: Rob Wipond Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Asylums are supposed to be in the past. However, though the buildings were closed, many of the practices lived on. In fact, more law-abiding Americans today are being involuntarily committed and forcibly treated 'for their own good' than at any time in history. In the first work of investigative journalism in decades to give a comprehensive view into contemporary psychiatric incarceration and forced interventions, Your Consent Is Not Required exposes how rising numbers of people from many walks of life are being subjected against their will to surveillance, indefinite detention, and powerful tranquilizing drugs, restraints, seclusion, and electroshock. Driven partly by individuals' genuine concerns for the 'mental health' of others, and partly by institutions entangled with goals of power, profit, and social control, psychiatric coercion is increasingly used to: manage school children and the elderly; quell family conflicts; police the streets; control people in shelters, community living, and prisons; fraudulently increase hospital profits; 'resolve' workplace disagreements; and detain protesters and discredit whistleblowers. Thoroughly researched, with alarming true stories and hard data from the US and Canada, Rob Wipond's Your Consent Is Not Required builds an unassailable case for greater transparency, vigilance, and change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Consent Is Not Required: The Rise in Psychiatric Detentions, Forced Treatment, and Abusive Guardianships Author: Rob Wipond Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Asylums are supposed to be in the past. However, though the buildings were closed, many of the practices lived on. In fact, more law-abiding Americans today are being involuntarily committed and forcibly treated 'for their own good' than at any time in history. In the first work of investigative journalism in decades to give a comprehensive view into contemporary psychiatric incarceration and forced interventions, Your Consent Is Not Required exposes how rising numbers of people from many walks of life are being subjected against their will to surveillance, indefinite detention, and powerful tranquilizing drugs, restraints, seclusion, and electroshock. Driven partly by individuals' genuine concerns for the 'mental health' of others, and partly by institutions entangled with goals of power, profit, and social control, psychiatric coercion is increasingly used to: manage school children and the elderly; quell family conflicts; police the streets; control people in shelters, community living, and prisons; fraudulently increase hospital profits; 'resolve' workplace disagreements; and detain protesters and discredit whistleblowers. Thoroughly researched, with alarming true stories and hard data from the US and Canada, Rob Wipond's Your Consent Is Not Required builds an unassailable case for greater transparency, vigilance, and change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Disorders: A Short History of Narcissistic, Borderline, Antisocial, and Other Types Author: Allan V. Horwitz Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The concept of personality disorders rose to prominence in the early twentieth century and has consistently caused controversy among psychiatrists, psychologists, and social scientists. In Personality Disorders, Allan V. Horwitz traces the evolution of defining these disorders and the historical dilemmas of attempting to mold them into traditional medical conceptions of disorder. Using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or DSM, as a guide, Horwitz explores the group of conditions that make up personality disorders and considers when they have been tied to or separated from other types of mental illnesses. He also examines how these disorders have often entailed negative moral and cultural evaluations more focused on perceived social deviance than on actual medical conditions. Deep conflicts exist in a variety of disciplines in determining the nature of these disorders. During the twentieth century, a particularly sharp division arose between researchers who study personality disorders and the clinicians who treat them. Synthesizing historical and contemporary scholarship, Horwitz examines controversies over the definitions and diagnoses of personality disorders and how the perception of these illnesses has changed over time. Allan V. Horwitz Tue, 14 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646574 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Disorders: A Short History of Narcissistic, Borderline, Antisocial, and Other Types Author: Allan V. Horwitz Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The concept of personality disorders rose to prominence in the early twentieth century and has consistently caused controversy among psychiatrists, psychologists, and social scientists. In Personality Disorders, Allan V. Horwitz traces the evolution of defining these disorders and the historical dilemmas of attempting to mold them into traditional medical conceptions of disorder. Using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or DSM, as a guide, Horwitz explores the group of conditions that make up personality disorders and considers when they have been tied to or separated from other types of mental illnesses. He also examines how these disorders have often entailed negative moral and cultural evaluations more focused on perceived social deviance than on actual medical conditions. Deep conflicts exist in a variety of disciplines in determining the nature of these disorders. During the twentieth century, a particularly sharp division arose between researchers who study personality disorders and the clinicians who treat them. Synthesizing historical and contemporary scholarship, Horwitz examines controversies over the definitions and diagnoses of personality disorders and how the perception of these illnesses has changed over time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Disorders: A Short History of Narcissistic, Borderline, Antisocial, and Other Types Author: Allan V. Horwitz Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The concept of personality disorders rose to prominence in the early twentieth century and has consistently caused controversy among psychiatrists, psychologists, and social scientists. In Personality Disorders, Allan V. Horwitz traces the evolution of defining these disorders and the historical dilemmas of attempting to mold them into traditional medical conceptions of disorder. Using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or DSM, as a guide, Horwitz explores the group of conditions that make up personality disorders and considers when they have been tied to or separated from other types of mental illnesses. He also examines how these disorders have often entailed negative moral and cultural evaluations more focused on perceived social deviance than on actual medical conditions. Deep conflicts exist in a variety of disciplines in determining the nature of these disorders. During the twentieth century, a particularly sharp division arose between researchers who study personality disorders and the clinicians who treat them. Synthesizing historical and contemporary scholarship, Horwitz examines controversies over the definitions and diagnoses of personality disorders and how the perception of these illnesses has changed over time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Self-Care for Therapists: Restorative Practices to Weave Through Your Workday Author: Ashley Davis Bush Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For mental health professionals who must regularly guard against compassion fatigue and secondary traumatization, intentional self-care isn't just essential; it's a survival tool. If therapists don't take proper care of themselves, they can't do their work effectively. Taking up an exercise program, going on a vacation, turning to supportive social networks, while helpful remedies to the stresses of the job, are not always feasible and the results are often only short term. Synthesizing the latest thinking in mindfulness, neuroscience, energy medicine, and spiritual disciplines, Simple Self-Care for Therapists offers immediate relief in doable, bite-sized nuggets—easy exercises that can be seamlessly integrated into your current workday routine with little fuss. Over sixty restorative practices are presented—tools for grounding, energizing, and relaxing—organized as antidotes to the most common pathologies that therapists suffer: vicarious trauma, compassion fatigue, and burnout. Bush, a therapist with over twenty-five years of experience, walks listeners through the descriptions and simple implementation of each practice, with illuminating stories from her own professional experiences. Ashley Davis Bush Tue, 31 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646316 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Self-Care for Therapists: Restorative Practices to Weave Through Your Workday Author: Ashley Davis Bush Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For mental health professionals who must regularly guard against compassion fatigue and secondary traumatization, intentional self-care isn't just essential; it's a survival tool. If therapists don't take proper care of themselves, they can't do their work effectively. Taking up an exercise program, going on a vacation, turning to supportive social networks, while helpful remedies to the stresses of the job, are not always feasible and the results are often only short term. Synthesizing the latest thinking in mindfulness, neuroscience, energy medicine, and spiritual disciplines, Simple Self-Care for Therapists offers immediate relief in doable, bite-sized nuggets—easy exercises that can be seamlessly integrated into your current workday routine with little fuss. Over sixty restorative practices are presented—tools for grounding, energizing, and relaxing—organized as antidotes to the most common pathologies that therapists suffer: vicarious trauma, compassion fatigue, and burnout. Bush, a therapist with over twenty-five years of experience, walks listeners through the descriptions and simple implementation of each practice, with illuminating stories from her own professional experiences. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Self-Care for Therapists: Restorative Practices to Weave Through Your Workday Author: Ashley Davis Bush Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For mental health professionals who must regularly guard against compassion fatigue and secondary traumatization, intentional self-care isn't just essential; it's a survival tool. If therapists don't take proper care of themselves, they can't do their work effectively. Taking up an exercise program, going on a vacation, turning to supportive social networks, while helpful remedies to the stresses of the job, are not always feasible and the results are often only short term. Synthesizing the latest thinking in mindfulness, neuroscience, energy medicine, and spiritual disciplines, Simple Self-Care for Therapists offers immediate relief in doable, bite-sized nuggets—easy exercises that can be seamlessly integrated into your current workday routine with little fuss. Over sixty restorative practices are presented—tools for grounding, energizing, and relaxing—organized as antidotes to the most common pathologies that therapists suffer: vicarious trauma, compassion fatigue, and burnout. Bush, a therapist with over twenty-five years of experience, walks listeners through the descriptions and simple implementation of each practice, with illuminating stories from her own professional experiences. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Traumatic Stress Recovery Workbook: 40 Brain-Changing Techniques You Can Use Right Now to Treat Symptoms of PTSD and Start Feeling Better Author: Jennifer Sweeton PsyD Narrator: Tara Marie Kirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you've experienced trauma, you may feel emotionally numb. You may have moments where you can't 'calm down,' or get to sleep. You might replay the traumatic event over in your mind. And you may even isolate yourself from others. You should know that you are not alone. Many people will live through a potentially traumatic event at some point in their lives, and some will even develop symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). If you're struggling with symptoms, you need effective relief—right now. This workbook can help you find it. In The Traumatic Stress Recovery Workbook, trauma and neuroscience expert Jennifer Sweeton provides forty brain-changing techniques for overcoming PTSD that you can begin using right away to build resilience, boost self-confidence, and develop self-efficacy. You'll learn what happens in your brain after experiencing trauma, and why it reacts in ways that cause even more distress. You'll also discover evidence-based strategies grounded in cutting-edge neuroscience to manage psychological and physical—or somatic—symptoms—so you can get back to your life. Using the practical and integrative approach in this workbook, you can address symptoms at your own pace. And by making small lifestyle changes, you'll carve new neural pathways in your brain and jump-start the healing process. Jennifer Sweeton PsyD Tue, 14 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646268 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Traumatic Stress Recovery Workbook: 40 Brain-Changing Techniques You Can Use Right Now to Treat Symptoms of PTSD and Start Feeling Better Author: Jennifer Sweeton PsyD Narrator: Tara Marie Kirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you've experienced trauma, you may feel emotionally numb. You may have moments where you can't 'calm down,' or get to sleep. You might replay the traumatic event over in your mind. And you may even isolate yourself from others. You should know that you are not alone. Many people will live through a potentially traumatic event at some point in their lives, and some will even develop symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). If you're struggling with symptoms, you need effective relief—right now. This workbook can help you find it. In The Traumatic Stress Recovery Workbook, trauma and neuroscience expert Jennifer Sweeton provides forty brain-changing techniques for overcoming PTSD that you can begin using right away to build resilience, boost self-confidence, and develop self-efficacy. You'll learn what happens in your brain after experiencing trauma, and why it reacts in ways that cause even more distress. You'll also discover evidence-based strategies grounded in cutting-edge neuroscience to manage psychological and physical—or somatic—symptoms—so you can get back to your life. Using the practical and integrative approach in this workbook, you can address symptoms at your own pace. And by making small lifestyle changes, you'll carve new neural pathways in your brain and jump-start the healing process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Traumatic Stress Recovery Workbook: 40 Brain-Changing Techniques You Can Use Right Now to Treat Symptoms of PTSD and Start Feeling Better Author: Jennifer Sweeton PsyD Narrator: Tara Marie Kirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you've experienced trauma, you may feel emotionally numb. You may have moments where you can't 'calm down,' or get to sleep. You might replay the traumatic event over in your mind. And you may even isolate yourself from others. You should know that you are not alone. Many people will live through a potentially traumatic event at some point in their lives, and some will even develop symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). If you're struggling with symptoms, you need effective relief—right now. This workbook can help you find it. In The Traumatic Stress Recovery Workbook, trauma and neuroscience expert Jennifer Sweeton provides forty brain-changing techniques for overcoming PTSD that you can begin using right away to build resilience, boost self-confidence, and develop self-efficacy. You'll learn what happens in your brain after experiencing trauma, and why it reacts in ways that cause even more distress. You'll also discover evidence-based strategies grounded in cutting-edge neuroscience to manage psychological and physical—or somatic—symptoms—so you can get back to your life. Using the practical and integrative approach in this workbook, you can address symptoms at your own pace. And by making small lifestyle changes, you'll carve new neural pathways in your brain and jump-start the healing process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646209 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Chance Couple Therapy: Bringing Relationships Back from the Brink Author: Peter Fraenkel Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Strategies and skills for therapists working with couples about to dissolve. Therapy with couples on the brink of relationship dissolution involves unique challenges. Partners present with high levels of conflict, low levels of intimate connection, disdain and discouragement, and limited patience or hope. These couples have often tried therapy without lasting success, and announce that 'this is our last chance.' Partners want to see evidence in the first session that the therapist can offer something new and that change is possible. Peter Fraenkel presents a practical, creative, integrative approach that combines action- and insight-oriented techniques to help last-chance couples manage conflict, modulate intense negative emotions, address power struggles, develop mutual compassion, and restore emotional intimacy and pleasurable connection. Special attention is paid to developing a collaborative therapeutic alliance when partners have little motivation for therapy or faith that it can be effective. Through engaging in 'nonbinding experiments in possibility,' partners can then better evaluate whether to 'stay or go.' Peter Fraenkel Tue, 28 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646209 thebookvoice.com 16:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Chance Couple Therapy: Bringing Relationships Back from the Brink Author: Peter Fraenkel Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Strategies and skills for therapists working with couples about to dissolve. Therapy with couples on the brink of relationship dissolution involves unique challenges. Partners present with high levels of conflict, low levels of intimate connection, disdain and discouragement, and limited patience or hope. These couples have often tried therapy without lasting success, and announce that 'this is our last chance.' Partners want to see evidence in the first session that the therapist can offer something new and that change is possible. Peter Fraenkel presents a practical, creative, integrative approach that combines action- and insight-oriented techniques to help last-chance couples manage conflict, modulate intense negative emotions, address power struggles, develop mutual compassion, and restore emotional intimacy and pleasurable connection. Special attention is paid to developing a collaborative therapeutic alliance when partners have little motivation for therapy or faith that it can be effective. Through engaging in 'nonbinding experiments in possibility,' partners can then better evaluate whether to 'stay or go.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Chance Couple Therapy: Bringing Relationships Back from the Brink Author: Peter Fraenkel Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Strategies and skills for therapists working with couples about to dissolve. Therapy with couples on the brink of relationship dissolution involves unique challenges. Partners present with high levels of conflict, low levels of intimate connection, disdain and discouragement, and limited patience or hope. These couples have often tried therapy without lasting success, and announce that 'this is our last chance.' Partners want to see evidence in the first session that the therapist can offer something new and that change is possible. Peter Fraenkel presents a practical, creative, integrative approach that combines action- and insight-oriented techniques to help last-chance couples manage conflict, modulate intense negative emotions, address power struggles, develop mutual compassion, and restore emotional intimacy and pleasurable connection. Special attention is paid to developing a collaborative therapeutic alliance when partners have little motivation for therapy or faith that it can be effective. Through engaging in 'nonbinding experiments in possibility,' partners can then better evaluate whether to 'stay or go.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make to Know: From spaces of uncertainty to creative discovery Author: Lorne Buchman Narrator: Lorne Buchman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A journey through the minds of some of the most creative people on the planet reveals that creativity is rarely a “lightbulb moment” and instead arrives through a process of making and self-understanding. The creative process is winding. It involves entertaining uncertainty and improvising new paths to knowing. In this insightful and informed book, Lorne M. Buchman, an international leader in art and design education and president of ArtCenter College of Design in Pasadena, California, guides readers through stories of a diverse and talented group of artists, entrepreneurs, innovators, and designers. Including such luminaries as Yves Béhar, Chris Kraus, Zack Snyder, Paula Scher, and Frank Gehry and businesses like Apple and Tesla who have changed the world as we know it, Buchman focuses on the revelatory nature of the creative journey itself. Michelangelo is said to have seen the angel in the stone and carved away until he set him free. Make to Know is about making as a path to knowing?presenting creativity as a “carving away” toward a revelation, not as a fully formed epiphany gleaned from a mysterious ether. As Buchman reveals throughout this provocative book, uncertainty is the space where discovery happens and where creators can be both playful and imaginative. Whether you’re an artist, designer, writer, daydreamer, or doodler, anyone can learn from these lessons on the varied paths to self-expression. Lorne Buchman Wed, 16 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645470 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make to Know: From spaces of uncertainty to creative discovery Author: Lorne Buchman Narrator: Lorne Buchman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A journey through the minds of some of the most creative people on the planet reveals that creativity is rarely a “lightbulb moment” and instead arrives through a process of making and self-understanding. The creative process is winding. It involves entertaining uncertainty and improvising new paths to knowing. In this insightful and informed book, Lorne M. Buchman, an international leader in art and design education and president of ArtCenter College of Design in Pasadena, California, guides readers through stories of a diverse and talented group of artists, entrepreneurs, innovators, and designers. Including such luminaries as Yves Béhar, Chris Kraus, Zack Snyder, Paula Scher, and Frank Gehry and businesses like Apple and Tesla who have changed the world as we know it, Buchman focuses on the revelatory nature of the creative journey itself. Michelangelo is said to have seen the angel in the stone and carved away until he set him free. Make to Know is about making as a path to knowing?presenting creativity as a “carving away” toward a revelation, not as a fully formed epiphany gleaned from a mysterious ether. As Buchman reveals throughout this provocative book, uncertainty is the space where discovery happens and where creators can be both playful and imaginative. Whether you’re an artist, designer, writer, daydreamer, or doodler, anyone can learn from these lessons on the varied paths to self-expression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make to Know: From spaces of uncertainty to creative discovery Author: Lorne Buchman Narrator: Lorne Buchman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A journey through the minds of some of the most creative people on the planet reveals that creativity is rarely a “lightbulb moment” and instead arrives through a process of making and self-understanding. The creative process is winding. It involves entertaining uncertainty and improvising new paths to knowing. In this insightful and informed book, Lorne M. Buchman, an international leader in art and design education and president of ArtCenter College of Design in Pasadena, California, guides readers through stories of a diverse and talented group of artists, entrepreneurs, innovators, and designers. Including such luminaries as Yves Béhar, Chris Kraus, Zack Snyder, Paula Scher, and Frank Gehry and businesses like Apple and Tesla who have changed the world as we know it, Buchman focuses on the revelatory nature of the creative journey itself. Michelangelo is said to have seen the angel in the stone and carved away until he set him free. Make to Know is about making as a path to knowing?presenting creativity as a “carving away” toward a revelation, not as a fully formed epiphany gleaned from a mysterious ether. As Buchman reveals throughout this provocative book, uncertainty is the space where discovery happens and where creators can be both playful and imaginative. Whether you’re an artist, designer, writer, daydreamer, or doodler, anyone can learn from these lessons on the varied paths to self-expression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645460 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parent Effectiveness Training Author: Thomas Gordon Narrator: Jamie Mackenzie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: P.E.T. began over 45 years ago as the first national parent-training program to teach parents how to communicate more effectively with kids and to offer step-by-step advice for resolving family conflict so that everybody wins. This beloved classic is the most studied, highly-praised, and proven parenting program in the world. This groundbreaking book will teach you the following lessons: • Thomas Gordon Tue, 28 Aug 2018 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645460 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parent Effectiveness Training Author: Thomas Gordon Narrator: Jamie Mackenzie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: P.E.T. began over 45 years ago as the first national parent-training program to teach parents how to communicate more effectively with kids and to offer step-by-step advice for resolving family conflict so that everybody wins. This beloved classic is the most studied, highly-praised, and proven parenting program in the world. This groundbreaking book will teach you the following lessons: • Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parent Effectiveness Training Author: Thomas Gordon Narrator: Jamie Mackenzie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: P.E.T. began over 45 years ago as the first national parent-training program to teach parents how to communicate more effectively with kids and to offer step-by-step advice for resolving family conflict so that everybody wins. This beloved classic is the most studied, highly-praised, and proven parenting program in the world. This groundbreaking book will teach you the following lessons: • https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645377 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - La Chronobiologie Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Sandra Ouellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ça serait bien si notre propre temps était notre guide, car tel que nous le découvrirons tout au long de ce livre, respecter un rythme optimal au moment d'accomplir une action quelconque nous garde en bonne santé.Car chacun d'entre nous est un être unique, il serait donc pratique d'apprendre à écouter notre propre organisme pour comprendre quel est le tempo qui nous gouverne, et ainsi s'y adapter, puisque c'est de cette façon que nous trouverons le calme qui nous permettra de mieux effectuer toutes nos activités. Effectuer les activités quotidiennes à un rythme plus rapide, ne fera qu'apporter du stress qui engendrera les maladies qui y sont associées. De même que les effectuer à un rythme réduit provoquera désespoir et ennui. Ce livre traite une thématique de grande importance, tant pour la découverte personnelle de soi-même comme pour les relations sociales, pour nous permettre de nous rapprocher d'autrui en partant d'une nouvelle perspective enrichissante. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Tue, 15 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645377 thebookvoice.com 2:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - La Chronobiologie Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Sandra Ouellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ça serait bien si notre propre temps était notre guide, car tel que nous le découvrirons tout au long de ce livre, respecter un rythme optimal au moment d'accomplir une action quelconque nous garde en bonne santé.Car chacun d'entre nous est un être unique, il serait donc pratique d'apprendre à écouter notre propre organisme pour comprendre quel est le tempo qui nous gouverne, et ainsi s'y adapter, puisque c'est de cette façon que nous trouverons le calme qui nous permettra de mieux effectuer toutes nos activités. Effectuer les activités quotidiennes à un rythme plus rapide, ne fera qu'apporter du stress qui engendrera les maladies qui y sont associées. De même que les effectuer à un rythme réduit provoquera désespoir et ennui. Ce livre traite une thématique de grande importance, tant pour la découverte personnelle de soi-même comme pour les relations sociales, pour nous permettre de nous rapprocher d'autrui en partant d'une nouvelle perspective enrichissante. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - La Chronobiologie Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Sandra Ouellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ça serait bien si notre propre temps était notre guide, car tel que nous le découvrirons tout au long de ce livre, respecter un rythme optimal au moment d'accomplir une action quelconque nous garde en bonne santé.Car chacun d'entre nous est un être unique, il serait donc pratique d'apprendre à écouter notre propre organisme pour comprendre quel est le tempo qui nous gouverne, et ainsi s'y adapter, puisque c'est de cette façon que nous trouverons le calme qui nous permettra de mieux effectuer toutes nos activités. Effectuer les activités quotidiennes à un rythme plus rapide, ne fera qu'apporter du stress qui engendrera les maladies qui y sont associées. De même que les effectuer à un rythme réduit provoquera désespoir et ennui. Ce livre traite une thématique de grande importance, tant pour la découverte personnelle de soi-même comme pour les relations sociales, pour nous permettre de nous rapprocher d'autrui en partant d'une nouvelle perspective enrichissante. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645279 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Theater in mir: Ein außergewöhnlicher Blick hinter die Kulissen des Lebens Author: Ralf Michael Pape Narrator: Ralf Michael Pape Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Das Bühnenstück »das Theater in mir« wird in allen Menschen aufgeführt, nur ist es den meisten Menschen nicht bewusst. Die Charaktere und Handlungen aus diesem Buch basieren auf wahren Begebenheiten und Beobachtungen. Bei Jakob wagen wir einen außergewöhnlichen Blick auf die »innere Bühne« und die einzelnen Darsteller. Wir verfolgen seine Entwicklung, als er nach einer Krebs-Diagnose damit beginnt, sich seinem »inneren Theater« mehr und mehr zuzuwenden. Die anderen Charaktere in diesem Buch beobachten wir in der realen Welt, wie sie sich durchs Leben schlagen, funktionieren, sich nach Liebe sehnen, manchmal auch nach einem Sinn fragen, ohne sich der Hintergründe dafür bewusst zu sein. Dazu ist mir folgender Spruch im Internet begegnet: »Unsere Welt ist voller kleiner verletzter Kinder in erwachsenen Körpern.« Ralf Michael Pape Sat, 15 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645279 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Theater in mir: Ein außergewöhnlicher Blick hinter die Kulissen des Lebens Author: Ralf Michael Pape Narrator: Ralf Michael Pape Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Das Bühnenstück »das Theater in mir« wird in allen Menschen aufgeführt, nur ist es den meisten Menschen nicht bewusst. Die Charaktere und Handlungen aus diesem Buch basieren auf wahren Begebenheiten und Beobachtungen. Bei Jakob wagen wir einen außergewöhnlichen Blick auf die »innere Bühne« und die einzelnen Darsteller. Wir verfolgen seine Entwicklung, als er nach einer Krebs-Diagnose damit beginnt, sich seinem »inneren Theater« mehr und mehr zuzuwenden. Die anderen Charaktere in diesem Buch beobachten wir in der realen Welt, wie sie sich durchs Leben schlagen, funktionieren, sich nach Liebe sehnen, manchmal auch nach einem Sinn fragen, ohne sich der Hintergründe dafür bewusst zu sein. Dazu ist mir folgender Spruch im Internet begegnet: »Unsere Welt ist voller kleiner verletzter Kinder in erwachsenen Körpern.« Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Theater in mir: Ein außergewöhnlicher Blick hinter die Kulissen des Lebens Author: Ralf Michael Pape Narrator: Ralf Michael Pape Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Das Bühnenstück »das Theater in mir« wird in allen Menschen aufgeführt, nur ist es den meisten Menschen nicht bewusst. Die Charaktere und Handlungen aus diesem Buch basieren auf wahren Begebenheiten und Beobachtungen. Bei Jakob wagen wir einen außergewöhnlichen Blick auf die »innere Bühne« und die einzelnen Darsteller. Wir verfolgen seine Entwicklung, als er nach einer Krebs-Diagnose damit beginnt, sich seinem »inneren Theater« mehr und mehr zuzuwenden. Die anderen Charaktere in diesem Buch beobachten wir in der realen Welt, wie sie sich durchs Leben schlagen, funktionieren, sich nach Liebe sehnen, manchmal auch nach einem Sinn fragen, ohne sich der Hintergründe dafür bewusst zu sein. Dazu ist mir folgender Spruch im Internet begegnet: »Unsere Welt ist voller kleiner verletzter Kinder in erwachsenen Körpern.« https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is wrong Author: Richard Salahpour Narrator: Stephen Torry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explore the deepest part of your mind and create your reality. Discover how far can you go down into the rabbit hole. What if you find out everything that you have learned and taught is wrong? Do you want to know it? What would you do? Will you ignore it? Do you dare to recognize it? Do you have the power to accept it? This book will change your entire life forever. Understand this book and live in Heaven every moment of your life on earth. DARE? Richard Salahpour Fri, 11 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is wrong Author: Richard Salahpour Narrator: Stephen Torry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explore the deepest part of your mind and create your reality. Discover how far can you go down into the rabbit hole. What if you find out everything that you have learned and taught is wrong? Do you want to know it? What would you do? Will you ignore it? Do you dare to recognize it? Do you have the power to accept it? This book will change your entire life forever. Understand this book and live in Heaven every moment of your life on earth. DARE? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is wrong Author: Richard Salahpour Narrator: Stephen Torry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explore the deepest part of your mind and create your reality. Discover how far can you go down into the rabbit hole. What if you find out everything that you have learned and taught is wrong? Do you want to know it? What would you do? Will you ignore it? Do you dare to recognize it? Do you have the power to accept it? This book will change your entire life forever. Understand this book and live in Heaven every moment of your life on earth. DARE? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645188 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness Therapies for Anxiety Author: Matthew Wilson Narrator: Tara Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Having anxiety is not a curse… it’s just your body telling you that something’s wrong and it needs to be fixed – and here’s how: Rising responsibilities, midlife complications, and the increasing disconnect with loved ones are some of the culprits that trigger anxiety. And these reasons can easily take a toll on your mental health and drain your spirit. But you don’t have to give in to these concerns and settle for less… there is hope for you to live a better life – the life that you have always imagined for yourself! This guidebook contains the wisdom you need to overcome anxiety and revive your confidence and enthusiasm to be the best version of yourself. Inside, you’ll discover: ? The science behind anxiety – what actually happens in your brain when you’re anxious ? Compelling facts about anxiety – discover how men and women deal with anxiety differently ? Insight into the negative mind – and why negativity may not be too bad after all ? A heap of strategies to help deal with anxiety and restore mental peace ? A comprehensive walkthrough on meditation for anxiety – plus some tips on how to get the best results ? A list of easy-to-do meditation for beginners that you can get started with right away ? 7+ nutritious foods and power supplements that can help you reduce anxiety and feel more at ease And so much more! Anxiety traps you in a cycle of rumination, inaction, and self-doubt. But the good news is that you don’t have to remain stuck any longer – you can finally live life freely and feel that inner peace you’ve always longed for. Discover how to live a life filled with contentment, inner balance, and emotional strength. Matthew Wilson Fri, 09 Sep 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645188 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness Therapies for Anxiety Author: Matthew Wilson Narrator: Tara Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Having anxiety is not a curse… it’s just your body telling you that something’s wrong and it needs to be fixed – and here’s how: Rising responsibilities, midlife complications, and the increasing disconnect with loved ones are some of the culprits that trigger anxiety. And these reasons can easily take a toll on your mental health and drain your spirit. But you don’t have to give in to these concerns and settle for less… there is hope for you to live a better life – the life that you have always imagined for yourself! This guidebook contains the wisdom you need to overcome anxiety and revive your confidence and enthusiasm to be the best version of yourself. Inside, you’ll discover: ? The science behind anxiety – what actually happens in your brain when you’re anxious ? Compelling facts about anxiety – discover how men and women deal with anxiety differently ? Insight into the negative mind – and why negativity may not be too bad after all ? A heap of strategies to help deal with anxiety and restore mental peace ? A comprehensive walkthrough on meditation for anxiety – plus some tips on how to get the best results ? A list of easy-to-do meditation for beginners that you can get started with right away ? 7+ nutritious foods and power supplements that can help you reduce anxiety and feel more at ease And so much more! Anxiety traps you in a cycle of rumination, inaction, and self-doubt. But the good news is that you don’t have to remain stuck any longer – you can finally live life freely and feel that inner peace you’ve always longed for. Discover how to live a life filled with contentment, inner balance, and emotional strength. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness Therapies for Anxiety Author: Matthew Wilson Narrator: Tara Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Having anxiety is not a curse… it’s just your body telling you that something’s wrong and it needs to be fixed – and here’s how: Rising responsibilities, midlife complications, and the increasing disconnect with loved ones are some of the culprits that trigger anxiety. And these reasons can easily take a toll on your mental health and drain your spirit. But you don’t have to give in to these concerns and settle for less… there is hope for you to live a better life – the life that you have always imagined for yourself! This guidebook contains the wisdom you need to overcome anxiety and revive your confidence and enthusiasm to be the best version of yourself. Inside, you’ll discover: ? The science behind anxiety – what actually happens in your brain when you’re anxious ? Compelling facts about anxiety – discover how men and women deal with anxiety differently ? Insight into the negative mind – and why negativity may not be too bad after all ? A heap of strategies to help deal with anxiety and restore mental peace ? A comprehensive walkthrough on meditation for anxiety – plus some tips on how to get the best results ? A list of easy-to-do meditation for beginners that you can get started with right away ? 7+ nutritious foods and power supplements that can help you reduce anxiety and feel more at ease And so much more! Anxiety traps you in a cycle of rumination, inaction, and self-doubt. But the good news is that you don’t have to remain stuck any longer – you can finally live life freely and feel that inner peace you’ve always longed for. Discover how to live a life filled with contentment, inner balance, and emotional strength. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Raus aus der Angst! Selbsthypnoseprogramm von Dr. med Siegfried Stoll: Auch in schwierigen Zeiten positiv denken und handeln Author: Dr. Med Siegfried Stoll Narrator: Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: - Kämpfst du mit Sorgen, Ängsten und Panik und alles, was du bisher versucht hast, funktionierte nicht? Bist du einfach nur müde, dass die Angst dir stetig folgt, egal wohin du gehst? - Stell dir vor wie es wäre, wenn du deutlich entspannter und gelassener wärest, sogar in Situationen, die sonst Angst oder Panik ausgelöst haben. - Wie wäre es, wenn du inneren Frieden in jeder Situation hättest? Dr. med Siegfried Stoll ist ausgebildeter Hypnosefachmann mit eigener Privatpraxis in Mannheim. Mit dieser Selbsthypnose machst du dir seine 38-jährige Erfahrung zueigen. Erfahre… • eine bewährte Anwendung um Sorgen, Ängste und Panik in den Griff zu bekommen; • wirkungsvolle Techniken zeitgemäßer Hypnose; • eine Methode, die dein gestresstes Nervensystem dauerhaft beruhigt; • wie du ein neues Mindset aufbaust, das dich in einen freudvollen und kraftvollen Zustand versetzt. • … und vieles mehr. Die verblüffend hohe Wirksamkeit der verwendeten Techniken kann Angst im Handumdrehen in Entspannung transformieren. Dieses Hypnose-Programm bietet dir eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in deinem Unterbewusstsein zu verankern und dann angstfrei(er) durchs Leben zu gehen. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf ein neues, gesundes Denken und Fühlen 'programmiert'. Beklemmende Gefühle verschwinden; das Denken findet wieder bewusster statt. Dieses Hörbuch mit vier absolut selbsterklärenden, aufeinander aufbauenden Anwendungen umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mentaltechniken und Autosuggestionsmöglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Angstreduktion notwendig sind. Die von Dr. med Siegfried Stoll entwickelte Hypnose erzeugt einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie deinen kritischen Geist geschickt umgeht. Während der Sitzung erreichen dich punktgenaue Informationen, die dir dabei helfen, neue befreiende Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. Die enthaltenen Techniken: • Auflösung von negativen und schädlichen Gefühlen basierend auf der Methode des legendären Hypnotherapeuten Milton Erickson; • Selbstregulation und Erweiterung des eigenen Gefühlsspektrums, damit du dich wohler fühlst und souveräner handeln kannst; • Etablierung neuer Strategien, damit du neuen Herausforderungen gewachsen sein kannst, wenn du dieses Hörbuch einmal nicht gleich greifbar hast; • neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik. Das bewährte Programm setzt genau dort an, wo Ängste, Panikattacken und Phobien entstehen: In deinem Denken. Durch Hypnose lassen sich deine Gedanken, die Enge, aber auch die Auslöser für Ängste positiv und nachhaltig beeinflussen. Kaufe dieses Hörbuch gleich JETZT, damit du Sorgen, Angst und Panik besiegst und deinen inneren Frieden findest. Dr. Med Siegfried Stoll Tue, 15 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644985 thebookvoice.com 2:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Raus aus der Angst! Selbsthypnoseprogramm von Dr. med Siegfried Stoll: Auch in schwierigen Zeiten positiv denken und handeln Author: Dr. Med Siegfried Stoll Narrator: Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: - Kämpfst du mit Sorgen, Ängsten und Panik und alles, was du bisher versucht hast, funktionierte nicht? Bist du einfach nur müde, dass die Angst dir stetig folgt, egal wohin du gehst? - Stell dir vor wie es wäre, wenn du deutlich entspannter und gelassener wärest, sogar in Situationen, die sonst Angst oder Panik ausgelöst haben. - Wie wäre es, wenn du inneren Frieden in jeder Situation hättest? Dr. med Siegfried Stoll ist ausgebildeter Hypnosefachmann mit eigener Privatpraxis in Mannheim. Mit dieser Selbsthypnose machst du dir seine 38-jährige Erfahrung zueigen. Erfahre… • eine bewährte Anwendung um Sorgen, Ängste und Panik in den Griff zu bekommen; • wirkungsvolle Techniken zeitgemäßer Hypnose; • eine Methode, die dein gestresstes Nervensystem dauerhaft beruhigt; • wie du ein neues Mindset aufbaust, das dich in einen freudvollen und kraftvollen Zustand versetzt. • … und vieles mehr. Die verblüffend hohe Wirksamkeit der verwendeten Techniken kann Angst im Handumdrehen in Entspannung transformieren. Dieses Hypnose-Programm bietet dir eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in deinem Unterbewusstsein zu verankern und dann angstfrei(er) durchs Leben zu gehen. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf ein neues, gesundes Denken und Fühlen 'programmiert'. Beklemmende Gefühle verschwinden; das Denken findet wieder bewusster statt. Dieses Hörbuch mit vier absolut selbsterklärenden, aufeinander aufbauenden Anwendungen umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mentaltechniken und Autosuggestionsmöglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Angstreduktion notwendig sind. Die von Dr. med Siegfried Stoll entwickelte Hypnose erzeugt einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie deinen kritischen Geist geschickt umgeht. Während der Sitzung erreichen dich punktgenaue Informationen, die dir dabei helfen, neue befreiende Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. Die enthaltenen Techniken: • Auflösung von negativen und schädlichen Gefühlen basierend auf der Methode des legendären Hypnotherapeuten Milton Erickson; • Selbstregulation und Erweiterung des eigenen Gefühlsspektrums, damit du dich wohler fühlst und souveräner handeln kannst; • Etablierung neuer Strategien, damit du neuen Herausforderungen gewachsen sein kannst, wenn du dieses Hörbuch einmal nicht gleich greifbar hast; • neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik. Das bewährte Programm setzt genau dort an, wo Ängste, Panikattacken und Phobien entstehen: In deinem Denken. Durch Hypnose lassen sich deine Gedanken, die Enge, aber auch die Auslöser für Ängste positiv und nachhaltig beeinflussen. Kaufe dieses Hörbuch gleich JETZT, damit du Sorgen, Angst und Panik besiegst und deinen inneren Frieden findest. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Raus aus der Angst! Selbsthypnoseprogramm von Dr. med Siegfried Stoll: Auch in schwierigen Zeiten positiv denken und handeln Author: Dr. Med Siegfried Stoll Narrator: Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: - Kämpfst du mit Sorgen, Ängsten und Panik und alles, was du bisher versucht hast, funktionierte nicht? Bist du einfach nur müde, dass die Angst dir stetig folgt, egal wohin du gehst? - Stell dir vor wie es wäre, wenn du deutlich entspannter und gelassener wärest, sogar in Situationen, die sonst Angst oder Panik ausgelöst haben. - Wie wäre es, wenn du inneren Frieden in jeder Situation hättest? Dr. med Siegfried Stoll ist ausgebildeter Hypnosefachmann mit eigener Privatpraxis in Mannheim. Mit dieser Selbsthypnose machst du dir seine 38-jährige Erfahrung zueigen. Erfahre… • eine bewährte Anwendung um Sorgen, Ängste und Panik in den Griff zu bekommen; • wirkungsvolle Techniken zeitgemäßer Hypnose; • eine Methode, die dein gestresstes Nervensystem dauerhaft beruhigt; • wie du ein neues Mindset aufbaust, das dich in einen freudvollen und kraftvollen Zustand versetzt. • … und vieles mehr. Die verblüffend hohe Wirksamkeit der verwendeten Techniken kann Angst im Handumdrehen in Entspannung transformieren. Dieses Hypnose-Programm bietet dir eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in deinem Unterbewusstsein zu verankern und dann angstfrei(er) durchs Leben zu gehen. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf ein neues, gesundes Denken und Fühlen 'programmiert'. Beklemmende Gefühle verschwinden; das Denken findet wieder bewusster statt. Dieses Hörbuch mit vier absolut selbsterklärenden, aufeinander aufbauenden Anwendungen umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mentaltechniken und Autosuggestionsmöglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Angstreduktion notwendig sind. Die von Dr. med Siegfried Stoll entwickelte Hypnose erzeugt einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie deinen kritischen Geist geschickt umgeht. Während der Sitzung erreichen dich punktgenaue Informationen, die dir dabei helfen, neue befreiende Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. Die enthaltenen Techniken: • Auflösung von negativen und schädlichen Gefühlen basierend auf der Methode des legendären Hypnotherapeuten Milton Erickson; • Selbstregulation und Erweiterung des eigenen Gefühlsspektrums, damit du dich wohler fühlst und souveräner handeln kannst; • Etablierung neuer Strategien, damit du neuen Herausforderungen gewachsen sein kannst, wenn du dieses Hörbuch einmal nicht gleich greifbar hast; • neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik. Das bewährte Programm setzt genau dort an, wo Ängste, Panikattacken und Phobien entstehen: In deinem Denken. Durch Hypnose lassen sich deine Gedanken, die Enge, aber auch die Auslöser für Ängste positiv und nachhaltig beeinflussen. Kaufe dieses Hörbuch gleich JETZT, damit du Sorgen, Angst und Panik besiegst und deinen inneren Frieden findest. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644914 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué compramos la burra Author: Ramon Nogueras Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre cómo nos convencen y cómo convencemos a los demás, y aprende a defenderte de los malos usos de la persuasión. En ocasiones nos sorprende que consigan que hagamos algo que no queremos: comprar un cachivache que no necesitamos, apoyar unas ideas que, si las pensamos un poco, son una memez, meternos en negocios ruinosos o situaciones que, en retrospectiva, eran una mala idea. Solemos hablar del poder de la publicidad, de la propaganda, o de que un conocido nuestro tiene una labia infalible, pero no entendemos bien que la persuasión funciona por una serie de mecanismos psicológicos que nos predisponen a querer ser convencidos de ciertas cosas, de ciertas maneras. Y pensar que somos personas racionales y bien informadas, o que somos difíciles de persuadir, nos hace a n m s susceptibles a serlo. Además, también creemos que basta con meros argumentos y datos para persuadir a alguien, y luego nos choca que, pese a tener buenas evidencias, los demás no nos hagan caso. En Por qué compramos la burra, Ramón Nogueras explica las razones por las que estas circunstancias ocurren con tanta frecuencia y a gente tan diversa, de qué mecanismos se sirven para convencernos, qué trucos ponen en práctica para conseguir sus objetivos y qué señales podemos identificar para estar alerta. Ramon Nogueras Tue, 22 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644914 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué compramos la burra Author: Ramon Nogueras Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre cómo nos convencen y cómo convencemos a los demás, y aprende a defenderte de los malos usos de la persuasión. En ocasiones nos sorprende que consigan que hagamos algo que no queremos: comprar un cachivache que no necesitamos, apoyar unas ideas que, si las pensamos un poco, son una memez, meternos en negocios ruinosos o situaciones que, en retrospectiva, eran una mala idea. Solemos hablar del poder de la publicidad, de la propaganda, o de que un conocido nuestro tiene una labia infalible, pero no entendemos bien que la persuasión funciona por una serie de mecanismos psicológicos que nos predisponen a querer ser convencidos de ciertas cosas, de ciertas maneras. Y pensar que somos personas racionales y bien informadas, o que somos difíciles de persuadir, nos hace a n m s susceptibles a serlo. Además, también creemos que basta con meros argumentos y datos para persuadir a alguien, y luego nos choca que, pese a tener buenas evidencias, los demás no nos hagan caso. En Por qué compramos la burra, Ramón Nogueras explica las razones por las que estas circunstancias ocurren con tanta frecuencia y a gente tan diversa, de qué mecanismos se sirven para convencernos, qué trucos ponen en práctica para conseguir sus objetivos y qué señales podemos identificar para estar alerta. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué compramos la burra Author: Ramon Nogueras Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre cómo nos convencen y cómo convencemos a los demás, y aprende a defenderte de los malos usos de la persuasión. En ocasiones nos sorprende que consigan que hagamos algo que no queremos: comprar un cachivache que no necesitamos, apoyar unas ideas que, si las pensamos un poco, son una memez, meternos en negocios ruinosos o situaciones que, en retrospectiva, eran una mala idea. Solemos hablar del poder de la publicidad, de la propaganda, o de que un conocido nuestro tiene una labia infalible, pero no entendemos bien que la persuasión funciona por una serie de mecanismos psicológicos que nos predisponen a querer ser convencidos de ciertas cosas, de ciertas maneras. Y pensar que somos personas racionales y bien informadas, o que somos difíciles de persuadir, nos hace a n m s susceptibles a serlo. Además, también creemos que basta con meros argumentos y datos para persuadir a alguien, y luego nos choca que, pese a tener buenas evidencias, los demás no nos hagan caso. En Por qué compramos la burra, Ramón Nogueras explica las razones por las que estas circunstancias ocurren con tanta frecuencia y a gente tan diversa, de qué mecanismos se sirven para convencernos, qué trucos ponen en práctica para conseguir sus objetivos y qué señales podemos identificar para estar alerta. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Una curiosa historia del sexo Author: Kate Lister Narrator: Clivia Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Basado en el popular proyecto de investigación Whores of Yore (Putas de antaño) y escrito con su característico humor e ingenio, ‘Una curiosa historia del sexo’ se basa en los amplios conocimientos de la Dra. Kate Lister sobre la historia del sexo. Desde las pruebas de impotencia medievales hasta los robos de testículos del siglo XX, desde los frescos eróticos de Pompeya hasta los burdeles de muñecas sexuales de hoy en día, Lister se mete sin pudor en los pantalones de la historia, desmontando mitos, desafiando estereotipos y, en general, ensuciándose las manos. No se trata de un estudio exhaustivo de todas las peculiaridades sexuales, perversiones y rituales de todas las culturas a lo largo del tiempo, ya que eso supondría escribir una enciclopedia. Se trata más bien de una gota de agua en el océano, de un remo en la parte más superficial de la historia del sexo, pero espero que se mojen de todos modos. El acto sexual no ha cambiado desde que la gente descubrió de qué iba la cosa pero las formas en que la sociedad dicta cómo se entiende y se practica el sexo culturalmente han variado de forma significativa a lo largo de los años. Los seres humanos son las únicas criaturas que estigmatizan determinadas prácticas sexuales y el sexo sigue siendo un tema profundamente divisivo en todo el mundo. Las actitudes cambiarán y crecerán -esperemos que para mejor- pero el sexo nunca estará libre de estigma o vergüenza a menos que reconozcamos de dónde viene. Te reirás, te estremecerás y te preguntarás cuánto ha cambiado en realidad. Kate Lister Tue, 22 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644910 thebookvoice.com 9:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Una curiosa historia del sexo Author: Kate Lister Narrator: Clivia Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Basado en el popular proyecto de investigación Whores of Yore (Putas de antaño) y escrito con su característico humor e ingenio, ‘Una curiosa historia del sexo’ se basa en los amplios conocimientos de la Dra. Kate Lister sobre la historia del sexo. Desde las pruebas de impotencia medievales hasta los robos de testículos del siglo XX, desde los frescos eróticos de Pompeya hasta los burdeles de muñecas sexuales de hoy en día, Lister se mete sin pudor en los pantalones de la historia, desmontando mitos, desafiando estereotipos y, en general, ensuciándose las manos. No se trata de un estudio exhaustivo de todas las peculiaridades sexuales, perversiones y rituales de todas las culturas a lo largo del tiempo, ya que eso supondría escribir una enciclopedia. Se trata más bien de una gota de agua en el océano, de un remo en la parte más superficial de la historia del sexo, pero espero que se mojen de todos modos. El acto sexual no ha cambiado desde que la gente descubrió de qué iba la cosa pero las formas en que la sociedad dicta cómo se entiende y se practica el sexo culturalmente han variado de forma significativa a lo largo de los años. Los seres humanos son las únicas criaturas que estigmatizan determinadas prácticas sexuales y el sexo sigue siendo un tema profundamente divisivo en todo el mundo. Las actitudes cambiarán y crecerán -esperemos que para mejor- pero el sexo nunca estará libre de estigma o vergüenza a menos que reconozcamos de dónde viene. Te reirás, te estremecerás y te preguntarás cuánto ha cambiado en realidad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Una curiosa historia del sexo Author: Kate Lister Narrator: Clivia Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Basado en el popular proyecto de investigación Whores of Yore (Putas de antaño) y escrito con su característico humor e ingenio, ‘Una curiosa historia del sexo’ se basa en los amplios conocimientos de la Dra. Kate Lister sobre la historia del sexo. Desde las pruebas de impotencia medievales hasta los robos de testículos del siglo XX, desde los frescos eróticos de Pompeya hasta los burdeles de muñecas sexuales de hoy en día, Lister se mete sin pudor en los pantalones de la historia, desmontando mitos, desafiando estereotipos y, en general, ensuciándose las manos. No se trata de un estudio exhaustivo de todas las peculiaridades sexuales, perversiones y rituales de todas las culturas a lo largo del tiempo, ya que eso supondría escribir una enciclopedia. Se trata más bien de una gota de agua en el océano, de un remo en la parte más superficial de la historia del sexo, pero espero que se mojen de todos modos. El acto sexual no ha cambiado desde que la gente descubrió de qué iba la cosa pero las formas en que la sociedad dicta cómo se entiende y se practica el sexo culturalmente han variado de forma significativa a lo largo de los años. Los seres humanos son las únicas criaturas que estigmatizan determinadas prácticas sexuales y el sexo sigue siendo un tema profundamente divisivo en todo el mundo. Las actitudes cambiarán y crecerán -esperemos que para mejor- pero el sexo nunca estará libre de estigma o vergüenza a menos que reconozcamos de dónde viene. Te reirás, te estremecerás y te preguntarás cuánto ha cambiado en realidad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644806 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Kill an Earworm: And 500+ Other Psychology Facts You Need to Know Author: Jana Louise Smit Narrator: Vyvy Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover why you were always afraid of a monster under your childhood bed, why people truly believe in their “lucky” lotto numbers, and more with hundreds of quick facts, research-based explanations, and challenging quiz questions on everything from the psychology of our ancient ancestors to the dark side of the world of psychology. Did you know: -The fear of losing your cell phone is real…and there’s even a name for it. -The way you kiss might actually be based in science? -That gaslighting actually has a psychological “cousin” known as “moonwalking”? Psychology is the scientific study of the mind and behavior, which means there’s a lot of ground to cover. But this isn’t your average “intro to psychology” book. Instead, How to Kill an Earworm is here to help you learn those little-known trivia facts you really want to know. This must-have guide features hundreds of fun facts and challenging quiz questions about psychology, covering everything from influential historical figures who impacted the study of psychology as we know it today to learning psychological principles you might not realize are at work right now in your everyday life. Did you know about the dark side of daylight savings time? What about the way kids’ cereal boxes are intentionally designed to manipulate the child’s emotions? From “zombie behaviors” to the “doorway effect”, it’s time to dive into over 500 psychological facts you definitely didn’t know before picking up this book! Jana Louise Smit Tue, 18 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644806 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Kill an Earworm: And 500+ Other Psychology Facts You Need to Know Author: Jana Louise Smit Narrator: Vyvy Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover why you were always afraid of a monster under your childhood bed, why people truly believe in their “lucky” lotto numbers, and more with hundreds of quick facts, research-based explanations, and challenging quiz questions on everything from the psychology of our ancient ancestors to the dark side of the world of psychology. Did you know: -The fear of losing your cell phone is real…and there’s even a name for it. -The way you kiss might actually be based in science? -That gaslighting actually has a psychological “cousin” known as “moonwalking”? Psychology is the scientific study of the mind and behavior, which means there’s a lot of ground to cover. But this isn’t your average “intro to psychology” book. Instead, How to Kill an Earworm is here to help you learn those little-known trivia facts you really want to know. This must-have guide features hundreds of fun facts and challenging quiz questions about psychology, covering everything from influential historical figures who impacted the study of psychology as we know it today to learning psychological principles you might not realize are at work right now in your everyday life. Did you know about the dark side of daylight savings time? What about the way kids’ cereal boxes are intentionally designed to manipulate the child’s emotions? From “zombie behaviors” to the “doorway effect”, it’s time to dive into over 500 psychological facts you definitely didn’t know before picking up this book! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Kill an Earworm: And 500+ Other Psychology Facts You Need to Know Author: Jana Louise Smit Narrator: Vyvy Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover why you were always afraid of a monster under your childhood bed, why people truly believe in their “lucky” lotto numbers, and more with hundreds of quick facts, research-based explanations, and challenging quiz questions on everything from the psychology of our ancient ancestors to the dark side of the world of psychology. Did you know: -The fear of losing your cell phone is real…and there’s even a name for it. -The way you kiss might actually be based in science? -That gaslighting actually has a psychological “cousin” known as “moonwalking”? Psychology is the scientific study of the mind and behavior, which means there’s a lot of ground to cover. But this isn’t your average “intro to psychology” book. Instead, How to Kill an Earworm is here to help you learn those little-known trivia facts you really want to know. This must-have guide features hundreds of fun facts and challenging quiz questions about psychology, covering everything from influential historical figures who impacted the study of psychology as we know it today to learning psychological principles you might not realize are at work right now in your everyday life. Did you know about the dark side of daylight savings time? What about the way kids’ cereal boxes are intentionally designed to manipulate the child’s emotions? From “zombie behaviors” to the “doorway effect”, it’s time to dive into over 500 psychological facts you definitely didn’t know before picking up this book! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644136 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644136]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attention Fix: How to Focus in a World that Wants to Distract You Author: Dr Anders Hansen Narrator: Nikolas Salmon, Dr Anders Hansen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 10, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Are you increasingly distracted, demotivated and unable to focus on simple tasks? There's a good chance your smartphone is to blame. In the always-on age of notifications, emails and the news cycle, it's easy to waste the majority of our days mindlessly scrolling. But according to psychiatric specialist and mental health guru Dr Anders Hansen, being tethered to our devices 24/7 is taking its toll on our mental wellbeing. Sleeplessness, anxiety, depression and burnout are just some of the consequences of feeling digitally overloaded. In The Attention Fix, Hansen shares an informative guide to what unrestricted social media use is actually doing to our brains, and the practical steps we can take to break the addiction cycle. Unpacking the latest scientific research on the brain, he explains knowledge to cure your smartphone addiction and foster deep, single-task focus. By taking control of your screen time, you'll feel happier, healthier and more productive. ©2023 Dr Anders Hansen (P)2023 Penguin Audio Dr Anders Hansen Thu, 10 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644136 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644136]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attention Fix: How to Focus in a World that Wants to Distract You Author: Dr Anders Hansen Narrator: Nikolas Salmon, Dr Anders Hansen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 10, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Are you increasingly distracted, demotivated and unable to focus on simple tasks? There's a good chance your smartphone is to blame. In the always-on age of notifications, emails and the news cycle, it's easy to waste the majority of our days mindlessly scrolling. But according to psychiatric specialist and mental health guru Dr Anders Hansen, being tethered to our devices 24/7 is taking its toll on our mental wellbeing. Sleeplessness, anxiety, depression and burnout are just some of the consequences of feeling digitally overloaded. In The Attention Fix, Hansen shares an informative guide to what unrestricted social media use is actually doing to our brains, and the practical steps we can take to break the addiction cycle. Unpacking the latest scientific research on the brain, he explains knowledge to cure your smartphone addiction and foster deep, single-task focus. By taking control of your screen time, you'll feel happier, healthier and more productive. ©2023 Dr Anders Hansen (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644136]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attention Fix: How to Focus in a World that Wants to Distract You Author: Dr Anders Hansen Narrator: Nikolas Salmon, Dr Anders Hansen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 10, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Are you increasingly distracted, demotivated and unable to focus on simple tasks? There's a good chance your smartphone is to blame. In the always-on age of notifications, emails and the news cycle, it's easy to waste the majority of our days mindlessly scrolling. But according to psychiatric specialist and mental health guru Dr Anders Hansen, being tethered to our devices 24/7 is taking its toll on our mental wellbeing. Sleeplessness, anxiety, depression and burnout are just some of the consequences of feeling digitally overloaded. In The Attention Fix, Hansen shares an informative guide to what unrestricted social media use is actually doing to our brains, and the practical steps we can take to break the addiction cycle. Unpacking the latest scientific research on the brain, he explains knowledge to cure your smartphone addiction and foster deep, single-task focus. By taking control of your screen time, you'll feel happier, healthier and more productive. ©2023 Dr Anders Hansen (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and the Struggle to Open Up: From Avoidance to Recovery and Growth Author: Robert T. Muller Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to navigate the therapeutic relationship with trauma survivors, to help bring recovery and growth. In therapy, we see how relationships are central to many traumatic experiences, but relationships are also critical to trauma recovery. Grounded firmly in attachment and trauma theory, this book shows how to use the psychotherapy relationship, to help clients find self-understanding and healing from trauma. Offering candid, personal guidance, using rich case examples, Dr. Robert T. Muller provides the steps needed to build and maintain a strong therapist-client relationship—one that helps bring recovery and growth. With a host of practical tips and protocols, this book gives therapists a roadmap to effective trauma treatment. Robert T. Muller Tue, 31 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643425 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and the Struggle to Open Up: From Avoidance to Recovery and Growth Author: Robert T. Muller Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to navigate the therapeutic relationship with trauma survivors, to help bring recovery and growth. In therapy, we see how relationships are central to many traumatic experiences, but relationships are also critical to trauma recovery. Grounded firmly in attachment and trauma theory, this book shows how to use the psychotherapy relationship, to help clients find self-understanding and healing from trauma. Offering candid, personal guidance, using rich case examples, Dr. Robert T. Muller provides the steps needed to build and maintain a strong therapist-client relationship—one that helps bring recovery and growth. With a host of practical tips and protocols, this book gives therapists a roadmap to effective trauma treatment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and the Struggle to Open Up: From Avoidance to Recovery and Growth Author: Robert T. Muller Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to navigate the therapeutic relationship with trauma survivors, to help bring recovery and growth. In therapy, we see how relationships are central to many traumatic experiences, but relationships are also critical to trauma recovery. Grounded firmly in attachment and trauma theory, this book shows how to use the psychotherapy relationship, to help clients find self-understanding and healing from trauma. Offering candid, personal guidance, using rich case examples, Dr. Robert T. Muller provides the steps needed to build and maintain a strong therapist-client relationship—one that helps bring recovery and growth. With a host of practical tips and protocols, this book gives therapists a roadmap to effective trauma treatment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Forget and How To Remember Better: The Science Behind Memory Author: Elizabeth A. Kensinger PhD, Andrew E. Budson MD Narrator: Elise Arsenault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Remember things better by understanding how your memory works. If memory is a simple thing, why does it so often go awry? Why is forgetting so common? How can you be certain about something you remember—and be wrong about it? Why is it so difficult to remember people's names? How can you study hard for an exam but not be able to recall the material on the test? In Why We Forget, Dr. Andrew Budson and Dr. Elizabeth Kensinger address these questions and more, using their years of experience to guide listeners into better memory. Why We Forget and How to Remember Better shows you how to use these answers to improve your memory. You will learn: how memory's most important function isn't to help you remember details from your past; how memory is actually a collection of different abilities; how you create, store, and retrieve memories of your daily life; ways to control what you remember and what you forget; ways to distinguish between a true and false memory; effective ways to study for an exam; how to remember people's names, all your passwords, fifty digits of Pi, and anything else you wish; how memory changes in normal aging, Alzheimer's disease, depression, anxiety, PTSD, ADHD, and other disorders—including COVID brain fog; and how exercise, nutrition, alcohol, cannabis, sleep, mindfulness, and music affect your memory. Elizabeth A. Kensinger PhD, Andrew E. Budson MD Wed, 01 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643408 thebookvoice.com 12:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Forget and How To Remember Better: The Science Behind Memory Author: Elizabeth A. Kensinger PhD, Andrew E. Budson MD Narrator: Elise Arsenault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Remember things better by understanding how your memory works. If memory is a simple thing, why does it so often go awry? Why is forgetting so common? How can you be certain about something you remember—and be wrong about it? Why is it so difficult to remember people's names? How can you study hard for an exam but not be able to recall the material on the test? In Why We Forget, Dr. Andrew Budson and Dr. Elizabeth Kensinger address these questions and more, using their years of experience to guide listeners into better memory. Why We Forget and How to Remember Better shows you how to use these answers to improve your memory. You will learn: how memory's most important function isn't to help you remember details from your past; how memory is actually a collection of different abilities; how you create, store, and retrieve memories of your daily life; ways to control what you remember and what you forget; ways to distinguish between a true and false memory; effective ways to study for an exam; how to remember people's names, all your passwords, fifty digits of Pi, and anything else you wish; how memory changes in normal aging, Alzheimer's disease, depression, anxiety, PTSD, ADHD, and other disorders—including COVID brain fog; and how exercise, nutrition, alcohol, cannabis, sleep, mindfulness, and music affect your memory. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Forget and How To Remember Better: The Science Behind Memory Author: Elizabeth A. Kensinger PhD, Andrew E. Budson MD Narrator: Elise Arsenault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Remember things better by understanding how your memory works. If memory is a simple thing, why does it so often go awry? Why is forgetting so common? How can you be certain about something you remember—and be wrong about it? Why is it so difficult to remember people's names? How can you study hard for an exam but not be able to recall the material on the test? In Why We Forget, Dr. Andrew Budson and Dr. Elizabeth Kensinger address these questions and more, using their years of experience to guide listeners into better memory. Why We Forget and How to Remember Better shows you how to use these answers to improve your memory. You will learn: how memory's most important function isn't to help you remember details from your past; how memory is actually a collection of different abilities; how you create, store, and retrieve memories of your daily life; ways to control what you remember and what you forget; ways to distinguish between a true and false memory; effective ways to study for an exam; how to remember people's names, all your passwords, fifty digits of Pi, and anything else you wish; how memory changes in normal aging, Alzheimer's disease, depression, anxiety, PTSD, ADHD, and other disorders—including COVID brain fog; and how exercise, nutrition, alcohol, cannabis, sleep, mindfulness, and music affect your memory. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Click or Clash?: Discover the new connection and compatibility types that will transform your relationships – in love, friendship and work Author: Ali Walker Narrator: Ali Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our lives are filled with relationships and daily interactions. They form a vital part of our wellbeing. But very few of us understand how we connect best, who we are really compatible with, and why. From the workplace, to friendships old and new, to family, to dating and long-term romantic partners, this groundbreaking book will explain and transform all of the connections in your life - the clicks and the clashes. Using her unique Connection Type model, human connection scientist Dr Ali Walker reveals the tools for understanding your personal connection style and those of others, recognising who you are compatible with, and strengthening your sense of belonging. Prepare to discover: - the 17 connection types - including yours - your individual frequency and intensity preferences - why you bond easily with some people but have friction with others - how we make friends and fall in love - the four types of belonging (and how to achieve them) - the three types of loneliness (and how to avoid them) - how to communicate in true alignment with who you are. Based on fascinating new research, and filled with real-life examples and practical advice, Click or Clash? is for anyone seeking healthy, happy, fulfilling relationships of any kind. Ali Walker Tue, 17 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643241 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Click or Clash?: Discover the new connection and compatibility types that will transform your relationships – in love, friendship and work Author: Ali Walker Narrator: Ali Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our lives are filled with relationships and daily interactions. They form a vital part of our wellbeing. But very few of us understand how we connect best, who we are really compatible with, and why. From the workplace, to friendships old and new, to family, to dating and long-term romantic partners, this groundbreaking book will explain and transform all of the connections in your life - the clicks and the clashes. Using her unique Connection Type model, human connection scientist Dr Ali Walker reveals the tools for understanding your personal connection style and those of others, recognising who you are compatible with, and strengthening your sense of belonging. Prepare to discover: - the 17 connection types - including yours - your individual frequency and intensity preferences - why you bond easily with some people but have friction with others - how we make friends and fall in love - the four types of belonging (and how to achieve them) - the three types of loneliness (and how to avoid them) - how to communicate in true alignment with who you are. Based on fascinating new research, and filled with real-life examples and practical advice, Click or Clash? is for anyone seeking healthy, happy, fulfilling relationships of any kind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Click or Clash?: Discover the new connection and compatibility types that will transform your relationships – in love, friendship and work Author: Ali Walker Narrator: Ali Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our lives are filled with relationships and daily interactions. They form a vital part of our wellbeing. But very few of us understand how we connect best, who we are really compatible with, and why. From the workplace, to friendships old and new, to family, to dating and long-term romantic partners, this groundbreaking book will explain and transform all of the connections in your life - the clicks and the clashes. Using her unique Connection Type model, human connection scientist Dr Ali Walker reveals the tools for understanding your personal connection style and those of others, recognising who you are compatible with, and strengthening your sense of belonging. Prepare to discover: - the 17 connection types - including yours - your individual frequency and intensity preferences - why you bond easily with some people but have friction with others - how we make friends and fall in love - the four types of belonging (and how to achieve them) - the three types of loneliness (and how to avoid them) - how to communicate in true alignment with who you are. Based on fascinating new research, and filled with real-life examples and practical advice, Click or Clash? is for anyone seeking healthy, happy, fulfilling relationships of any kind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Auf dünnem Eis - Die Psychologie des Bösen (Ungekürzt) Author: Lydia Benecke Narrator: Nicole Engeln Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lydia Benecke, Co-Autorin des Long- und Bestsellers AUS DER DUNKELKAMMER DES BÖSEN geht dem Ursprung des Bösen nach. Die Gefängnispsychologin, Fachfrau für besondere Vorlieben (Paraphilien) und erfahrene Ansprechpartnerin für Kriminalermittler nimmt uns mit auf einen Streifzug der Delikte, die uns alle in unserer Gegenwart so beschäftigen: U-Bahn-Schläger, rohe Gewalt, Amokläufer, Tierquälerei, Sadismus, Kannibalismus, Kindesmissbrauch und brutale Misshandlung. Was geht in so einem Täter nur vor? Und wie nah dran sind diese schrecklichen Taten an den ganz normalen Fantasien, die jeder von uns schon einmal hatte? Lydia Benecke Fri, 19 Feb 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643197 thebookvoice.com 11:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Auf dünnem Eis - Die Psychologie des Bösen (Ungekürzt) Author: Lydia Benecke Narrator: Nicole Engeln Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lydia Benecke, Co-Autorin des Long- und Bestsellers AUS DER DUNKELKAMMER DES BÖSEN geht dem Ursprung des Bösen nach. Die Gefängnispsychologin, Fachfrau für besondere Vorlieben (Paraphilien) und erfahrene Ansprechpartnerin für Kriminalermittler nimmt uns mit auf einen Streifzug der Delikte, die uns alle in unserer Gegenwart so beschäftigen: U-Bahn-Schläger, rohe Gewalt, Amokläufer, Tierquälerei, Sadismus, Kannibalismus, Kindesmissbrauch und brutale Misshandlung. Was geht in so einem Täter nur vor? Und wie nah dran sind diese schrecklichen Taten an den ganz normalen Fantasien, die jeder von uns schon einmal hatte? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Auf dünnem Eis - Die Psychologie des Bösen (Ungekürzt) Author: Lydia Benecke Narrator: Nicole Engeln Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lydia Benecke, Co-Autorin des Long- und Bestsellers AUS DER DUNKELKAMMER DES BÖSEN geht dem Ursprung des Bösen nach. Die Gefängnispsychologin, Fachfrau für besondere Vorlieben (Paraphilien) und erfahrene Ansprechpartnerin für Kriminalermittler nimmt uns mit auf einen Streifzug der Delikte, die uns alle in unserer Gegenwart so beschäftigen: U-Bahn-Schläger, rohe Gewalt, Amokläufer, Tierquälerei, Sadismus, Kannibalismus, Kindesmissbrauch und brutale Misshandlung. Was geht in so einem Täter nur vor? Und wie nah dran sind diese schrecklichen Taten an den ganz normalen Fantasien, die jeder von uns schon einmal hatte? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642887 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adult ADHD: How to Succeed as a Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Michael Ellick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to harness your ADHD “hunter” strengths to start your own business and prosper in the workplace • Provides organizational strategies, tips to maintain focus, and tools to set goals, build a business plan, and discover the right project to keep you motivated • Shares ADHD success stories from Fortune 500 CEOs, inventors, small business owners, and the author’s own experience in launching new businesses • Explains the positive side of ADHD behavior in the context of creating a business, working within an existing company, and raising children with ADHD Most people do not “grow out” of Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD) or Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). For many, their ADHD traits have led to difficulties in school, relationships, and work. But for our hunter-gatherer ancestors these characteristics were necessary for survival. Hunters must be easily distractible, constantly scanning their environment, and unafraid of taking risks. When humanity experienced the agricultural revolution 10,000 years ago, a vastly different type of personality--the methodical “Farmer”--became dominant. Most of our modern world is tailored to this Farmer personality, from 9-to-5 jobs to the structure of public schools, leaving ADHD Hunters feeling like unsuccessful outcasts. However, the Hunter skill set offers many opportunities for success in today’s Farmer society--if you learn how to embrace your ADHD traits instead of fighting against them. In this step-by-step guide, Thom Hartmann explains the positive side of Hunter behavior. He reveals how Hunters make excellent entrepreneurs, sharing ADHD success stories from Fortune 500 CEOs, inventors, small business owners, and his own hands-on experience in launching new businesses. Drawing on solid scientific and psychological principles, he provides easy-to-follow organizational strategies, tips to maintain focus and create a distraction-free workspace, and tools to set goals, build a business plan, and discover the right business project to keep you motivated. Hartmann shares valuable advice for both the Hunter entrepreneur and the Hunter within an existing company and for curtailing the aggressive side of the Hunter personality in group situations or manager positions. Revealing the many ADHD opportunities hidden within the challenges of work, relationships, and day-to-day life, Hartmann also includes tips on navigating family relationships and parenting--for most Hunter parents are also raising Hunter children. Thom Hartmann Tue, 29 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642887 thebookvoice.com 4:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adult ADHD: How to Succeed as a Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Michael Ellick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to harness your ADHD “hunter” strengths to start your own business and prosper in the workplace • Provides organizational strategies, tips to maintain focus, and tools to set goals, build a business plan, and discover the right project to keep you motivated • Shares ADHD success stories from Fortune 500 CEOs, inventors, small business owners, and the author’s own experience in launching new businesses • Explains the positive side of ADHD behavior in the context of creating a business, working within an existing company, and raising children with ADHD Most people do not “grow out” of Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD) or Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). For many, their ADHD traits have led to difficulties in school, relationships, and work. But for our hunter-gatherer ancestors these characteristics were necessary for survival. Hunters must be easily distractible, constantly scanning their environment, and unafraid of taking risks. When humanity experienced the agricultural revolution 10,000 years ago, a vastly different type of personality--the methodical “Farmer”--became dominant. Most of our modern world is tailored to this Farmer personality, from 9-to-5 jobs to the structure of public schools, leaving ADHD Hunters feeling like unsuccessful outcasts. However, the Hunter skill set offers many opportunities for success in today’s Farmer society--if you learn how to embrace your ADHD traits instead of fighting against them. In this step-by-step guide, Thom Hartmann explains the positive side of Hunter behavior. He reveals how Hunters make excellent entrepreneurs, sharing ADHD success stories from Fortune 500 CEOs, inventors, small business owners, and his own hands-on experience in launching new businesses. Drawing on solid scientific and psychological principles, he provides easy-to-follow organizational strategies, tips to maintain focus and create a distraction-free workspace, and tools to set goals, build a business plan, and discover the right business project to keep you motivated. Hartmann shares valuable advice for both the Hunter entrepreneur and the Hunter within an existing company and for curtailing the aggressive side of the Hunter personality in group situations or manager positions. Revealing the many ADHD opportunities hidden within the challenges of work, relationships, and day-to-day life, Hartmann also includes tips on navigating family relationships and parenting--for most Hunter parents are also raising Hunter children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adult ADHD: How to Succeed as a Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Michael Ellick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to harness your ADHD “hunter” strengths to start your own business and prosper in the workplace • Provides organizational strategies, tips to maintain focus, and tools to set goals, build a business plan, and discover the right project to keep you motivated • Shares ADHD success stories from Fortune 500 CEOs, inventors, small business owners, and the author’s own experience in launching new businesses • Explains the positive side of ADHD behavior in the context of creating a business, working within an existing company, and raising children with ADHD Most people do not “grow out” of Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD) or Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). For many, their ADHD traits have led to difficulties in school, relationships, and work. But for our hunter-gatherer ancestors these characteristics were necessary for survival. Hunters must be easily distractible, constantly scanning their environment, and unafraid of taking risks. When humanity experienced the agricultural revolution 10,000 years ago, a vastly different type of personality--the methodical “Farmer”--became dominant. Most of our modern world is tailored to this Farmer personality, from 9-to-5 jobs to the structure of public schools, leaving ADHD Hunters feeling like unsuccessful outcasts. However, the Hunter skill set offers many opportunities for success in today’s Farmer society--if you learn how to embrace your ADHD traits instead of fighting against them. In this step-by-step guide, Thom Hartmann explains the positive side of Hunter behavior. He reveals how Hunters make excellent entrepreneurs, sharing ADHD success stories from Fortune 500 CEOs, inventors, small business owners, and his own hands-on experience in launching new businesses. Drawing on solid scientific and psychological principles, he provides easy-to-follow organizational strategies, tips to maintain focus and create a distraction-free workspace, and tools to set goals, build a business plan, and discover the right business project to keep you motivated. Hartmann shares valuable advice for both the Hunter entrepreneur and the Hunter within an existing company and for curtailing the aggressive side of the Hunter personality in group situations or manager positions. Revealing the many ADHD opportunities hidden within the challenges of work, relationships, and day-to-day life, Hartmann also includes tips on navigating family relationships and parenting--for most Hunter parents are also raising Hunter children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642881 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Wisdom: The Astonishing Rewards of Mind-Altering Substances Author: Richard Louis Miller Narrator: Brock Blatter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Reveals how these scientists, doctors, therapists, and teachers have applied their entheogenic experiences in their professions, leading to therapeutic advancements, scientific discoveries, and healing for thousands • Includes contributions from scientific psychonaut Amanda Feilding, psychedelic swami Dr. Allan Ajaya, “America’s Doctor” Dean Edell, convicted psychiatrist Frederike Meckel Fisher, love doctor Charley Wininger, professor of psychedelics Thomas B. Roberts, ethnobotanical explorer Dennis McKenna, the “Sunshine Makers” Tim Scully and Michael Randall, as well as many others Over the past decade, many famous entrepreneurs and celebrities have begun to open up about their life-changing experiences with psychedelics that led to their personal successes. But less well-known are the wisdom-bringing psychedelic experiences of many top psychologists, psychiatrists, researchers, and others who have taken what they learned from their entheogenic experiences and applied it in their professions, leading to therapeutic advancements, scientific discoveries, and healing for thousands. In this profound book, Dr. Richard Louis Miller shares stories of psychedelic transformation, insight, and wisdom from his conversations with 19 scientists, doctors, therapists, and teachers, each of whom has been self-experimenting with psychedelic medicines, sub rosa, for decades. We hear from scientific psychonaut Amanda Feilding, founder of the Beckley Foundation; ethnobotanical explorer Dennis McKenna; research advocate and head of MAPS Rick Doblin; and the “Sunshine Makers”: Tim Scully, the scientist taught to make LSD by Owsley Stanley, and Michael Randall, the leader of the Brotherhood of Eternal Love. We learn about recasting “bad trips” as unfamiliar challenges from psychedelic swami Allan Ajaya as well as the therapeutic uses of MDMA from “the love doctor” Charley Wininger and gain decades of insights from psychedelic professor Thomas B. Roberts as well as several others. Revealing the psychedelic wisdom uncovered in spite of decades of the “War on Drugs,” Dr. Miller and his contributors show how LSD and other psychedelics offer a pathway to creativity, healing, innovation, and liberation. Richard Louis Miller Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642881 thebookvoice.com 12:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Wisdom: The Astonishing Rewards of Mind-Altering Substances Author: Richard Louis Miller Narrator: Brock Blatter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Reveals how these scientists, doctors, therapists, and teachers have applied their entheogenic experiences in their professions, leading to therapeutic advancements, scientific discoveries, and healing for thousands • Includes contributions from scientific psychonaut Amanda Feilding, psychedelic swami Dr. Allan Ajaya, “America’s Doctor” Dean Edell, convicted psychiatrist Frederike Meckel Fisher, love doctor Charley Wininger, professor of psychedelics Thomas B. Roberts, ethnobotanical explorer Dennis McKenna, the “Sunshine Makers” Tim Scully and Michael Randall, as well as many others Over the past decade, many famous entrepreneurs and celebrities have begun to open up about their life-changing experiences with psychedelics that led to their personal successes. But less well-known are the wisdom-bringing psychedelic experiences of many top psychologists, psychiatrists, researchers, and others who have taken what they learned from their entheogenic experiences and applied it in their professions, leading to therapeutic advancements, scientific discoveries, and healing for thousands. In this profound book, Dr. Richard Louis Miller shares stories of psychedelic transformation, insight, and wisdom from his conversations with 19 scientists, doctors, therapists, and teachers, each of whom has been self-experimenting with psychedelic medicines, sub rosa, for decades. We hear from scientific psychonaut Amanda Feilding, founder of the Beckley Foundation; ethnobotanical explorer Dennis McKenna; research advocate and head of MAPS Rick Doblin; and the “Sunshine Makers”: Tim Scully, the scientist taught to make LSD by Owsley Stanley, and Michael Randall, the leader of the Brotherhood of Eternal Love. We learn about recasting “bad trips” as unfamiliar challenges from psychedelic swami Allan Ajaya as well as the therapeutic uses of MDMA from “the love doctor” Charley Wininger and gain decades of insights from psychedelic professor Thomas B. Roberts as well as several others. Revealing the psychedelic wisdom uncovered in spite of decades of the “War on Drugs,” Dr. Miller and his contributors show how LSD and other psychedelics offer a pathway to creativity, healing, innovation, and liberation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Wisdom: The Astonishing Rewards of Mind-Altering Substances Author: Richard Louis Miller Narrator: Brock Blatter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Reveals how these scientists, doctors, therapists, and teachers have applied their entheogenic experiences in their professions, leading to therapeutic advancements, scientific discoveries, and healing for thousands • Includes contributions from scientific psychonaut Amanda Feilding, psychedelic swami Dr. Allan Ajaya, “America’s Doctor” Dean Edell, convicted psychiatrist Frederike Meckel Fisher, love doctor Charley Wininger, professor of psychedelics Thomas B. Roberts, ethnobotanical explorer Dennis McKenna, the “Sunshine Makers” Tim Scully and Michael Randall, as well as many others Over the past decade, many famous entrepreneurs and celebrities have begun to open up about their life-changing experiences with psychedelics that led to their personal successes. But less well-known are the wisdom-bringing psychedelic experiences of many top psychologists, psychiatrists, researchers, and others who have taken what they learned from their entheogenic experiences and applied it in their professions, leading to therapeutic advancements, scientific discoveries, and healing for thousands. In this profound book, Dr. Richard Louis Miller shares stories of psychedelic transformation, insight, and wisdom from his conversations with 19 scientists, doctors, therapists, and teachers, each of whom has been self-experimenting with psychedelic medicines, sub rosa, for decades. We hear from scientific psychonaut Amanda Feilding, founder of the Beckley Foundation; ethnobotanical explorer Dennis McKenna; research advocate and head of MAPS Rick Doblin; and the “Sunshine Makers”: Tim Scully, the scientist taught to make LSD by Owsley Stanley, and Michael Randall, the leader of the Brotherhood of Eternal Love. We learn about recasting “bad trips” as unfamiliar challenges from psychedelic swami Allan Ajaya as well as the therapeutic uses of MDMA from “the love doctor” Charley Wininger and gain decades of insights from psychedelic professor Thomas B. Roberts as well as several others. Revealing the psychedelic wisdom uncovered in spite of decades of the “War on Drugs,” Dr. Miller and his contributors show how LSD and other psychedelics offer a pathway to creativity, healing, innovation, and liberation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642874 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You and Your Adult Child: How to Grow Together in Challenging Times Author: Laurence Steinberg Narrator: Laurence Steinberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “wonderfully innovative” (Jennifer Senior, New York Times bestseller All Joy and No Fun), much-needed guide for parents of people in their twenties and thirties from one of the world’s leading developmental psychologists. Your child is now an adult, but your job as a parent is far from over. Instead, your role must evolve to meet their ongoing, changing needs. But what exactly are these new needs? And why are they so different now than they were when you were a young adult? This is the first comprehensive guide written for parents whose children are in two of the most crucial decades of life. Steinberg discusses topics as various as whether you should be involved in your child’s college education, how to behave when they unexpectedly must move back home, how to state your opinion on their romantic partners, what to do when you disagree with the way they are raising their own child, and what parameters to apply if you want to give them money for a home or startup. He answers such challenging questions as: When do I express my opinion and when should I bite my tongue? How do I know if my son is floundering? Is it okay to help my daughter with her grad school application? What should I do if my kid is getting seriously involved with someone I think is dangerous? We have been helping our twenty-five-year-old financially for the last few years, but how long is too long? How can I help my adult child through a difficult psychological time? Leading psychologist Laurence Steinberg has devoted his forty-five-year career to researching parent-child relationships. Here, he provides some “must-read” (Martin Seligman, PhD, author of The Hope Circuit) principles to help parents with adult children think more intelligently about common issues, avoid minefields, weather the inevitable ups and downs, and create a stronger, happier, more effective bond with their child. Laurence Steinberg Tue, 18 Apr 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642874 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You and Your Adult Child: How to Grow Together in Challenging Times Author: Laurence Steinberg Narrator: Laurence Steinberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “wonderfully innovative” (Jennifer Senior, New York Times bestseller All Joy and No Fun), much-needed guide for parents of people in their twenties and thirties from one of the world’s leading developmental psychologists. Your child is now an adult, but your job as a parent is far from over. Instead, your role must evolve to meet their ongoing, changing needs. But what exactly are these new needs? And why are they so different now than they were when you were a young adult? This is the first comprehensive guide written for parents whose children are in two of the most crucial decades of life. Steinberg discusses topics as various as whether you should be involved in your child’s college education, how to behave when they unexpectedly must move back home, how to state your opinion on their romantic partners, what to do when you disagree with the way they are raising their own child, and what parameters to apply if you want to give them money for a home or startup. He answers such challenging questions as: When do I express my opinion and when should I bite my tongue? How do I know if my son is floundering? Is it okay to help my daughter with her grad school application? What should I do if my kid is getting seriously involved with someone I think is dangerous? We have been helping our twenty-five-year-old financially for the last few years, but how long is too long? How can I help my adult child through a difficult psychological time? Leading psychologist Laurence Steinberg has devoted his forty-five-year career to researching parent-child relationships. Here, he provides some “must-read” (Martin Seligman, PhD, author of The Hope Circuit) principles to help parents with adult children think more intelligently about common issues, avoid minefields, weather the inevitable ups and downs, and create a stronger, happier, more effective bond with their child. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You and Your Adult Child: How to Grow Together in Challenging Times Author: Laurence Steinberg Narrator: Laurence Steinberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “wonderfully innovative” (Jennifer Senior, New York Times bestseller All Joy and No Fun), much-needed guide for parents of people in their twenties and thirties from one of the world’s leading developmental psychologists. Your child is now an adult, but your job as a parent is far from over. Instead, your role must evolve to meet their ongoing, changing needs. But what exactly are these new needs? And why are they so different now than they were when you were a young adult? This is the first comprehensive guide written for parents whose children are in two of the most crucial decades of life. Steinberg discusses topics as various as whether you should be involved in your child’s college education, how to behave when they unexpectedly must move back home, how to state your opinion on their romantic partners, what to do when you disagree with the way they are raising their own child, and what parameters to apply if you want to give them money for a home or startup. He answers such challenging questions as: When do I express my opinion and when should I bite my tongue? How do I know if my son is floundering? Is it okay to help my daughter with her grad school application? What should I do if my kid is getting seriously involved with someone I think is dangerous? We have been helping our twenty-five-year-old financially for the last few years, but how long is too long? How can I help my adult child through a difficult psychological time? Leading psychologist Laurence Steinberg has devoted his forty-five-year career to researching parent-child relationships. Here, he provides some “must-read” (Martin Seligman, PhD, author of The Hope Circuit) principles to help parents with adult children think more intelligently about common issues, avoid minefields, weather the inevitable ups and downs, and create a stronger, happier, more effective bond with their child. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life Author: Diane Helter Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life: Learn Tips on How to Read People's Body Language to Understand Better and Build Stronger Connections Are you the type of person who unintentionally looks at someone and tries to read them based on how they carry themselves, speak, move, and study their mood? Or are you the type of person who looks at someone and thinks you know everything about them just by looking at them? We all have done this at some point in our lives. And some of us may be right, but we may be wrong, too. Whether you were correct or incorrect, you just attempted to read someone, which is a talent that some of us want to have. This audiobook will teach you how to read other people's body language, learn their motivations, and uncover their true intentions. You will learn the true power of reading and analyzing other people and how it can help you create more meaningful relationships in your life. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - We Are Born to Connect - How to Build Better Connection with Others - How to Understand Non-Verbal Gestures - Always Listen to Your Intuition - Psychology Tricks on How to Read People - Pay Attention to a Person's Spoken Language - And many more! Reading people and understanding human nature is a learning process but you have to start somewhere. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Diane Helter Mon, 24 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642833 thebookvoice.com 0:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life Author: Diane Helter Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life: Learn Tips on How to Read People's Body Language to Understand Better and Build Stronger Connections Are you the type of person who unintentionally looks at someone and tries to read them based on how they carry themselves, speak, move, and study their mood? Or are you the type of person who looks at someone and thinks you know everything about them just by looking at them? We all have done this at some point in our lives. And some of us may be right, but we may be wrong, too. Whether you were correct or incorrect, you just attempted to read someone, which is a talent that some of us want to have. This audiobook will teach you how to read other people's body language, learn their motivations, and uncover their true intentions. You will learn the true power of reading and analyzing other people and how it can help you create more meaningful relationships in your life. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - We Are Born to Connect - How to Build Better Connection with Others - How to Understand Non-Verbal Gestures - Always Listen to Your Intuition - Psychology Tricks on How to Read People - Pay Attention to a Person's Spoken Language - And many more! Reading people and understanding human nature is a learning process but you have to start somewhere. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life Author: Diane Helter Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Analyze People to Improve Your Life: Learn Tips on How to Read People's Body Language to Understand Better and Build Stronger Connections Are you the type of person who unintentionally looks at someone and tries to read them based on how they carry themselves, speak, move, and study their mood? Or are you the type of person who looks at someone and thinks you know everything about them just by looking at them? We all have done this at some point in our lives. And some of us may be right, but we may be wrong, too. Whether you were correct or incorrect, you just attempted to read someone, which is a talent that some of us want to have. This audiobook will teach you how to read other people's body language, learn their motivations, and uncover their true intentions. You will learn the true power of reading and analyzing other people and how it can help you create more meaningful relationships in your life. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - We Are Born to Connect - How to Build Better Connection with Others - How to Understand Non-Verbal Gestures - Always Listen to Your Intuition - Psychology Tricks on How to Read People - Pay Attention to a Person's Spoken Language - And many more! Reading people and understanding human nature is a learning process but you have to start somewhere. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Bible Author: Paul Buckman Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Bible: A Guide on the Art of Persuasion and Manipulation. Learn About Emotional Influence, Brainwashing Techniques and Mind Control Tricks to Help Protect Yourself from Deception and Abuse If you have ever felt cheated by people after opening up to them or being lured into scams when you feel like you are already too down, you are not alone. Anyone can be manipulated and deceived, no matter their job, education, or social status. These manipulators will continue deceiving people as long as there are those who easily fall into their schemes. It's time to step up and turn the tables. This audiobook aims to demystify dark psychology, which is not a new concept or something novel but it will make it easy for you to understand the basics of dark psychology, get to the bottom of mind control and manipulation and teach you how to break free from the web of lies once you have fallen into the trap. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - How to Understand Mind Control and Manipulation - Understanding Dark Psychology - The Common Kinds of Frauds in Dark Psychology You Need to Protect Yourself From - How Can You Fall Victim to Dark Psychology? - How to Break Free from the Spells of Dark Psychology - And many more! By getting yourself informed, you will make life harder for these master manipulators. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Paul Buckman Sun, 23 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642827 thebookvoice.com 0:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Bible Author: Paul Buckman Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Bible: A Guide on the Art of Persuasion and Manipulation. Learn About Emotional Influence, Brainwashing Techniques and Mind Control Tricks to Help Protect Yourself from Deception and Abuse If you have ever felt cheated by people after opening up to them or being lured into scams when you feel like you are already too down, you are not alone. Anyone can be manipulated and deceived, no matter their job, education, or social status. These manipulators will continue deceiving people as long as there are those who easily fall into their schemes. It's time to step up and turn the tables. This audiobook aims to demystify dark psychology, which is not a new concept or something novel but it will make it easy for you to understand the basics of dark psychology, get to the bottom of mind control and manipulation and teach you how to break free from the web of lies once you have fallen into the trap. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - How to Understand Mind Control and Manipulation - Understanding Dark Psychology - The Common Kinds of Frauds in Dark Psychology You Need to Protect Yourself From - How Can You Fall Victim to Dark Psychology? - How to Break Free from the Spells of Dark Psychology - And many more! By getting yourself informed, you will make life harder for these master manipulators. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Bible Author: Paul Buckman Narrator: Steven Myles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 23, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Bible: A Guide on the Art of Persuasion and Manipulation. Learn About Emotional Influence, Brainwashing Techniques and Mind Control Tricks to Help Protect Yourself from Deception and Abuse If you have ever felt cheated by people after opening up to them or being lured into scams when you feel like you are already too down, you are not alone. Anyone can be manipulated and deceived, no matter their job, education, or social status. These manipulators will continue deceiving people as long as there are those who easily fall into their schemes. It's time to step up and turn the tables. This audiobook aims to demystify dark psychology, which is not a new concept or something novel but it will make it easy for you to understand the basics of dark psychology, get to the bottom of mind control and manipulation and teach you how to break free from the web of lies once you have fallen into the trap. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - How to Understand Mind Control and Manipulation - Understanding Dark Psychology - The Common Kinds of Frauds in Dark Psychology You Need to Protect Yourself From - How Can You Fall Victim to Dark Psychology? - How to Break Free from the Spells of Dark Psychology - And many more! By getting yourself informed, you will make life harder for these master manipulators. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Fool: Why We Get Taken In and What We Can Do about It Author: Daniel Simons, Christopher Chabris Narrator: Andrew Sellon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Two New York Times-bestselling psychologists explain the science of cons—and how we can avoid them    From phishing scams to Ponzi schemes, fraudulent science to fake art, chess cheaters to crypto hucksters, and marketers to magicians, our world brims with deception. In Nobody’s Fool, psychologists Daniel Simons and Christopher Chabris show us how to avoid being taken in. They describe the key habits of thinking and reasoning that serve us well most of the time but make us vulnerable—like our tendency to accept what we see, stick to our commitments, and overvalue precision and consistency. Each chapter illustrates their new take on the science of deception, describing scams you’ve never heard of and shedding new light on some you have. Simons and Chabris provide memorable maxims and practical tools you can use to spot deception before it’s too late.    Informative, illuminating, and entertaining, Nobody’s Fool will protect us from charlatans in all their forms—and delight us along the way. Daniel Simons, Christopher Chabris Tue, 11 Jul 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642701 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Fool: Why We Get Taken In and What We Can Do about It Author: Daniel Simons, Christopher Chabris Narrator: Andrew Sellon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Two New York Times-bestselling psychologists explain the science of cons—and how we can avoid them    From phishing scams to Ponzi schemes, fraudulent science to fake art, chess cheaters to crypto hucksters, and marketers to magicians, our world brims with deception. In Nobody’s Fool, psychologists Daniel Simons and Christopher Chabris show us how to avoid being taken in. They describe the key habits of thinking and reasoning that serve us well most of the time but make us vulnerable—like our tendency to accept what we see, stick to our commitments, and overvalue precision and consistency. Each chapter illustrates their new take on the science of deception, describing scams you’ve never heard of and shedding new light on some you have. Simons and Chabris provide memorable maxims and practical tools you can use to spot deception before it’s too late.    Informative, illuminating, and entertaining, Nobody’s Fool will protect us from charlatans in all their forms—and delight us along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Fool: Why We Get Taken In and What We Can Do about It Author: Daniel Simons, Christopher Chabris Narrator: Andrew Sellon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Two New York Times-bestselling psychologists explain the science of cons—and how we can avoid them    From phishing scams to Ponzi schemes, fraudulent science to fake art, chess cheaters to crypto hucksters, and marketers to magicians, our world brims with deception. In Nobody’s Fool, psychologists Daniel Simons and Christopher Chabris show us how to avoid being taken in. They describe the key habits of thinking and reasoning that serve us well most of the time but make us vulnerable—like our tendency to accept what we see, stick to our commitments, and overvalue precision and consistency. Each chapter illustrates their new take on the science of deception, describing scams you’ve never heard of and shedding new light on some you have. Simons and Chabris provide memorable maxims and practical tools you can use to spot deception before it’s too late.    Informative, illuminating, and entertaining, Nobody’s Fool will protect us from charlatans in all their forms—and delight us along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642148 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Neue Irre - Wir behandeln die Falschen (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Manfred Lütz Narrator: Manfred Lütz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hilfe, wir behandeln immer noch die Falschen! Donald Trump in den USA, Kim Jong Un in Nordkorea, Jair Bolsonaro in Brasilien, weltweit scheint der Irrsinn zuzunehmen. Kann man etwas dagegen tun und sind die überhaupt wirklich verrückt? Was vor zehn Jahren, als Manfred Lütz seinen fast eine Million mal verkauften Bestseller 'Irre' schrieb, noch eher Promis aus der zweiten Reihe betraf, hat es jetzt in die Chefsessel dieser Welt geschafft. Der Irrsinn hat die Macht übernommen. Was sagt der Psychiater dazu? Aber auch Psychiatrie und Psychotherapie haben weitere Fortschritte gemacht. 'Neue Irre!' bringt den aktuellen Stand der Wissenschaft: Alle Psycho-Diagnosen, alle Psycho-Therapien und das in bewährt kurzweiliger und allgemeinverständlicher Form. Was ist Depression wirklich, was sind Angststörungen, was ist Schizophrenie, was tut man gegen Sucht, vor allem gegen die neuen Süchte und schließlich: Ist Burnout out? Manfred Lütz bringt Licht ins Dunkel des allgemeinen Wahnsinns. Manfred Lütz Wed, 04 Nov 2020 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642148 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Neue Irre - Wir behandeln die Falschen (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Manfred Lütz Narrator: Manfred Lütz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hilfe, wir behandeln immer noch die Falschen! Donald Trump in den USA, Kim Jong Un in Nordkorea, Jair Bolsonaro in Brasilien, weltweit scheint der Irrsinn zuzunehmen. Kann man etwas dagegen tun und sind die überhaupt wirklich verrückt? Was vor zehn Jahren, als Manfred Lütz seinen fast eine Million mal verkauften Bestseller 'Irre' schrieb, noch eher Promis aus der zweiten Reihe betraf, hat es jetzt in die Chefsessel dieser Welt geschafft. Der Irrsinn hat die Macht übernommen. Was sagt der Psychiater dazu? Aber auch Psychiatrie und Psychotherapie haben weitere Fortschritte gemacht. 'Neue Irre!' bringt den aktuellen Stand der Wissenschaft: Alle Psycho-Diagnosen, alle Psycho-Therapien und das in bewährt kurzweiliger und allgemeinverständlicher Form. Was ist Depression wirklich, was sind Angststörungen, was ist Schizophrenie, was tut man gegen Sucht, vor allem gegen die neuen Süchte und schließlich: Ist Burnout out? Manfred Lütz bringt Licht ins Dunkel des allgemeinen Wahnsinns. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Neue Irre - Wir behandeln die Falschen (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Manfred Lütz Narrator: Manfred Lütz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hilfe, wir behandeln immer noch die Falschen! Donald Trump in den USA, Kim Jong Un in Nordkorea, Jair Bolsonaro in Brasilien, weltweit scheint der Irrsinn zuzunehmen. Kann man etwas dagegen tun und sind die überhaupt wirklich verrückt? Was vor zehn Jahren, als Manfred Lütz seinen fast eine Million mal verkauften Bestseller 'Irre' schrieb, noch eher Promis aus der zweiten Reihe betraf, hat es jetzt in die Chefsessel dieser Welt geschafft. Der Irrsinn hat die Macht übernommen. Was sagt der Psychiater dazu? Aber auch Psychiatrie und Psychotherapie haben weitere Fortschritte gemacht. 'Neue Irre!' bringt den aktuellen Stand der Wissenschaft: Alle Psycho-Diagnosen, alle Psycho-Therapien und das in bewährt kurzweiliger und allgemeinverständlicher Form. Was ist Depression wirklich, was sind Angststörungen, was ist Schizophrenie, was tut man gegen Sucht, vor allem gegen die neuen Süchte und schließlich: Ist Burnout out? Manfred Lütz bringt Licht ins Dunkel des allgemeinen Wahnsinns. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung in ausgewählten Partien Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Volker Braumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 4, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sigmund Freuds 'Traumdeutung' ist ein in gleicher Weise epochales wie umfangreiches Werk. Auf über 700 Seiten legt Freud seine Traumtheorie vor und bereichert diese mit mannigfaltigem Material aus der eigenen Praxis und auch mit eigenen Träumen. Oft dient ihm dieses Material zum Verständlichmachen seiner Theorie und der Mechanismen, die bei der Bildung eines Traums wirksam werden. So interessant dieses Material auch ist, so ist es doch nicht in jedem Falle notwendig zum Verständnis dessen, was Freud uns sagen will. Der Hörbuchsprecher Volker Braumann legt daher hier eine Hörbuchfassung der Traumdeutung vor, die in ausgewählten Partien des Originaltextes die wesentlichen Kernaussagen von Freuds 'Traumdeutung' in fünf Stunden Hörerlebnis zusammenbringt. Bei der Zusammenstellung wurde Wert darauf gelegt, die Grundstruktur und den wesentlichen Charakter des Buches beizubehalten. Daher wurden aus allen 7 Teilen der 'Traumdeutung' Passagen entnommen und in das Hörbuch integriert. Selbstverständlich wurden zudem sämtliche Kernaussagen der 'Traumdeutung' mit berücksichtigt, angefangen von der Theorie des Traums als Wunscherfüllung bis hin zur Theorie der Verdrängung. Auch wurden in das Hörbuch jene beiden wohl berühmtesten Träume von Freud samt ihrer Analyse durch den Autor mit aufgenommen: Der 'Traum von Irmas Injektion' wie auch der 'Traum von der botanischen Monographie'. Die 'Traumdeutung in ausgewählte Partien' bietet so in angenehmer Kurzweiligkeit eine intime Bekanntschaft mit dem Werk, welche es dem Hörer und der Hörerin ermöglicht, alles Wesentliche von Freuds 'Traumdeutung' in komprimierter und auf den Punkt gebrachter Weise zu erfahren. Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur der Traumprobleme 2. Die Methode der Traumdeutung 3. Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung 4. Die Traumentstellung 5. Das Traummaterial und die Traumquellen 6. Die Traumarbeit 7. Zur Psychologie der Traumvorgänge Sigmund Freud Fri, 04 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642054 thebookvoice.com 5:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung in ausgewählten Partien Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Volker Braumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 4, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sigmund Freuds 'Traumdeutung' ist ein in gleicher Weise epochales wie umfangreiches Werk. Auf über 700 Seiten legt Freud seine Traumtheorie vor und bereichert diese mit mannigfaltigem Material aus der eigenen Praxis und auch mit eigenen Träumen. Oft dient ihm dieses Material zum Verständlichmachen seiner Theorie und der Mechanismen, die bei der Bildung eines Traums wirksam werden. So interessant dieses Material auch ist, so ist es doch nicht in jedem Falle notwendig zum Verständnis dessen, was Freud uns sagen will. Der Hörbuchsprecher Volker Braumann legt daher hier eine Hörbuchfassung der Traumdeutung vor, die in ausgewählten Partien des Originaltextes die wesentlichen Kernaussagen von Freuds 'Traumdeutung' in fünf Stunden Hörerlebnis zusammenbringt. Bei der Zusammenstellung wurde Wert darauf gelegt, die Grundstruktur und den wesentlichen Charakter des Buches beizubehalten. Daher wurden aus allen 7 Teilen der 'Traumdeutung' Passagen entnommen und in das Hörbuch integriert. Selbstverständlich wurden zudem sämtliche Kernaussagen der 'Traumdeutung' mit berücksichtigt, angefangen von der Theorie des Traums als Wunscherfüllung bis hin zur Theorie der Verdrängung. Auch wurden in das Hörbuch jene beiden wohl berühmtesten Träume von Freud samt ihrer Analyse durch den Autor mit aufgenommen: Der 'Traum von Irmas Injektion' wie auch der 'Traum von der botanischen Monographie'. Die 'Traumdeutung in ausgewählte Partien' bietet so in angenehmer Kurzweiligkeit eine intime Bekanntschaft mit dem Werk, welche es dem Hörer und der Hörerin ermöglicht, alles Wesentliche von Freuds 'Traumdeutung' in komprimierter und auf den Punkt gebrachter Weise zu erfahren. Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur der Traumprobleme 2. Die Methode der Traumdeutung 3. Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung 4. Die Traumentstellung 5. Das Traummaterial und die Traumquellen 6. Die Traumarbeit 7. Zur Psychologie der Traumvorgänge Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung in ausgewählten Partien Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Volker Braumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 4, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sigmund Freuds 'Traumdeutung' ist ein in gleicher Weise epochales wie umfangreiches Werk. Auf über 700 Seiten legt Freud seine Traumtheorie vor und bereichert diese mit mannigfaltigem Material aus der eigenen Praxis und auch mit eigenen Träumen. Oft dient ihm dieses Material zum Verständlichmachen seiner Theorie und der Mechanismen, die bei der Bildung eines Traums wirksam werden. So interessant dieses Material auch ist, so ist es doch nicht in jedem Falle notwendig zum Verständnis dessen, was Freud uns sagen will. Der Hörbuchsprecher Volker Braumann legt daher hier eine Hörbuchfassung der Traumdeutung vor, die in ausgewählten Partien des Originaltextes die wesentlichen Kernaussagen von Freuds 'Traumdeutung' in fünf Stunden Hörerlebnis zusammenbringt. Bei der Zusammenstellung wurde Wert darauf gelegt, die Grundstruktur und den wesentlichen Charakter des Buches beizubehalten. Daher wurden aus allen 7 Teilen der 'Traumdeutung' Passagen entnommen und in das Hörbuch integriert. Selbstverständlich wurden zudem sämtliche Kernaussagen der 'Traumdeutung' mit berücksichtigt, angefangen von der Theorie des Traums als Wunscherfüllung bis hin zur Theorie der Verdrängung. Auch wurden in das Hörbuch jene beiden wohl berühmtesten Träume von Freud samt ihrer Analyse durch den Autor mit aufgenommen: Der 'Traum von Irmas Injektion' wie auch der 'Traum von der botanischen Monographie'. Die 'Traumdeutung in ausgewählte Partien' bietet so in angenehmer Kurzweiligkeit eine intime Bekanntschaft mit dem Werk, welche es dem Hörer und der Hörerin ermöglicht, alles Wesentliche von Freuds 'Traumdeutung' in komprimierter und auf den Punkt gebrachter Weise zu erfahren. Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur der Traumprobleme 2. Die Methode der Traumdeutung 3. Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung 4. Die Traumentstellung 5. Das Traummaterial und die Traumquellen 6. Die Traumarbeit 7. Zur Psychologie der Traumvorgänge https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Außergewöhnlich: Ein FBI-Agent enthüllt die 5 Eigenschaften, die Menschen erfolgreich machen Author: Joe Navarro Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Was macht außergewöhnliche Menschen zu dem, was sie sind – einflussreich, effektiv, vorbildlich und führungsbegabt? Die Eigenschaften, die sie zu etwas Besonderem machen, haben nichts mit Bildung, Einkommen oder Talent zu tun. Joe Navarro, internationaler Bestsellerautor mit Millionenauflage, verbrachte ein Vierteljahrhundert beim FBI und führte mehr als 10 000 Gespräche mit Zeugen und Verdächtigen. Dank seiner lebenslangen Erfahrung in der Analyse von menschlichem Verhalten konnte Navarro fünf Prinzipien definieren, nach denen herausragende Persönlichkeiten leben: •Selbstdisziplin – denn wer andere führen möchte, muss zunächst sich selbst führen können. •Beobachtungsgabe – nur wer jede Situation schnell und genau einschätzen kann, kann auch sofort reagieren. •Kommunikation – wer verbale und nonverbale Interaktion beherrscht, kann überzeugen, motivieren und inspirieren. •Handeln – nur wer selbst Hand anlegt, kann als gutes Beispiel vorangehen. •Psychologisches Wohlbefinden – das besondere Geheimnis erfolgreicher Personen. Joe Navarro verwebt meisterhaft historische Biografien mit den neuesten wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen über nonverbale Kommunikation und Überzeugung und seine eigenen fesselnden Erfahrungen zu einem Rahmen, der jedem helfen kann, wirklich außergewöhnlich zu sein. Joe Navarro Mon, 14 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642048 thebookvoice.com 11:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Außergewöhnlich: Ein FBI-Agent enthüllt die 5 Eigenschaften, die Menschen erfolgreich machen Author: Joe Navarro Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Was macht außergewöhnliche Menschen zu dem, was sie sind – einflussreich, effektiv, vorbildlich und führungsbegabt? Die Eigenschaften, die sie zu etwas Besonderem machen, haben nichts mit Bildung, Einkommen oder Talent zu tun. Joe Navarro, internationaler Bestsellerautor mit Millionenauflage, verbrachte ein Vierteljahrhundert beim FBI und führte mehr als 10 000 Gespräche mit Zeugen und Verdächtigen. Dank seiner lebenslangen Erfahrung in der Analyse von menschlichem Verhalten konnte Navarro fünf Prinzipien definieren, nach denen herausragende Persönlichkeiten leben: •Selbstdisziplin – denn wer andere führen möchte, muss zunächst sich selbst führen können. •Beobachtungsgabe – nur wer jede Situation schnell und genau einschätzen kann, kann auch sofort reagieren. •Kommunikation – wer verbale und nonverbale Interaktion beherrscht, kann überzeugen, motivieren und inspirieren. •Handeln – nur wer selbst Hand anlegt, kann als gutes Beispiel vorangehen. •Psychologisches Wohlbefinden – das besondere Geheimnis erfolgreicher Personen. Joe Navarro verwebt meisterhaft historische Biografien mit den neuesten wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen über nonverbale Kommunikation und Überzeugung und seine eigenen fesselnden Erfahrungen zu einem Rahmen, der jedem helfen kann, wirklich außergewöhnlich zu sein. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Außergewöhnlich: Ein FBI-Agent enthüllt die 5 Eigenschaften, die Menschen erfolgreich machen Author: Joe Navarro Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Was macht außergewöhnliche Menschen zu dem, was sie sind – einflussreich, effektiv, vorbildlich und führungsbegabt? Die Eigenschaften, die sie zu etwas Besonderem machen, haben nichts mit Bildung, Einkommen oder Talent zu tun. Joe Navarro, internationaler Bestsellerautor mit Millionenauflage, verbrachte ein Vierteljahrhundert beim FBI und führte mehr als 10 000 Gespräche mit Zeugen und Verdächtigen. Dank seiner lebenslangen Erfahrung in der Analyse von menschlichem Verhalten konnte Navarro fünf Prinzipien definieren, nach denen herausragende Persönlichkeiten leben: •Selbstdisziplin – denn wer andere führen möchte, muss zunächst sich selbst führen können. •Beobachtungsgabe – nur wer jede Situation schnell und genau einschätzen kann, kann auch sofort reagieren. •Kommunikation – wer verbale und nonverbale Interaktion beherrscht, kann überzeugen, motivieren und inspirieren. •Handeln – nur wer selbst Hand anlegt, kann als gutes Beispiel vorangehen. •Psychologisches Wohlbefinden – das besondere Geheimnis erfolgreicher Personen. Joe Navarro verwebt meisterhaft historische Biografien mit den neuesten wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnissen über nonverbale Kommunikation und Überzeugung und seine eigenen fesselnden Erfahrungen zu einem Rahmen, der jedem helfen kann, wirklich außergewöhnlich zu sein. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641966 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Thinking Hypnotherapy Audio Author: Natasha Taylor Narrator: Sophie Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This hypnotherapy for positive thinking session is aimed at people who feel like they’re stuck in a rut of negative thinking. Every emotion is valid but if you feel like it’s time to shake up your perspective and learn some more automatic positive responses, then this hypnotherapy for positive thinking session is just what you need. This hypnotherapy audio is designed to break the habit of dwelling on worst case scenarios and to stop allowing those persistent negative thought patterns to affect your wellbeing. So How Can I Think More Positively? Thinking negatively is simply a habit. Your subconscious mind works really hard to keep you in your habits but these can be unlearned and hypnotherapy is one of the fastest most effective ways to break a habit and create a new more positive way of thinking. By listening to our audio you will be gently welcomed in to a deeply relaxed state. Your brainwaves will then be altered and we will therefore be able to talk directly to your subconscious mind to rewire those old thought patterns of negativity and instead help you to naturally and easily form more positive thoughts. Instead of thinking ‘how can I think more positively?’, you’ll be training your mind to naturally have a much more positive mindset, to automatically anticipate happiness, health and success as your mind will be learning to naturally adopt an abundance mindset and to cultivate success and positivity. We recommend that you listen to our session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs and help your mind to create new neural pathways to think and feel much more positively. Natasha Taylor Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641966 thebookvoice.com 0:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Thinking Hypnotherapy Audio Author: Natasha Taylor Narrator: Sophie Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This hypnotherapy for positive thinking session is aimed at people who feel like they’re stuck in a rut of negative thinking. Every emotion is valid but if you feel like it’s time to shake up your perspective and learn some more automatic positive responses, then this hypnotherapy for positive thinking session is just what you need. This hypnotherapy audio is designed to break the habit of dwelling on worst case scenarios and to stop allowing those persistent negative thought patterns to affect your wellbeing. So How Can I Think More Positively? Thinking negatively is simply a habit. Your subconscious mind works really hard to keep you in your habits but these can be unlearned and hypnotherapy is one of the fastest most effective ways to break a habit and create a new more positive way of thinking. By listening to our audio you will be gently welcomed in to a deeply relaxed state. Your brainwaves will then be altered and we will therefore be able to talk directly to your subconscious mind to rewire those old thought patterns of negativity and instead help you to naturally and easily form more positive thoughts. Instead of thinking ‘how can I think more positively?’, you’ll be training your mind to naturally have a much more positive mindset, to automatically anticipate happiness, health and success as your mind will be learning to naturally adopt an abundance mindset and to cultivate success and positivity. We recommend that you listen to our session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs and help your mind to create new neural pathways to think and feel much more positively. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Thinking Hypnotherapy Audio Author: Natasha Taylor Narrator: Sophie Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This hypnotherapy for positive thinking session is aimed at people who feel like they’re stuck in a rut of negative thinking. Every emotion is valid but if you feel like it’s time to shake up your perspective and learn some more automatic positive responses, then this hypnotherapy for positive thinking session is just what you need. This hypnotherapy audio is designed to break the habit of dwelling on worst case scenarios and to stop allowing those persistent negative thought patterns to affect your wellbeing. So How Can I Think More Positively? Thinking negatively is simply a habit. Your subconscious mind works really hard to keep you in your habits but these can be unlearned and hypnotherapy is one of the fastest most effective ways to break a habit and create a new more positive way of thinking. By listening to our audio you will be gently welcomed in to a deeply relaxed state. Your brainwaves will then be altered and we will therefore be able to talk directly to your subconscious mind to rewire those old thought patterns of negativity and instead help you to naturally and easily form more positive thoughts. Instead of thinking ‘how can I think more positively?’, you’ll be training your mind to naturally have a much more positive mindset, to automatically anticipate happiness, health and success as your mind will be learning to naturally adopt an abundance mindset and to cultivate success and positivity. We recommend that you listen to our session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs and help your mind to create new neural pathways to think and feel much more positively. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641904 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath's Survival Guide Author: Ari Camran Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empath's Survival Guide: An Empath's Guide on How to Become Emotionally and Spiritually Healthy to Be the Best Version of Yourself People have common misconceptions about being empathetic and being an empath. To state the obvious, these are two different concepts. Being empathetic is when our hearts feel for another individual who is going through a period of crisis. Empath people, however, detect their energy, emotions, and physiological symptoms in them. They are usually more accurate in recognizing emotions just by looking through their body language. They are also more likely to acknowledge emotions prior to others and rate those emotions as being more intense. In this audiobook, you will learn how to get the strength, mastery of your vision, and confidence. It will serve as a guide that will teach you how to open your mind to what you should do to gain knowledge on how to make your spiritual life healthy This audiobook will cover the following topics: 1. The Nature of Empaths and Mystics 2. A Deeper Look into Empaths 3. A Deeper Look into Mystics 4. Understanding Spiritual Health IF you want to learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Ari Camran Tue, 01 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641904 thebookvoice.com 0:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath's Survival Guide Author: Ari Camran Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empath's Survival Guide: An Empath's Guide on How to Become Emotionally and Spiritually Healthy to Be the Best Version of Yourself People have common misconceptions about being empathetic and being an empath. To state the obvious, these are two different concepts. Being empathetic is when our hearts feel for another individual who is going through a period of crisis. Empath people, however, detect their energy, emotions, and physiological symptoms in them. They are usually more accurate in recognizing emotions just by looking through their body language. They are also more likely to acknowledge emotions prior to others and rate those emotions as being more intense. In this audiobook, you will learn how to get the strength, mastery of your vision, and confidence. It will serve as a guide that will teach you how to open your mind to what you should do to gain knowledge on how to make your spiritual life healthy This audiobook will cover the following topics: 1. The Nature of Empaths and Mystics 2. A Deeper Look into Empaths 3. A Deeper Look into Mystics 4. Understanding Spiritual Health IF you want to learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath's Survival Guide Author: Ari Camran Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empath's Survival Guide: An Empath's Guide on How to Become Emotionally and Spiritually Healthy to Be the Best Version of Yourself People have common misconceptions about being empathetic and being an empath. To state the obvious, these are two different concepts. Being empathetic is when our hearts feel for another individual who is going through a period of crisis. Empath people, however, detect their energy, emotions, and physiological symptoms in them. They are usually more accurate in recognizing emotions just by looking through their body language. They are also more likely to acknowledge emotions prior to others and rate those emotions as being more intense. In this audiobook, you will learn how to get the strength, mastery of your vision, and confidence. It will serve as a guide that will teach you how to open your mind to what you should do to gain knowledge on how to make your spiritual life healthy This audiobook will cover the following topics: 1. The Nature of Empaths and Mystics 2. A Deeper Look into Empaths 3. A Deeper Look into Mystics 4. Understanding Spiritual Health IF you want to learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641900 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641900]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT Made Simple Author: Claire Headley Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: CBT Made Simple: A Guide in Cognitive Behavior Therapy. Learn How to Use CBT to Manage Your Anxiety, Depression and Stress so You Can Improve Your Thinking Patterns and Live a Better Life Does your fear and/or shyness keep holding you back? Do you have unresolved traumas that continuously haunt you day and night? If so, don’t worry, you are one step away from change and healing. CBT has helped many people suffering from PTSD, anxiety and panic attacks, depression, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Many can attest to how effective CBT is—from as simple as correcting their sleeping patterns to overcoming their addiction, trauma, and depression In this audiobook, you will learn about Cognitive Behavior Therapy and how it can help change your life for the better. Discover how CBT can help you conquer your fears and better manage your anxiety. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What Exactly is CBT? - How to Use CBT to Conquer Fear, Stress and Anxiety? - Understand Your Thoughts and Emotions - Determine Your Triggers - Plan your Wellness Program - And many more! It is proven to improve the quality of life of people who undergo CBT-based treatments. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Claire Headley Mon, 24 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641900 thebookvoice.com 0:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641900]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT Made Simple Author: Claire Headley Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: CBT Made Simple: A Guide in Cognitive Behavior Therapy. Learn How to Use CBT to Manage Your Anxiety, Depression and Stress so You Can Improve Your Thinking Patterns and Live a Better Life Does your fear and/or shyness keep holding you back? Do you have unresolved traumas that continuously haunt you day and night? If so, don’t worry, you are one step away from change and healing. CBT has helped many people suffering from PTSD, anxiety and panic attacks, depression, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Many can attest to how effective CBT is—from as simple as correcting their sleeping patterns to overcoming their addiction, trauma, and depression In this audiobook, you will learn about Cognitive Behavior Therapy and how it can help change your life for the better. Discover how CBT can help you conquer your fears and better manage your anxiety. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What Exactly is CBT? - How to Use CBT to Conquer Fear, Stress and Anxiety? - Understand Your Thoughts and Emotions - Determine Your Triggers - Plan your Wellness Program - And many more! It is proven to improve the quality of life of people who undergo CBT-based treatments. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641900]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT Made Simple Author: Claire Headley Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: CBT Made Simple: A Guide in Cognitive Behavior Therapy. Learn How to Use CBT to Manage Your Anxiety, Depression and Stress so You Can Improve Your Thinking Patterns and Live a Better Life Does your fear and/or shyness keep holding you back? Do you have unresolved traumas that continuously haunt you day and night? If so, don’t worry, you are one step away from change and healing. CBT has helped many people suffering from PTSD, anxiety and panic attacks, depression, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Many can attest to how effective CBT is—from as simple as correcting their sleeping patterns to overcoming their addiction, trauma, and depression In this audiobook, you will learn about Cognitive Behavior Therapy and how it can help change your life for the better. Discover how CBT can help you conquer your fears and better manage your anxiety. Topics that will be covered are the following: - What Exactly is CBT? - How to Use CBT to Conquer Fear, Stress and Anxiety? - Understand Your Thoughts and Emotions - Determine Your Triggers - Plan your Wellness Program - And many more! It is proven to improve the quality of life of people who undergo CBT-based treatments. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subconscious Mind Author: Marcio Ortíz Narrator: David Van Der Molen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your subconscious is a priceless potential repository of information, insight, and wisdom. But the majority of us never use that talent to its fullest. Using hypnosis, you can access your subconscious. You can communicate with it immediately when under hypnosis. This can assist you in obtaining important knowledge and bringing about positive changes in your life. Your subconscious is the area of your mind that generally escapes your awareness yet has a significant impact on how you live. For instance, your subconscious has a role in controlling such essential bodily processes as breathing and heartbeat. When you shake your head unconsciously, look away when lying, or suddenly get an inspiring thought 'out of the blue,' these are all signs that your subconscious is at work. Additionally, you may not even be aware of the ideas and emotions stored in your subconscious, yet they can have a significant impact on your behavior and general well-being. Marcio Ortíz Thu, 27 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641856 thebookvoice.com 0:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subconscious Mind Author: Marcio Ortíz Narrator: David Van Der Molen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your subconscious is a priceless potential repository of information, insight, and wisdom. But the majority of us never use that talent to its fullest. Using hypnosis, you can access your subconscious. You can communicate with it immediately when under hypnosis. This can assist you in obtaining important knowledge and bringing about positive changes in your life. Your subconscious is the area of your mind that generally escapes your awareness yet has a significant impact on how you live. For instance, your subconscious has a role in controlling such essential bodily processes as breathing and heartbeat. When you shake your head unconsciously, look away when lying, or suddenly get an inspiring thought 'out of the blue,' these are all signs that your subconscious is at work. Additionally, you may not even be aware of the ideas and emotions stored in your subconscious, yet they can have a significant impact on your behavior and general well-being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subconscious Mind Author: Marcio Ortíz Narrator: David Van Der Molen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your subconscious is a priceless potential repository of information, insight, and wisdom. But the majority of us never use that talent to its fullest. Using hypnosis, you can access your subconscious. You can communicate with it immediately when under hypnosis. This can assist you in obtaining important knowledge and bringing about positive changes in your life. Your subconscious is the area of your mind that generally escapes your awareness yet has a significant impact on how you live. For instance, your subconscious has a role in controlling such essential bodily processes as breathing and heartbeat. When you shake your head unconsciously, look away when lying, or suddenly get an inspiring thought 'out of the blue,' these are all signs that your subconscious is at work. Additionally, you may not even be aware of the ideas and emotions stored in your subconscious, yet they can have a significant impact on your behavior and general well-being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Leben ist BUND - Das Leben ist bunt (ungekürzt) Author: Marion Glück Narrator: Marion Glück Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 23, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Nur sprechenden Menschen kann geholfen werden' sagte Marion Glück als Marineoffizier zu ihren Soldaten. Doch sie selbst traute sich nicht mit anderen über ihre Probleme zu sprechen. Als sie sich doch überwand, wurde sie als Hypochonder belächelt und abgestempelt. Trotz großer Familie und engem Freundeskreis, fühlte sich die Autorin jahrelang unglücklich und einsam. Mobbing, Depressionen und Suizidgedanken bestimmten ihr Leben. In diesem Buch erzählt die Autorin ihre Geschichte. Mit humorvoller Leichtigkeit schafft sie es diese sensiblen Themen darzustellen und entmystifiziert gleichzeitig den Alltag in einer psychosomatischen Klinik während ihrer Therapie. Marion Glück Fri, 23 Oct 2020 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641692 thebookvoice.com 4:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Leben ist BUND - Das Leben ist bunt (ungekürzt) Author: Marion Glück Narrator: Marion Glück Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 23, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Nur sprechenden Menschen kann geholfen werden' sagte Marion Glück als Marineoffizier zu ihren Soldaten. Doch sie selbst traute sich nicht mit anderen über ihre Probleme zu sprechen. Als sie sich doch überwand, wurde sie als Hypochonder belächelt und abgestempelt. Trotz großer Familie und engem Freundeskreis, fühlte sich die Autorin jahrelang unglücklich und einsam. Mobbing, Depressionen und Suizidgedanken bestimmten ihr Leben. In diesem Buch erzählt die Autorin ihre Geschichte. Mit humorvoller Leichtigkeit schafft sie es diese sensiblen Themen darzustellen und entmystifiziert gleichzeitig den Alltag in einer psychosomatischen Klinik während ihrer Therapie. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Leben ist BUND - Das Leben ist bunt (ungekürzt) Author: Marion Glück Narrator: Marion Glück Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 23, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Nur sprechenden Menschen kann geholfen werden' sagte Marion Glück als Marineoffizier zu ihren Soldaten. Doch sie selbst traute sich nicht mit anderen über ihre Probleme zu sprechen. Als sie sich doch überwand, wurde sie als Hypochonder belächelt und abgestempelt. Trotz großer Familie und engem Freundeskreis, fühlte sich die Autorin jahrelang unglücklich und einsam. Mobbing, Depressionen und Suizidgedanken bestimmten ihr Leben. In diesem Buch erzählt die Autorin ihre Geschichte. Mit humorvoller Leichtigkeit schafft sie es diese sensiblen Themen darzustellen und entmystifiziert gleichzeitig den Alltag in einer psychosomatischen Klinik während ihrer Therapie. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking Heads: The New Science of How Conversation Shapes Our Worlds Author: Shane O'mara Narrator: Shane O'mara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Language and talking is part of what makes us human. It forms the basis of all our lives. Every day we speak to ourselves and to each other, about ourselves and about others. Whether ruminating on a past event alone or gossiping with a group of friends, we move through life in a state of near-constant chatter - even during those moments we profess to wanting nothing more than some peace and quiet. So, why do we do it, and what purpose does talking serve? In this paean to conversation, neuroscientist Shane O'Mara encourages us to marvel at our brains distinct mechanisms for communicating. In the process, he reveals how our unique ability to remember and, critically, our instinct to share memories fashions the world as we know it: a complex social world born out of thoughts and feelings, modified by the stories we tell about ourselves and others, divided by constructed borders and shared cultures, and propelled forward by our longing for a better, alternative tomorrow. Talking Heads is a deep dive into the science of how we talk, why we speak to each other, and what happens when we do. From neurons to nations, this is the story of how conversation shapes us and builds the world around us. ©2023 Shane O'Mara (P)2023 Penguin Audio Shane O'mara Thu, 03 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641319 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking Heads: The New Science of How Conversation Shapes Our Worlds Author: Shane O'mara Narrator: Shane O'mara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Language and talking is part of what makes us human. It forms the basis of all our lives. Every day we speak to ourselves and to each other, about ourselves and about others. Whether ruminating on a past event alone or gossiping with a group of friends, we move through life in a state of near-constant chatter - even during those moments we profess to wanting nothing more than some peace and quiet. So, why do we do it, and what purpose does talking serve? In this paean to conversation, neuroscientist Shane O'Mara encourages us to marvel at our brains distinct mechanisms for communicating. In the process, he reveals how our unique ability to remember and, critically, our instinct to share memories fashions the world as we know it: a complex social world born out of thoughts and feelings, modified by the stories we tell about ourselves and others, divided by constructed borders and shared cultures, and propelled forward by our longing for a better, alternative tomorrow. Talking Heads is a deep dive into the science of how we talk, why we speak to each other, and what happens when we do. From neurons to nations, this is the story of how conversation shapes us and builds the world around us. ©2023 Shane O'Mara (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking Heads: The New Science of How Conversation Shapes Our Worlds Author: Shane O'mara Narrator: Shane O'mara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 3, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Language and talking is part of what makes us human. It forms the basis of all our lives. Every day we speak to ourselves and to each other, about ourselves and about others. Whether ruminating on a past event alone or gossiping with a group of friends, we move through life in a state of near-constant chatter - even during those moments we profess to wanting nothing more than some peace and quiet. So, why do we do it, and what purpose does talking serve? In this paean to conversation, neuroscientist Shane O'Mara encourages us to marvel at our brains distinct mechanisms for communicating. In the process, he reveals how our unique ability to remember and, critically, our instinct to share memories fashions the world as we know it: a complex social world born out of thoughts and feelings, modified by the stories we tell about ourselves and others, divided by constructed borders and shared cultures, and propelled forward by our longing for a better, alternative tomorrow. Talking Heads is a deep dive into the science of how we talk, why we speak to each other, and what happens when we do. From neurons to nations, this is the story of how conversation shapes us and builds the world around us. ©2023 Shane O'Mara (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Superfreaks: Kink, Pleasure, and the Pursuit of Happiness Author: Arielle Greenberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A deliciously subversive and endlessly informative celebration of “kinky f*ckery,” as told by a lifelong student of kink and fetishism Neither a how-to guide to getting it on nor a collection of sensational erotica, Superfreaks is instead an empathetic journey into the widely misunderstood world of kink. Lifelong practitioner and student of “kinky f*ckery” Arielle Greenberg draws on her study and teaching of BDSM and fetishism to - introduce kink’s history and trailblazing kinksters like Leopold von Sacher-Masoch, Mollena Williams-Haas, and Tom of Finland - explain the science behind sexual fetishes - delve into the psychology behind power exchange - parse the politics of sexual deviance Superfreaks is an accessible, interactive. and raunchy experience that invites the reader to engage their kinky curiosity. Written with folks of all genders and sexual orientations in mind, the book features resources like - quizzes readers can take with their partners to help assess sexual compatibility - sidebars with lists of kinky representation in literature, film, music, and more - an A-to-Z glossary of kinky gear, from collars and floggers to zentai suits and beyond Superfreaks challenges and dismantles longstanding myths about kink perpetuated by pop culture phenomena like Fifty Shades of Grey and 365 Days. In doing so, Greenberg names the systemic marginalization kinky people experience and argues that we must build a society that accepts and celebrates sexual diversity of all kinds. The book also affirms the importance of consent and not “yucking someone’s yum”—key concepts inherent to the practice of kink that are essential building blocks for safer, more inclusive sex. Arielle Greenberg Tue, 01 Aug 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640930 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Superfreaks: Kink, Pleasure, and the Pursuit of Happiness Author: Arielle Greenberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A deliciously subversive and endlessly informative celebration of “kinky f*ckery,” as told by a lifelong student of kink and fetishism Neither a how-to guide to getting it on nor a collection of sensational erotica, Superfreaks is instead an empathetic journey into the widely misunderstood world of kink. Lifelong practitioner and student of “kinky f*ckery” Arielle Greenberg draws on her study and teaching of BDSM and fetishism to - introduce kink’s history and trailblazing kinksters like Leopold von Sacher-Masoch, Mollena Williams-Haas, and Tom of Finland - explain the science behind sexual fetishes - delve into the psychology behind power exchange - parse the politics of sexual deviance Superfreaks is an accessible, interactive. and raunchy experience that invites the reader to engage their kinky curiosity. Written with folks of all genders and sexual orientations in mind, the book features resources like - quizzes readers can take with their partners to help assess sexual compatibility - sidebars with lists of kinky representation in literature, film, music, and more - an A-to-Z glossary of kinky gear, from collars and floggers to zentai suits and beyond Superfreaks challenges and dismantles longstanding myths about kink perpetuated by pop culture phenomena like Fifty Shades of Grey and 365 Days. In doing so, Greenberg names the systemic marginalization kinky people experience and argues that we must build a society that accepts and celebrates sexual diversity of all kinds. The book also affirms the importance of consent and not “yucking someone’s yum”—key concepts inherent to the practice of kink that are essential building blocks for safer, more inclusive sex. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Superfreaks: Kink, Pleasure, and the Pursuit of Happiness Author: Arielle Greenberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 1, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A deliciously subversive and endlessly informative celebration of “kinky f*ckery,” as told by a lifelong student of kink and fetishism Neither a how-to guide to getting it on nor a collection of sensational erotica, Superfreaks is instead an empathetic journey into the widely misunderstood world of kink. Lifelong practitioner and student of “kinky f*ckery” Arielle Greenberg draws on her study and teaching of BDSM and fetishism to - introduce kink’s history and trailblazing kinksters like Leopold von Sacher-Masoch, Mollena Williams-Haas, and Tom of Finland - explain the science behind sexual fetishes - delve into the psychology behind power exchange - parse the politics of sexual deviance Superfreaks is an accessible, interactive. and raunchy experience that invites the reader to engage their kinky curiosity. Written with folks of all genders and sexual orientations in mind, the book features resources like - quizzes readers can take with their partners to help assess sexual compatibility - sidebars with lists of kinky representation in literature, film, music, and more - an A-to-Z glossary of kinky gear, from collars and floggers to zentai suits and beyond Superfreaks challenges and dismantles longstanding myths about kink perpetuated by pop culture phenomena like Fifty Shades of Grey and 365 Days. In doing so, Greenberg names the systemic marginalization kinky people experience and argues that we must build a society that accepts and celebrates sexual diversity of all kinds. The book also affirms the importance of consent and not “yucking someone’s yum”—key concepts inherent to the practice of kink that are essential building blocks for safer, more inclusive sex. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640916 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - Vingerafdruk van verdriet: Woorden van bemoediging Author: Manu Keirse Narrator: Margriet Vroomans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Onmisbare steun voor iedereen die met verlies wordt geconfronteerd. Vingerafdruk van verdriet is een kostbaar geschenk voor een ander of voor jezelf. Het is een boekje dat je zou moeten geven aan iedereen die een kind, een broer of een zus, de partner, een ouder, een vriend of een droom verliest. Het is niet alleen geschreven voor hen die het zelf moeilijk hebben, maar ook voor familieleden, vrienden en collega's van wie ze steun verwachten op hun moeilijke reis naar hernieuwd leven. Het is geen boek over dood. Het is een boek over leven, over het emotionele leven van iemand die wordt geconfronteerd met het verlies van een dierbaar iemand. Het is niet bedoeld om in één keer uit te lezen, of om eenmaal te lezen en weg te leggen, maar om telkens weer ter hand te nemen. Ingesproken door Margriet Vroomans. Manu Keirse Mon, 31 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640916 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - Vingerafdruk van verdriet: Woorden van bemoediging Author: Manu Keirse Narrator: Margriet Vroomans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Onmisbare steun voor iedereen die met verlies wordt geconfronteerd. Vingerafdruk van verdriet is een kostbaar geschenk voor een ander of voor jezelf. Het is een boekje dat je zou moeten geven aan iedereen die een kind, een broer of een zus, de partner, een ouder, een vriend of een droom verliest. Het is niet alleen geschreven voor hen die het zelf moeilijk hebben, maar ook voor familieleden, vrienden en collega's van wie ze steun verwachten op hun moeilijke reis naar hernieuwd leven. Het is geen boek over dood. Het is een boek over leven, over het emotionele leven van iemand die wordt geconfronteerd met het verlies van een dierbaar iemand. Het is niet bedoeld om in één keer uit te lezen, of om eenmaal te lezen en weg te leggen, maar om telkens weer ter hand te nemen. Ingesproken door Margriet Vroomans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - Vingerafdruk van verdriet: Woorden van bemoediging Author: Manu Keirse Narrator: Margriet Vroomans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Onmisbare steun voor iedereen die met verlies wordt geconfronteerd. Vingerafdruk van verdriet is een kostbaar geschenk voor een ander of voor jezelf. Het is een boekje dat je zou moeten geven aan iedereen die een kind, een broer of een zus, de partner, een ouder, een vriend of een droom verliest. Het is niet alleen geschreven voor hen die het zelf moeilijk hebben, maar ook voor familieleden, vrienden en collega's van wie ze steun verwachten op hun moeilijke reis naar hernieuwd leven. Het is geen boek over dood. Het is een boek over leven, over het emotionele leven van iemand die wordt geconfronteerd met het verlies van een dierbaar iemand. Het is niet bedoeld om in één keer uit te lezen, of om eenmaal te lezen en weg te leggen, maar om telkens weer ter hand te nemen. Ingesproken door Margriet Vroomans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La cueva del mono: Los siete pilares de la sabiduría Author: Jenny Moix Narrator: Paola Navarro Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: October 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La cueva del mono es una fábula ilustrada dirigida al gran público para explicar cómo funciona la mente. Es una obra sencilla, límpida y clara. Cuenta la historia de un joven (Rahul) que lo ha perdido todo y está a punto de renunciar a la vida cuando tiene un encuentro con una anciana que le hará pasar una serie de pruebas que desembocarán en un mejor conocimiento de sí mismo, lo que lo llevará a valorar sus posibilidades, verdadera finalidad de la experiencia. Dentro de la cueva aprenderá que la mente es algo que hay que observar mucho y en lo que hay que creer poco, ya que los pensamientos son como un mono que nos aparta de la felicidad del momento. Jenny Moix Fri, 28 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640611 thebookvoice.com 1:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La cueva del mono: Los siete pilares de la sabiduría Author: Jenny Moix Narrator: Paola Navarro Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: October 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La cueva del mono es una fábula ilustrada dirigida al gran público para explicar cómo funciona la mente. Es una obra sencilla, límpida y clara. Cuenta la historia de un joven (Rahul) que lo ha perdido todo y está a punto de renunciar a la vida cuando tiene un encuentro con una anciana que le hará pasar una serie de pruebas que desembocarán en un mejor conocimiento de sí mismo, lo que lo llevará a valorar sus posibilidades, verdadera finalidad de la experiencia. Dentro de la cueva aprenderá que la mente es algo que hay que observar mucho y en lo que hay que creer poco, ya que los pensamientos son como un mono que nos aparta de la felicidad del momento. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La cueva del mono: Los siete pilares de la sabiduría Author: Jenny Moix Narrator: Paola Navarro Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: October 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La cueva del mono es una fábula ilustrada dirigida al gran público para explicar cómo funciona la mente. Es una obra sencilla, límpida y clara. Cuenta la historia de un joven (Rahul) que lo ha perdido todo y está a punto de renunciar a la vida cuando tiene un encuentro con una anciana que le hará pasar una serie de pruebas que desembocarán en un mejor conocimiento de sí mismo, lo que lo llevará a valorar sus posibilidades, verdadera finalidad de la experiencia. Dentro de la cueva aprenderá que la mente es algo que hay que observar mucho y en lo que hay que creer poco, ya que los pensamientos son como un mono que nos aparta de la felicidad del momento. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640545 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Look: How to Pay Attention in a Distracted World Author: Christian Madsbjerg Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A powerful exploration of how we pay attention that will transform the ways we connect with one another – at home, at work, and beyond.   Paying attention is a crucial human skill, yet many of us have forgotten how to listen carefully and observe intentionally. Deluged by social media and hobbled by the increasing social isolation it fosters, we need to rediscover the deeply human ways we connect with others.  Christian Madsbjerg, a philosopher and entrepreneur, understands this dilemma. To counteract it, he began a course at The New School in New York City called Human Observation, which lays out the ways that we can learn to pay attention more effectively. The course has been hugely popular since its inception, with hundreds of students filling waiting lists. In Look, Madsbjerg sets out the key observational skills needed to show how we can recapture our ability to pay attention. Drawing from philosophy, science, the visual arts, and his own life, he offers both practical insights and a range of tools for experiencing the world with greater richness and texture. The result is a dynamic approach to rethinking observation that helps all of us to see with more empathy, accuracy, and connection to others. Christian Madsbjerg Tue, 18 Jul 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640545 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Look: How to Pay Attention in a Distracted World Author: Christian Madsbjerg Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A powerful exploration of how we pay attention that will transform the ways we connect with one another – at home, at work, and beyond.   Paying attention is a crucial human skill, yet many of us have forgotten how to listen carefully and observe intentionally. Deluged by social media and hobbled by the increasing social isolation it fosters, we need to rediscover the deeply human ways we connect with others.  Christian Madsbjerg, a philosopher and entrepreneur, understands this dilemma. To counteract it, he began a course at The New School in New York City called Human Observation, which lays out the ways that we can learn to pay attention more effectively. The course has been hugely popular since its inception, with hundreds of students filling waiting lists. In Look, Madsbjerg sets out the key observational skills needed to show how we can recapture our ability to pay attention. Drawing from philosophy, science, the visual arts, and his own life, he offers both practical insights and a range of tools for experiencing the world with greater richness and texture. The result is a dynamic approach to rethinking observation that helps all of us to see with more empathy, accuracy, and connection to others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Look: How to Pay Attention in a Distracted World Author: Christian Madsbjerg Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A powerful exploration of how we pay attention that will transform the ways we connect with one another – at home, at work, and beyond.   Paying attention is a crucial human skill, yet many of us have forgotten how to listen carefully and observe intentionally. Deluged by social media and hobbled by the increasing social isolation it fosters, we need to rediscover the deeply human ways we connect with others.  Christian Madsbjerg, a philosopher and entrepreneur, understands this dilemma. To counteract it, he began a course at The New School in New York City called Human Observation, which lays out the ways that we can learn to pay attention more effectively. The course has been hugely popular since its inception, with hundreds of students filling waiting lists. In Look, Madsbjerg sets out the key observational skills needed to show how we can recapture our ability to pay attention. Drawing from philosophy, science, the visual arts, and his own life, he offers both practical insights and a range of tools for experiencing the world with greater richness and texture. The result is a dynamic approach to rethinking observation that helps all of us to see with more empathy, accuracy, and connection to others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Betrayal Bind: How to Heal When the Person You Love the Most Has Hurt You the Worst Author: Michelle Mays LPC CSAT-S Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What happens when your partner, your primary person, in an instant, becomes a source of danger and pain? The Betrayal Bind introduces new language, concepts, and imagery to explore the crucial relational dilemma that betrayed partners face when their significant other is unsafe to connect to, yet connection is the key to healing. Discovering a partner's sexual betrayal spins your world out of control. In a split second, your sense of safety is shattered, your trust is gone, and everything you thought you could count on is in question. Betrayed partners, whether dealing with an isolated infidelity or a pattern of sexual compulsivity, need immediate support to navigate the new terrain of their relationship. They need a clear articulation of betrayal trauma, a thorough education about their normal attachment-based reactions, and a proven path to healing. By focusing on how a partner's attachment system functions in the wake of sexual betrayal, The Betrayal Bind offers a new, game-changing exploration into an age-old problem and connects the dots from research to the lived experience of betrayed partners. Michelle Mays LPC CSAT-S Tue, 07 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640506 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Betrayal Bind: How to Heal When the Person You Love the Most Has Hurt You the Worst Author: Michelle Mays LPC CSAT-S Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What happens when your partner, your primary person, in an instant, becomes a source of danger and pain? The Betrayal Bind introduces new language, concepts, and imagery to explore the crucial relational dilemma that betrayed partners face when their significant other is unsafe to connect to, yet connection is the key to healing. Discovering a partner's sexual betrayal spins your world out of control. In a split second, your sense of safety is shattered, your trust is gone, and everything you thought you could count on is in question. Betrayed partners, whether dealing with an isolated infidelity or a pattern of sexual compulsivity, need immediate support to navigate the new terrain of their relationship. They need a clear articulation of betrayal trauma, a thorough education about their normal attachment-based reactions, and a proven path to healing. By focusing on how a partner's attachment system functions in the wake of sexual betrayal, The Betrayal Bind offers a new, game-changing exploration into an age-old problem and connects the dots from research to the lived experience of betrayed partners. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Betrayal Bind: How to Heal When the Person You Love the Most Has Hurt You the Worst Author: Michelle Mays LPC CSAT-S Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What happens when your partner, your primary person, in an instant, becomes a source of danger and pain? The Betrayal Bind introduces new language, concepts, and imagery to explore the crucial relational dilemma that betrayed partners face when their significant other is unsafe to connect to, yet connection is the key to healing. Discovering a partner's sexual betrayal spins your world out of control. In a split second, your sense of safety is shattered, your trust is gone, and everything you thought you could count on is in question. Betrayed partners, whether dealing with an isolated infidelity or a pattern of sexual compulsivity, need immediate support to navigate the new terrain of their relationship. They need a clear articulation of betrayal trauma, a thorough education about their normal attachment-based reactions, and a proven path to healing. By focusing on how a partner's attachment system functions in the wake of sexual betrayal, The Betrayal Bind offers a new, game-changing exploration into an age-old problem and connects the dots from research to the lived experience of betrayed partners. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes, Mistress: Why Men Crave Female Domination Author: Alicia Zadig Narrator: Alicia Zadig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the forbidden desire for Female Domination—and the real men who seek it out. Leading Dominatrix and BDSM expert Alicia Zadig takes you on a provocative, eye-opening journey into the erotic world of Female Domination and male submission. Zadig explains the psychology behind male submission and answers the question: Why do men crave surrendering to a dominant woman? Hear from the men themselves as they reveal their most intimate desires. Learn why so many secretly fantasize about being dominated by a woman. Delve into their experiences with Dominatrices and see what keeps them coming back for more. Yes, Mistress shines a spotlight on the everyday men who seek to explore their submissive fantasies—an aspect of sexuality that often goes unacknowledged, despite a long history and deep psychological roots. Set at the crossroads of psychology, culture, history, and media, this book challenges society's perception of BDSM, kink, and fetish. Male submission is more common than you think—and more rewarding than you can imagine! Alicia Zadig Tue, 24 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640495 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes, Mistress: Why Men Crave Female Domination Author: Alicia Zadig Narrator: Alicia Zadig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the forbidden desire for Female Domination—and the real men who seek it out. Leading Dominatrix and BDSM expert Alicia Zadig takes you on a provocative, eye-opening journey into the erotic world of Female Domination and male submission. Zadig explains the psychology behind male submission and answers the question: Why do men crave surrendering to a dominant woman? Hear from the men themselves as they reveal their most intimate desires. Learn why so many secretly fantasize about being dominated by a woman. Delve into their experiences with Dominatrices and see what keeps them coming back for more. Yes, Mistress shines a spotlight on the everyday men who seek to explore their submissive fantasies—an aspect of sexuality that often goes unacknowledged, despite a long history and deep psychological roots. Set at the crossroads of psychology, culture, history, and media, this book challenges society's perception of BDSM, kink, and fetish. Male submission is more common than you think—and more rewarding than you can imagine! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes, Mistress: Why Men Crave Female Domination Author: Alicia Zadig Narrator: Alicia Zadig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the forbidden desire for Female Domination—and the real men who seek it out. Leading Dominatrix and BDSM expert Alicia Zadig takes you on a provocative, eye-opening journey into the erotic world of Female Domination and male submission. Zadig explains the psychology behind male submission and answers the question: Why do men crave surrendering to a dominant woman? Hear from the men themselves as they reveal their most intimate desires. Learn why so many secretly fantasize about being dominated by a woman. Delve into their experiences with Dominatrices and see what keeps them coming back for more. Yes, Mistress shines a spotlight on the everyday men who seek to explore their submissive fantasies—an aspect of sexuality that often goes unacknowledged, despite a long history and deep psychological roots. Set at the crossroads of psychology, culture, history, and media, this book challenges society's perception of BDSM, kink, and fetish. Male submission is more common than you think—and more rewarding than you can imagine! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Triumph over Trauma: Find Healing and Wholeness from Past Pain Author: Gregory L. Jantz Phd Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Traumatic experiences happen to nearly everyone, at some time, in some form. The aftereffects—depression, anxiety, addiction, panic attacks, insomnia, and more—can affect us for years or even a lifetime. But the brokenness following a traumatic event is never a life sentence. We are all changed by trauma, but we do not have to be defined by it. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Triumph over Trauma empowers you to find relief and hope once and for all. Rather than offering a one-size-fits-all solution, this whole-person treatment approach recognizes you as a unique constellation of emotional, physical, intellectual, relational, and spiritual dimensions. This book explains how trauma affects your emotions, body, brain, relationships, soul, and dreams. Then it shows you how to create a personalized plan to find your way back to wholeness, joy, and peace. Gregory L. Jantz Phd Tue, 28 Mar 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640461 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Triumph over Trauma: Find Healing and Wholeness from Past Pain Author: Gregory L. Jantz Phd Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Traumatic experiences happen to nearly everyone, at some time, in some form. The aftereffects—depression, anxiety, addiction, panic attacks, insomnia, and more—can affect us for years or even a lifetime. But the brokenness following a traumatic event is never a life sentence. We are all changed by trauma, but we do not have to be defined by it. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Triumph over Trauma empowers you to find relief and hope once and for all. Rather than offering a one-size-fits-all solution, this whole-person treatment approach recognizes you as a unique constellation of emotional, physical, intellectual, relational, and spiritual dimensions. This book explains how trauma affects your emotions, body, brain, relationships, soul, and dreams. Then it shows you how to create a personalized plan to find your way back to wholeness, joy, and peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Triumph over Trauma: Find Healing and Wholeness from Past Pain Author: Gregory L. Jantz Phd Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Traumatic experiences happen to nearly everyone, at some time, in some form. The aftereffects—depression, anxiety, addiction, panic attacks, insomnia, and more—can affect us for years or even a lifetime. But the brokenness following a traumatic event is never a life sentence. We are all changed by trauma, but we do not have to be defined by it. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Triumph over Trauma empowers you to find relief and hope once and for all. Rather than offering a one-size-fits-all solution, this whole-person treatment approach recognizes you as a unique constellation of emotional, physical, intellectual, relational, and spiritual dimensions. This book explains how trauma affects your emotions, body, brain, relationships, soul, and dreams. Then it shows you how to create a personalized plan to find your way back to wholeness, joy, and peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wusel Life Hacks - Strategien für den Umgang mit dem inneren Kritiker (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Hupprich Narrator: Claudia Hupprich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jeder von uns kennt ihn, den 'inneren Kritiker'. Er mischt sich ungefragt in unser Denken und Handeln ein. Er gibt uns vermeintlich wohlwollende Ratschläge und ermahnt uns, was wir müssen, nicht dürfen oder nicht können. Der innere Kritiker erscheint wie ein guter Freund, der uns davor schützen möchte, Schiffbruch zu erleiden. Tatsächlich aber setzt er uns objektiv nicht vorhandene Grenzen und ist oft die Ursache für mentale Blockaden. Dunkelseher, Zwergenmacher oder Druckmacher ... Der innere Kritiker hat viele Gesichter. Auf humorvolle und unterhaltsame Weise zeigt Claudia Hupprich, welche Selbstsabotageprogramme in uns oft ablaufen, woher sie kommen und warum sie so hartnäckig sind. Mit einer Reihe von einfach umsetzbaren und schnell wirksamen Praxistipps zeigt dieses Hörbuch, wie Sie den inneren Kritiker für sich gewinnen können, um mentale Selbstsabotage in Zukunft erfolgreich zu stoppen. Claudia Hupprich Fri, 15 Jan 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639537 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wusel Life Hacks - Strategien für den Umgang mit dem inneren Kritiker (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Hupprich Narrator: Claudia Hupprich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jeder von uns kennt ihn, den 'inneren Kritiker'. Er mischt sich ungefragt in unser Denken und Handeln ein. Er gibt uns vermeintlich wohlwollende Ratschläge und ermahnt uns, was wir müssen, nicht dürfen oder nicht können. Der innere Kritiker erscheint wie ein guter Freund, der uns davor schützen möchte, Schiffbruch zu erleiden. Tatsächlich aber setzt er uns objektiv nicht vorhandene Grenzen und ist oft die Ursache für mentale Blockaden. Dunkelseher, Zwergenmacher oder Druckmacher ... Der innere Kritiker hat viele Gesichter. Auf humorvolle und unterhaltsame Weise zeigt Claudia Hupprich, welche Selbstsabotageprogramme in uns oft ablaufen, woher sie kommen und warum sie so hartnäckig sind. Mit einer Reihe von einfach umsetzbaren und schnell wirksamen Praxistipps zeigt dieses Hörbuch, wie Sie den inneren Kritiker für sich gewinnen können, um mentale Selbstsabotage in Zukunft erfolgreich zu stoppen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wusel Life Hacks - Strategien für den Umgang mit dem inneren Kritiker (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Hupprich Narrator: Claudia Hupprich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jeder von uns kennt ihn, den 'inneren Kritiker'. Er mischt sich ungefragt in unser Denken und Handeln ein. Er gibt uns vermeintlich wohlwollende Ratschläge und ermahnt uns, was wir müssen, nicht dürfen oder nicht können. Der innere Kritiker erscheint wie ein guter Freund, der uns davor schützen möchte, Schiffbruch zu erleiden. Tatsächlich aber setzt er uns objektiv nicht vorhandene Grenzen und ist oft die Ursache für mentale Blockaden. Dunkelseher, Zwergenmacher oder Druckmacher ... Der innere Kritiker hat viele Gesichter. Auf humorvolle und unterhaltsame Weise zeigt Claudia Hupprich, welche Selbstsabotageprogramme in uns oft ablaufen, woher sie kommen und warum sie so hartnäckig sind. Mit einer Reihe von einfach umsetzbaren und schnell wirksamen Praxistipps zeigt dieses Hörbuch, wie Sie den inneren Kritiker für sich gewinnen können, um mentale Selbstsabotage in Zukunft erfolgreich zu stoppen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639069 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soldiers Don't Go Mad: A Story of Brotherhood, Poetry, and Mental Illness During the First World War Author: Charles Glass Narrator: Edward Glass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 6, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 Amazon UK bestseller in War Poetry A brilliant and poignant history of the friendship between two great war poets, Siegfried Sassoon and Wilfred Owen, alongside a narrative investigation of the origins of PTSD and the literary response to World War I From the moment war broke out across Europe in 1914, the world entered a new, unparalleled era of modern warfare. Soldiers faced relentless machine gun shelling, incredible artillery power, flame throwers, and gas attacks. Within the first four months of the war, the British Army recorded the nervous collapse of ten percent of its officers; the loss of such manpower to mental illness – not to mention death and physical wounds – left the army unable to fill its ranks. Second Lieutenant Wilfred Owen was twenty-four years old when he was admitted to the newly established Craiglockhart War Hospital for treatment of shell shock. A bourgeoning poet, trying to make sense of the terror he had witnessed, he read a collection of poems from a fellow officer, Siegfried Sassoon, and was impressed by his portrayal of the soldier’s plight. One month later, Sassoon himself arrived at Craiglockhart, having refused to return to the front after being wounded during battle. Though Owen and Sassoon differed in age, class, education, and interests, both were outsiders – as soldiers unfit to fight, as gay men in a homophobic country, and as Britons unwilling to support a war likely to wipe out an entire generation of young men. But more than anything else, they shared a love of the English language, and its highest expression of poetry. As their friendship evolved over their months as patients at Craiglockhart, each encouraged the other in their work, in their personal reckonings with the morality of war, as well as in their treatment. Therapy provided Owen, Sassoon, and fellow patients with insights that allowed them express themselves better, and for the 28 months that Craiglockhart was in operation, it notably incubated the era’s most significant developments in both psychiatry and poetry. Drawing on rich source materials, as well as Glass’s own deep understanding of trauma and war, Soldiers Don't Go Mad tells for the first time the story of the soldiers and doctors who struggled with the effects of industrial warfare on the human psyche. Writing beyond the battlefields, to the psychiatric couch of Craiglockhart but also the literary salons, halls of power, and country houses, Glass charts the experiences of Owen and Sassoon, and of their fellow soldier-poets, alongside the greater literary response to modern warfare. As he investigates the roots of what we now know as post-traumatic stress disorder, Glass brings historical bearing to how we must consider war’s ravaging effects on mental health, and the ways in which creative work helps us come to terms with even the darkest of times. Charles Glass Tue, 06 Jun 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639069 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soldiers Don't Go Mad: A Story of Brotherhood, Poetry, and Mental Illness During the First World War Author: Charles Glass Narrator: Edward Glass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 6, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 Amazon UK bestseller in War Poetry A brilliant and poignant history of the friendship between two great war poets, Siegfried Sassoon and Wilfred Owen, alongside a narrative investigation of the origins of PTSD and the literary response to World War I From the moment war broke out across Europe in 1914, the world entered a new, unparalleled era of modern warfare. Soldiers faced relentless machine gun shelling, incredible artillery power, flame throwers, and gas attacks. Within the first four months of the war, the British Army recorded the nervous collapse of ten percent of its officers; the loss of such manpower to mental illness – not to mention death and physical wounds – left the army unable to fill its ranks. Second Lieutenant Wilfred Owen was twenty-four years old when he was admitted to the newly established Craiglockhart War Hospital for treatment of shell shock. A bourgeoning poet, trying to make sense of the terror he had witnessed, he read a collection of poems from a fellow officer, Siegfried Sassoon, and was impressed by his portrayal of the soldier’s plight. One month later, Sassoon himself arrived at Craiglockhart, having refused to return to the front after being wounded during battle. Though Owen and Sassoon differed in age, class, education, and interests, both were outsiders – as soldiers unfit to fight, as gay men in a homophobic country, and as Britons unwilling to support a war likely to wipe out an entire generation of young men. But more than anything else, they shared a love of the English language, and its highest expression of poetry. As their friendship evolved over their months as patients at Craiglockhart, each encouraged the other in their work, in their personal reckonings with the morality of war, as well as in their treatment. Therapy provided Owen, Sassoon, and fellow patients with insights that allowed them express themselves better, and for the 28 months that Craiglockhart was in operation, it notably incubated the era’s most significant developments in both psychiatry and poetry. Drawing on rich source materials, as well as Glass’s own deep understanding of trauma and war, Soldiers Don't Go Mad tells for the first time the story of the soldiers and doctors who struggled with the effects of industrial warfare on the human psyche. Writing beyond the battlefields, to the psychiatric couch of Craiglockhart but also the literary salons, halls of power, and country houses, Glass charts the experiences of Owen and Sassoon, and of their fellow soldier-poets, alongside the greater literary response to modern warfare. As he investigates the roots of what we now know as post-traumatic stress disorder, Glass brings historical bearing to how we must consider war’s ravaging effects on mental health, and the ways in which creative work helps us come to terms with even the darkest of times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soldiers Don't Go Mad: A Story of Brotherhood, Poetry, and Mental Illness During the First World War Author: Charles Glass Narrator: Edward Glass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 6, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 Amazon UK bestseller in War Poetry A brilliant and poignant history of the friendship between two great war poets, Siegfried Sassoon and Wilfred Owen, alongside a narrative investigation of the origins of PTSD and the literary response to World War I From the moment war broke out across Europe in 1914, the world entered a new, unparalleled era of modern warfare. Soldiers faced relentless machine gun shelling, incredible artillery power, flame throwers, and gas attacks. Within the first four months of the war, the British Army recorded the nervous collapse of ten percent of its officers; the loss of such manpower to mental illness – not to mention death and physical wounds – left the army unable to fill its ranks. Second Lieutenant Wilfred Owen was twenty-four years old when he was admitted to the newly established Craiglockhart War Hospital for treatment of shell shock. A bourgeoning poet, trying to make sense of the terror he had witnessed, he read a collection of poems from a fellow officer, Siegfried Sassoon, and was impressed by his portrayal of the soldier’s plight. One month later, Sassoon himself arrived at Craiglockhart, having refused to return to the front after being wounded during battle. Though Owen and Sassoon differed in age, class, education, and interests, both were outsiders – as soldiers unfit to fight, as gay men in a homophobic country, and as Britons unwilling to support a war likely to wipe out an entire generation of young men. But more than anything else, they shared a love of the English language, and its highest expression of poetry. As their friendship evolved over their months as patients at Craiglockhart, each encouraged the other in their work, in their personal reckonings with the morality of war, as well as in their treatment. Therapy provided Owen, Sassoon, and fellow patients with insights that allowed them express themselves better, and for the 28 months that Craiglockhart was in operation, it notably incubated the era’s most significant developments in both psychiatry and poetry. Drawing on rich source materials, as well as Glass’s own deep understanding of trauma and war, Soldiers Don't Go Mad tells for the first time the story of the soldiers and doctors who struggled with the effects of industrial warfare on the human psyche. Writing beyond the battlefields, to the psychiatric couch of Craiglockhart but also the literary salons, halls of power, and country houses, Glass charts the experiences of Owen and Sassoon, and of their fellow soldier-poets, alongside the greater literary response to modern warfare. As he investigates the roots of what we now know as post-traumatic stress disorder, Glass brings historical bearing to how we must consider war’s ravaging effects on mental health, and the ways in which creative work helps us come to terms with even the darkest of times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search: Finding Meaningful Work in a Post-Career World Author: Bruce Feiler Narrator: Bruce Feiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find work you love. On your own terms. From the New York Times bestselling author of Life Is in the Transitions comes a bold new road map for finding meaning and purpose in what you do, based on insights drawn from hundreds of life stories of Americans of all backgrounds.   America is at a once-in-a-generation turning point around work: unprecedented numbers are quitting their jobs, rethinking their routines, breaking away from stifling expectations. The most suffocating iron cage of all is the idea that each of us must follow a linear career—lock into a dream early, always climb higher, never stop until you reach the top. Few ideas have squandered more human potential.   Employing his signature, immersive approach, Bruce Feiler is known for taking complex challenges and converting them into actionable steps that can help each of us live with more fulfillment and joy. From thousands of hours of interviews, Feiler has distilled a powerful new vision of work: The people who are happiest don’t chase someone else’s dreams; they chase their own. Freed from outdated scripts, they identify what brings them meaning and write their own story of success.   The Search introduces an all-new toolkit for achieving that goal, 21 Questions to Find Work You Love. Practical and empowering, these questions will help you unearth the story of work you’ve been trying to tell your whole life—then go achieve it. You’ll discover:   ·       The upsides and downsides of work you learned from your parents; ·       Why your childhood role model offers the best clue to what you should do now; ·       Who is your waymaker; ·       When to leave a job and when to stay; ·       What is your purpose right now; …and much more.   From a master storyteller who’s helped millions transform their lives for better, The Search arrives as the world reimagines the basic assumptions of work and offers a timely, urgent playbook for each of us to get the happiness we seek, the meaning we crave, and the success we deserve. Bruce Feiler Tue, 30 May 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639065 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search: Finding Meaningful Work in a Post-Career World Author: Bruce Feiler Narrator: Bruce Feiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find work you love. On your own terms. From the New York Times bestselling author of Life Is in the Transitions comes a bold new road map for finding meaning and purpose in what you do, based on insights drawn from hundreds of life stories of Americans of all backgrounds.   America is at a once-in-a-generation turning point around work: unprecedented numbers are quitting their jobs, rethinking their routines, breaking away from stifling expectations. The most suffocating iron cage of all is the idea that each of us must follow a linear career—lock into a dream early, always climb higher, never stop until you reach the top. Few ideas have squandered more human potential.   Employing his signature, immersive approach, Bruce Feiler is known for taking complex challenges and converting them into actionable steps that can help each of us live with more fulfillment and joy. From thousands of hours of interviews, Feiler has distilled a powerful new vision of work: The people who are happiest don’t chase someone else’s dreams; they chase their own. Freed from outdated scripts, they identify what brings them meaning and write their own story of success.   The Search introduces an all-new toolkit for achieving that goal, 21 Questions to Find Work You Love. Practical and empowering, these questions will help you unearth the story of work you’ve been trying to tell your whole life—then go achieve it. You’ll discover:   ·       The upsides and downsides of work you learned from your parents; ·       Why your childhood role model offers the best clue to what you should do now; ·       Who is your waymaker; ·       When to leave a job and when to stay; ·       What is your purpose right now; …and much more.   From a master storyteller who’s helped millions transform their lives for better, The Search arrives as the world reimagines the basic assumptions of work and offers a timely, urgent playbook for each of us to get the happiness we seek, the meaning we crave, and the success we deserve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search: Finding Meaningful Work in a Post-Career World Author: Bruce Feiler Narrator: Bruce Feiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find work you love. On your own terms. From the New York Times bestselling author of Life Is in the Transitions comes a bold new road map for finding meaning and purpose in what you do, based on insights drawn from hundreds of life stories of Americans of all backgrounds.   America is at a once-in-a-generation turning point around work: unprecedented numbers are quitting their jobs, rethinking their routines, breaking away from stifling expectations. The most suffocating iron cage of all is the idea that each of us must follow a linear career—lock into a dream early, always climb higher, never stop until you reach the top. Few ideas have squandered more human potential.   Employing his signature, immersive approach, Bruce Feiler is known for taking complex challenges and converting them into actionable steps that can help each of us live with more fulfillment and joy. From thousands of hours of interviews, Feiler has distilled a powerful new vision of work: The people who are happiest don’t chase someone else’s dreams; they chase their own. Freed from outdated scripts, they identify what brings them meaning and write their own story of success.   The Search introduces an all-new toolkit for achieving that goal, 21 Questions to Find Work You Love. Practical and empowering, these questions will help you unearth the story of work you’ve been trying to tell your whole life—then go achieve it. You’ll discover:   ·       The upsides and downsides of work you learned from your parents; ·       Why your childhood role model offers the best clue to what you should do now; ·       Who is your waymaker; ·       When to leave a job and when to stay; ·       What is your purpose right now; …and much more.   From a master storyteller who’s helped millions transform their lives for better, The Search arrives as the world reimagines the basic assumptions of work and offers a timely, urgent playbook for each of us to get the happiness we seek, the meaning we crave, and the success we deserve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fires in the Dark: Healing the Unquiet Mind Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Beth Hicks, Kay Redfield Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The acclaimed author of An Unquiet Mind considers the age-old quest for relief from psychological pain and the role of the exceptional healer in the journey back to health. “To treat, even to cure, is not always to heal.” In this expansive cultural history of the treatment and healing of mental suffering, Kay Jamison writes about psychotherapy, what makes a great healer, and the role of imagination and memory in regenerating the mind. From the trauma of the battlefields of the twentieth century, to those who are grieving, depressed, or with otherwise unquiet minds, to her own experience with bipolar illness, Jamison demonstrates how remarkable psychotherapy and other treatments can be when done well. She argues that not only patients but doctors must be healed. She draws on the example of W.H.R. Rivers, the renowned psychiatrist who treated poet Siegfried Sassoon and other World War I soldiers, and discusses the long history of physical treatments for mental illness, as well as the ancient and modern importance of religion, ritual, and myth in healing the mind. She looks at the vital role of artists and writers, as well as exemplary figures, such as Paul Robeson, who have helped to heal us as a people. Fires in the Dark is a beautiful meditation on the quest and adventure of healing the mind, on the power of accompaniment, and the necessity for knowledge. Kay Redfield Jamison Tue, 23 May 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639060 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fires in the Dark: Healing the Unquiet Mind Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Beth Hicks, Kay Redfield Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The acclaimed author of An Unquiet Mind considers the age-old quest for relief from psychological pain and the role of the exceptional healer in the journey back to health. “To treat, even to cure, is not always to heal.” In this expansive cultural history of the treatment and healing of mental suffering, Kay Jamison writes about psychotherapy, what makes a great healer, and the role of imagination and memory in regenerating the mind. From the trauma of the battlefields of the twentieth century, to those who are grieving, depressed, or with otherwise unquiet minds, to her own experience with bipolar illness, Jamison demonstrates how remarkable psychotherapy and other treatments can be when done well. She argues that not only patients but doctors must be healed. She draws on the example of W.H.R. Rivers, the renowned psychiatrist who treated poet Siegfried Sassoon and other World War I soldiers, and discusses the long history of physical treatments for mental illness, as well as the ancient and modern importance of religion, ritual, and myth in healing the mind. She looks at the vital role of artists and writers, as well as exemplary figures, such as Paul Robeson, who have helped to heal us as a people. Fires in the Dark is a beautiful meditation on the quest and adventure of healing the mind, on the power of accompaniment, and the necessity for knowledge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fires in the Dark: Healing the Unquiet Mind Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Beth Hicks, Kay Redfield Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The acclaimed author of An Unquiet Mind considers the age-old quest for relief from psychological pain and the role of the exceptional healer in the journey back to health. “To treat, even to cure, is not always to heal.” In this expansive cultural history of the treatment and healing of mental suffering, Kay Jamison writes about psychotherapy, what makes a great healer, and the role of imagination and memory in regenerating the mind. From the trauma of the battlefields of the twentieth century, to those who are grieving, depressed, or with otherwise unquiet minds, to her own experience with bipolar illness, Jamison demonstrates how remarkable psychotherapy and other treatments can be when done well. She argues that not only patients but doctors must be healed. She draws on the example of W.H.R. Rivers, the renowned psychiatrist who treated poet Siegfried Sassoon and other World War I soldiers, and discusses the long history of physical treatments for mental illness, as well as the ancient and modern importance of religion, ritual, and myth in healing the mind. She looks at the vital role of artists and writers, as well as exemplary figures, such as Paul Robeson, who have helped to heal us as a people. Fires in the Dark is a beautiful meditation on the quest and adventure of healing the mind, on the power of accompaniment, and the necessity for knowledge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entdecke Dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Seelische Archetypen | Selbstfindung | Inneres Kind heilen | Resilienz trainieren Author: Luisa Wienberg Narrator: Sonja Ortwein-Kubocz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Seelische Archetypen Der Magier, der Entdecker, der Rebell oder der Künstler – diese und weitere fantastisch anmutende Gestalten begegnen uns in Märchen, Filmen und auch in unseren Träumen, seit wird Kinder sind. Doch woher kommen sie? Woher stammen diese zeitlos und allgegenwärtig scheinenden Figuren und was steckt eigentlich hinter ihnen? Die kurze Antwort: Es ist nichts anderes als die Aufschlüsselung unseres Seelenlebens, das uns hier vor Augen geführt wird und welch mächtige Möglichkeiten das bietet, zeigt Ihnen nun dieses Hörbuch. Selbstfindung Guter Job, neues Auto, schicke Wohnung, toller Partner – und trotzdem sind Sie nicht so glücklich, wie Sie doch eigentlich sein sollten? Sie ernten Zuspruch, Anerkennung und gehören dazu, aber irgendwo tief drinnen fühlen Sie sich einfach nur leer? Kein Wunder, denn wer sein Leben nach anderen ausrichtet, verliert sich selbst – aber die gute Nachricht ist: Das lässt sich jederzeit ganz leicht ändern! Inneres Kind heilen Sagt man Ihnen nach, Sie seien ein Perfektionist? Sind Sie überaus harmoniesüchtig, reagieren Sie auf bestimmte Konflikte in der Partnerschaft mit Eiseskälte oder blinder Wut? Wollen Sie es anderen oft recht machen, bis Sie sich erschöpft fühlen, geht es sogar bis hin zur Selbstaufgabe? Sind es immer ähnliche Situationen, in denen Sie ungewöhnlich emotional reagieren? Dies alles könnten Hinweise sein, dass Sie in Ihrer Kindheit Narben davongetragen haben, die noch auf eine Heilung warten. Ich möchte Sie auf eine Zeitreise einladen. Eine Reise in Ihre Vergangenheit. Resilienz trainieren Es gibt Menschen, die einen genauen Plan davon haben, wie sie ihre Ziele konsequent erreichen, und keinerlei Zweifel aufkommen lassen, dass sie das auch wirklich schaffen. Andere Menschen hingegen haben keine dieser Eigenschaften und fühlen sich deshalb schnell überfordert oder einer Situation gar nicht erst gewachsen. Jetzt kommen wir zu der Frage, was ist der entscheidende Unterschied zwischen ihnen? Luisa Wienberg Mon, 24 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638622 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entdecke Dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Seelische Archetypen | Selbstfindung | Inneres Kind heilen | Resilienz trainieren Author: Luisa Wienberg Narrator: Sonja Ortwein-Kubocz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Seelische Archetypen Der Magier, der Entdecker, der Rebell oder der Künstler – diese und weitere fantastisch anmutende Gestalten begegnen uns in Märchen, Filmen und auch in unseren Träumen, seit wird Kinder sind. Doch woher kommen sie? Woher stammen diese zeitlos und allgegenwärtig scheinenden Figuren und was steckt eigentlich hinter ihnen? Die kurze Antwort: Es ist nichts anderes als die Aufschlüsselung unseres Seelenlebens, das uns hier vor Augen geführt wird und welch mächtige Möglichkeiten das bietet, zeigt Ihnen nun dieses Hörbuch. Selbstfindung Guter Job, neues Auto, schicke Wohnung, toller Partner – und trotzdem sind Sie nicht so glücklich, wie Sie doch eigentlich sein sollten? Sie ernten Zuspruch, Anerkennung und gehören dazu, aber irgendwo tief drinnen fühlen Sie sich einfach nur leer? Kein Wunder, denn wer sein Leben nach anderen ausrichtet, verliert sich selbst – aber die gute Nachricht ist: Das lässt sich jederzeit ganz leicht ändern! Inneres Kind heilen Sagt man Ihnen nach, Sie seien ein Perfektionist? Sind Sie überaus harmoniesüchtig, reagieren Sie auf bestimmte Konflikte in der Partnerschaft mit Eiseskälte oder blinder Wut? Wollen Sie es anderen oft recht machen, bis Sie sich erschöpft fühlen, geht es sogar bis hin zur Selbstaufgabe? Sind es immer ähnliche Situationen, in denen Sie ungewöhnlich emotional reagieren? Dies alles könnten Hinweise sein, dass Sie in Ihrer Kindheit Narben davongetragen haben, die noch auf eine Heilung warten. Ich möchte Sie auf eine Zeitreise einladen. Eine Reise in Ihre Vergangenheit. Resilienz trainieren Es gibt Menschen, die einen genauen Plan davon haben, wie sie ihre Ziele konsequent erreichen, und keinerlei Zweifel aufkommen lassen, dass sie das auch wirklich schaffen. Andere Menschen hingegen haben keine dieser Eigenschaften und fühlen sich deshalb schnell überfordert oder einer Situation gar nicht erst gewachsen. Jetzt kommen wir zu der Frage, was ist der entscheidende Unterschied zwischen ihnen? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entdecke Dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Seelische Archetypen | Selbstfindung | Inneres Kind heilen | Resilienz trainieren Author: Luisa Wienberg Narrator: Sonja Ortwein-Kubocz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 24, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Seelische Archetypen Der Magier, der Entdecker, der Rebell oder der Künstler – diese und weitere fantastisch anmutende Gestalten begegnen uns in Märchen, Filmen und auch in unseren Träumen, seit wird Kinder sind. Doch woher kommen sie? Woher stammen diese zeitlos und allgegenwärtig scheinenden Figuren und was steckt eigentlich hinter ihnen? Die kurze Antwort: Es ist nichts anderes als die Aufschlüsselung unseres Seelenlebens, das uns hier vor Augen geführt wird und welch mächtige Möglichkeiten das bietet, zeigt Ihnen nun dieses Hörbuch. Selbstfindung Guter Job, neues Auto, schicke Wohnung, toller Partner – und trotzdem sind Sie nicht so glücklich, wie Sie doch eigentlich sein sollten? Sie ernten Zuspruch, Anerkennung und gehören dazu, aber irgendwo tief drinnen fühlen Sie sich einfach nur leer? Kein Wunder, denn wer sein Leben nach anderen ausrichtet, verliert sich selbst – aber die gute Nachricht ist: Das lässt sich jederzeit ganz leicht ändern! Inneres Kind heilen Sagt man Ihnen nach, Sie seien ein Perfektionist? Sind Sie überaus harmoniesüchtig, reagieren Sie auf bestimmte Konflikte in der Partnerschaft mit Eiseskälte oder blinder Wut? Wollen Sie es anderen oft recht machen, bis Sie sich erschöpft fühlen, geht es sogar bis hin zur Selbstaufgabe? Sind es immer ähnliche Situationen, in denen Sie ungewöhnlich emotional reagieren? Dies alles könnten Hinweise sein, dass Sie in Ihrer Kindheit Narben davongetragen haben, die noch auf eine Heilung warten. Ich möchte Sie auf eine Zeitreise einladen. Eine Reise in Ihre Vergangenheit. Resilienz trainieren Es gibt Menschen, die einen genauen Plan davon haben, wie sie ihre Ziele konsequent erreichen, und keinerlei Zweifel aufkommen lassen, dass sie das auch wirklich schaffen. Andere Menschen hingegen haben keine dieser Eigenschaften und fühlen sich deshalb schnell überfordert oder einer Situation gar nicht erst gewachsen. Jetzt kommen wir zu der Frage, was ist der entscheidende Unterschied zwischen ihnen? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638558 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mi gestalt Author: Pedro De Casso Narrator: Javier Espejo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Apoyado en un exhaustivo conocimiento de la obra de Fritz Perls –que ya abordó en su aclamado libro Gestalt; terapia de autenticidad–, Pedro de Casso nos ofrece en esta obra una visión personal y concatenada de los principales elementos del legado de Fritz Perls. Ello le permite profundizar en conceptos clave como «Gestalt», «self», «darse cuenta» o en el papel de la «actitud», magistralmente descritos con ejemplos vivos de su práctica terapéutica. El resultado es una atrevida ampliación del horizonte de la terapia Gestalt a la luz de la psicología positiva y de las aportaciones de la neurología. Con lucidez, el autor va desgranando su propia filosofía de vida y su visión espiritual. Pedro De Casso Thu, 16 Sep 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638558 thebookvoice.com 18:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mi gestalt Author: Pedro De Casso Narrator: Javier Espejo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Apoyado en un exhaustivo conocimiento de la obra de Fritz Perls –que ya abordó en su aclamado libro Gestalt; terapia de autenticidad–, Pedro de Casso nos ofrece en esta obra una visión personal y concatenada de los principales elementos del legado de Fritz Perls. Ello le permite profundizar en conceptos clave como «Gestalt», «self», «darse cuenta» o en el papel de la «actitud», magistralmente descritos con ejemplos vivos de su práctica terapéutica. El resultado es una atrevida ampliación del horizonte de la terapia Gestalt a la luz de la psicología positiva y de las aportaciones de la neurología. Con lucidez, el autor va desgranando su propia filosofía de vida y su visión espiritual. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mi gestalt Author: Pedro De Casso Narrator: Javier Espejo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Apoyado en un exhaustivo conocimiento de la obra de Fritz Perls –que ya abordó en su aclamado libro Gestalt; terapia de autenticidad–, Pedro de Casso nos ofrece en esta obra una visión personal y concatenada de los principales elementos del legado de Fritz Perls. Ello le permite profundizar en conceptos clave como «Gestalt», «self», «darse cuenta» o en el papel de la «actitud», magistralmente descritos con ejemplos vivos de su práctica terapéutica. El resultado es una atrevida ampliación del horizonte de la terapia Gestalt a la luz de la psicología positiva y de las aportaciones de la neurología. Con lucidez, el autor va desgranando su propia filosofía de vida y su visión espiritual. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La interpretación de los sueños Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Daniel Cubillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Es con Freud —al cabo de dos o tres mil años—cuando se vuelve a justipreciar el sueño como un acto revelador del destino. Una vez más la psicología abisal ha reconocido un orden allí donde las otras sólo veían un caos, un movimiento agitado e incoherente: lo que a sus antecesores parecía un laberinto inextricable, sin principio ni final, para ella es la via regia, el amino real, que enlaza la vida inconsciente con la consciente. El sueño es el intermediario entre el mundo de nuestros sentimientos ocultos y el que está sometido al conocimiento: gracias a él podemos saber muchas cosas que nos negamos a saber despiertos. Ningún sueño, afirma Freud, carece completamente de sentido, todos tienen en tanto que actos psíquicos perfectamente válidos, un significado determinado. Son la revelación, no de una voluntad superior, divina y sobrehumana, pero sí a menudo de la voluntad más íntima y secreta del hombre. Sin embargo, este mensajero no hala nuestra lengua habitual, la de la superficie, sino la lengua del abismo, la de la naturaleza inconsciente, Por esta razón no comprendemos enseguida su sentido y su misión: primero debemos aprender a interpretarlos. Una ciencia nueva, todavía en gestación, tiene que enseñarnos a captar, identificar traducir en un lenguaje comprensible lo que pasa, con una velocidad cinematográfica, en las imágenes proyectadas sobre la pantalla negra de los sueños'. El anterior es un fragmento de Stefan Zweig —de su libro La curación por el espíritu—sobre la importancia del inconmensurable espacio de trabajo para el estudio de la naturaleza humana que la obra de Freud, y en particular su libro La interpretación de los sueños, había logrado. Ahora en su colección de Clásicos, Storytel pone a disposición de los lectores esta obra, una de las más importantes de la historia del pensamiento, en nueva versión audio. Sigmund Freud Sat, 03 Apr 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638520 thebookvoice.com 28:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La interpretación de los sueños Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Daniel Cubillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Es con Freud —al cabo de dos o tres mil años—cuando se vuelve a justipreciar el sueño como un acto revelador del destino. Una vez más la psicología abisal ha reconocido un orden allí donde las otras sólo veían un caos, un movimiento agitado e incoherente: lo que a sus antecesores parecía un laberinto inextricable, sin principio ni final, para ella es la via regia, el amino real, que enlaza la vida inconsciente con la consciente. El sueño es el intermediario entre el mundo de nuestros sentimientos ocultos y el que está sometido al conocimiento: gracias a él podemos saber muchas cosas que nos negamos a saber despiertos. Ningún sueño, afirma Freud, carece completamente de sentido, todos tienen en tanto que actos psíquicos perfectamente válidos, un significado determinado. Son la revelación, no de una voluntad superior, divina y sobrehumana, pero sí a menudo de la voluntad más íntima y secreta del hombre. Sin embargo, este mensajero no hala nuestra lengua habitual, la de la superficie, sino la lengua del abismo, la de la naturaleza inconsciente, Por esta razón no comprendemos enseguida su sentido y su misión: primero debemos aprender a interpretarlos. Una ciencia nueva, todavía en gestación, tiene que enseñarnos a captar, identificar traducir en un lenguaje comprensible lo que pasa, con una velocidad cinematográfica, en las imágenes proyectadas sobre la pantalla negra de los sueños'. El anterior es un fragmento de Stefan Zweig —de su libro La curación por el espíritu—sobre la importancia del inconmensurable espacio de trabajo para el estudio de la naturaleza humana que la obra de Freud, y en particular su libro La interpretación de los sueños, había logrado. Ahora en su colección de Clásicos, Storytel pone a disposición de los lectores esta obra, una de las más importantes de la historia del pensamiento, en nueva versión audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La interpretación de los sueños Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Daniel Cubillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Es con Freud —al cabo de dos o tres mil años—cuando se vuelve a justipreciar el sueño como un acto revelador del destino. Una vez más la psicología abisal ha reconocido un orden allí donde las otras sólo veían un caos, un movimiento agitado e incoherente: lo que a sus antecesores parecía un laberinto inextricable, sin principio ni final, para ella es la via regia, el amino real, que enlaza la vida inconsciente con la consciente. El sueño es el intermediario entre el mundo de nuestros sentimientos ocultos y el que está sometido al conocimiento: gracias a él podemos saber muchas cosas que nos negamos a saber despiertos. Ningún sueño, afirma Freud, carece completamente de sentido, todos tienen en tanto que actos psíquicos perfectamente válidos, un significado determinado. Son la revelación, no de una voluntad superior, divina y sobrehumana, pero sí a menudo de la voluntad más íntima y secreta del hombre. Sin embargo, este mensajero no hala nuestra lengua habitual, la de la superficie, sino la lengua del abismo, la de la naturaleza inconsciente, Por esta razón no comprendemos enseguida su sentido y su misión: primero debemos aprender a interpretarlos. Una ciencia nueva, todavía en gestación, tiene que enseñarnos a captar, identificar traducir en un lenguaje comprensible lo que pasa, con una velocidad cinematográfica, en las imágenes proyectadas sobre la pantalla negra de los sueños'. El anterior es un fragmento de Stefan Zweig —de su libro La curación por el espíritu—sobre la importancia del inconmensurable espacio de trabajo para el estudio de la naturaleza humana que la obra de Freud, y en particular su libro La interpretación de los sueños, había logrado. Ahora en su colección de Clásicos, Storytel pone a disposición de los lectores esta obra, una de las más importantes de la historia del pensamiento, en nueva versión audio. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Immer funktionieren funktioniert halt nicht - Über die alltägliche Überforderung und die Kunst, bei sich zu bleiben. Coach und Psychotherapeut erzählen aus der Praxis (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Cord Neubersch, Judith Brückmann Narrator: Verena Wolfien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Alles zu viel? Was uns im Alltag fertigmacht. Und was uns hilft. Wir kennen es alle: Neben den kleinen und großen Prüfungen des Alltags schaukeln wir Ehe, Kinder, Karriere und Leidenschaften - und um die nächste Ecke wartet sie schon: die Überforderung. Wir sind ständig erreichbar, für die Bedürfnisse unserer Mitmenschen, aber auch für die eigenen Ansprüche und Erwartungen. Da hilft es kaum, nur mal ein paar Stunden das Handy auszuschalten. Gerade, wenn alles zu viel wird, ist es wichtig, die Muster und Glaubenssätze zu erkennen, die uns unbewusst durchs Leben lenken, und uns selbst, unsere eigenen Wünsche und Bedürfnisse, im Blick zu behalten. Denn selbst, wenn alles organisiert ist, merken wir, dass wir uns das doch eigentlich mal ganz anders vorgestellt hatten. Immer funktionieren funktioniert nicht - und funktionieren allein macht uns nicht glücklich. Judith Brückmann und Cord Neubersch sind Coach und Psychotherapeut - und außerdem Geschwister. Anhand von Geschichten aus der Praxis und persönlichen Anekdoten zeigen sie uns, wie man aus der Überforderung raus- und wieder bei sich und seinen Wünschen und Bedürfnissen ankommt. Cord Neubersch, Judith Brückmann Fri, 25 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637987 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Immer funktionieren funktioniert halt nicht - Über die alltägliche Überforderung und die Kunst, bei sich zu bleiben. Coach und Psychotherapeut erzählen aus der Praxis (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Cord Neubersch, Judith Brückmann Narrator: Verena Wolfien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Alles zu viel? Was uns im Alltag fertigmacht. Und was uns hilft. Wir kennen es alle: Neben den kleinen und großen Prüfungen des Alltags schaukeln wir Ehe, Kinder, Karriere und Leidenschaften - und um die nächste Ecke wartet sie schon: die Überforderung. Wir sind ständig erreichbar, für die Bedürfnisse unserer Mitmenschen, aber auch für die eigenen Ansprüche und Erwartungen. Da hilft es kaum, nur mal ein paar Stunden das Handy auszuschalten. Gerade, wenn alles zu viel wird, ist es wichtig, die Muster und Glaubenssätze zu erkennen, die uns unbewusst durchs Leben lenken, und uns selbst, unsere eigenen Wünsche und Bedürfnisse, im Blick zu behalten. Denn selbst, wenn alles organisiert ist, merken wir, dass wir uns das doch eigentlich mal ganz anders vorgestellt hatten. Immer funktionieren funktioniert nicht - und funktionieren allein macht uns nicht glücklich. Judith Brückmann und Cord Neubersch sind Coach und Psychotherapeut - und außerdem Geschwister. Anhand von Geschichten aus der Praxis und persönlichen Anekdoten zeigen sie uns, wie man aus der Überforderung raus- und wieder bei sich und seinen Wünschen und Bedürfnissen ankommt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Immer funktionieren funktioniert halt nicht - Über die alltägliche Überforderung und die Kunst, bei sich zu bleiben. Coach und Psychotherapeut erzählen aus der Praxis (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Cord Neubersch, Judith Brückmann Narrator: Verena Wolfien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Alles zu viel? Was uns im Alltag fertigmacht. Und was uns hilft. Wir kennen es alle: Neben den kleinen und großen Prüfungen des Alltags schaukeln wir Ehe, Kinder, Karriere und Leidenschaften - und um die nächste Ecke wartet sie schon: die Überforderung. Wir sind ständig erreichbar, für die Bedürfnisse unserer Mitmenschen, aber auch für die eigenen Ansprüche und Erwartungen. Da hilft es kaum, nur mal ein paar Stunden das Handy auszuschalten. Gerade, wenn alles zu viel wird, ist es wichtig, die Muster und Glaubenssätze zu erkennen, die uns unbewusst durchs Leben lenken, und uns selbst, unsere eigenen Wünsche und Bedürfnisse, im Blick zu behalten. Denn selbst, wenn alles organisiert ist, merken wir, dass wir uns das doch eigentlich mal ganz anders vorgestellt hatten. Immer funktionieren funktioniert nicht - und funktionieren allein macht uns nicht glücklich. Judith Brückmann und Cord Neubersch sind Coach und Psychotherapeut - und außerdem Geschwister. Anhand von Geschichten aus der Praxis und persönlichen Anekdoten zeigen sie uns, wie man aus der Überforderung raus- und wieder bei sich und seinen Wünschen und Bedürfnissen ankommt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Entendiendo a la pareja. Marcos teóricos para el trabajo terapéutico Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Narrator: Rosa Vásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Las drásticas transformaciones de la estructura de la pareja han despertado la necesidad de elaborar una revisión exhaustiva de los modelos terapeúticos, pues la complejidad en aumento sobre el asunto exige nuevas estrategias para comprender y trabajar los problemas específicos de la pareja de hoy. Esta obra, de gran actualidad, presenta la perspectiva de ocho terapeutas que se dieron a la tarea de analizar tanto los nuevos patrones de relación de las parejas como el quehacer y la concepción del terapeuta sobre su ejercicio profesional.' Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Mon, 19 Jul 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636891 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Entendiendo a la pareja. Marcos teóricos para el trabajo terapéutico Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Narrator: Rosa Vásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Las drásticas transformaciones de la estructura de la pareja han despertado la necesidad de elaborar una revisión exhaustiva de los modelos terapeúticos, pues la complejidad en aumento sobre el asunto exige nuevas estrategias para comprender y trabajar los problemas específicos de la pareja de hoy. Esta obra, de gran actualidad, presenta la perspectiva de ocho terapeutas que se dieron a la tarea de analizar tanto los nuevos patrones de relación de las parejas como el quehacer y la concepción del terapeuta sobre su ejercicio profesional.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Entendiendo a la pareja. Marcos teóricos para el trabajo terapéutico Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Narrator: Rosa Vásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Las drásticas transformaciones de la estructura de la pareja han despertado la necesidad de elaborar una revisión exhaustiva de los modelos terapeúticos, pues la complejidad en aumento sobre el asunto exige nuevas estrategias para comprender y trabajar los problemas específicos de la pareja de hoy. Esta obra, de gran actualidad, presenta la perspectiva de ocho terapeutas que se dieron a la tarea de analizar tanto los nuevos patrones de relación de las parejas como el quehacer y la concepción del terapeuta sobre su ejercicio profesional.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636881 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El baile de la pareja. Trabajo terapéutico con parejas Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Narrator: Alondra García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 21, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'En este libro, miembros de diversas agrupaciones o instituciones en los países como Chile, Argentina y México principalmente, exponen el desarrollo de fórmulas nuevas para atender contextos, tipologías y formas concretas de patología en la vida de las parejas. Este libro, complemento necesario de 'Entendiendo a la pareja', se comparten marcos teóricos para el trabajo terapéutico, muestra la riqueza y creatividad de la práctica, así como algunos resultados alcanzados de algunas investigaciones. También encontrarás, temas como la terapia breve estratégica, el examen de los 'problemas de comunicación', el enfoque católico y el marco psicoanalítico, los 'juegos del mal amor'. Una amplia variedad de temas y enfoques que gracias a la experiencia de cada terapeuta e investigador darán una nueva luz al trabajo como parejas.' Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Wed, 21 Jul 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636881 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El baile de la pareja. Trabajo terapéutico con parejas Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Narrator: Alondra García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 21, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'En este libro, miembros de diversas agrupaciones o instituciones en los países como Chile, Argentina y México principalmente, exponen el desarrollo de fórmulas nuevas para atender contextos, tipologías y formas concretas de patología en la vida de las parejas. Este libro, complemento necesario de 'Entendiendo a la pareja', se comparten marcos teóricos para el trabajo terapéutico, muestra la riqueza y creatividad de la práctica, así como algunos resultados alcanzados de algunas investigaciones. También encontrarás, temas como la terapia breve estratégica, el examen de los 'problemas de comunicación', el enfoque católico y el marco psicoanalítico, los 'juegos del mal amor'. Una amplia variedad de temas y enfoques que gracias a la experiencia de cada terapeuta e investigador darán una nueva luz al trabajo como parejas.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El baile de la pareja. Trabajo terapéutico con parejas Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz Romo Narrator: Alondra García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 21, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'En este libro, miembros de diversas agrupaciones o instituciones en los países como Chile, Argentina y México principalmente, exponen el desarrollo de fórmulas nuevas para atender contextos, tipologías y formas concretas de patología en la vida de las parejas. Este libro, complemento necesario de 'Entendiendo a la pareja', se comparten marcos teóricos para el trabajo terapéutico, muestra la riqueza y creatividad de la práctica, así como algunos resultados alcanzados de algunas investigaciones. También encontrarás, temas como la terapia breve estratégica, el examen de los 'problemas de comunicación', el enfoque católico y el marco psicoanalítico, los 'juegos del mal amor'. Una amplia variedad de temas y enfoques que gracias a la experiencia de cada terapeuta e investigador darán una nueva luz al trabajo como parejas.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636704 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo aprende tu cerebro Author: Carla Hannaford Narrator: Ana Ragasol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cada persona aprende de distinta manera dependiendo de cuál es su hemisferio cerebral dominante; esto influye en nuestra percepción y en cómo actuamos. Por eso, la perspectiva de un individuo nunca es idéntica a la de otro, y hay una infinidad de conductas e ideas sorprendentes. Carla Hannaford Wed, 16 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636704 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo aprende tu cerebro Author: Carla Hannaford Narrator: Ana Ragasol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cada persona aprende de distinta manera dependiendo de cuál es su hemisferio cerebral dominante; esto influye en nuestra percepción y en cómo actuamos. Por eso, la perspectiva de un individuo nunca es idéntica a la de otro, y hay una infinidad de conductas e ideas sorprendentes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo aprende tu cerebro Author: Carla Hannaford Narrator: Ana Ragasol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cada persona aprende de distinta manera dependiendo de cuál es su hemisferio cerebral dominante; esto influye en nuestra percepción y en cómo actuamos. Por eso, la perspectiva de un individuo nunca es idéntica a la de otro, y hay una infinidad de conductas e ideas sorprendentes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Gestalt en palabras pequeñas Author: Francisco Fernández Romero Narrator: Marco Lubián Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las palabras, las grandes y las pequeñas, son puentes que nos unen. Nunca nacen solas. Hay tantos autores que han escrito grandes y luminosas palabras sobre la Gestalt. Yo escribo palabras pequeñas porque creo que también importan. Escribir es mi forma de aprender, pensar, de hacerme preguntas, de intentar contestarlas, de perderme y, a veces, de encontrarme, es decir, de escribir gestálticamente. Tomo esos conceptos, esas grandes palabras entre mis manos para observarlas de cerca, ver sus plumas, olerlas, descubrir su sabor y luego hacer algo mío con ellas. Esa posibilidad te da la teoría Gestalt al ser diversa, cambiante y múltiple. En este libro escribí sobre temas que me resultan significativos, que me conmueven, que tocan mi experiencia y mueven mi curiosidad: la palabra gestáltica, las posibilidades del silencio, la incertidumbre del proceso terapéutico, la irrupción de la otredad, la mirada estética y el enfoque Gestalt aplicado a la educación. Lo que intenté fue asomarme a temas derivados de la teoría, que me permitieran reflexionar en la práctica, en la experiencia real y compleja del trabajo cotidiano con los pacientes, esos otros que sufren y que acuden al consultorio con la intención de sanar, de conocerse, de ampliar su consciencia, de crecer. Francisco Fernández Romero Mon, 28 Nov 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636702 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Gestalt en palabras pequeñas Author: Francisco Fernández Romero Narrator: Marco Lubián Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las palabras, las grandes y las pequeñas, son puentes que nos unen. Nunca nacen solas. Hay tantos autores que han escrito grandes y luminosas palabras sobre la Gestalt. Yo escribo palabras pequeñas porque creo que también importan. Escribir es mi forma de aprender, pensar, de hacerme preguntas, de intentar contestarlas, de perderme y, a veces, de encontrarme, es decir, de escribir gestálticamente. Tomo esos conceptos, esas grandes palabras entre mis manos para observarlas de cerca, ver sus plumas, olerlas, descubrir su sabor y luego hacer algo mío con ellas. Esa posibilidad te da la teoría Gestalt al ser diversa, cambiante y múltiple. En este libro escribí sobre temas que me resultan significativos, que me conmueven, que tocan mi experiencia y mueven mi curiosidad: la palabra gestáltica, las posibilidades del silencio, la incertidumbre del proceso terapéutico, la irrupción de la otredad, la mirada estética y el enfoque Gestalt aplicado a la educación. Lo que intenté fue asomarme a temas derivados de la teoría, que me permitieran reflexionar en la práctica, en la experiencia real y compleja del trabajo cotidiano con los pacientes, esos otros que sufren y que acuden al consultorio con la intención de sanar, de conocerse, de ampliar su consciencia, de crecer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Gestalt en palabras pequeñas Author: Francisco Fernández Romero Narrator: Marco Lubián Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las palabras, las grandes y las pequeñas, son puentes que nos unen. Nunca nacen solas. Hay tantos autores que han escrito grandes y luminosas palabras sobre la Gestalt. Yo escribo palabras pequeñas porque creo que también importan. Escribir es mi forma de aprender, pensar, de hacerme preguntas, de intentar contestarlas, de perderme y, a veces, de encontrarme, es decir, de escribir gestálticamente. Tomo esos conceptos, esas grandes palabras entre mis manos para observarlas de cerca, ver sus plumas, olerlas, descubrir su sabor y luego hacer algo mío con ellas. Esa posibilidad te da la teoría Gestalt al ser diversa, cambiante y múltiple. En este libro escribí sobre temas que me resultan significativos, que me conmueven, que tocan mi experiencia y mueven mi curiosidad: la palabra gestáltica, las posibilidades del silencio, la incertidumbre del proceso terapéutico, la irrupción de la otredad, la mirada estética y el enfoque Gestalt aplicado a la educación. Lo que intenté fue asomarme a temas derivados de la teoría, que me permitieran reflexionar en la práctica, en la experiencia real y compleja del trabajo cotidiano con los pacientes, esos otros que sufren y que acuden al consultorio con la intención de sanar, de conocerse, de ampliar su consciencia, de crecer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La mente renovada Author: Federico Pérez Castillo Narrator: Bobby Sanchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cada uno de nosotros es capaz de disminuir las emociones y los pensamientos negativos que genera. Esta afirmación es la premisa de la Psicología Autosustentable (PAS), modelo basado en la neurociencia y en más de 45 años de trabajo e investigación clínica de Federico Pérez Castillo. La PAS aspira a unificar ciencia y espiritualidad en el campo del estudio de la mente y las emociones. La motivación última de esta propuesta es enseñarnos a diseñar nuestro propio cerebro, mente, y, por ende, nuestra vida. El autor comparte en este nuevo libro las bases de esta disciplina, los pasos que hay que seguir y las técnicas que hay que implementar para generar circuitos neuronales que se renueven permanentemente, convirtiendo así nuestro sufrimiento en bienestar emocional. A partir de la pandemia que ha generado el covid-19, lidiar con emociones y pensamientos destructivos, y favorecer los positivos, es nuevamente el foco de atención de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS), por lo que esta obra busca ser un aporte a esta necesidad global, señalando caminos bien trazados y fundamentados por su autor. Federico Pérez Castillo Thu, 05 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636699 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La mente renovada Author: Federico Pérez Castillo Narrator: Bobby Sanchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cada uno de nosotros es capaz de disminuir las emociones y los pensamientos negativos que genera. Esta afirmación es la premisa de la Psicología Autosustentable (PAS), modelo basado en la neurociencia y en más de 45 años de trabajo e investigación clínica de Federico Pérez Castillo. La PAS aspira a unificar ciencia y espiritualidad en el campo del estudio de la mente y las emociones. La motivación última de esta propuesta es enseñarnos a diseñar nuestro propio cerebro, mente, y, por ende, nuestra vida. El autor comparte en este nuevo libro las bases de esta disciplina, los pasos que hay que seguir y las técnicas que hay que implementar para generar circuitos neuronales que se renueven permanentemente, convirtiendo así nuestro sufrimiento en bienestar emocional. A partir de la pandemia que ha generado el covid-19, lidiar con emociones y pensamientos destructivos, y favorecer los positivos, es nuevamente el foco de atención de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS), por lo que esta obra busca ser un aporte a esta necesidad global, señalando caminos bien trazados y fundamentados por su autor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La mente renovada Author: Federico Pérez Castillo Narrator: Bobby Sanchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 5, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cada uno de nosotros es capaz de disminuir las emociones y los pensamientos negativos que genera. Esta afirmación es la premisa de la Psicología Autosustentable (PAS), modelo basado en la neurociencia y en más de 45 años de trabajo e investigación clínica de Federico Pérez Castillo. La PAS aspira a unificar ciencia y espiritualidad en el campo del estudio de la mente y las emociones. La motivación última de esta propuesta es enseñarnos a diseñar nuestro propio cerebro, mente, y, por ende, nuestra vida. El autor comparte en este nuevo libro las bases de esta disciplina, los pasos que hay que seguir y las técnicas que hay que implementar para generar circuitos neuronales que se renueven permanentemente, convirtiendo así nuestro sufrimiento en bienestar emocional. A partir de la pandemia que ha generado el covid-19, lidiar con emociones y pensamientos destructivos, y favorecer los positivos, es nuevamente el foco de atención de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS), por lo que esta obra busca ser un aporte a esta necesidad global, señalando caminos bien trazados y fundamentados por su autor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636697 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vivir en bienestar a pesar de todo Author: Ramsés Barragán Estrada Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Para 2030, la depresión será la enfermedad mental más incapacitante en todo el mundo. El trastorno psicológico más frecuente en nuestro país es la ansiedad. El 36% de los mexicanos padecerá un desorden psiquiátrico, antes de los 65 años de edad. ¿Cómo no ser parte de estas estadísticas? Es cierto, la incertidumbre y la desesperanza impera en la actualidad y hacen falta pocos ejemplos para demostrarlo, pero estas circunstancias tan extremas no tienen por qué sumirnos en el caos ni en el sufrimiento. Este libro te ayudará a construir recursos duraderos para vivir en bienestar y poder afrontar momentos difíciles como los que sin duda ahora estás atravesando; te ofrece datos confiables, avalados por la ciencia, que contrarrestan creencias negativas, pensamientos mágicos y prejuicios; también, y en mayor medida, pone a tu disposición estrategias útiles para que trabajes contigo mismo el cuidado de tu salud mental. Ramsés Barragán, experto en psicología positiva, busca orientarte en esta misión por una sencilla, pero poderosa razón: el malestar no hay que buscarlo, llega solo; el bienestar se construye todos los días; no hay recetas, ni decretos que lo hagan aparecer, pero sí hechos y herramientas que te ayudarán a inclinar la balanza hacia una vida llena de sentido y felicidad, así como a salir bien librado de las situaciones dolorosas que inevitablemente enfrentarás. Ramsés Barragán Estrada Fri, 20 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636697 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vivir en bienestar a pesar de todo Author: Ramsés Barragán Estrada Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Para 2030, la depresión será la enfermedad mental más incapacitante en todo el mundo. El trastorno psicológico más frecuente en nuestro país es la ansiedad. El 36% de los mexicanos padecerá un desorden psiquiátrico, antes de los 65 años de edad. ¿Cómo no ser parte de estas estadísticas? Es cierto, la incertidumbre y la desesperanza impera en la actualidad y hacen falta pocos ejemplos para demostrarlo, pero estas circunstancias tan extremas no tienen por qué sumirnos en el caos ni en el sufrimiento. Este libro te ayudará a construir recursos duraderos para vivir en bienestar y poder afrontar momentos difíciles como los que sin duda ahora estás atravesando; te ofrece datos confiables, avalados por la ciencia, que contrarrestan creencias negativas, pensamientos mágicos y prejuicios; también, y en mayor medida, pone a tu disposición estrategias útiles para que trabajes contigo mismo el cuidado de tu salud mental. Ramsés Barragán, experto en psicología positiva, busca orientarte en esta misión por una sencilla, pero poderosa razón: el malestar no hay que buscarlo, llega solo; el bienestar se construye todos los días; no hay recetas, ni decretos que lo hagan aparecer, pero sí hechos y herramientas que te ayudarán a inclinar la balanza hacia una vida llena de sentido y felicidad, así como a salir bien librado de las situaciones dolorosas que inevitablemente enfrentarás. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vivir en bienestar a pesar de todo Author: Ramsés Barragán Estrada Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Para 2030, la depresión será la enfermedad mental más incapacitante en todo el mundo. El trastorno psicológico más frecuente en nuestro país es la ansiedad. El 36% de los mexicanos padecerá un desorden psiquiátrico, antes de los 65 años de edad. ¿Cómo no ser parte de estas estadísticas? Es cierto, la incertidumbre y la desesperanza impera en la actualidad y hacen falta pocos ejemplos para demostrarlo, pero estas circunstancias tan extremas no tienen por qué sumirnos en el caos ni en el sufrimiento. Este libro te ayudará a construir recursos duraderos para vivir en bienestar y poder afrontar momentos difíciles como los que sin duda ahora estás atravesando; te ofrece datos confiables, avalados por la ciencia, que contrarrestan creencias negativas, pensamientos mágicos y prejuicios; también, y en mayor medida, pone a tu disposición estrategias útiles para que trabajes contigo mismo el cuidado de tu salud mental. Ramsés Barragán, experto en psicología positiva, busca orientarte en esta misión por una sencilla, pero poderosa razón: el malestar no hay que buscarlo, llega solo; el bienestar se construye todos los días; no hay recetas, ni decretos que lo hagan aparecer, pero sí hechos y herramientas que te ayudarán a inclinar la balanza hacia una vida llena de sentido y felicidad, así como a salir bien librado de las situaciones dolorosas que inevitablemente enfrentarás. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cáncer y las palabras: Ni héroes, ni víctimas, ni guerreros. Historias de personas que enfermaron y cómo acompañarlas con empatía. Author: Nancy Ferro, Sonia Checchia, Agustina Chacón Narrator: María Eugenia Mazza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ni héroes, ni víctimas, ni guerreros. Historias de personas que enfermaron y cómo acompañarlas con empatía. 'Pobre, debe ser terrible'. 'No parecés enferma'. 'De tu actitud depende tu curación'. Estas son algunas de las cosas que suelen decirles a los pacientes con cáncer. Estos a su vez se rebelan contra lo que se espera de ellos ('estoy enferma, no voy a la guerra'), expresan su malestar ('mis amigos ya no me tratan como antes') o buscan refugio en las palabras y acciones de otros: 'Me hace bien que mis médicos se muestren esperanzados', 'mi abuela me acompaña a las quimios', 'quiero un trato normal, amable y respetuoso'. Mediante historias y relatos de pacientes oncológicos, este audiolibro conmovedor indaga en la manera en que cada uno pone en palabras su propio tránsito de la enfermedad. Si bien se trata de una experiencia única e intransferible, una y otra vez surgen el temor a la soledad, la importancia de contar con una adecuada comunicación profesional y la empatía de quienes los rodean. De sentirse acompañados en una comunidad que en lugar de recurrir a metáforas bélicas y heroicas les hable sin eufemismos. Las prestigiosas psicooncólogas Agustina Chacón, Sonia Checchia y Nancy Ferro desentrañan los modos en que a través de lo dicho se reproducen estereotipos, mitos y prejuicios que profundizan el sufrimiento, pero también se pueden encontrar herramientas valiosas para reflexionar y proponer otras representaciones sociales en torno a la enfermedad. El cáncer y las palabras aborda sensaciones y emociones de quienes recibieron un diagnóstico o atraviesan un tratamiento y presenta una nueva mirada. Su objetivo es ayudar tanto a los pacientes como a sus entornos afectivos, para dejar de asociar al cáncer con la muerte y empezar a encararlo como parte de la vida. Nancy Ferro, Sonia Checchia, Agustina Chacón Mon, 31 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636363 thebookvoice.com 4:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cáncer y las palabras: Ni héroes, ni víctimas, ni guerreros. Historias de personas que enfermaron y cómo acompañarlas con empatía. Author: Nancy Ferro, Sonia Checchia, Agustina Chacón Narrator: María Eugenia Mazza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ni héroes, ni víctimas, ni guerreros. Historias de personas que enfermaron y cómo acompañarlas con empatía. 'Pobre, debe ser terrible'. 'No parecés enferma'. 'De tu actitud depende tu curación'. Estas son algunas de las cosas que suelen decirles a los pacientes con cáncer. Estos a su vez se rebelan contra lo que se espera de ellos ('estoy enferma, no voy a la guerra'), expresan su malestar ('mis amigos ya no me tratan como antes') o buscan refugio en las palabras y acciones de otros: 'Me hace bien que mis médicos se muestren esperanzados', 'mi abuela me acompaña a las quimios', 'quiero un trato normal, amable y respetuoso'. Mediante historias y relatos de pacientes oncológicos, este audiolibro conmovedor indaga en la manera en que cada uno pone en palabras su propio tránsito de la enfermedad. Si bien se trata de una experiencia única e intransferible, una y otra vez surgen el temor a la soledad, la importancia de contar con una adecuada comunicación profesional y la empatía de quienes los rodean. De sentirse acompañados en una comunidad que en lugar de recurrir a metáforas bélicas y heroicas les hable sin eufemismos. Las prestigiosas psicooncólogas Agustina Chacón, Sonia Checchia y Nancy Ferro desentrañan los modos en que a través de lo dicho se reproducen estereotipos, mitos y prejuicios que profundizan el sufrimiento, pero también se pueden encontrar herramientas valiosas para reflexionar y proponer otras representaciones sociales en torno a la enfermedad. El cáncer y las palabras aborda sensaciones y emociones de quienes recibieron un diagnóstico o atraviesan un tratamiento y presenta una nueva mirada. Su objetivo es ayudar tanto a los pacientes como a sus entornos afectivos, para dejar de asociar al cáncer con la muerte y empezar a encararlo como parte de la vida. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cáncer y las palabras: Ni héroes, ni víctimas, ni guerreros. Historias de personas que enfermaron y cómo acompañarlas con empatía. Author: Nancy Ferro, Sonia Checchia, Agustina Chacón Narrator: María Eugenia Mazza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ni héroes, ni víctimas, ni guerreros. Historias de personas que enfermaron y cómo acompañarlas con empatía. 'Pobre, debe ser terrible'. 'No parecés enferma'. 'De tu actitud depende tu curación'. Estas son algunas de las cosas que suelen decirles a los pacientes con cáncer. Estos a su vez se rebelan contra lo que se espera de ellos ('estoy enferma, no voy a la guerra'), expresan su malestar ('mis amigos ya no me tratan como antes') o buscan refugio en las palabras y acciones de otros: 'Me hace bien que mis médicos se muestren esperanzados', 'mi abuela me acompaña a las quimios', 'quiero un trato normal, amable y respetuoso'. Mediante historias y relatos de pacientes oncológicos, este audiolibro conmovedor indaga en la manera en que cada uno pone en palabras su propio tránsito de la enfermedad. Si bien se trata de una experiencia única e intransferible, una y otra vez surgen el temor a la soledad, la importancia de contar con una adecuada comunicación profesional y la empatía de quienes los rodean. De sentirse acompañados en una comunidad que en lugar de recurrir a metáforas bélicas y heroicas les hable sin eufemismos. Las prestigiosas psicooncólogas Agustina Chacón, Sonia Checchia y Nancy Ferro desentrañan los modos en que a través de lo dicho se reproducen estereotipos, mitos y prejuicios que profundizan el sufrimiento, pero también se pueden encontrar herramientas valiosas para reflexionar y proponer otras representaciones sociales en torno a la enfermedad. El cáncer y las palabras aborda sensaciones y emociones de quienes recibieron un diagnóstico o atraviesan un tratamiento y presenta una nueva mirada. Su objetivo es ayudar tanto a los pacientes como a sus entornos afectivos, para dejar de asociar al cáncer con la muerte y empezar a encararlo como parte de la vida. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636301 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Turkish] - Hayatın Hakkını Vermek Author: Acar Baltaş Narrator: Enver Murat Güçlü Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hangi yaşta olursak olalım, hepimiz hayatımızı ve kendimizi tamamlamaya çalışıyoruz. Çünkü anlam arayışındaki bir yaşam, her zaman yapım aşamasındadır. Hayat akıp gidiyor. Uzun yaşayalım ancak yaşlanmayalım istiyoruz. Ne kadar uzun yaşarsak o kadar mutlu olacağımızı düşünüyoruz. Hiç üzülmeyelim istiyoruz. Hayatı keyif almak için yaşıyor ve haz alırsak mutlu olacağımızı sanıyoruz. Hedefler belirliyor, adımlar atıyoruz. Uzmanların görüşlerine kulak veriyor, bize söylenenleri uyguluyoruz ama kafamız karışıyor. Yaşamaya değer bir hayat istiyor ancak nasıl olacağını tam bilemiyoruz. Peki, yaptıklarımız uzun dönemli bilimsel araştırmaların bulgularıyla ne kadar örtüşüyor? Bu kitap, okura eşlik ederek hayatını değerlendirme fırsatını ona vermeyi amaçlıyor. Acar Baltaş, bilimsel araştırmalardan yararlanarak genelgeçer kabulleri sorgularken uzun yaşam hakkındaki doğruları ve bireyi mutluluğa götüren ilkeleri geniş bir perspektifle ele alıyor. Acar Baltaş Thu, 17 Jun 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636301 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Turkish] - Hayatın Hakkını Vermek Author: Acar Baltaş Narrator: Enver Murat Güçlü Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hangi yaşta olursak olalım, hepimiz hayatımızı ve kendimizi tamamlamaya çalışıyoruz. Çünkü anlam arayışındaki bir yaşam, her zaman yapım aşamasındadır. Hayat akıp gidiyor. Uzun yaşayalım ancak yaşlanmayalım istiyoruz. Ne kadar uzun yaşarsak o kadar mutlu olacağımızı düşünüyoruz. Hiç üzülmeyelim istiyoruz. Hayatı keyif almak için yaşıyor ve haz alırsak mutlu olacağımızı sanıyoruz. Hedefler belirliyor, adımlar atıyoruz. Uzmanların görüşlerine kulak veriyor, bize söylenenleri uyguluyoruz ama kafamız karışıyor. Yaşamaya değer bir hayat istiyor ancak nasıl olacağını tam bilemiyoruz. Peki, yaptıklarımız uzun dönemli bilimsel araştırmaların bulgularıyla ne kadar örtüşüyor? Bu kitap, okura eşlik ederek hayatını değerlendirme fırsatını ona vermeyi amaçlıyor. Acar Baltaş, bilimsel araştırmalardan yararlanarak genelgeçer kabulleri sorgularken uzun yaşam hakkındaki doğruları ve bireyi mutluluğa götüren ilkeleri geniş bir perspektifle ele alıyor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Turkish] - Hayatın Hakkını Vermek Author: Acar Baltaş Narrator: Enver Murat Güçlü Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hangi yaşta olursak olalım, hepimiz hayatımızı ve kendimizi tamamlamaya çalışıyoruz. Çünkü anlam arayışındaki bir yaşam, her zaman yapım aşamasındadır. Hayat akıp gidiyor. Uzun yaşayalım ancak yaşlanmayalım istiyoruz. Ne kadar uzun yaşarsak o kadar mutlu olacağımızı düşünüyoruz. Hiç üzülmeyelim istiyoruz. Hayatı keyif almak için yaşıyor ve haz alırsak mutlu olacağımızı sanıyoruz. Hedefler belirliyor, adımlar atıyoruz. Uzmanların görüşlerine kulak veriyor, bize söylenenleri uyguluyoruz ama kafamız karışıyor. Yaşamaya değer bir hayat istiyor ancak nasıl olacağını tam bilemiyoruz. Peki, yaptıklarımız uzun dönemli bilimsel araştırmaların bulgularıyla ne kadar örtüşüyor? Bu kitap, okura eşlik ederek hayatını değerlendirme fırsatını ona vermeyi amaçlıyor. Acar Baltaş, bilimsel araştırmalardan yararlanarak genelgeçer kabulleri sorgularken uzun yaşam hakkındaki doğruları ve bireyi mutluluğa götüren ilkeleri geniş bir perspektifle ele alıyor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Cartas de um terapeuta para seus momentos de crise Author: Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Narrator: Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Há quanto tempo você não recebe uma carta de alguém? Alexandre é um psicólogo e terapeuta familiar que escreve cartas. Mas aqui elas se revestem de poesia, num encontro da intensidade com a beleza. Os remetentes das cartas são os sentimentos humanos, que chegam para uma conversa honesta e terna sobre como eles cumprem uma jornada viva dentro de cada um de nós. Abra o livro e leia a carta da saudade, da tristeza, do medo e da esperança, entre outras tantas que certamente encontrarão em você o melhor endereço de destino. Estas cartas dialogam com sua sensibilidade, com sua vontade de se aceitar, de viver uma vida mais autêntica e de construir um mundo melhor à sua volta. 'Em seu livro cheio de beleza e encantadoras metáforas, Alexandre nos convida à construção de um novo texto, no qual nossas dores emocionais, culpas e limitações, possam ser vistas, não como o capítulo final de nossa história, mas como os textos iniciais de uma vida repleta de possibilidades promessas e significados'. - Rossandro Kinjey, escritor. Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Mon, 17 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636246 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Cartas de um terapeuta para seus momentos de crise Author: Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Narrator: Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Há quanto tempo você não recebe uma carta de alguém? Alexandre é um psicólogo e terapeuta familiar que escreve cartas. Mas aqui elas se revestem de poesia, num encontro da intensidade com a beleza. Os remetentes das cartas são os sentimentos humanos, que chegam para uma conversa honesta e terna sobre como eles cumprem uma jornada viva dentro de cada um de nós. Abra o livro e leia a carta da saudade, da tristeza, do medo e da esperança, entre outras tantas que certamente encontrarão em você o melhor endereço de destino. Estas cartas dialogam com sua sensibilidade, com sua vontade de se aceitar, de viver uma vida mais autêntica e de construir um mundo melhor à sua volta. 'Em seu livro cheio de beleza e encantadoras metáforas, Alexandre nos convida à construção de um novo texto, no qual nossas dores emocionais, culpas e limitações, possam ser vistas, não como o capítulo final de nossa história, mas como os textos iniciais de uma vida repleta de possibilidades promessas e significados'. - Rossandro Kinjey, escritor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Cartas de um terapeuta para seus momentos de crise Author: Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Narrator: Alexandre Coimbra Amaral Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Há quanto tempo você não recebe uma carta de alguém? Alexandre é um psicólogo e terapeuta familiar que escreve cartas. Mas aqui elas se revestem de poesia, num encontro da intensidade com a beleza. Os remetentes das cartas são os sentimentos humanos, que chegam para uma conversa honesta e terna sobre como eles cumprem uma jornada viva dentro de cada um de nós. Abra o livro e leia a carta da saudade, da tristeza, do medo e da esperança, entre outras tantas que certamente encontrarão em você o melhor endereço de destino. Estas cartas dialogam com sua sensibilidade, com sua vontade de se aceitar, de viver uma vida mais autêntica e de construir um mundo melhor à sua volta. 'Em seu livro cheio de beleza e encantadoras metáforas, Alexandre nos convida à construção de um novo texto, no qual nossas dores emocionais, culpas e limitações, possam ser vistas, não como o capítulo final de nossa história, mas como os textos iniciais de uma vida repleta de possibilidades promessas e significados'. - Rossandro Kinjey, escritor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between the Listening and the Telling: How Stories Can Save Us Author: Mark Yaconelli Narrator: Noah Yaconelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stories tether us to what matters most: our families, our friends, our hearts, our planet, the wondrous mystery of life itself. Yet the stories we've been telling ourselves as a civilization are killing us: Fear is wisdom. Vanity is virtuous. Violence is peace. In Between the Listening and the Telling, author and activist Mark Yaconelli leads listeners into an enchanting meditation on the power of storytelling in our individual and collective lives. We tell stories to remember who we are. We tell stories to savor the pleasure of living. Stories can be medicine, and they can transform entire communities. Through his work with The Hearth nonprofit, Yaconelli has spent thousands of hours listening to people as they grieve loss, deepen friendships, strengthen families, shed light on injustice, and recover hope. In this moving exploration he shows us how individuals and communities can recover the practice of storytelling to address the despair of climate change, the trauma of school shootings, the tragedy of undocumented immigration, and the daily struggle for meaning. With a foreword by Anne Lamott, Between the Listening and the Telling offers an alloy of story, commentary, and meditation. In an era of runaway loneliness, alienation, global crisis, and despair, sharing stories helps us make a home within ourselves and one another. Mark Yaconelli Tue, 17 Jan 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636142 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between the Listening and the Telling: How Stories Can Save Us Author: Mark Yaconelli Narrator: Noah Yaconelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stories tether us to what matters most: our families, our friends, our hearts, our planet, the wondrous mystery of life itself. Yet the stories we've been telling ourselves as a civilization are killing us: Fear is wisdom. Vanity is virtuous. Violence is peace. In Between the Listening and the Telling, author and activist Mark Yaconelli leads listeners into an enchanting meditation on the power of storytelling in our individual and collective lives. We tell stories to remember who we are. We tell stories to savor the pleasure of living. Stories can be medicine, and they can transform entire communities. Through his work with The Hearth nonprofit, Yaconelli has spent thousands of hours listening to people as they grieve loss, deepen friendships, strengthen families, shed light on injustice, and recover hope. In this moving exploration he shows us how individuals and communities can recover the practice of storytelling to address the despair of climate change, the trauma of school shootings, the tragedy of undocumented immigration, and the daily struggle for meaning. With a foreword by Anne Lamott, Between the Listening and the Telling offers an alloy of story, commentary, and meditation. In an era of runaway loneliness, alienation, global crisis, and despair, sharing stories helps us make a home within ourselves and one another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between the Listening and the Telling: How Stories Can Save Us Author: Mark Yaconelli Narrator: Noah Yaconelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stories tether us to what matters most: our families, our friends, our hearts, our planet, the wondrous mystery of life itself. Yet the stories we've been telling ourselves as a civilization are killing us: Fear is wisdom. Vanity is virtuous. Violence is peace. In Between the Listening and the Telling, author and activist Mark Yaconelli leads listeners into an enchanting meditation on the power of storytelling in our individual and collective lives. We tell stories to remember who we are. We tell stories to savor the pleasure of living. Stories can be medicine, and they can transform entire communities. Through his work with The Hearth nonprofit, Yaconelli has spent thousands of hours listening to people as they grieve loss, deepen friendships, strengthen families, shed light on injustice, and recover hope. In this moving exploration he shows us how individuals and communities can recover the practice of storytelling to address the despair of climate change, the trauma of school shootings, the tragedy of undocumented immigration, and the daily struggle for meaning. With a foreword by Anne Lamott, Between the Listening and the Telling offers an alloy of story, commentary, and meditation. In an era of runaway loneliness, alienation, global crisis, and despair, sharing stories helps us make a home within ourselves and one another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635908 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Terremoto Author: Guadalupe Loaeza Narrator: Juan Manuel Vargas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Terremoto. Ausentes/Presentes. 30 años después, es una notable obra en la que, a través del testimonio de sobrevivientes, familiares de las víctimas y la voz de otras reconocidas personalidades, como Elena Poniatowska, Carlos Monsiváis y Humberto Mussachio, podemos acercarnos a los recuerdos de la que fuese una de las peores tragedias que la Ciudad de México ha sufrido: el terremoto del 19 de septiembre de 1985. Se trata de una nueva edición de la primera obra que abordó el tema del sismo y lo que sucedió a partir de dicho evento. La parte testimonial está a cargo de Guadalupe Loaeza. Este eBook cuenta con un análisis psicológico realizado por expertos en trauma como Stephanie Kurian Fastlicht y Daniel Carbajal, en el que se aborda la experiencia traumática de aquellos que lo vivieron en carne propia y la manera en que lograron sobreponerse. Por su parte, Ana Lilia Cepeda, en la introducción, explora el aspecto urbano de la Ciudad de México, y la razón por las que algunos edificios se derrumbaron mientras que otros lograron mantenerse en pie. Martha Merodio realiza, desde una perspectiva sociológica, una serie de entrevistas en las que el miedo y la consternación que sintieron las víctimas del terremoto se contagia. El lector podrá comprender más ampliamente la magnitud de la catástrofe ya que esta edición digital está enriquecida con videos, de la empresa Televisa, que fueron tomados inmediatamente después del sismo y que evidencian la fuerza de la naturaleza y cómo ésta tomó por sorpresa a los habitantes del Distrito Federal. Cuenta con fotografías de Pedro Valtierra, Carlos Villasana y Meliton Casarrubias; la imagen de portada es del artista plástico Brian Nissen.' Guadalupe Loaeza Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635908 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Terremoto Author: Guadalupe Loaeza Narrator: Juan Manuel Vargas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Terremoto. Ausentes/Presentes. 30 años después, es una notable obra en la que, a través del testimonio de sobrevivientes, familiares de las víctimas y la voz de otras reconocidas personalidades, como Elena Poniatowska, Carlos Monsiváis y Humberto Mussachio, podemos acercarnos a los recuerdos de la que fuese una de las peores tragedias que la Ciudad de México ha sufrido: el terremoto del 19 de septiembre de 1985. Se trata de una nueva edición de la primera obra que abordó el tema del sismo y lo que sucedió a partir de dicho evento. La parte testimonial está a cargo de Guadalupe Loaeza. Este eBook cuenta con un análisis psicológico realizado por expertos en trauma como Stephanie Kurian Fastlicht y Daniel Carbajal, en el que se aborda la experiencia traumática de aquellos que lo vivieron en carne propia y la manera en que lograron sobreponerse. Por su parte, Ana Lilia Cepeda, en la introducción, explora el aspecto urbano de la Ciudad de México, y la razón por las que algunos edificios se derrumbaron mientras que otros lograron mantenerse en pie. Martha Merodio realiza, desde una perspectiva sociológica, una serie de entrevistas en las que el miedo y la consternación que sintieron las víctimas del terremoto se contagia. El lector podrá comprender más ampliamente la magnitud de la catástrofe ya que esta edición digital está enriquecida con videos, de la empresa Televisa, que fueron tomados inmediatamente después del sismo y que evidencian la fuerza de la naturaleza y cómo ésta tomó por sorpresa a los habitantes del Distrito Federal. Cuenta con fotografías de Pedro Valtierra, Carlos Villasana y Meliton Casarrubias; la imagen de portada es del artista plástico Brian Nissen.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Terremoto Author: Guadalupe Loaeza Narrator: Juan Manuel Vargas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Terremoto. Ausentes/Presentes. 30 años después, es una notable obra en la que, a través del testimonio de sobrevivientes, familiares de las víctimas y la voz de otras reconocidas personalidades, como Elena Poniatowska, Carlos Monsiváis y Humberto Mussachio, podemos acercarnos a los recuerdos de la que fuese una de las peores tragedias que la Ciudad de México ha sufrido: el terremoto del 19 de septiembre de 1985. Se trata de una nueva edición de la primera obra que abordó el tema del sismo y lo que sucedió a partir de dicho evento. La parte testimonial está a cargo de Guadalupe Loaeza. Este eBook cuenta con un análisis psicológico realizado por expertos en trauma como Stephanie Kurian Fastlicht y Daniel Carbajal, en el que se aborda la experiencia traumática de aquellos que lo vivieron en carne propia y la manera en que lograron sobreponerse. Por su parte, Ana Lilia Cepeda, en la introducción, explora el aspecto urbano de la Ciudad de México, y la razón por las que algunos edificios se derrumbaron mientras que otros lograron mantenerse en pie. Martha Merodio realiza, desde una perspectiva sociológica, una serie de entrevistas en las que el miedo y la consternación que sintieron las víctimas del terremoto se contagia. El lector podrá comprender más ampliamente la magnitud de la catástrofe ya que esta edición digital está enriquecida con videos, de la empresa Televisa, que fueron tomados inmediatamente después del sismo y que evidencian la fuerza de la naturaleza y cómo ésta tomó por sorpresa a los habitantes del Distrito Federal. Cuenta con fotografías de Pedro Valtierra, Carlos Villasana y Meliton Casarrubias; la imagen de portada es del artista plástico Brian Nissen.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635904 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Me enamoré del hombre perfecto Author: Sarali Valdés Narrator: Adriana Galindo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 26, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Enamorarse es fácil, lo difícil es encontrar a la persona indicada que camine a la par que nosotros. Decir adiós a una historia de amor es una prueba complicada, pero también es una oportunidad de renacimiento, de hacer cosas nuevas y fortalecer el espíritu. En este libro, Sarali Valdés nos recuerda que las relaciones de pareja deben tener su fundamento en el amor, la admiración y el respeto; cuando éstas son fragmentadas viene la decepción, y con ella sentimientos de tristeza y frustración que parecen insuperables, pero no lo son. La decepción amorosa suele surgir por promesas no cumplidas, expectativas limitadas, planes pospuestos, falta de compromiso y entrega por parte del otro, explica la especialista, quien agrega que, cuando una relación se ha fracturado por falta de estos elementos, más vale llorar unos días que vivir muchos de manera insatisfecha. Este libro exhibe el drama que subyace tras la relación narcisista-dependiente, la cual se basa en un enamoramiento, que ciega a la pareja dependiente, y en una imagen autoexaltada de perfección, que construye el narcisista para sobrevivir. «Gran relato», dice Óscar Benassini, que termina por mostrar estos dos tipos de personalidad, para que las personas tomen conciencia y decisiones más adecuadas sobre el lugar al que quieren llegar como pareja.' Sarali Valdés Fri, 26 Feb 2021 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635904 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Me enamoré del hombre perfecto Author: Sarali Valdés Narrator: Adriana Galindo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 26, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Enamorarse es fácil, lo difícil es encontrar a la persona indicada que camine a la par que nosotros. Decir adiós a una historia de amor es una prueba complicada, pero también es una oportunidad de renacimiento, de hacer cosas nuevas y fortalecer el espíritu. En este libro, Sarali Valdés nos recuerda que las relaciones de pareja deben tener su fundamento en el amor, la admiración y el respeto; cuando éstas son fragmentadas viene la decepción, y con ella sentimientos de tristeza y frustración que parecen insuperables, pero no lo son. La decepción amorosa suele surgir por promesas no cumplidas, expectativas limitadas, planes pospuestos, falta de compromiso y entrega por parte del otro, explica la especialista, quien agrega que, cuando una relación se ha fracturado por falta de estos elementos, más vale llorar unos días que vivir muchos de manera insatisfecha. Este libro exhibe el drama que subyace tras la relación narcisista-dependiente, la cual se basa en un enamoramiento, que ciega a la pareja dependiente, y en una imagen autoexaltada de perfección, que construye el narcisista para sobrevivir. «Gran relato», dice Óscar Benassini, que termina por mostrar estos dos tipos de personalidad, para que las personas tomen conciencia y decisiones más adecuadas sobre el lugar al que quieren llegar como pareja.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Me enamoré del hombre perfecto Author: Sarali Valdés Narrator: Adriana Galindo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 26, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Enamorarse es fácil, lo difícil es encontrar a la persona indicada que camine a la par que nosotros. Decir adiós a una historia de amor es una prueba complicada, pero también es una oportunidad de renacimiento, de hacer cosas nuevas y fortalecer el espíritu. En este libro, Sarali Valdés nos recuerda que las relaciones de pareja deben tener su fundamento en el amor, la admiración y el respeto; cuando éstas son fragmentadas viene la decepción, y con ella sentimientos de tristeza y frustración que parecen insuperables, pero no lo son. La decepción amorosa suele surgir por promesas no cumplidas, expectativas limitadas, planes pospuestos, falta de compromiso y entrega por parte del otro, explica la especialista, quien agrega que, cuando una relación se ha fracturado por falta de estos elementos, más vale llorar unos días que vivir muchos de manera insatisfecha. Este libro exhibe el drama que subyace tras la relación narcisista-dependiente, la cual se basa en un enamoramiento, que ciega a la pareja dependiente, y en una imagen autoexaltada de perfección, que construye el narcisista para sobrevivir. «Gran relato», dice Óscar Benassini, que termina por mostrar estos dos tipos de personalidad, para que las personas tomen conciencia y decisiones más adecuadas sobre el lugar al que quieren llegar como pareja.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacerlo en público a hacerlo en el cine - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E08 Series: #8 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 38 a la 42. Sexo en público es algo que debe ser experimentado, además hablamos de leer, conocer y jugar con el Kamasutra, hacer una fiesta sexual, hacerlo con alguien más fuerte y tener sexo en el cine, eso que seguramente quisiste hacer cuando tenías 15 y no te atreviste. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635201 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacerlo en público a hacerlo en el cine - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E08 Series: #8 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 38 a la 42. Sexo en público es algo que debe ser experimentado, además hablamos de leer, conocer y jugar con el Kamasutra, hacer una fiesta sexual, hacerlo con alguien más fuerte y tener sexo en el cine, eso que seguramente quisiste hacer cuando tenías 15 y no te atreviste. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacerlo en público a hacerlo en el cine - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E08 Series: #8 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 38 a la 42. Sexo en público es algo que debe ser experimentado, además hablamos de leer, conocer y jugar con el Kamasutra, hacer una fiesta sexual, hacerlo con alguien más fuerte y tener sexo en el cine, eso que seguramente quisiste hacer cuando tenías 15 y no te atreviste. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635202 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De probar el BDSM al sexo telefónico - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E09 Series: #9 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 43 a la 46. Practicar el sadomasoquismo es algo que se debe probar, qué tal que eso es lo tuyo, además hablamos de tener sexo con un desconocido (siempre con precaución y seguridad), sexo de reencuentro y sexo por teléfono cuando sólo la voz es lo que se necesita. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635202 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De probar el BDSM al sexo telefónico - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E09 Series: #9 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 43 a la 46. Practicar el sadomasoquismo es algo que se debe probar, qué tal que eso es lo tuyo, además hablamos de tener sexo con un desconocido (siempre con precaución y seguridad), sexo de reencuentro y sexo por teléfono cuando sólo la voz es lo que se necesita. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De probar el BDSM al sexo telefónico - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E09 Series: #9 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 43 a la 46. Practicar el sadomasoquismo es algo que se debe probar, qué tal que eso es lo tuyo, además hablamos de tener sexo con un desconocido (siempre con precaución y seguridad), sexo de reencuentro y sexo por teléfono cuando sólo la voz es lo que se necesita. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del petting a hacer el amor - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E10 Series: #10 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 47 a la 52. Hablamos del tabú aparente del petting ese reto mayor que los hombres deben probar, además revisamos los besos de colores (negro, rojo, blanco), el sexo lento, qué es el pegging y para cerrar estas charlas te invitamos a tener un doctorado en sexualidad y hacer el amor, por cierto. Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635203 thebookvoice.com 0:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del petting a hacer el amor - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E10 Series: #10 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 47 a la 52. Hablamos del tabú aparente del petting ese reto mayor que los hombres deben probar, además revisamos los besos de colores (negro, rojo, blanco), el sexo lento, qué es el pegging y para cerrar estas charlas te invitamos a tener un doctorado en sexualidad y hacer el amor, por cierto. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del petting a hacer el amor - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E10 Series: #10 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 47 a la 52. Hablamos del tabú aparente del petting ese reto mayor que los hombres deben probar, además revisamos los besos de colores (negro, rojo, blanco), el sexo lento, qué es el pegging y para cerrar estas charlas te invitamos a tener un doctorado en sexualidad y hacer el amor, por cierto. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacerlo en el cuarto de tus papás a disfrutar de las diferencias de edades - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E05 Series: #5 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 22 a la 27. Hacerlo en la cama de tus papás es un fetiche para una gran cantidad de personas, el 69 puede ser algo relativamente común pero decorar los genitales, hacer un striptease y hacer con alguien que le tengas mucha diferencia de edad pueden ser grandes experiencias. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635198 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacerlo en el cuarto de tus papás a disfrutar de las diferencias de edades - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E05 Series: #5 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 22 a la 27. Hacerlo en la cama de tus papás es un fetiche para una gran cantidad de personas, el 69 puede ser algo relativamente común pero decorar los genitales, hacer un striptease y hacer con alguien que le tengas mucha diferencia de edad pueden ser grandes experiencias. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacerlo en el cuarto de tus papás a disfrutar de las diferencias de edades - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E05 Series: #5 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 22 a la 27. Hacerlo en la cama de tus papás es un fetiche para una gran cantidad de personas, el 69 puede ser algo relativamente común pero decorar los genitales, hacer un striptease y hacer con alguien que le tengas mucha diferencia de edad pueden ser grandes experiencias. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635199 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De buscar el Punto G a hacerlo con hielos - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E06 Series: #6 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 28 a la 33. ¿Sabe usted dónde está el punto G de su pareja? Además hablamos de venirse en el cuerpo de la pareja, tener sexo en una cama diferente como una hamaca o una cama de agua además de tener sexo con la ayuda de hielos. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635199 thebookvoice.com 0:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De buscar el Punto G a hacerlo con hielos - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E06 Series: #6 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 28 a la 33. ¿Sabe usted dónde está el punto G de su pareja? Además hablamos de venirse en el cuerpo de la pareja, tener sexo en una cama diferente como una hamaca o una cama de agua además de tener sexo con la ayuda de hielos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De buscar el Punto G a hacerlo con hielos - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E06 Series: #6 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 28 a la 33. ¿Sabe usted dónde está el punto G de su pareja? Además hablamos de venirse en el cuerpo de la pareja, tener sexo en una cama diferente como una hamaca o una cama de agua además de tener sexo con la ayuda de hielos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635200 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De poner un condón con la boca a sextear - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E07 Series: #7 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 34 a la 37. Poner el condón con la boca debería ser enseñado en la educación básica pero como no es así aquí platicamos del tema y en tópicos más avanzados y placenteros hablamos de masturbarlo con un collar de perlas, del mientras más corriente más ambiente, el sexo de revancha y el sexting. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635200 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De poner un condón con la boca a sextear - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E07 Series: #7 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 34 a la 37. Poner el condón con la boca debería ser enseñado en la educación básica pero como no es así aquí platicamos del tema y en tópicos más avanzados y placenteros hablamos de masturbarlo con un collar de perlas, del mientras más corriente más ambiente, el sexo de revancha y el sexting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De poner un condón con la boca a sextear - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E07 Series: #7 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 34 a la 37. Poner el condón con la boca debería ser enseñado en la educación básica pero como no es así aquí platicamos del tema y en tópicos más avanzados y placenteros hablamos de masturbarlo con un collar de perlas, del mientras más corriente más ambiente, el sexo de revancha y el sexting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De sexo en la primera vez a hacerlo fumando mariguana - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E02 Series: #2 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 7 a la 10. Tener sexo la primera vez que conoces a alguien podría ser un tabú pero con las debidas precauciones puede ser algo muy placentero y emocionante. Además hablamos de usar un disfraz, hacerlo después de fumar mariguana e ir a un club swinger. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635195 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De sexo en la primera vez a hacerlo fumando mariguana - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E02 Series: #2 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 7 a la 10. Tener sexo la primera vez que conoces a alguien podría ser un tabú pero con las debidas precauciones puede ser algo muy placentero y emocionante. Además hablamos de usar un disfraz, hacerlo después de fumar mariguana e ir a un club swinger. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De sexo en la primera vez a hacerlo fumando mariguana - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E02 Series: #2 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 7 a la 10. Tener sexo la primera vez que conoces a alguien podría ser un tabú pero con las debidas precauciones puede ser algo muy placentero y emocionante. Además hablamos de usar un disfraz, hacerlo después de fumar mariguana e ir a un club swinger. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De ligar en Tinder a hacerte fotos eróticas - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E03 Series: #3 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 11 a la 15. Usar una app de ligue parece algo muy normal hoy pero que tal travestirte, leer literatura erótica, hacer un intercambio de parejas o tomarte fotos eróticas. Alguna de estas cosas pueden darte nuevas experiencias. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635196 thebookvoice.com 0:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De ligar en Tinder a hacerte fotos eróticas - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E03 Series: #3 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 11 a la 15. Usar una app de ligue parece algo muy normal hoy pero que tal travestirte, leer literatura erótica, hacer un intercambio de parejas o tomarte fotos eróticas. Alguna de estas cosas pueden darte nuevas experiencias. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De ligar en Tinder a hacerte fotos eróticas - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E03 Series: #3 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 11 a la 15. Usar una app de ligue parece algo muy normal hoy pero que tal travestirte, leer literatura erótica, hacer un intercambio de parejas o tomarte fotos eróticas. Alguna de estas cosas pueden darte nuevas experiencias. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De masturbarte en pareja a tener una doble penetración - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E04 Series: #4 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 16 a la 21. Masturbarte en pareja es de las cosas más íntimas que se pueden lograr en el sexo. Además te decimos cómo es la experiencia de llegar a una cita sin ropa, hacer una película porno, despertar a tu pareja con sexo, hacerlo con la ropa puesta y practicar una doble penetración. Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635197 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De masturbarte en pareja a tener una doble penetración - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E04 Series: #4 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 16 a la 21. Masturbarte en pareja es de las cosas más íntimas que se pueden lograr en el sexo. Además te decimos cómo es la experiencia de llegar a una cita sin ropa, hacer una película porno, despertar a tu pareja con sexo, hacerlo con la ropa puesta y practicar una doble penetración. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De masturbarte en pareja a tener una doble penetración - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E04 Series: #4 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 16 a la 21. Masturbarte en pareja es de las cosas más íntimas que se pueden lograr en el sexo. Además te decimos cómo es la experiencia de llegar a una cita sin ropa, hacer una película porno, despertar a tu pareja con sexo, hacerlo con la ropa puesta y practicar una doble penetración. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635127 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacer un trío a sexo en el agua - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E01 Series: #1 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 1 a la 6. Hacer un trío sin duda es algo que se debe hacer al menos una vez en la vida, si uno es bueno dos es mejor. Además hablamos de visitar un motel, ir a una playa nudista, usar juguetes sexuales y tener sexo anal. Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Sat, 12 Feb 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635127 thebookvoice.com 0:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacer un trío a sexo en el agua - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E01 Series: #1 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 1 a la 6. Hacer un trío sin duda es algo que se debe hacer al menos una vez en la vida, si uno es bueno dos es mejor. Además hablamos de visitar un motel, ir a una playa nudista, usar juguetes sexuales y tener sexo anal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De hacer un trío a sexo en el agua - 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir T01E01 Series: #1 of 52 cosas sexuales para hacer antes de morir Author: Edelmira Cárdenas, Alessia Di Bari Narrator: Alessia Di Bari, Edelmira Cárdenas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: De la 1 a la 6. Hacer un trío sin duda es algo que se debe hacer al menos una vez en la vida, si uno es bueno dos es mejor. Además hablamos de visitar un motel, ir a una playa nudista, usar juguetes sexuales y tener sexo anal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Guide to Memory: The Science of Strengthening Your Mind Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A RENOWNED BRAIN EXPERT SHARES THE SIMPLE TRICKS THAT WILL FUTURE-PROOF YOUR MEMORY Memory gets worse with age - right? A fact of life. But what if we told you that wasn't necessarily true? That memory decline isn't inevitable. In The Complete Guide to Memory, renowned neurologist and bestselling author Dr Richard Restak distils the wisdom of an entire career into a one-stop guide to the science of memory. Drawing on cutting-edge neuroscience, case studies, famous anecdotes and more, he offers tips and tricks for anyone who wants to strengthen their memory, protect themselves from diseases like Alzheimer's and think smarter. Learn how to boost your memory through techniques like: -Mind mapping and making lists -Reading more novels than non-fiction -'Chunking' several pieces of information together to make them easier to remember -Choosing manual methods over technological solutions like phones and GPS Packed full of information for anyone curious about the power of their memory, this is the only guide you need to train your memory and make it stronger. © Richard Restak 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Richard Restak, M.D. Thu, 09 Feb 2023 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634827 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Guide to Memory: The Science of Strengthening Your Mind Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A RENOWNED BRAIN EXPERT SHARES THE SIMPLE TRICKS THAT WILL FUTURE-PROOF YOUR MEMORY Memory gets worse with age - right? A fact of life. But what if we told you that wasn't necessarily true? That memory decline isn't inevitable. In The Complete Guide to Memory, renowned neurologist and bestselling author Dr Richard Restak distils the wisdom of an entire career into a one-stop guide to the science of memory. Drawing on cutting-edge neuroscience, case studies, famous anecdotes and more, he offers tips and tricks for anyone who wants to strengthen their memory, protect themselves from diseases like Alzheimer's and think smarter. Learn how to boost your memory through techniques like: -Mind mapping and making lists -Reading more novels than non-fiction -'Chunking' several pieces of information together to make them easier to remember -Choosing manual methods over technological solutions like phones and GPS Packed full of information for anyone curious about the power of their memory, this is the only guide you need to train your memory and make it stronger. © Richard Restak 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Guide to Memory: The Science of Strengthening Your Mind Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 9, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A RENOWNED BRAIN EXPERT SHARES THE SIMPLE TRICKS THAT WILL FUTURE-PROOF YOUR MEMORY Memory gets worse with age - right? A fact of life. But what if we told you that wasn't necessarily true? That memory decline isn't inevitable. In The Complete Guide to Memory, renowned neurologist and bestselling author Dr Richard Restak distils the wisdom of an entire career into a one-stop guide to the science of memory. Drawing on cutting-edge neuroscience, case studies, famous anecdotes and more, he offers tips and tricks for anyone who wants to strengthen their memory, protect themselves from diseases like Alzheimer's and think smarter. Learn how to boost your memory through techniques like: -Mind mapping and making lists -Reading more novels than non-fiction -'Chunking' several pieces of information together to make them easier to remember -Choosing manual methods over technological solutions like phones and GPS Packed full of information for anyone curious about the power of their memory, this is the only guide you need to train your memory and make it stronger. © Richard Restak 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - PSYCHOLOGIE POSITIVE - La clé de l'optimisme et de la force mentale !: Entraîner la résilience par la pensée positive, surmonter l'anxiété et renforcer l'estime de soi grâce à la discipline positive Author: Victoria Lakefield Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologie positive - Comment changer votre vie en changeant votre façon de penser. Être plus heureux dans la vie et atteindre vos objectifs grâce à une attitude positive ! Connaissez-vous des personnes avec lesquelles vous aimez passer du temps parce qu'elles dégagent de la bonne humeur ? Aimeriez-vous apprendre à penser comme ces personnes fascinantes ? Avez-vous besoin de soutien pour ne pas abandonner dans les phases difficiles ? Souhaitez-vous changer votre vie et démarrer chaque jour avec plein d'énergie vitale ? Alors, grâce à ce livre et à la psychologie positive vous serez plus heureux et aurez plus de succès ! Ce sont nos pensées qui déterminent notre bonheur. Dans chaque phase difficile nous avons le choix de nous énerver pour tout ou de rester calme, de faire l'autruche ou de tirer le meilleur parti de la situation. La psychologie positive vous aidera dans toute situation et vous donnera de la persévérance tout en vous apportant satisfaction et bonheur à long terme ! Grâce à ce livre vous deviendrez maître de vos pensées et profiterez du pouvoir de la psychologie positive dans tous les domaines de la vie ! Devenez vous-même l'une de ces personnes en présence desquelles la bonne humeur déteint sur les autres et avec lesquelles on se sent bien et on aime passer du temps ! Réalisez tout ce que vous entreprenez en développant votre persévérance et en trouvant plus de plaisir dans tout ce que vous faites. Prenez votre temps, découvrez vos objectifs de vie et poursuivez-les ! Procurez-vous ce coach personnel de la psychologie positive qui vous rendra fort et vous permettra de profiter de la vie ! Victoria Lakefield Mon, 17 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634619 thebookvoice.com 2:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - PSYCHOLOGIE POSITIVE - La clé de l'optimisme et de la force mentale !: Entraîner la résilience par la pensée positive, surmonter l'anxiété et renforcer l'estime de soi grâce à la discipline positive Author: Victoria Lakefield Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologie positive - Comment changer votre vie en changeant votre façon de penser. Être plus heureux dans la vie et atteindre vos objectifs grâce à une attitude positive ! Connaissez-vous des personnes avec lesquelles vous aimez passer du temps parce qu'elles dégagent de la bonne humeur ? Aimeriez-vous apprendre à penser comme ces personnes fascinantes ? Avez-vous besoin de soutien pour ne pas abandonner dans les phases difficiles ? Souhaitez-vous changer votre vie et démarrer chaque jour avec plein d'énergie vitale ? Alors, grâce à ce livre et à la psychologie positive vous serez plus heureux et aurez plus de succès ! Ce sont nos pensées qui déterminent notre bonheur. Dans chaque phase difficile nous avons le choix de nous énerver pour tout ou de rester calme, de faire l'autruche ou de tirer le meilleur parti de la situation. La psychologie positive vous aidera dans toute situation et vous donnera de la persévérance tout en vous apportant satisfaction et bonheur à long terme ! Grâce à ce livre vous deviendrez maître de vos pensées et profiterez du pouvoir de la psychologie positive dans tous les domaines de la vie ! Devenez vous-même l'une de ces personnes en présence desquelles la bonne humeur déteint sur les autres et avec lesquelles on se sent bien et on aime passer du temps ! Réalisez tout ce que vous entreprenez en développant votre persévérance et en trouvant plus de plaisir dans tout ce que vous faites. Prenez votre temps, découvrez vos objectifs de vie et poursuivez-les ! Procurez-vous ce coach personnel de la psychologie positive qui vous rendra fort et vous permettra de profiter de la vie ! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - PSYCHOLOGIE POSITIVE - La clé de l'optimisme et de la force mentale !: Entraîner la résilience par la pensée positive, surmonter l'anxiété et renforcer l'estime de soi grâce à la discipline positive Author: Victoria Lakefield Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologie positive - Comment changer votre vie en changeant votre façon de penser. Être plus heureux dans la vie et atteindre vos objectifs grâce à une attitude positive ! Connaissez-vous des personnes avec lesquelles vous aimez passer du temps parce qu'elles dégagent de la bonne humeur ? Aimeriez-vous apprendre à penser comme ces personnes fascinantes ? Avez-vous besoin de soutien pour ne pas abandonner dans les phases difficiles ? Souhaitez-vous changer votre vie et démarrer chaque jour avec plein d'énergie vitale ? Alors, grâce à ce livre et à la psychologie positive vous serez plus heureux et aurez plus de succès ! Ce sont nos pensées qui déterminent notre bonheur. Dans chaque phase difficile nous avons le choix de nous énerver pour tout ou de rester calme, de faire l'autruche ou de tirer le meilleur parti de la situation. La psychologie positive vous aidera dans toute situation et vous donnera de la persévérance tout en vous apportant satisfaction et bonheur à long terme ! Grâce à ce livre vous deviendrez maître de vos pensées et profiterez du pouvoir de la psychologie positive dans tous les domaines de la vie ! Devenez vous-même l'une de ces personnes en présence desquelles la bonne humeur déteint sur les autres et avec lesquelles on se sent bien et on aime passer du temps ! Réalisez tout ce que vous entreprenez en développant votre persévérance et en trouvant plus de plaisir dans tout ce que vous faites. Prenez votre temps, découvrez vos objectifs de vie et poursuivez-les ! Procurez-vous ce coach personnel de la psychologie positive qui vous rendra fort et vous permettra de profiter de la vie ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Trouble borderline - Le livre d'auto-assistance pour les patients et leurs proches: Comment reconnaître le trouble borderline, le gérer au quotidien et vivre heureux grâce à un traitement optimal Author: Sofia May Narrator: Thibaud Auer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Le syndrome borderline : comment enfin vraiment comprendre la maladie en tant que personne concernée ou proche et découvrir les possibilités simples d'auto-assistance et de thérapie qui s'offrent à vous - y compris des conseils pratiques pour la vie quotidienne et une partie BONUS avec des « histoires encourageantes » Crises de colère violentes et crises de larmes incontrôlables, euphorie et tristesse profonde, aujourd'hui ami et demain ennemi, surestimation de soi et haine de soi jusqu'à la destruction - celui qui souffre d'un trouble de la personnalité borderline présente un immense défi pour son entourage et surtout pour lui-même. C'est pourquoi la meilleure stratégie pour les personnes concernées et leurs proches est la suivante : devenez un expert ! Ce livre est le compagnon idéal pour y parvenir. Il vous présente de manière claire et compréhensible les dernières découvertes scientifiques sur la maladie et vous montre les possibilités de traitement efficaces et variées dont la psychologie dispose aujourd'hui. Des témoignages authentiques permettent d'obtenir une vision approfondie et enfin une véritable compréhension pour les proches et grâce aux conseils d'experts simples et éprouvés pour se prendre en charge, vous serez aussitôt en mesure d'agir efficacement. Ce livre fait disparaître la peur du diagnostic « borderline » par son approche compétente et empathique et met le savoir à la place de l'incertitude. Par ailleurs, les histoires inspirantes de la partie bonus offrent un tout nouveau regard sur ce trouble de la personnalité et montrent qu'avec un clin d'œil, une pointe d'humour et beaucoup d'amour chacun peut mener une vie épanouie, même avec un trouble borderline. Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre compagnon personnel du quotidien borderline et découvrez comment vous pouvez reprendre le pouvoir sur votre vie ! Sofia May Mon, 17 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634616 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Trouble borderline - Le livre d'auto-assistance pour les patients et leurs proches: Comment reconnaître le trouble borderline, le gérer au quotidien et vivre heureux grâce à un traitement optimal Author: Sofia May Narrator: Thibaud Auer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Le syndrome borderline : comment enfin vraiment comprendre la maladie en tant que personne concernée ou proche et découvrir les possibilités simples d'auto-assistance et de thérapie qui s'offrent à vous - y compris des conseils pratiques pour la vie quotidienne et une partie BONUS avec des « histoires encourageantes » Crises de colère violentes et crises de larmes incontrôlables, euphorie et tristesse profonde, aujourd'hui ami et demain ennemi, surestimation de soi et haine de soi jusqu'à la destruction - celui qui souffre d'un trouble de la personnalité borderline présente un immense défi pour son entourage et surtout pour lui-même. C'est pourquoi la meilleure stratégie pour les personnes concernées et leurs proches est la suivante : devenez un expert ! Ce livre est le compagnon idéal pour y parvenir. Il vous présente de manière claire et compréhensible les dernières découvertes scientifiques sur la maladie et vous montre les possibilités de traitement efficaces et variées dont la psychologie dispose aujourd'hui. Des témoignages authentiques permettent d'obtenir une vision approfondie et enfin une véritable compréhension pour les proches et grâce aux conseils d'experts simples et éprouvés pour se prendre en charge, vous serez aussitôt en mesure d'agir efficacement. Ce livre fait disparaître la peur du diagnostic « borderline » par son approche compétente et empathique et met le savoir à la place de l'incertitude. Par ailleurs, les histoires inspirantes de la partie bonus offrent un tout nouveau regard sur ce trouble de la personnalité et montrent qu'avec un clin d'œil, une pointe d'humour et beaucoup d'amour chacun peut mener une vie épanouie, même avec un trouble borderline. Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre compagnon personnel du quotidien borderline et découvrez comment vous pouvez reprendre le pouvoir sur votre vie ! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Trouble borderline - Le livre d'auto-assistance pour les patients et leurs proches: Comment reconnaître le trouble borderline, le gérer au quotidien et vivre heureux grâce à un traitement optimal Author: Sofia May Narrator: Thibaud Auer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Le syndrome borderline : comment enfin vraiment comprendre la maladie en tant que personne concernée ou proche et découvrir les possibilités simples d'auto-assistance et de thérapie qui s'offrent à vous - y compris des conseils pratiques pour la vie quotidienne et une partie BONUS avec des « histoires encourageantes » Crises de colère violentes et crises de larmes incontrôlables, euphorie et tristesse profonde, aujourd'hui ami et demain ennemi, surestimation de soi et haine de soi jusqu'à la destruction - celui qui souffre d'un trouble de la personnalité borderline présente un immense défi pour son entourage et surtout pour lui-même. C'est pourquoi la meilleure stratégie pour les personnes concernées et leurs proches est la suivante : devenez un expert ! Ce livre est le compagnon idéal pour y parvenir. Il vous présente de manière claire et compréhensible les dernières découvertes scientifiques sur la maladie et vous montre les possibilités de traitement efficaces et variées dont la psychologie dispose aujourd'hui. Des témoignages authentiques permettent d'obtenir une vision approfondie et enfin une véritable compréhension pour les proches et grâce aux conseils d'experts simples et éprouvés pour se prendre en charge, vous serez aussitôt en mesure d'agir efficacement. Ce livre fait disparaître la peur du diagnostic « borderline » par son approche compétente et empathique et met le savoir à la place de l'incertitude. Par ailleurs, les histoires inspirantes de la partie bonus offrent un tout nouveau regard sur ce trouble de la personnalité et montrent qu'avec un clin d'œil, une pointe d'humour et beaucoup d'amour chacun peut mener une vie épanouie, même avec un trouble borderline. Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre compagnon personnel du quotidien borderline et découvrez comment vous pouvez reprendre le pouvoir sur votre vie ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634559 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chemical Khichdi Author: Aparna Piramal Raje Narrator: Aparna Piramal Raje Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Some said children were out of the question, but she is a mother of two boys.Some said she couldn’t handle business life, but she has interviewed over a hundred CEOs, and counting.Some said she wouldn’t be able to write a book on mental health, but here it is.Aparna Piramal Raje is happy, thriving and bipolar. And this is her story.Part memoir and part self-help guide, Chemical Khichdi provides a pathway for anyone with a mental health condition and the family, friends, colleagues, and medical professionals that love and care for them.Empathetic, candid and accessible, it outlines ‘seven therapies’ that have enabled Aparna to ‘hack’ her mental health and find equilibrium over the years, and shows how you or someone you know can also do the same. Aparna Piramal Raje Tue, 25 Oct 2022 04:01:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634559 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chemical Khichdi Author: Aparna Piramal Raje Narrator: Aparna Piramal Raje Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Some said children were out of the question, but she is a mother of two boys.Some said she couldn’t handle business life, but she has interviewed over a hundred CEOs, and counting.Some said she wouldn’t be able to write a book on mental health, but here it is.Aparna Piramal Raje is happy, thriving and bipolar. And this is her story.Part memoir and part self-help guide, Chemical Khichdi provides a pathway for anyone with a mental health condition and the family, friends, colleagues, and medical professionals that love and care for them.Empathetic, candid and accessible, it outlines ‘seven therapies’ that have enabled Aparna to ‘hack’ her mental health and find equilibrium over the years, and shows how you or someone you know can also do the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chemical Khichdi Author: Aparna Piramal Raje Narrator: Aparna Piramal Raje Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Some said children were out of the question, but she is a mother of two boys.Some said she couldn’t handle business life, but she has interviewed over a hundred CEOs, and counting.Some said she wouldn’t be able to write a book on mental health, but here it is.Aparna Piramal Raje is happy, thriving and bipolar. And this is her story.Part memoir and part self-help guide, Chemical Khichdi provides a pathway for anyone with a mental health condition and the family, friends, colleagues, and medical professionals that love and care for them.Empathetic, candid and accessible, it outlines ‘seven therapies’ that have enabled Aparna to ‘hack’ her mental health and find equilibrium over the years, and shows how you or someone you know can also do the same.